Class PA3 55 

Book ."DT 

PRESENTED BY 



Sty* IttiMrmlg of CHfiragn 



Studies In 
Greek Prepositional Phrases 



did 



A DISSERTATION 

SUBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
LITERATURE IN CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF 
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

(DEPARTMENT 01 CREEK) 



BY 

EMILY HELEN DUTTON 



A Private Edition 
Distributed by 
The University of Chicago Libraries 
1916 



/ 

Studies In 
Greek Prepositional Phrases 

did, airo, e/c, ets, kv. 



A DISSERTATION 

SUBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
LITERATURE IN CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF 
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

(DEPARTMENT OF GREEK) 



BY 

EMILY HELEN DUTTON 



A Private Edition 
Distributed by 
The University of Chicago Libraries 
1916 



£D7 



3Il)e (Hoilcginte ^Sreaa 

George Banta Publishing Company 
Menasha, Wisconsin 



LC Control Number 




tmp96 032059 



ERRATA 



P. 6, note 17, read eis for 6is 

P. 6, note 18, read bvrwv for evrwv 

P. 37, L 12, read alccvos for aicovos 

P. 92, note 17, read Ar. de for Anfe 

P. 105, 1. 28, read eis for ks 

P. 150, 1. 12, read h for eu 

P. 155, L 29, read eis for eis 

P. 156, 1. 10, read Kara for /card 

P. 161, 1. 33, read t5jp for rcoi 

P. 202, 1. 14, read -rrlveiv for tt'ivlv 



PREFACE 

I wish to take this opportunity gratefully to acknowledge my 
indebtedness to the members of the classical department of The Uni- 
versity of Chicago with whom I have studied, — to Professors Abbott 
and Capps now of Princeton University, to Professors Hale, Buck, 
Merrill, and Tarbell, and especially to Professor Paul Shorey, at 
whose suggestion and under whose general direction this dissertation 
has been prepared. 

The abbreviations used will ordinarily be understood from the 
context. The following are noted for convenience: 

Anth. Lyr. — Anthologia Lyrica, ed. Bergk-Hiller, 1877. 
B. L. — Butcher and Lang, translation of the Odyssey. 
Diels 2 — Vorsokratiker, 2te Aufl. 

GMT. — Goodwin, Syntax of Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb. 

K— Kock, Com. Att. Frag. Leipzig, 1880-1888. 

K. G. — Kuhner-Gerth, Gramm. d. griech. Sprache, 1898. 

L. L. M. — Lang, Leaf and Myers, translation of the Iliad. 

L. and S. — Liddell and Scott, Greek-English Lexicon. 

N. — Nauck, Tragicorum Graec. Fragmenta. 

RP — Ritter-Preller, Historiae Philosophiae Graecae, 8th ed. Goethae, 
1898. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Introduction, pp. 1 — 13. 

Part I 
5ta 

Introduction, p. 14. 

A. Homer. 

I. Prepositional idioms. A. c. Gen. a) With nouns, p. 15; b) With adjectives, 

p. 16. B. c. Acc. a) With nouns, p. 16. 
II. Temporal, p. 17. 

III. Adverbial, p. 17. 

IV. Tags. A. c. Gen., p. 17; B. c. Acc, p. 18. 

V. Use of preposition. Variation between Gen. and Acc, p. 18. 

B. Literature after Homer. 

A. c. Gen. 

I. Idiomatic phrases, a) With nouns, p. 18; b) With pronouns and adjectives, 
p. 19. 

II. Proverbial phrases, p. 20. 

III. Technical. 1. Military, p. 20. 2. Legal, p. 20. 3. From the field of Rhet- 
oric, p. 21. 4. Of Games, p. 21. 

IV. Temporal. 1. Phrases for day and night, season, etc., mainly of extent 
through a period of time, p. 21. 2. 5id xpbvov and related phr. mostly of 
an interval of time, p. 22. 3. Adv. Phr. of continuance, p. 22. 

V. Adverbial, a) With nouns: 1. Mainly abstractions, p. 24. 2. 5td c. gen. of 
medium of communication expr. manner, p. 26. b) With adjectives: 1. Almost 
or quite pure adverbs, p. 26. 2. Quantitative phr. of space or time, p. 26. 

VI. Periphrasis, a) With verbs of motion, p. 29; b) With verbs of being and 
related verbs, p. 30. 

VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Instrumental, p. 31. 2. Distributive, 
p. 32. 3. Pregnant, p. 32. 4. Plastic, p. 32. 

B. c. Acc. 

I. Idiomatic phrases, p. 32. 

II. Abstractions, really causal but sometimes with adverbial force, p. 32. 
III. Pronominal expressions, p. 33. 

Part II 

Introduction, p. 34. 
A. Homer. 

I. Idiomatic phrases, p. 34. 

II. Temporal, p. 35. 

III. Adverbial, p. 35. 

IV. Tags. 1. Military, p. 35. 2. Semi-tech, from the race-course, p. 36. 
3. Literal, but slight id. tinge, p. 36. 4. Lit. and plastic, p. 36. 5. Pronomi- 
nal, p. 36. 6. Lit. but elsewhere idiomatic, p. 36. 

V. Noteworthy uses of the preposition: 1. Local, p. 37. 2. Partitive, p. 37. 
3. Temporal, p. 37. 



vi 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



B. Literature after Homer. 

I. Idiomatic phrases, a) With nouns, p. 37; b) With adj. of quantity, p. 39. 
II. Proverbial phrases, p. 40. 

III. Technical. 1. Military, p. 41. 2. Legal, p. 41. 3. Political, p. 41. 4. From 
the race-course, p. 41. 5. From the field of games, p. 41. 6. From the field 
of religion, p. 41. 

IV. Temporal. 1. Of the starting point in time : a) With nouns, p. 42; b) With 
pronouns, p. 43. 2. Of immediate consecution, p. 43. 

V. Adverbial, a) With nouns, p. 43; b) With adjectives, p. 44; c) With 
participle, p. 45; d) With articular adverb, p. 45; e) Adv. phrases of direction, 
p. 46. 

VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Instrumental, p. 46. 2. Causal, p. 46. 
3. Pregnant, p. 46. 4. Plastic, p. 46. 5. Of the starting-point, p. 46. 6. 
Metaphorical motion from, p. 46. 7. Change from one condition to another, 
p. 46. 8. Of a state of separation, p. 47. 9. airo and ck in antithesis, 
p. 47. 10. Of price or value, p. 47. 

VII. Local designations, p. 47. 

VIII. Phrases of comparison with cbs and cbairep, p. 48. 

Part III 

Introduction, p. 49. 

A. Homer. 

I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 50; b) With adjectives, p. 50. 
II. Elliptical phrases, p. 50. 

III. Temporal. 1. Of the starting-point: a) With nouns, p. 50; b) With pro- 
nouns, p. 50. 2. Of immediate succession, p. 51. 3. Of a date, p. 51. 

IV. Tags: 1. Military, p. 51. 2. Literal and plastic, p. 51. 3. Lit. but might 
easily have become phr., p. 52. 4. Miscellaneous, p. 52. 

V. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Local, p. 52. 2. Partitive, p. 52. 
3. Material, p. 52. 4. Succession, p. 52. 

VI. Prepositional compounds, p. 53. 

B. Literature after Homer. 

I. Idiomatic phrases : a) With nouns, p. 53; b) With adjectives, p. 55; c) With 

participles, p. 56. 
II. Proverbial, p. 56. 

III. Technical: 1. Military, p. 57. 2. Legal, p. 57. 3. Political, p. 58. 4. 
From the field of Rhetoric, p. 58. 5. Of logic, p. 58. 6. From the race-course, 
p. 59. 7. From navigation, p. 59. 8. From the field of religion, p. 59. 

IV. Elliptical, p. 59. 

V. Temporal. 1. Of the starting-point: a) With nouns, p. 60; b) With adj., 
p. 62; c) With pronouns, p. 62. 2. Of immediate consecution, p. 63. 3. 
Of a date, p. 63. 4. he xpovov c. adjectival modifier, p. 63. 
VI. Adverbial, a) With nouns, p. 64; b) With adj.: 1. Almost or quite pure 
adv., p. 69; 2. Quantitative expressions of space or time (only partly adver- 
bial), p. 73; c) With participles, etc., p. 74; d) With articular adv., p. 75. e) 
Adv. phr. of direction, p. 76. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Vll 



VLT. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. Of change from one condition to another, 
p. 77. 2. Of an existing situation or plight, p. 78. 3. Of means or instrument, 
p. 78. 4. Causal, p. 78. 5. Of origin, p. 78. 6. Of source, p. 79. 7. Of agent 
viewed as source, p. 79. 8. Of separation or removal, p. 79. 9. Partitive w. 
added meaning of choice or distinction, p. 79. 10. Of material, p. 79. 11. k 
and airo in interchange and antithesis, p. 79. 12. Plastic, p. 79. 13. Local w. 
idiomatic tinge, p. 79. 14. he where simple Gen. would suffice, p. 80. 15. Of 
succession, p. 80. 

VIII. Pronominal expressions, p. 80. 
IX. Local designations. 1. Noun of place omitted, p. 81. 2. Descript. c/c 

phrases, p. 81. 3. Article omitted, p. 81. 
X. Phrases of comparison, p. 81. 

Part IV 
els 

Introduction, p. 82. 

A. Homer. 

I. Prepositional idioms: a) With nouns, p. 82; b) With adjectives, p. 84. 
II. Elliptical expressions, p. 84. 

III. Temporal. 1. Of a limit in time determining a period, p. 84. 2. Extent of 
time, p. 85. 3. Setting a date, p. 85. 

IV. Adverbial and temporal, p. 85. 

V. Tags. 1. Military, p. 86. 2. Local designations slightly idiomatic, p. 86. 

3. Familiar and freq. local desig., p. 86. 

VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. eis after verb of motion c. acc. of person, 
not of going 'against' but simply 'to' the person, later cos, p. 87. 2. eis within 
reach of, p. 87. 3. Pregnant, p. 87. 

B. Literature after Homer. 

I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 87; b) With adj., p. 92. 
II. Imprecations and curses, p. 96. 

III. Proverbial, p. 97. 

IV. Technical. 1. Military, p. 98. 2. Legal, p. 100. 3. Political, p. 102. 

4. Commercial, p. 102. 5. Fishing, p. 102. 6. From the race-course, p. 102. 
7. From athletics, p. 102. 8. From games, p. 103. 

V. Elliptical, p. 103. 
VI. Temporal. 1. Of a limit in time determining a period, p. 104. 2. Extent of 
time, p. 105. 3 Setting a date, p. 105. 4. Phr. c. xpovos, p. 107. 5. Adver- 
bial: a) With nouns, p. 107; b) With adjectives, p. 107; c) With participle, 
p. 108; d) With temporal adv., p. 108. 

VII. Adverbial phr. (For temp. adv. phr. v. supra), a) With nouns, p. 109; 
b) With adjectives, p. 112; c) With participles, p. 117; d) With adverbs, 
p. 117; e) Adv. phr. of direction, p. 117. 

VIII. Quantitative idioms, p. 120. 

IX. Periphrasis type. 1. Verbs of motion with eis and an abstraction, p. 121. 
2. Affinity of certain verbs for els in fig. expressions. (SKeireiv eis, ehavveiv eis, 
epxecdai, etc., eis Xoyou, \6yovs; KadLarr]^, tr. and intr., ireaeiv eis, fyepeiv eis, 
p. 123. 



vm 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



X. Noteworthy uses of prep. 1. els of tendency, end or purpose, sometimes half 
idiom, or half adverbial, p. 127. 2. To express relation, meaning 'in regard to,' 
'in respect to,' 'as to,' 'concerning,' p. 129. 3. els where dative might have been 
used, p. 130. 4. els= 'against,' p. 130. 5. els of tendency towards, not purpose, 
p. 130. 

XI. Pronominal expressions: a) To such an extent, p. 130; b) To the same place, 

p. 131; c) Temporal, p. 131; d) Use of prep., p. 131. 
XII. Local designations. 1. Places in the Athenian market named from the wares 
sold, p. 131. 2. Noun of place omitted, p. 132. 3. Omission of article, p. 132. 

Part V 

kv 

Introduction, p. 134. 

A. Homer. 

I. Prepositional idioms: a) With nouns, p. 135; b) With adjectives, p. 138; 
c) With demonstrative, p. 139; d) With participle, p. 139. 

II. Proverbial expressions, p. 139. 

III. Technical: Military, p. 139; From the race- course, p. 140. 

IV. Elliptical, p. 140. 
V. Temporal, p. 140. 

VI. Adverbial, p. 140. 

VII. Tags. 1. Military, p. 140. 2. Expressions meaning 'in the heart,' 'in the 
mind,' etc., p. 141. 3. Local designations: a) 'in the house, the halls,' terms 
for parts of the house, p. 142; b) Of the place of a wound, p. 143; c) Miscel- 
laneous, p. 143. 

VIII. Local use transferred to Abstractions, p. 144. 
LX. Noteworthy uses of prep., p. 145. 

X. kv 8k as adv., p. 145. 
XL Prepositional compounds, p. 145. 

B. Literature after Homer. 

I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 145; b) With adjectives, p. 156; 
c) Pronominal, p. 160; d) With participles, p. 161. 

II. Imprecations and curses, p. 162. 

III. Proverbial, p. 162. 

IV. Technical. 1. Military, p. 164. 2. Legal, p. 165. 3. Of forms of punish- 
ment, p. 166. 4. From the field of politics and government, p. 166. 5. From 
the field of rhetoric and logic, p. 167. 6. Commercial, p. 167. 7. From the 
field of athletics, p. 168. 8. Musical, p. 168. 

V. Elliptical, p. 168. 

VI. Temporal: a) Phrases for day and night, time of day, season, p. 170; b) With 
xpbvos expressed or understood, p. 171; c) Expressions for various periods of 
life, p. 172; d) General phrases of time, p. 173; e) Pronominal, p. 174; f) With 
participle in adv. force, p. 174; g) With articular adv. without xpovco, p. 175; 
h) With articular adv. partly temporal, partly spatial, p. 176. 
VII. Adverbial: a) With nouns, p. 177; b) With adjectives. 1. Neut. adj. c. 
kcrri impersonal, p. 183. 2. Adj. c. Troietadai, ridevdai kv, p. 184. 3. Other adv. 
phr. with adjectives, p. 185; c) With articular adverbs, p. 191; d) Adv. phr. 
of direction, p. 192. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



ix 



VIII. Periphrasis type. 1. a) Abstractions c. elvai kv, yLyvecrdai, etc., p. 193; 

b) Similarly verbal nouns and expressions, p. 195; c) kv of a pursuit or calling, 
Civ ox usu. expressed or implied, p. 196. 2. Local use transferred to abstractions, 
p. 196. 3. Affinity of certain other verbs for kv in periphrasis and allied phe- 
nomena, a) Abstractions c. exeu>, iroieiadai, etc., p. 197; b) rSkvoi, rideadai kv, 
'to reckon, regard, consider as,' p. 198; c) Kadio-TrjiiL kv, trans., intr., p. 199; 
d) kv voce ex^v, p. 199; e) ir'iTTeiv kv, p. 199. 

IX. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. Instrumental p. 199. 2. Circumstan- 
tial but mainly causal, p. 200. 3. kv of attendant circumstance, p. 200. 4. kv = 
Lat. coram, p. 200. 5. Forensic kv, p. 201. 6. kv= Lat. penes, p. 201. 7. Of 
the object of the action or feeling, p. 202. 8. Idiomatic, p. 202. 9. Plastic, 
p. 202. 

X. Pronominal expressions. 1. Personal pronouns, p. 202. 2. Demonstratives, 
p. 202. 3. Relatives, p. 203. 4. kv rots with superlatives, etc., p. 204. 

XI. Local designations. 1. Noun of place omitted, a) sc. x^P^v; b) sc. x^pct; 

c) sc. Khivri, p. 204. 2. Half phrases or tags, p. 204. 3. Places in the Athenian 
market colloquially named from the articles sold, p. 205. 4. Omission of article, 
p. 205. 5. Fig. and semi-tech., p. 207. 6. Descriptive prep. phr. with art., 
p. 207. 

XII. Phrases of comparison: a) From the field of games, p. 208; b) From paint- 
ing, p. 208; c) From various fields, p. 208; d) cos kv introd. an adv. expression, 
p. 208. 

XIII. Expansions and tags, p. 209. 
Bibliography, p. 210. 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Introduction 
<5id, &7r6, eis, e/c, kv. 

On the grammatical and etymological side prepositions have been 
fully discussed in the grammars, particularly those of Brugmann and of 
Ktihner-Gerth. The use of prepositions by individual Greek authors 
has been the subject of numerous dissertations and articles (see accom- 
panying bibliography), many of which are largely devoted to enumera- 
tion and statistical tables of the occurrence of certain prepositions in a 
given author. But there has not heretofore been made such a study of 
prepositional phrases as we propose, the main purpose of which is the 
consideration of Greek usage from the point of view of idiom. Several 
of the treatises referred to above include for one author, or a group of 
authors, a few of the uses here dealt with, so notably Lutz on the Attic 
orators; adverbial uses particularly are cited by Lina (for Plato), Hel- 
bing (Herodotus), Golisch (Thucydides), Sobolewski (Aristophanes). 
The idiomatic side is considered briefly in the introduction of textbooks 
of Greek composition where short lists of prepositional phrases are some- 
times given. But none of these, nor even Auden's Phrase Book, cite 
the passages from which the phrases are drawn, and ct7ra£ Xeyo/xeva are 
not designated, but are given equal authority with frequently used 
expressions; they furnish, therefore, no basis for the study of any particu- 
lar phrase, while all such lists are limited to the immediate purposes 
of the textbook. The best work on Greek idiom is still the old book of 
Viger, (1627) (ed. Hermann 1834), whose chapter on the prepositions 
most nearly approaches the attitude of this collection, which has been 
independently made and which, we trust, may, from its greater fullness, 
have added value in the field it covers. 

The notes of certain editors are rich and suggestive in quotation and 
comparison of groups of related phrases and in the application of them 
to the interpretation of their author. This is true always of Jebb, so, 
too, of Starkie in his first edition of the Wasps (Macmillan 1897). All 
editions of Blaydes abound in such citations, but they are not always 
used to so good a dvantage as by Jebb and the comparisons are sometimes 
extended so far as to lose their aptness. It has been thought that such 
lists as are here given would furnish a convenient source of reference in 
the interpretation of authors that have not been edited by a Jebb or a 



2 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Blaydes. On the other hand, they may give help in Greek composition 
as being more complete not only than the phrase books, but in some 
cases than even any of the lexicons. 

The field chosen for these studies is the period of classical Greek 
literature from Homer to the time of Aristotle. In order not to extend 
the limits of this paper unduly by dealing with the large class of technical 
phrases found in his works, Aristotle has not been included except for 
occasional passages that seemed interesting by way of comparison. Later 
literature has sometimes been drawn upon in the same way. 

Similar collections have been made for all the prepositions through- 
out this period, and it is hoped that the rest may be published at a later 
date. In dealing with such a mass of material as has been collected, it 
is inevitable that there should be mistakes and omissions despite pains- 
taking endeavor. There is room, moreover, for difference of opinion 
in regard to the inclusion of certain phrases, but in questionable cases 
the intention has been to err on the side of fullness rather than other- 
wise, although the limits of such a paper as this preclude the claim of a 
thoroughly exhaustive treatment of the subject. 

8l6l was selected first for discussion for the sake of considering in a 
preposition which governs more than one case, the historical relation of 
different cases. 1 airb and k were taken in connection with each other 
because of their close kinship in meaning, els and kv belong together, 
since they are really one preposition which appears in Attic in two forms. 

A prepositional phrase, like an idiom, is not easy to define, but every 
one understands what an idiom is, and although no attempt will be made 
at a formal definition of the term prepositional phrase, yet the meaning 
here given it will be sufficiently clear from a statement of the criteria 
that have been employed in its use: an idiomatic, 2 proverbial, 3 or fann- 
ed in Attic prose and later Greek shows almost a reversal of the Homeric usage. 
Whereas in Homer 5id c. acc. is frequent, later, owing to the disappearance with that 
case of the spatial and temporal uses, 5id c. acc. becomes mainly restricted to the 
causal force, while the genitive is much more frequent and is used in nearly all idiomatic 
expressions. 

2 E. g., 8l ovSevds iroulv 'to make of no account' Soph. O. C. 584; 5id 7X000-0-77$ 
(det) %xtu> tl Eur. Andr. 95, parallel with ava arbixa, cf . ha. crrofxa At. Lys. 855, 5td 
o-TcfyiciTos Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25; airb crrbnaros enrelv, 'to speak from memory' Xen. Mem. 
3. 6. 9; d7r' ovcltos <&5e ykvoiro II. 18. 272 'heaven forf end,' d/rd 6vp.ov .... etrecu 
II. 1. 562 'you will be alienated from my heart,' &c 8v/jlov 'from the heart' 'sin- 
cerely,' Lat. ex animo, II. 9. 343, Aesch. Ag. 48, so be Qpevbs, Aesch. Sept. 873, etc., cf . 
tclto napdlas Eur. I. A. 475 (v. be, airb, pp. 54, 38); he irobbs 'out of the way' 
Pind. Nem. 7. 67; h> iroai 'before our feet,' i. e., 'close at hand.' Pind. Py. VIII, 
32; Soph. Ant. 1327, etc.; Is bLvKovpa. XeXenrro, Horn. II. 23,523 'he was a whole disk- 



INTRODUCTION 



3 



liar tone, 4 metaphorical uses often repeated until the figurative meaning 
becomes associated with the phrase, 5 technical association, 6 frequent 



cast behind/ ks x^tpas ekdelv, etc., 'to engage in hand to hand conflict,' Aesch. Sept. 
680, cf. kv Thuc. 4. 43. 2., etc., cf. extension by Eur. Her. 429, eis x^pa yfi <rvvr)\j/av 
'they came close to land.' -xpayp? ks x^pas \a(36vra of taking a matter in hand, 
undertaking it, Eur. Hec. 1242 cf. 8ia x«p6s exeiv Thuc. 2, 13, kv x«pt (Plat. Theaet. 
172 E), xtpolv (Soph. Ant. 1345), xepc^xew Hdt. 1. 35. 7. 5. (sing., dual and plural 
used with no apparent difference in meaning, cf. other phrases w. x«P v. infra)', 
eis upas Od. 9. 135, 'every season as it comes around,' i. e., 'at the appointed time', 
cf. h. Horn. XXVI. 12, but ks ras &pas 'for all time to come,' 'hereafter,' Ar. Ran. 
380, etc., kv &py Od. 17. 176 'at the proper time,' Hdt. 1. 31. 'in due time,' 
'in good season,' etc.; kv iravrl fjaav pA\ Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 29, 'they were in 
extreme fear lest;' imprecations — ks Kopanas, Ar. saepe, ks (f>66pov, Aesch. Sept. 252, 
Is nanaplav, Ar. Eq. 1151, ks oX/Hiav Com. Fr. adesp. 1092, eis rvxov 
(Menand.) ks Ke<f>a\-qv aoi Ar. Pax 1063, cf. kv KopaKeaai nal kv <}>d6p<i> 
Theogn. 833, etc., etc. 

3 E. g., did irvpos ikvai Xen. Symp. 4. 16 (cf. Eng. ' to go through fire and water') ; 
owcu rmas . . ktc rpi.Kvp.Las rod \6yov Plat. Euthyd. 293 A; 6pKovs kya) yvvaucds 
eis i'8cop ypa<f>oo Soph. Fr. 742; els (ppeara re nai iracrav airopLav kpirLirruv Plat. 
Theaet. 174 C, cf. kv 4>p'eari ib. 165 C (so eiri); arrival kv rpioby of a person in 
doubt, Theogn. 911, Plat. Legg. 799 c; kv t£ Kapi Kiv8weveiv Eur. Cycl. 654, 
Plat., etc. It may be questioned whether proverbial phrases are really prepositional 
phrases, but they are of such closely allied interest as to warrant the inclusion here 
of those observed in the literature studied. 

4 E. g. 5td ZKcuoif II. 3. 263; kv ayKctKaLs (v. sub, kv, so eis, kiri ,); air' 6<})da\p.u>v 
II. 23. 53 'away from their sight,' after Horn, in various uses, cf. air' 6p.p.aros, 6p.p.aro)v 
e£ 64>6aKp.ibv, eis 6\f/LV, eis irpocrojirov, eis 6p.p.a, 6p.para, kv 64>da\p.oZs kv ojxpaai, 
etc. Most of these and many similar expressions vary from a merely familiar 
or from a plastic and picturesque use to clear idioms. This is not a separate cate- 
gory, but idiomatic usages constantly start either in familiar or metaphorical expres- 
sions. 

6 In Horn, acp' 'Lttttolv, LTrirwv always of fighting from the chariot, so e£ lttttuv II. 
5. 163, Kad' tinroiv II. 5. Ill; 6. 232; ovk airo ctkottov . . . nvdelrai, Od. 11. 344 
'not away from the mark,' so Xen. Symp. 2. 10, Plat. Theaet. 179 c (etpijKev), etc. 
xepds he 8opLiraXrov 'on the right hand' Aesch. Ag. 116, so ets 86pv 'to the right' 
Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, so with other preps, opp. k-w , reap aairloa, trap' aviridos (Aesch. 
Sept. 624); also fi^av eis 86pv, 'rushed to arms,' so els aair'ti' ri^eiv Eur. Phoen. 
1326, kv ao-iriaiv 'in battle' Eur. Suppl. 572; kv op<t>va 'in darkness' = 'at night' 
Pind. 01. I. 73 et saepe, so 5t' op<f>vas Eur. Suppl. 994, but es 6p<f>vav Eur. H. F. 352 of 
the nether world; kv ev<f>p6vri 'in the kindly time' for 'at night'; v. sub. kv, history of 
phrases kv a-xapyavois, kv yaha&v, p. 172, ftn. 134, original meaning entirely lost 
sight of in later use, so in late uses of kv xpv, P- 163, ftn., etc., etc. 

•E. g., aird vvararjs 'from the start' (of the foot-race) II. 23. 758, kv vvaaxi 'at 
the turning post' (of the chariot race) II. 23. 338, 344; military terms: ol air' ovpas 
'those from the rear' Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18; hi ribv owXoov 'from the camp' Thuc. 1.111; 
irapa77eXXei ets ra o7rXa 'to arms,' Xen. An. 1. 5. 13; kv 6t\ois elvac 'to be 



4 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



repetition until the expression becomes or approaches a tag, 7 phrases 
used adverbially, often directly equivalent to an existing adverb; here 
the force of the preposition frequently fades until it serves merely as an 
instrument to turn the noun or adjective into an adverb. 8 The omission 

under arms' Eur. Bacch. 303 et saepe; kvl crTadifi 'in close combat' II. 7. 241, kv 
reXeecrai 'in squadrons' II. 11. 730, etc.; kv ifKaKrlco rkraxdaL Thuc. 7. 78, cf. 6. 67., etc., 
kv iJLeT&ira} 'in line' often in Xen., etc.; legal: 8Uas aird %vp.(36\a)v vp.lv 8iKa£op.kvovs 
Antiphon 138. 78; kKirapaKhrjcreus Dem. 275. 143; els avanpuriv Aesch. Eum. 365, Isae. 
VI, 13, etc., ot kv airLq. Dem. 631. 36; also from the courts in the orators, kvT& kp.$ 
vSari, 'in the time allotted to my speech,' Dem. 274. 139; political, ot kv reXet of the 
magistrates Soph. Ai. 1352, similarly ot kv apxcus, ot kv Swapei., kv ripals, ol kv rots 
irp ay paaiv of the public men; ks 6\Lyovs /xaWov Karkar-qaav 'set up a more oligarchical 
government' Thuc. 5. 81. 2, etc. — from various fields. 

7 In Homer particularly, large numbers of these have been collected, v. infra; 
in later literature cf. especially local designations omitting the article with familiar 
words, oIkos with all preps., so dojuos, ayopa, etc., etc. 

8 E. g., &7rd airovdrjs, 'in earnest' II. 7. 359; 12. 233; but Attic 5tei crwovSijs 
'hastily,' Eur. Bacch. 212, Thuc. 6. 69. 1, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 28; e£ ay X ipb\oLo 'from 
near at hand' II. 24. 352; e£ avroo-x^Lys 'off-hand,' h. Merc. 55, — these three are 
not found afterwards, en Bvpov v. supra, n. 2; ks reXos 'at last' 'finally' h. Merc. 
462, Hes. Op. 218, 294, 664 often later, so ks Tekevrijv 'at the end,' 'at last' h. 
Horn. VII. 29, Hes. Op. 333, Theogn. 201, Pind., Soph.; kv poL PV 'rightly' 'duly,' 
'fitly,' II. 19. 186, Od. 22. 54, cf. Plat. Legg. 775 C, cf. the Homeric Kara polpav 
constantly repeated; kv rj<rvxLy=w v xus h. Merc. 356, cf. Hdt. 5. 92, etc. ks avpiov 
'to-morrow', II. 8. 538, Od. 7. 318, but also 'until to-morrow' Od. 11. 351; ksvarepov 
'thereafter', Od. 12. 126 the preposition has little force, cf. Hes. Op. 351, Hdt. 5. 41. 
74, etc.; ks h-xiaoo) 'in *ime to come', Od. 18. 122; 20. 199, cf. ks r6 birlau mostly 
spatial, 'backwards' 'behind' Hdt. 4. 42, etc., v. infra. Numerous examples might 
be given of the fading of the prepositional force in such phrases. A few will suffice 
here, but there will be occasion again to mention further illustrations. e« irapkpyov 
Lat. obiter, Thuc. 1. 142. 9 does not differ from kv irapkpyco; e« Plat. Polit. 300 A, 
&7rd rvxys, Lysias 21. 10; kv tvxv Aesch. Ag. 685, Kara tvxv v saepe, etc. vary little as 
far as the meaning of the preposition is concerned; so k j3Las 'by force' Soph. Ph. 
563, 8lo. @Las Plat. Phileb. 58 A and the frequent irpbs (tiav; ks to \oittov 'for the 
future' Aesch. Pers. 526, etc., ets rd Xot-n-d Menand. Sam. 434 (Capps) (perhaps 
metri causa), kK tov \oltov Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 9, etc., e/c tuv Xonribv Isocr/XVIL 15, 
Plato, might be replaced by to \oltt6v, t<x \onra, or tov \onrov except where 
it would interfere with the metre. In Eur. Phoen. 1210, tout' ets vitottov eliras, the 
phrase has become a pure adverb and the preposition merely expresses manner. So 
prepositions with adverbs often add no meaning to the simple adverb, but the same 
expression may show the force of the preposition at any time (cf . supra, ks avpiov, ks 6\pk 
merely 'late,' Thuc. 8. 23. 2, but id. 3. 108.3 'until late' and many others); both 
uses of such phrases are usually found and it is natural to think that they started in 
cases where the preposition was needed and that afterwards it became so associated 
with the adverb that it was used when not necessary, but this cannot be proved by 
historical evidence. 



INTRODUCTION 



5 



of the article, 9 the ellipsis of the noun, 10 the absence of a modifying geni- 
tive are often indicative of the familiarity of an expression. 

The variation of phrases is one of the interesting points to be noted 
and may sometimes be a sign of idiomatic tendency. Singular, dual 
and plural occur with no difference in meaning. 11 Different prepositions 
with the same noun expressing virtually the same meaning show a blunt- 
ing of the original force of the preposition which may be due to a feeling 
for the phrase as a whole. 12 Often a wide variety of phrases denote the 
same idea. 13 

9 Cf. familiar English, 'to town' 'to market,' etc., and see below large classes 
of similar local designations in Greek, (v. also Gildersleeve, Synt. Class. Gk. Part II. 
§§ 568, 569). But it is not only in such spatial uses that the lack of the article serves 
as a criterion of familiarity, but throughout these pages it will be seen that the article 
is commonly omitted in idiomatic phrases, although the same phrase often varies in 
this respect. 

10 E. g., be, els, kv with a genitive which is not governed by the preposition but is 
commonly explained (but v. n. kv p. 168) as depending on some familiar omitted noun 
like o'Lkos, ddjjLos, lepov, etc., are familiar from Homer on (v. he pp. 50, 59, 60, 
eis pp. 84, 103, 104 kv pp. 140, 168, f). Interesting cases are be yeiTovecv 'from the 
neighbors' or 'next door'; also ko.<jtiv ovk kv avrov Ar. Vesp. 642 v. kv p. 169. 
Certain frequently recurring nouns of place which may be easily supplied are often 
omitted, as xuptov, x^pa, yrj, etc. 

n Cf . n. 2, kv x^P' L X£p°~ LV ) X^pcrl exetJ' ', n. 3, els to Xolttov, ra \onrd, e/c rod Xolttov, 
tuv Xolttcov ; Horn. II. 11. 789 6 8k weLcrerai eis dyadbv irep 'for his profit' (cf. 
9. 102 also sing.), but 23. 305 p.vQeiT eis ay add c^povewv where the plural 
cannot be explained on metrical grounds; sometimes the plural refers back to a plural 
antecedent, sometimes it suggests a repetition of the act or a recurrence of the condi- 
tions, but there are not infrequent cases which admit no such explanation. 

12 This has been illustrated above (n. 8) under adverbial phrases. Temporal 
adverbial phrases also give some interesting variations, particularly for 'by night' 
and 'by day.' The preposition may at any time retain its meaning but 'at night' is 
expressed by hd itinera Horn. II. 8. 510; 10. 101; Od. 19. 66; (cf. kiri vvktL II. 8. 529), 
later the gen. Plat. Criti. 117 E /J.ed' r)p.kpav nai Sea. wards) Theogn. 460 irdWdnis be 
vvktcov) Aesch. Cho. 288 p-aralovs be wkt&v 4>6fiovs (cf. Od. 12. 286) (the pi. here is 
probably due to a recurrence of the conditions) ; eis vvkto. Aesch. Suppl. 769 (but 
Thuc. I. 51. 3, 'until night-fall'); kv vvktL Aesch. Ag. 653, etc.; so dwb ixktruv wktoqv 
'at midnight' Ar. Vesp. 218; 'at even' a<f> eo-wepas Ar. Vesp. 100, els earrepav Ar. 
PI. 998; e£ rj/jLepas, 'by day' Soph. El. 780 parallel with vvktos 'by night'; kv rjukpg. 
Eur. Bacch. 488 referring back to pe#' r)p.epav in 485 and contrasted with vmreop; 
Tro. 446, balanced with vvktos. But in the early poetry the night appears to be 
thought of as an object which may be gone through (cf. sub. Horn, frequent use of 
5ta vvktcl w. verbs of motion); perhaps this notion is behind 5td wktos in Anth. 
Lyr. Ion. 2. 7; so the winds arise "out of the night" Od. 12.286, and in Aesch. Cho. 
288 there may be a slight suggestion of the coming of the fears "out of the night." 
If the use of the local prepositions in such phrases began in this conception the transi- 
tion to the meaning "at night" was easy and the extension of the use could readily 



6 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Certain verbs have a marked affinity for certain prepositions in figura- 
tive expressions, an appreciation of which often assists in interpreting a 
given passage (cf. e. g. Jebb on Soph. Ajax 799). This is often only a 
periphrasis and may sometimes be resorted to for metrical reasons; 
but it regularly adds some meaning to the idea which would be given 
by the simple verb and this meaning may at any time be pressed, increas- 
ing the idiomatic tone which is commonly present. Hence such cases 
are included here, although many of them are not strictly phrases and 
for this reason there is no attempt to treat them exhaustively. 

8ia c. gen., usually of an abstraction, is frequent with a more or less 
colorless verb of being or motion 14 as a periphrasis for the action or state 
which might be described by the verb indicated by the noun in the 
phrase, eis shows ireaelv eis, 15 cp'epeiv els, els \6yovs, \oybv c. epx^crdat 
and similar verbs; KadlaTrjfju els tr. and intr., "to bring into," "to come 
into," "to be in a given state," 16 also with ev but less often; a like peri- 
phrasis is seen in verbs of motion with ets and an abstraction, 17 a favorite 
device of Euripides both for increasing the poetic effect and for the sake 
of the metre. 

A very large class is elvai ev, ylyveadat, ev ls with abstractions, with 
verbal nouns, and with adjectives merging into adverbial phrases. 

follow. Variation of preps, may be metri causa, so instead of the usual a<t> iiriruv, 
we have the variants e£ iiriruv and icad' Ittkuv in the Iliad (v. supra n. 5). Examples 
might be greatly multiplied, but may be found in the text by cross-reference. 

"Instances are given under nn. 2, 4, 5, but may best be seen in the text. 

14 E. g. Eur. Hel. 978 k\delv 8id m^X^s 0"<i> avyybvq, Soph. Ant. 742 5td 8Ur)s 
io>v irarpl, 'engaging in controversy with' cf. Thuc. 6. 60. 3, 'to go to law/ Soph. 
O C 905 el (ih Si dpyrjs t\kov (vb. nearly = etvcu), Eur. Or. 757, 5td <}>6f}ov 
yap epxopai so 5td wodov etc., etc.; w. elvai, yiyveadai, ^xety, Xa/3etj>, — Ar. Ran. 1412 
81 exOpas ovSerepa) yevrjaopai ; Ar. Eccl. 888 >cel yap 8i ox^ov tovt' kari f 
'to be' or (c. yiyveadai) 'to become troublesome', Thuc. and Plato; Hdt. 1. 
206, iravrus paXKov rj 8i riavxlys elvai. 

15 E. g. 'to fall into evil' 'misfortune,' 'extremity,' els virvov ireari Soph. Ph. 826, 
so kv vtvco ireaelv Pind. Is. IV. 41, cf. old Eng. 'to fall on sleep' Eur. frg. 140 eis tpur 
cf. Eng. 'fall in love,' eis opyrjv ireaelv Eur. Or. 696 'to fall into a rage.' 

16 E. g. Thuc. 1. 82. 4 es airovoiav naraaT-qaavTas avrovs, 'making them desperate,' 
SO eis exQpa-v, nivbvvov, aiaxvvtjv, etc., but intr. Thuc. 7. 67. 4 es airovoiav KadearrjKaaiv 
'became desperate', etc. 

17 E. g. ets repxf/iv elfxi Eur. I. T. 797, ets advp.iav d^Uead' id. Bacch. 610, 
ots Qavy.ar ekdelv Ion 248, ets xpttav c. gen. eX0etv Ale. 719, etc. 

18 E. g. kv ddvp.ia yaav Thuc. 6. 41.2, cf . kv iravri c. gen. 7. 55. 1 ev iravri dij advp-ias r\aav 
'in utter despair;' kv 4>povrjpaTi ovres c. inf. 'aspiring to' id. 5. 40. 3; kv bppJg 
evroov Xen. An. 2. 1. 3; ev Ka\<jp kari Eur. Her. 971; kv evpapel kari id. I. A. 969, 
etc., etc. 



INTRODUCTION 



7 



Also exw, woLeladaL, rWeudai e*> 19 mainly with abstract notions, "to 
hold, regard, consider as." 

A more or less idiomatic k type denotes change from one condition 
to another, e. g. Soph O T 454, tv^Xos yap en bebopubros. 

cito and e/c of immediate consecution in time begin with card beLirvov 
'immediately after supper' in II. 8. 54, and continue in Hdt. 1. 126 
et saepe, he deiirvwv Eur. Hec. 915, e£ aplarov Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 18, etc. 

Pronominal expressions vary from mere tags to real idioms. 

Some uses of prepositions with idiomatic tone, even though not quite 
phrases, are noteworthy, e. g. clto k&Xco irapairXelv Thuc. 4. 25, 'to sail 
from' or 'by a rope,' i. e. 'to be towed along the shore'; airb with 
pregnant force, xpvvz<<ov clto pcuaTripos arrjaaL, Anth. P. 7.5 'from a 
hammer,' i. e. 'to set up a statue in beaten gold.' Half cases are seen 
in eis of the metaphorical end or purpose and others. Other phenomena 
allied to various phrases under consideration are also added. 

These tests have not been so strictly applied to Homer, but under 
the head of tags are grouped many frequently occurring expressions, 
some of which develop into phrases, others which might have done so 
but did not, others which gain interest from their mere repetition, and 
still others which occur in Homer and not in later literature. Partly for 
this reason and partly for convenience of comparison, Homeric usages 
have been kept separate from those of later times and a section devoted 
to them will precede each chapter. 

The object of this paper is by no means theoretical, as is perhaps 
already evident from this statement of the class of material included. 
Theories of the development of the use of various prepositions from 
original local or spatial meanings are set forth in the grammars and in 
special treatises on the subject and need not be here dealt with in detail. 
Whatever may seem probable as to the way in which these uses would 
be likely to grow up, the question arises how did they in fact develop? 
The only foundation for an answer to this question must be obtained 
from the actual instances as they occur in literature from Homer down. 
The evolution of the Greek language as we know it starts in Homer. 
Much has already happened before that time, but, however plausible a 
theory may be, we cannot really go back of the Iliad. If, therefore, 
an idiom is found already developed in Homer or evidently on the way 
to become an idiom, it has been traced to its source for the purposes of 
Greek literature. 

19 E. g. kv aXoyi-Q exoov Hdt. 6. 75, ku eutrxpw dkadcu ri Eur. Hec. 806, 
cf. Soph. Ph 875, etc. v. kv pp. 184, 197 f. 



8 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



A moment's consideration of our own or any other language will 
remind us that the origin of an idiom frequently cannot be defined or 
explained, and, in most cases, is at any rate soon forgotten. Often the 
original force early becomes blunted or almost wholly lost. Its meaning 
however, as commonly used, is of prime importance for the understanding 
of the language. This may best be seen in Greek by an examination and 
comparison of the usages in chronological order from the time of their 
earliest appearance in literature. This we have considered our chief 
aim. The material herewith presented is therefore arranged in accord- 
ance with this purpose. Thus the first mention of a phrase gives its 
earliest occurrence, unless it begins in Homer, when it is so stated in the 
text. Except that it has proved more convenient to group together 
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides and Aristophanes, and Herodotus and 
Thucydides, the only violations of the chronological order are clearly 
made for immediate comparison of like uses. 

Each preposition has a brief etymological and grammatical intro- 
duction, — following the grammars, chiefly Kiihner-Gerth — in which is 
presented the usual classification into spatial, temporal and metaphorical 
uses. The purpose of this is merely to clear the way and to put in con- 
venient form before the reader the general force and use of the preposi- 
tion as a whole. This grouping is thereafter mainly disregarded and no 
attempt is made to pursue any theory beyond the presentation of the 
material in historical sequence under specific phrases in such order as 
their meanings suggest. 

The sections on Homer and the early literature are classified sub- 
stantially as follows: (1) Phrases which seem to be real idioms, whether 
with a noun, adjective or participle. (2) Phrases less clearly idiomatic, 
but approaching idioms, or the apparent beginning of phrases which 
later developed real idiomatic force. (3) Technical expressions from 
various fields of human life, (4) Elliptical phrases, (5) Temporal and 
adverbial expressions, (6) Tags, more or less idiomatic, or plastic, 
picturesque and pleonastic, local designations and others, especially 
those connected with later phrases, (7) Special uses of the preposition. 

In general the arrangement of the phrases from later literature is 
similar, with such additions and variations as develop naturally out of 
the material, although certain difficulties present themselves in its 
selection and classification. Literal uses merge off into idiom and the 
idiomatic feeling may not always be recognized. The vividness of the 
Greek imagination and language leads to frequent expressions that are 
only plastic and picturesque, but sometimes to our mind approach idiom. 



INTRODUCTION 



9 



Some of these, as has been seen, are quoted. It is not always easy to 
distinguish unusual and peculiar uses of the preposition from real phrases 
and numerous cases of this kind are given as of related interest. On 
the other hand, many phrases quoted may be subject to the criticism 
that it is the use and meaning of the substantive or adjective governed 
by the preposition rather than the phrase which is discussed or which is 
the ground for its citation. Sometimes this has been noted (cf. kv ay&vi 
in Horn.), but usually the meaning of the noun and the phrase are so 
closely interwoven that no effort has been made to separate them. 
So many phrases start in metaphorical uses of nouns with a preposition 
that it is not always clear when such cases become phrases; many prepo- 
sitional expressions have been rejected as merely metaphors, others 
have been included where the idiomatic force might be a matter of 
opinion. 

Phrases resist hard and fast categories and are therefore often dif- 
ficult to classify. Almost any given phrase that occurs many times 
really belongs under several categories. This is frequently true of 
adverbial phrases, many of which will be found under other heads. 
Comparison of kindred phrases, which has been considered one of the aims 
to be sought, also occasionally interferes with a logical arrangement. 
But it has seemed to be on the whole easiest to group together, 
under some one of the types in which they are included, phrases in which 
a preposition governs the same word and to give cross references under 
other headings. Large groups are arranged alphabetically where this does 
not interfere too seriously with the chronological order. 

A few typical instances may serve to illustrate further the character 
of the information that is gained from these studies. 

A definite answer may be given, for example, to such questions as 
whether kv with apxh is used only in the singular to mean 'in the be- 
ginning' (although kclt' dpxas in this sense is regular), and only in 
the plural 20 to mean 'in office', — Plat. Legg. 671 A has kv apxals 'in 
the beginning,' Thuc. II.37.3, Isae. VII.34, kv a PX fl "in office" 21 , al- 
though both these uses are rare; yet the singular is used with els (particu- 
larly with KadLaraaOaL of entering upon office) and kirL (Ar. Pol. 1284 b 2 
yevkadcu kw' apxns). 

20 It is noticeable that apx^l meaning 'officers,' Plat. Rep. 460 B et al. has oi kv 
&pxcus as a variant, a sense which is arrived at only by way of a different meaning of 
the noun, i. e. 'those in power, in office.' 

21 L. and S. give neither of these. 



10 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



The history of certain phrases is well known, as of the Homeric els 
ixkaov riB'evai (II. 23. 704), ev fikao) Keladai (II. 18. 507) of a prize set 
up or lying in the midst for which all may contend, recurring a number 
of times in Attic 22 and always suggesting the ancient custom. Their famil- 
iarity and Homeric association make it almost a matter of surprise 
to find each of these phrases actually occurring but once in Homer. 
Even a stereotyped expression, like "standing in the midst to speak," 
gains some interest from the consciousness of its history from Homer on, 
while the mere collection and comparison of other idiomatic uses of ev 
likau and els fiecrov^ for instance, throw light upon the meaning of some of 
the passages. 

ev avdpcoiroLs with a superlative, or related notion, (colloquh] "in 
the world") has a continuous history beginning in Homer, which, so 
far as we know, has never been so fully traced. It seems to start in Od. 
1. 391, rj 4>fjs tovto kclkkttov ev avd puTToicL TeTv\dciL and appears in 
Theogn., Soph., Eur., Hdt., Andoc, Antiphon, Xen., Plato, Aesch., 
Dem., (v. ev p. 146, f.) often with a partitive genitive, as Theogn. 273, 
to)v iravrcov be kclklvtov ev avd pcoirois . The best known and most striking 
case is Plato, Lys. 211 E, rbv apiurov h avdpuiroLs bprvya 'the best 
quail in the world.' The usage is also extended to k£ avOponruv. 

ev avdpaaLv although found in Homer, does not gain idiomatic force 
until Euripides, who uses it frequently meaning "to count as a man," 
an idea which seems to come not merely out of the characteristic signifi- 
cance of avqpj but to be helped by the fusion of other expressions, cf. 
Hdt. 3. 120, ah yap ev avopibv \6yo) (sc. el), Eur. Andr. 590, 591, <rv yap 
per avdpcov, a> KaKiare kolk nanuv ; / aoi irov p-erevTiv cos ev avhpaciv \6yov ; 

ev x^pa begins in II. 23. 349, evl x^PV I H €T ' <sat down in his 
place,' i. e., his proper place, appears in Bacchyl. V. 80, araBl t 
ev x&pq> 'stay where thou art,' is similar in Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 23, then, 
from the military association, 'they fell fighting at their posts' (Hell. 
4. 2. 20; 8. 39); parallel and more frequent is /card x&pav elvat, \ieveiv. 

Another local but idiomatic phrase with a long history is ev raurco 
fievetv ; the earliest use noted is in Xenophanes, and it is repeated (v. 
ev p. 160), evidently with familiar connotation, on down until Plato 

22 Cf. (ds) Dem. 488. 102, (h) Theogn. 994, Anth. Lyr. p. 307. 36, Bacchyl. XIV. 
53, Ar. Pax 1118, Xen. An. 3. 1. 21, Dem. 41. 5, cf. Lat. Ter. Phorm. Prol. 16; cf. also 
Soph. Tr. 516. 

"Interesting are such idiomatic developments as II. 23. 574 es ukaov an4>oTkpoi<Ti 
biKaaaare about =' impartially,' e/c ixkaov Karfjo-To Hdt. 3. 83, of taking 
no part in a contest, ev ukaco elvai Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52; Dem. 682. 183 w. gen. of 
articular inf. 'to stand in the way of,' i. e., to prevent one from doing something. 



INTRODUCTION 



11 



where it is used of the argument which 'goes around in a circle and 
won't stay in the same place,' or which does 'stay in the same place' 
and makes no progress (Euthyphro 11 C, Phaed. 86 E, Euthyd. 288 A). 

Some real phrases in Homer occur only once and are not repeated 
later, e. g. ev ireiay (v. kv p. 136) Od. 20. 23, kv docfj 'in doubt,' II. 9. 
230, (occurs also Callim. Iov. 5) ev /capos alarj II. 9. 378, 'I hold him in 
the measure of,' i. e. 'not worth a hair' (v. kv p. 135), but both this 
and kv irelar} are much debated because they are so idiomatic and lack 
the light which would be thrown upon them if they were used else- 
where. 

It will be seen that Euripides greatly extends the use of prepositional 
idioms, largely through metaphorical expressions, some of which remain 
peculiar to him and are not really developed into phrases, e. g. Bacch. 
848, dvrjp els fiokov /caflloTarcu 'falls within the cast of the net,' 
so Rhes. 730 24 ; again, a metaphor from the race-course, Eur. El. 659, 
waXiv tgi fivdov els Kajdir-qv aye 'bring your speech to its turning point,' 
which Way aptly translates 'yet toward thy goal turn thou thy speech'; 
Med. 766, Keis 656v fiefii)Kap,ev i. e. 'we have come to a way of action.' 

In the case of these five prepositions Euripides, however, does not 
add so many adverbial phrases as Sophocles. The adverbial phrase is 
already well developed in Homer, (v. n. 8), but limited to comparatively 
few expressions, — these five prepositions show less than twenty includ- 
ing the Homeric hymns. Pindar nearly doubles the number previously 
found, Aeschylus adds about as many more as Pindar. Sophocles has 
nearly twice as many new ones. Euripides and Herodotus each increase 
the list nearly as much as Sophocles. Almost twice as many adverbial 
phrases with these prepositions start in Thucydides as in any other 
author, but a large proportion of them are purely formal in character 
and of the same type, like ev cfravepco, ev too e/jLcfyavel, ev a&avei, e/c, clwo 
tov eideos, clto tov irpocfyavovs, phrases with articular adverbs, ev too 
avTLirepas, e/c tov, eis to irapaxpwa, and local and military phrases like 
e/c ir\ayiov, ev 7r\cucua;. Xenophon adds many of this last class. About 
half as many are seen for the first time in Plato and Xenophon respectively 
as in Thucydides. In Aristophanes the number drops again by nearly 
half and other authors add comparatively few. These few statistics 
show how rapidly the tendency to the adverbial use of prepositional 
expressions increased, — between three and four hundred different 
phrases of this kind have been noted for these five prepositions in this 

^This illustrates eis in the sense coming 'within reach of which is to be dis- 
tinguished from coming 'into.' 



12 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



period. The question suggests itself, whether the extension of prepo- 
sitional idioms by Euripides and of adverbial phrases by Thucydides, 
who also shows many other prepositional phrases, is due wholly to the 
style of the authors or partly to the period in which they lived, which 
might naturally have been a time of growth in the language. 

But it is not due to the best type of growth and to real enrichment 
of the language that these phrases are so greatly extended in the later 
literature, into which it would be exceedingly interesting to continue 
these studies. A few examples which have been cited from the later 
period will illustrate the manner in which many phrases developed away 
from their original meaning (v. kv xp& & P- 163, ftn. 108 and kv ya\a%iv 
kv p. 172, ftn. 134), Rossberg 25 has recently shown the great extension of 
prepositional usages during the Alexandrian age, both in colloquial 
speech and in official documents. The inscriptions also offer suggestive 
material (v. Giinther 26 ). These studies are confined mainly to litera- 
ture and inscriptions are included only by the way. 27 

An examination of the evidence will show that certain words tend to 
form idiomatic and adverbial phrases with different prepositions. A 
collection of many of the same phrases under the governed word, which is 
withheld until it can include the other important prepositions, would 
illustrate this most convincingly, but the cross references in the text 
under any of the large groups for a single word, make it sufficiently clear. 
The use of a phrase with one preposition seems to help its extension to 
other prepositions. 

Certain ideas, on the other hand, tend to idiomatic expression, so 
that a variety of phrases are often found for the same notion. Many 
of these appear in corresponding idiomatic prepositional phrases in other 
languages. 28 A few parallels with Latin and English have been noted. 

2& De Praep. Gr. in chartis Ptolem. aet. aegypt. usu., Jena, 1909. 

26 Die Prap. in d. griech. Dialektinschriften, Strassburg, 1906. 

"Prepositional phrases in the theory of literary criticism and in rhetoric would 
furnish a subject for a paper by itself; a few only have been noted and are cited from 
Spengel Rhett. Graeci by volume, page and line. 

28 Cf. for example, a few of the English idioms for which Greek phrases are here 
given: 'in season' 'in the nick of time,' 'on the whole,' 'on the spot,' 'on the 
spur of the moment,' 'on a sudden,' 'to have a word with some one,' 'reduced to 
straits,' 'in straits,' 'in a corner,' 'on a level,' 'on an equality,' 'to have a matter 
in hand,' 'in place' (of a proper place), 'to be out of one's head,' ' to come to one- 
self,' etc. Modern English novels furnish not only 'on one's own,' but 'in the 
know' developed to 'in the very utmost know' 'a dock policeman on the make,' 
and other phrases which illustrate the growth of present day idiom on lines analogous 
with the Greek. 



INTRODUCTION 



13 



These might be greatly increased and others will occur to the reader 
not only from these languages, but also from German or any other 
language with which he is familiar. 

The consideration of such usages not only leads to a more intimate 
and sympathetic understanding of the Greek language in general, 
but also gives a new appreciation of its picturesque vividness and enables 
one to enter as it were into its secrets and approach some of the sources 
of its inner life and growth. 



PART I 

did 

It is generally said that the fundamental meaning of 5td from an 
original idg. *dis, 1 formed on the analogy of fierd, with disappearance of 
intervocalic sigma (* 5t[o-]a, Lat. dis-, bis, Ger. zwei, zwischen, etc.), 
is apart, hence, between, between and through. Its primary meaning 
apart is still seen in certain compounds, e. g., haax^u, Lat. discindo; 
diayiyvoocTKco, Lat. dignosco. It may be thought of as applied to the 
interval which keeps objects or periods apart; thus its 

A. I. Spatial uses with the Genitive 2 are usually referred to three heads, 

1 . ) of motion directly through a space from one end to the other, or through 
and out again, sometimes emphasized in Homer by the addition of ck or irpb, 
8Uk /jieyapoLO . . . avaxwpwtw, Od. 17. 460, cf. Od. 18.386; dtairpo, II. 14. 
494; 

2. ) of extension through a space not in a line, H. 11.398, bbvvr\ bi 5id 
Xpods rj\6' aheyeivi), 'through all his frame' ; 

3. ) of an interval of space, Hdt. 7.30, bta aradloiv cos irevre, at 'an interval 
of five stadia'. 

II. Similarly in temporal uses, 1.) of extent through a period of 
time. 2.) of an interval between two points of time. 

III. From these meanings and their extensions and figurative 
uses develop various causal notions: 

a) origin (rarely), b) condition, state, sitution, c) means, — of 
both persons and things, d) material, e) manner, f) value. 

B. With the Accusative, the spatial and temporal uses are mainly 
confined to the poets, chiefly Homer, while the causal force, which may, 
as a rule, best be given by a translation 'owing to' the person or thing 
through which anything happens, in later literature, and especially in 
prose, came to refer to a more remote and less immediate cause than 
8lcl with the Genitive. 3 This distinction was a growth and is not found 
in early literature, nor consistently maintained in the poets. 4 

Walde, Lateinisches Etymologisches Worterbuch, 2 te Aufl. Heidelberg, 1910. 
Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. S. 478 § 616. But Gr. Gr. z (1900) §512, derivation fr. *dui, 
cf. Ger. 'zwei' still doubtful. 

2 Kuhner-Gerth, II. 1. 485 ff.; Brugmann Kz. vergl. Gr. 1. c. 

3 In addition to the Grammars referred to above, v. Gildersleeve, A. J. P. XI. 
372; Chas. F. Adams, Selected Orations of Lysias, ad Lys. XII. 87. 
4 Aesch. Ag. 447. 



PART I 8l6l 



15 



For our purposes, however, it is futile to try to reduce all instances 
to these formal heads, since, as we have already stated, we are approach- 
ing the subject from a different point of view and are dealing largely 
with idiom and idiomatic tendencies which defy all rule. 

A. HOMER 

The essential facts about the use of 8ia in Homer are given in the 
Grammars. 5 

A comparison of the use of cases shows that whereas in later Greek 
and in Attic prose the Genitive is used much more freely than the Accusa- 
tive and almost all idiomatic expressions have the Genitive, in Homer 
the Accusative is very frequent, a difference which is largely due to the 
disappearance after the early poetry of the spatial and temporal uses of 
5ia with the Accusative. 

The Genitive is used in a spatial sense with the notion of going through 
and beyond or out again, 6 II. 3. 263, Sid Zkclloov 'through the Scaean 
gates'; in wounds of the spear passing through and out, II. 4. 481, 
8l Cijiov (very frequent); cf. II. 22. 309, ireblovbe 8lcl ve<fiew, 8ta tpo/jlclxw 
and 8l o/jllKov often, of making one's way through the press. 

The Accusative with 8ta in the spatial use in Homer denotes the 
space or object through which motion takes place. Even in Homer, the 
temporal use is chiefly limited to the phrase 8ia vvkto? and the spatial 
point of view is probably at the base of this expression. The night 
seems to be thought of as an object through which motion takes place 
and by far the larger number of occurrences are with verbs of motion. 

5tct with the Accusative is also used to denote cause or agency, but 
the Genitive does not occur with this meaning in Homer or Hesiod. 

Only a few idiomatic uses with 8ia have developed by the time of 
Homer. 

/. Prepositional Idioms 

A. c. Gen. a) With nouns, (omission of irvkacov). D. 3. 263, rob 8t 8ta 
iKaicbv ire8iov8' exov w/ceas lttttovs. The omission of irvXacov gives an idio- 
matic touch suggesting that the familiarity of the name of this gate 
made the expression of the substantive unnecessary. In other cases 
the noun is closely implied in the context or supplied by a pronoun 

6 D. B. Monro. A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. Oxford, 1891. §§214-216, 
Ebeling. Lexicon Homericum, Leipzig, 1885. 

'For apparent violations of this principle, v. Monro. §216. 

7 Ebeling says entirely. Monro includes II. 2. 40, Sia uparepas vanLvas, 'lasting 
through hard fights.' 



16 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



whose antecedent has shortly preceded: II. 5. 752 = 8. 396, 8l avrduv Kev- 
TprjveKeas exov i-Wous (i. e., irv\du>v); cf. II. 7. 340 = 439. Od. 19. 564, 
ol p'ev k eXdcocn bid irpLGTOv ekecfravTOS ) 566, oi be bid i-earuv Kepdwv eXflcoci. 

5i' dyuvos (not an idiom, but might have become so), II. 23. 696, 
oL piv ayov bi ayuvos, i. e., 'through the assembly met to see the con- 
tests,' the transition is easy to the later meaning of the contests them- 
selves, (v. sub ev dyuvi, p. 135). An idiom might easily have devel- 
oped from this, especially in the meaning found in tragedy, 'trial', 'danger'. 

b) With adjectives, <5id iravroov, II. 12. 104, 6 5' eirpeire Kai 5id 
iravTcov 'and he was conspicuous even among all.' 8 Some edd. com- 
pare Pind. Is. III. 55, dXX' "Oprjpbs tol rerLpaKev 8l dvdpioiroiv, i. e. apud 
omnes homines. bid may be translated "among" in both these cases, 
but they are really different. In the Iliad its meaning is helped by the 
verb and approaches the partitive force of k -rravr^v; in Pindar it has 
none of the sense of preeminence, but really is about equivalent to 
'Homer sang his praises (i. e. the praises of Ajax) throughout the 
world.' 

B. c. Acc. a) With nouns. 

5id arbpa, II. 10. 375 literal, but II. 14. 91, pvdov 6v ov Kev dvrjp ye 
bed arbpa wapwav ayoiro is an idiom which survives in this form and shows 
also the variants of did c. gen., and d^d c. acc, the latter already in 
Horn. II. 2. 250. cf. Aesch. Sept. 51, oIktos 5' ovtls i\v bid arbpa; Ar. Lys. 
855, dei yap 17 yvvrj a' exei <5id arbpa. 

But Aesch. Sept. 579, Xeyei be rovr eiros bid arbpa, and Eur. Or. 103, 
dvafioa Sid arbpa are merely plastic, not idiomatic. We should 
expect the Genitive here and should doubtless have had it in prose; 
but in all these cases later than Homer 5id arbpa occurs at the end of 
an iambic line and the Accusative is probably metri causa, although 
possibly helped by familiarity with the Homeric phrase. 

Cf. pi.: Hes. Th. 65 (of the Muses), epar-qv be bid arbpar oaaav, 
lelaaL, merely a poetic periphrasis. 

Cf. for var. c. gen. (in more literal, plastic sense) Theog. 18, tout' 
eiros dOavdro)v rfhde bid aroparuv, and for the idiom, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25, 
irdvres rbv Kvpov bia arbparos e\^v Kai ev \bycx) Kai ev (bbals; later, Theocr. 
12. 21, rrdai bia arbparos of the 'common talk'; cf. d^d arbpa ex^iv, 
II. 2. 250; Eur. Andr. 95, dvd arbp del Kai bid yXcoaa-qs exw (strength- 
ened by the variant bid yXuaarjs, note bid c. gen. v. p. 18); El. 80; 
Xen. Hier. 7.9. 

8 Ebeling: inter omnes, paraphr. 8t.eirpeire ev iraaiv, non rede sch. V, virkp ttolptup ; 
but K-G. Vor alien hindurch.' 



PART I did 



17 



II. Temporal Phrases 

ha v{jktcl, II. 8. 510; 10. 101; Od. 19. 66 seem not to mean much 
more than 'in the night-time,' differing little from kiri vvkt'l, II. 8. 
529, 'at night-time,' and irapa vmras, II. 9. 470. 

With stronger force of prep, as if the night were an object through 
which motion could take place : 9 II. 10. 297, fiav p tfiev . . . 5td vvktcl 
p,k\aivav, cf. Hes. Th. 788; dorjv 8lc\ vvktcl ixk\aivav (c. ikvai) II. 10. 394, 468; 
(c. IdoLTo) II. 24. 366, 653; (c. a\a\r)adat,) Od. 12. 284; cf. Hes. Th. 481; 
II. 2. 57, rj\dev . . . apPpoalriv <5id vmra; 10. 41, 142; 24. 363; 
Od. 9. 404; 15. 8; Od. 15. 50, vvktcl 8ia dvofcprjv k\dav, cf. Theogn. 
672; cf. Anth. Lyr. Ibyc. 3, 8ta vvktcl /jlclkpclv ; vvktcl 8l 6p4>vaLrjv 
(c. epxeadcu) II. 10. 83. 386; (c. Idelv) 276; 10 (fjyefwveve) Od. 9. 143; 
(^7repo7reu€t) h. Merc. 578 cf. in Eur. 8i op4>vy]s. In Attic Greek 5id 
vu/cra becomes 8ia vvktos, v. p. 21. 

777. Adverbial 

Abstraction which, although strictly causal, approaches adv. force, 
Od. 19. 523, 5l acfypaUas, 'in his folly, 'usually expressed by dat. pi. II. 5. 
649; 16. 354; dat. sing. II. 2. 368, cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 93, a^paU-Q 'un- 
wittingly,' others, 'in their folly.' In mock heroic line (pi.) Ar. Pax 
1064. (kv might have been used with these datives, cf. II. 9. 491, etc.) 

IV. Tags 
A. c. Gen. 

Si' aidkpos, II. 2. 458; 17. 425 c. adj.; (cf. 14. 288;) 19. 351; Od. 
15. 293; h. XXXIII. 13; cf. in fig. sense h. Cer. 67 clkovgcl 5l aidkpos 
cLTpvyeTOLO' cf. II. 22. 309, <5id ve^koov epepevvwv. 

Expressions for 'through the press' or 'the thick of the fight': 

a. di o/jllKov, II. 12. 191; 17. 293, €7rat£as 5l 6/jl.; 13. 204, r\Kt 
eXi^aLievos 8l 6/jl.; 11. 147, Kv\Lv8ea6aL 8l 6/jl. ; but II. 6. 226 simply 'in' 
or 'amid the crowd.' Cf. e<£' o/jlLXov, II. 11. 546, cf. ets, kv, etc. 

b. dca irpoLiaxwv, fir/ 5e 8lc\ irpoLiaxuv : II. 4. 495; 5. 562, 566, 
681; 17. 3, 87, 124, 592; 20. 111. dvve 8lc\ itpoiiax^v : II. 5. 250; 11. 
342; 20. 412; cbx^ro 8ta Tpofi. II. 11. 358; Wvaev 8ia irpon. : II. 16. 582; 
17. 281. cf. kv. 

C. 8ia 8e Tpwoov Trerer' ??5' tTLKovpcov, II. 13. 755. 

"Something of this feeling seems to be present c. gen. in Anth. Lyr. Ion 2. 7. 

10 I1. 10. 276, although 'through the dark night' is probably all that is meant 
here, the later meaning of 8ia c. acc. is suggested both here and in h. Merc. 578, 'owing 
to the dark night.' 



18 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



B. c. Acc. 

<5id jSouXas (c. gen. or adj.): Od. 11. 437, exOripe yvvaiKelas 8lol @ov\as; 
II. 15. 71, 'Xdrjvairjs 8lcl fiovkas, cf. 10. 497, 8ia \rqriv \Wi]vr}s, h. Cer. 
414, I\oovl8eoj irvKLvrjv did pvqnv ; Hes. Op. 71, Th. 572, KpopiSeco 5id 
(3ov\as; Od. 8. 82, Ai6s peyaXov <5id (3ov\as, so Hes. Op. 122; Th. 
465; Od. 11. 276, B*cbv 5id (3ov\as; Hes. Sc. 318, oO 5id 0.; Id. Th. 653, 
rjperepas 8lol /3. 

8iaKpaTepd.svaf.dvas, II. 2. 40; Hes. Th. 631, 712. cf. /card II. 2. 345. 
otd }j,eyadv},iov 'Adriv-qv, Od. 13. 121, cf. the Hesiodic tag, hv ^CKot^tl 
oid xpvvtyv , A<f)po8LTr)v, Th. 822, 962, 1005. 
Local designations : 

<5id 5« M a, Od. 7. 139; 16. 276; 18. 153, 341; pi. Od. 4. 24, 679; 6. 
50; 10 546; 15. 109; 17. 479, but in II. 1. 600 11 and Od. 22. 495 it does 
not mean 'through and out of the house,' but 'about in the house.' 
Later, oV oiW, Soph. Tr. 864; Eur. Med. 1139. 

V. Use of Preposition 
Variation bet. Gen. and Acc. 

h. Merc. 421, 5id (f>pevas rj\vd' too?;. Later the gen., Aesch. Sept. 
593, fiadelav ahoKa 8lcl 4>pevds Ko.pirovp.evos ; cf. Soph. Ant. 1060, opcreis 
jU€ raKiv-qra 8ia (frpevcbv c/>pdcrat. 12 

B. LITERATURE AFTER HOMER 
A. c. Gen. I. Idiomatic Phrases. 
a. With nouns. 

Blcl y\6)acrr]s, Eur. Andr. 95, epir'e^vKe yap / yvvatQ. repnpis ribv irapea- 
tcotojv kclk&v / ava arbp aei Kal 8ia yXcoaa'qs exew, reenforcing the id. ava 
aropa; cf. c. levai, Eur. Suppl. 112, ir'epas yap ov8ev prj 8ia yXcoaarjs ibv 
'without using the tongue,' probably more literal. 

Cf. oia (jToparos ex^v, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25 13 v. supra, Horn. p. 16. 

oid x^ipos exet>v, 'to have in hand,' i. e., 'under one's control,' so 
'to have a work in hand' i. e., to take care of it. Ar. Vesp. 597, dXXd 

n Ebeling: hie illic in aedibus. 

12 Ebeling gives II. 7. 247, e£ 8k Sia irrvxas ^Xde as a case where the poet had the 
choice of gen. or acc, cf. II. 20. 269. Homer probably avoids the gen. for metrical 
reasons. 

13 Cf . Dion. H. de Lys. 10, Si ox^ov yap 7)577 tovto ye ' for already this is in the 
mouths of the people.' 



PART I 8lol 



19 



<t>v\aTT€L, 8ca x^pos exuv, 'keeping us carefully in hand.' 14 So Thuc. 
II. 13. 2., rd toov GVfipaxwv 5ta x^tpos exoo^ 15 (cf. 8l clvtov tl exeiv, 
etc.) cf. (pi.) Ar. Pol. 1308 a 27; Eur. Hec. 673, ?|s aTrrjyyk'Xdr] rd<£os/ 
iravruv 'Ax<uwz> 8ia x e P°s <rirov8rjv ex^v, £ is receiving attention at the 
hands of all the Greeks,' looks like this phr., but is not, although it 
might have been used here without cnrov8i]v, the insertion of which dig- 
nifies what would otherwise have been a rather trivial and familiar 
phrase. 

b. With pronouns and adjectives. 

8i clvtov, avTccv, cf. 8lc\ x^pos ex eiv '■ Isae. VI. 35, kunbirovv forces 
. . . 8i avroov eaoLTo r; ovaia, 'should be in their hands,' 'under their 
control,' in sua potestate, id. VIII. 16, dXX' avros 8i' eavToviravT eiroiei, 'but 
he did everything by the hands of his own household'; id. VIII. 37, 
8i avrov iroidcjOal tl 'to place something under his control.' Cf. 
Dem. 1234. 22: [Dem.]. 1172. 15, aai to apyvpiov toW airav elxev clvtos 
ol eavTov 6 bivdpooiros, 'had under his exclusive control'; cf. Dem. 605. 38, 
olVep k'ei 8l eavrcop elxov p,eT0LTovTov to (jovXevTripLov. Cf. Ar. Pol. 1301 12, 
Trjv p,ev k<xtc\gt<xglv irpooLLpovvTou TTjv clvty]v, 8l avTcov 8' elvai (3ov\ovtoli 
TCLVT-qv ; 1293 a 28, 8l ai)TO)v ex^ iV ) 13 18 b 34, at re yap apxal 8lol tcov 
(3e\TL<jToov eaovTcu ; 1303 a 16, Trjs ToKiTeLas 8l oXlycov ovayjs ; Ath. Pol. c. 
29, 1. 9, eav 8l' ohLyccv tql^u^vt ai ttjv TroXiTelav ; cf . ib. c. 2. 1. 6, r\ 3e iracra 
yfj 8l oKlyodv rjv, so c. 4. 1. 24, 77 x&paSt' oKiyo^v^v. (v. Eucken, Sprackgebr. 
des Ar. p. 38). 

otd Kadapov, Hdt. 1. 202, pku Sid Kadapov sc. x&P ov (of a river 
whose course is clear and open), cf. h KadapQ, Horn. II. 8. 491; 10. 
199; 23. 61., etc., v. pp. 138, 156. 

otd /.tecrou, 1., Spatial, Hdt. 1. 104, dXX' ev to 81a jikaov Wvos avT&v ecrri 
'between'; Thuc. V. 64. 4, ^vveKXrje yap 8ta iikaov 'for he shut off and 
intercepted them'; Xen. Cyr. VI. 3. 3, 5ta p.k<rov wolovpl€vol rd anevGcfropa; 
Plat. Alcib. II. 139 A; Gorg. 455 E (used as adj.), so Meno 82 C; cf. 

14 v. Starkie ad loc. L. and S. are wrong in interpreting this passage literally, 
although it may be a printer's error, for the position of the citations Ar. Vesp. 597, 
Thuc. II. 76 should be transposed (v. x*h II. 6. a). 

X5 Cf. Democr. frg. 279 (Diels 2 p. 435), rots Trauai pdAtcrra baTtiadai rd xPVf J - aTa j Ka ^ 
d/xa kTLfxeXeladai avroov, fxrj tl ar-qpbv iroLecoaL 5td x^tpos exovres, which Diels translates 
'dass sie mit dem, was sie in Handen haben, keine Tollheit begehen,' but we find no 
other case of 5id x^pos exeLv in the sense of possession, as of holding something in 
the hand as Diels takes this. Ought it not to be 'keeping them in control' repeating 
the idea in ewL/jieKelaOaL, even if this necessitates the emendation of exopres to 
exoi'ras? 



20 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Rep. 474 E; cf. Com.' Fr. Adesp. 343 K., offi t)ttov ovre fxdWov ovre 8lcl 
ix'eaov. 

2. Temporal, Hdt. 9. 112, kv 8e tovtoo too 8lcl ji'ecrov XP° V °? 'interven- 
ing'; Thuc. IV. 20. 1, irplv ti avY]Ke<TTOV 8lol \xeaov yevofievov thiols KCLTa\a(3elv ; 
V. 26. 2, ty)v 8lcl fxkaov %vfx(3a<nv, "the interim agreement.' Cf. kv pp. 158, 
159. 

3. ol Sid fikaov of the moderate or neutral party (id. and semi- 
tech.): Thuc. VIII. 75. 1, virb toov 8lcl pieaov KoiKvdevres 'by those of the 
moderate party'; Xen. Hell. V. 4. 25, k(f>o{3ovvTo, koll tovs 8lcl p,eaov 8e. 

ol ovdevbs iroLelaBaL, Soph. O C 584, tcl 5' kv pLeaop / r) XrjjTLV ttrxets 
rj 8l ovdevds iroLel, 'thou dost make of no account,' the only instance of 
this phr. instead of ovdevbs or irap' ov8ev ircLeladai ; cf . also kv ov8evl 
\byoo kiroLrjaoLTo, Hdt. 3. 50 v. p. 197 ff. also irepi iroWov iroLeladaL, etc., 
saepe. 

II. Proverbial Phrases 

8lol irvpbs, 1. Eur. Andr. 487, 8lol yap Tvpbs rj\d' erepto Xexet (Way: 
'As fire is her jealousy burning'); El. 1183, 8lcl irvpbs ep,o\ov d tclXcllvcl 
fxarpl rad'. 

2. But Ar. Lys. 133, kolv p.e xpfl, 5td tov irvpbs kdeXoo @a8L£eLv(w. art.); 
cf. 136. As a test, cf. Eng. 'to go through fire and water,' Xen. 
Symp. IV. 16, €70? yovv fieTaKKeivLov kolv 8lol irvpbs loir/v ;Oec. 21.7 (of success- 
ful generals), d\\' ol olv 8vvoovTai k/jLiroLrjo cu rots err par loot clls aKovKovdrjTeov 
elvcLL kolv 8lcl irvpbs kclI 81a iravTos klv8vvov ; 'through fire and swords', Posi- 
dipp. 1. 10 K., oov els ovtoctI / 8lcl toov /jlclxcllpcov tov irvpbs t k\r)\vdev, ie 
cf . Ovid, Met. 8. 76, ire per ignes et gladios ausim. 

3. But Dem. 1269. 40, b^vveiv 8ca irvpbs 'to swear at the altar 
upon which the sacrificial fire was burning.' 

Later, (cf. also other preps, with ovvg): Plut. 2. 128 E, r) ixkv ow 
aKpL(3r)s (r<j>b8pa koX 8C ovvxos \eyofjLevrj Stcura, of a most careful, close life. 
Cf. kv owxt, p. 163. 

77/. Technical 

1. Military: 8C bir\oov, Plat. Rep. 557 A, kav re kclI 8l oifhoov yevrjTCLL 
kav re kclI 8lcl 4>b(3ov (note juxtaposition of 8lcl c. gen. and c. ace). 

2. Legal: Sid irpoK\r)aeoos kve(3a\ovTo, Dem. 1111. 31; pi.: 7ro\\d 
Sid irpoKXrjaeoov KpLveTCLL, Hyper. I. I. I. 8. Cf. kK p. 57. 

16 Cf. Zenob. 3. 19, 8ia p,axcup&v kclI wvpos piirTeiv del' kirl rwv TrapaffaWo/Aevuv nal 
pupoidvdvva, iroiovvTuv, so Apostol. 6. 2. 



PART I 8lcl 



21 



3. From the field of Rhetoric: 8ia tuv eUoTuv rds &7ro5€t£eis iroiovp.kvois 
\6yois. Plat. Phaed. 92 D. 

Cf. ib. 6 . . . \6yos 8i virodeaews d£ias awodk^aadat elp-qTai. 

4. From the field of games: Plat. Theaet. 181 A, tivirep oi ev reus 
irdXaLaTpcus 8ua ypanixris iraL^ovTes, of a game played by two parties 
pulling against one another across a line. 17 

IV. Temporal 

Commonly either of extent throughout a period of time, or of an 
interval of time, usually. ' after an interval.' 

1. 8l rjfjiepas, 'through the day/ i. e., 'all day long': Telecleid. 
Incert. 28; Hermipp. 4. 6, 8l 17/xepas oc^epat 'all day and every day'; 
Pherecr. 64 K; Ar. Nub. 1053, d tcov veaviaKcov ad 8l rj/iepas \cl\ovvtoov; 
Eccl. 63, Pax 56, cf. 27; Ran. 260, 265; Vesp. 485; 18 Hdt. 1. 97; 2. 173; 
7. 210. 2; Thuc. VII. 82. 1; but cf. II. 29. 3, 81' fokpuv ttoWuv 'at a 
distance of many days'; Apolloph. Incert. 6 K. 8l d/xepas ; Plat. Legg. 758 
A; cf. Rep. 343 B, cud vvktos koI 17/zepas 'night and day', i. e., 'through' 
or 'by'; but 81a rpiT-qs rjfiepas Hdt. 2. 37, et at. 'every third day' (cf. 
5td xpovov); cf. 8ta TpW-qs Ael. N. A. 457 'in the course of the third 
day.' Amphis 43 K, -wivovu e/cdcrr/s wkpas diiffxepas; Timocles 8. 13 K. 

Cf. Eur. El. 909, 8l opdpuv 'each morning early.' 

5t' erovs, Ar. Vesp. 1058, 'all the year round'; cf. Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 
4, evi IfxaTLO) 8i' erovs irpoaedl^eadai. 

8t,a vvktos, Anth. Lyr. Ion 2. 7, irco 8lcl vvktos clolStj, 'let the 
song go through the night' (as if piercing it). 19 

Xen. An. 4. 6. 22, Kal eKatov wvpa xoXXd 8lol vvktos, 'during, in 
the course of, the night.' Plat. Criti. 117 E, fxeO' ruikpav Kal Sid vvktos, 
differs slightly, if at all, from the use of various other prepositions with 
vv%, cf. tied' rjtxepav here. 

8i' op4>vf]s (Dor. 6pcf)vas), a poetic variation for vvktos, 'through 
the darkness of night,' hence, 'through the night.' Eur. Suppl. 
994, Rhes. 697, 774 (c. adj.) irvKvys 8l opcjyvrjs. 20 

81a xzw&vos, 'in the course of,' during the winter,' Plat. Tim. 74 C 
(cf. w. art. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 9.). 

17 Cf . airo Theocr. 6. 18, tov airo ypa/x/xas Kivtl \idov, where, however, the metaphor 
appears to be from the game of irecraoL (v. Cholmeley, 'and moves out the piece on 
the centre line'). 

18 v. Starkie ad loc. 

19 The night seems to be thought of as an object. Cf. Sid vvktcl in Homer. 
20 Cf. use by Eur. of other preps, with the same noun, ev Ion 955, Rhes. 69, 587; 
dt H. F. 352, Kara Rhes. 678. 



22 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



2. 8ia xpovov, usually 'after an interval.' Soph. Ph. 758, t^kci 
yap avrr) 8ia xpovov, 'from time to time,' 'intermittently'; but 
ib. 285, 6 /jiev xpovos 8rj 8ia xpovov irpovfiaive /jlol, 'one space of time 
after another,' 'day after day.' Eur. I. A. 636 (if these verses are genu- 
ine) 8ia xpovov 'at last,' i. e., 'after an interval,' note in close 
proximity (640) 7roXXw xpbvcp, var. with same meaning; but in I. A. 
1172 8lcl does not have this meaning, but 8ia fxaKpas a-wovalas — ' during 
a long absence.' Pherecr. 132 K; Telecl. 38 K; Ar. Lys. 904; Pax 570, 
710; Plut. 1055, (in 1045 emphasized by an adj., tome 8ia iroWov 
Xpovov a eopa.Keva.1, so Vesp. 1476, cf. Hdt. 3. 27); Vesp. 1252; Hdt. 
4. 1, 8ia xpovov Toaovrov KCLTLovras; Thuc. II. 94; Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 1; 
4. 4. 5; Lys. I. 12; Plat. Phaedr. 247 D; Parm. 136 E ; Rep. 328 C; Charm. 
153 A; Tim. 22 D (note pi. and adj.) 8lcl naupcbv xpbvuv; Politic. 269 B, 
8lcl oe xpovov (note intrusive particle); Euthyd. 273 B; Hipp. Mai. 281 A, 
cos 8ia xpovov r)/j.iv Karrjpas eis rds 'Adrjvas (strong idiomatic tone) 'what 
an age it is since you put in at Athens!' Tim. 26 A; 38 A. Isocr. 
IV. 46 (5ta toWov xpovov, so Aeschin. III. 59; Menand. 13 K) cf. 
Aeschin. III. 220, to 8ia xpovov \kyeiv 'at intervals,' 'intermittently.' 
Cf. for meaning 'after an interval,' Plat. Tim. 23 A. 8l elccdorcov eruv 
et al. 

Cf. 6V erovs irk/nrTov, Ar. PI. 584 (of the Olympic games); Xen. 
Reip., Ath. 3. 5. cf. ava Hdt. 8. 65; 6V kviavrov irkjiirTov Plat. Criti. 
119 D; ha. irevreT-npiSos, Hdt. 3. 97; 4. 94. Cf. Plat. Legg. 834 E, 
8ia T€fxirTcov kroiv, 624 B,6V harov erovs, etc. 6V kviavrov, Ar. frg. 569 
K; Xen. Reip. Ath. 3. 6; Antiphon frg. 28. 

3. Adv. phr. of continuance. 

tV aicbvos, 'forever,' 'for all time to come.' Aesch. Ag. 554, 
ris 8e Tr\r)v Qecbv / airavT aTrjpoiv tov 8l aicovos xpovov (note adj. use); cf. 
Cho. 26; Eum. 563; Soph. El. 1024; Eur. Ale. 475; Dem. 1390. 6. 21 
ButDiels, Vorsokr., 204. 2 (frg. Emped. B. 110) 22 = 'throughout your 
lifetime'. 

6V bXiyov, v. infra p.. 28. 

8ia iravros, 'from the beginning to the end,' 'continually,' 'for- 
ever,' 'throughout.' Aesch. Prom. 283, tovs covs 8e irbvovs / xPV^u 0L & 

21 Cf. R P § 68 fr. Philolaus, aiuvos ks ai&va, 'from everlasting to everlasting.' 
In Aesch. Sept. 219, e/xov /car' al&va, although Kara differs little in force from 5td, 
the modifying possessive prevents it from being a phrase. 5td (3Lov 'throughout 
life,' Plat. Rep. 586 A et al., Bato AlrcoX. K. III. p. 326, seems to have a tang of 
familiarity, perhaps not more than a tag. 

22 Text corrupt. 



PART I <5id 



23 



iravrbs aKovaat 'from the beginning to the end,' (virtually synon. w. 
8lcl reXovs ib. 273); Cho. 862, r) rravv d-fjaetv ' ' kyafiepwovloiv j 'o'Uoov oXeBpov bid 
iravrbs; ib. 1019, ovtls fiepowuv aaLvrjs filorov / <5id iravrbs airrj /jlov' 
ap.el\pei cf. 5td reXovs in Eur. Hec. 1193, H. F. 103, Suppl. 270). Aesch. 
Eum. 975 'forever'; Soph. Ai. 705, 'AtoWwv . . . / kptol ^vveln) 8ia 
iravrbs ev6po:v, similar although, instead of xpbvov, the ellipsis 
might be thought of as rov (3iov 'through all my life.' Eur. Ale. 888, 
e%bv arexvovs I ay afiovs r elvai 8ia iravrbs, here although iravrbs is neut. 
it seems to be equal to <5td iravros rod jStou. 23 Eur. I. T. 1117 
'continually'; Hdt. 1. 122, rjik re ravr-qv alveoov dta iravrbs; Ar. 
Pax 398, did iravrbs del; Thuc. I. 38, 76, 84, 85; II. 16, 49. 
6 ('continually/ 'by night as well as day'); III. 58. 3, 93. 2; IV. 
61. 5, 119. 3; V. 69. 1, 105. 2; VII. 6. 1, 61. 2; Xen. An. 7. 8. 11; Reip. 
Lac. 11. 8; Plat. Cratyl. 416 B; Phaedr. 240 E, 4>v\arro/jievo} 8lcl iravrbs 
'continually'; Polit. 294 C ( = semper); Rep. 407 D 'throughout' 
(adj. use); 429 C (bis); 430 B; 433 A, 561 D; Prot. 327 D; Tim. 18 B, 
40 B (adj. use); 49 E, irvp rb dta iravrbs roiovrov Kal 'airav; 88 E; Alcib. I. 
108 B; Legg. 836 C; Axiochus 366 C; els ayayy 'AW- XIV.; Dem. 
263. 110; 668. 144; Philemon 131 K; cf. Phoenicid. 4. 5 K hairavrbs; 
Dem. 301. 219, 'completely,' 'altogether.' 

But pi. did. rravro:v, 2i semi-tech. Crat. 157 K, <5id iravrccv aydav, 
explained by Bekker, Anecd. 91, 10 as equivalent to 6 eaxo.ros v. Kock 
I. p. 62, n. Cf. Plat. Rep. 580 B, cocxep 6 <5td iravruv KpLrrjs arccxpalverai 
usually translated, ' as the judge gives his opinion after going through all 
the evidence' j 25 id. Soph. 253 C ( = omnino, cf. cV oXcov in same passage with 
same meaning) ; 26 ib. 254 B, Koivcovelv . . . dXX^Xois . rd fiev 

€t' oXlyov, rd <5' eiri rroXXd, rd 8e Kal 8lcl iravrccv ov8ev KoiXveiv rols iraui 
KeKoivaiKevat, 'altogether.' 

8ia reXovs, 'from the beginning to the end,' 'continually,' 'com- 
pletely:' Aesch. Prom. 273, cos \iaQr\re 8ia reXovs rb irav, 'from the be- 
ginning to the end'; Eum. 64, <5td reXovs 8e aoi 0uXa£ / eyyvs irapearois, 
'continually'; Soph. Ai. 685; Eur. Hec. 1193; H. F. 103 (if verse is 
genuine); Suppl. 270; Bacch. 1260 (w. del); frg. 275. 3; 2 8 7. 15 27 (a 
commonplace in this often repeated thought); frg. 953. 15 ; 28 Mosch. 

23 v. Earle ad loc. 

"Contrast Horn. II. 12. 104 supra, p. 16. 
«v. Stallb. 

2S Sirnilarly /card iravruv Tim. 60 B . 
27 Nauck ed. Teubner. 
28 Nauck, Trag. Fr. 2d ed., 1889. 



24 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



10. 2; Antiph. V.42 (bis) 50,51; Andoc. 1. 9; Lys. VI. 30; XIX. 11; XX. 14; 
XXI. 19; XXV. 17; Isocr. III. 25; V. 24; VIII. 17; XV. 17, 54, 216; 
XIX. 4; Xen. An. VI. 6. 11; Plat. Soph. 237 A, 'from the beginning to 
the end'; Phileb. 36 E, 60 C (w. ad); Alcib. II. 142 B; Rep. 519 C; 
Tim. 38 C, 85 E 'completely'; Legg. 635 B, 646 C, 687 C, 721 C, 807 E, 
865 A, Epist. 353 A; Antiphanes 134. 2 K; Alexis 125. 16 K; 237 K; 
Amphis 33. 4 K; Timocles 8. 5 K; Lycurg. 16; Dem. 216. 17; 668. 145 ; 29 
Menand. 325. 16; 349. 4 K; Hegesipp. 2. 3 K. Cf. pp. 86, 112, 167, 183. 

V. Adverbial 

a. With nouns, 1. mainly abstractions. 6V aidovs, equiv. adv. 
aidolcos, Eur. Bacch. 441, Kayu 6V aidovs e~nrov, 'with reverence,' 
'respectfully.' 

<5t' aluvos, v. supra p. 22. 

5i aKpLpeLas, adv. d/cpt/3cos, 'with minuteness' or 'precision,' freq. 
in Plato. Plat. Theaet. 184 C; Polit. 295 B; Rep. 414 A; Tim. 23 D, 
52 C, 56 C, 73 B, 89 D; Legg. 763 B, 807 B, 818 A, cf. 876 C, 6td Traces 
d/cpt/3etas. Cf. Legg. 809 E, ets aKplfietav . . . irkov ; 983 C, 
€ts aKpifietav . . . 7ropeveadai ; 769 D, irpbs tt\v anplfieiav, 807 E, 
anpificos, etc. So Rhett. Spengel III. 334. 20, €7r' d/cpt/3etas. 

But Plat. Legg. 844 B, eav 8e (sc. 0<5cop) 6V d/cpt,Setas fj /cat rots ydroHji 
'if water was scarce,' a different and rare meaning which in this phr. 
occurs only here. 

6V aaefielas, adv. aaefius (late pr.) Isocr. IX. 25, TapaaKevao-drjvai 
dV &<7e/3€tas, pie peragi non posse (Didot ed.). 

8l aacfraXeias . . . <$kovv, Thuc. 1. 17, adv. dcrc/>a\d>s. 

otd /3tas, so 8t Ikovtuv in same passage, Plat. Phileb. 58 A, 
iravra yap v4> avrfj (i. e., rj tov iveideiv rexvy) 8ov\a 8l enovroiv, dXX' ou 
5td /3tas tololto, 'voluntarily not forcibly,' adv. /Status. 

8i evXoylas, Eur. H. F. 356, vpivrjaaL . . . 6V evXoylas. 

8i evwereias, ' easily ' = adv. eu7rercos, Eur. Phoen. 262. cf. fier 
evirerdas Plat. Tim. 64 D; /car' evirereiav Dion. H. 6. 52. 

6V ei077ptas, 'euphemistically,' Plat. Legg. 736 A cf. adv. eu^/wos. 

Cf. otd Kaprepias, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 20, at oe otd /capreptas €7rtpi\etat 
= adj., 'through patience,' i. e., long-continued exertions. 

5td KoafjaoTrjTos = Koa/jLLws, Dem. 1372. 80. 

8LafjLedr)s, Plat. Symp. 176 E, avyxupeiv iravras /o) otd p,edr]s woLrjaaadaL 
rrjv ev rw irapovTi avvovaLav. 

29 Lutz, Prap. bei d. attischen Rednern, S. 64 states that this is the only occurrence 
in Dem., apparently overlooking 216. 17. 



PART I Std 



25 



8ca voyxav £jjv } Plat. Legg. 780 A 'in conformity to law,' an exten- 
sion of Sid c. gen. to express manner, probably influenced by 5id rd£ews 
in same sentence (v. 8ia c. elvat, p. 30 f.). The use of vbpos (sing, 
and pi.) c. Kara, irapd, ev, helps the tendency to extend the phr. to other 
preps. 

5t' opyfjs, dat. adv. opyfj, Soph. O. T. 807, iralw 8l bpyrjs 'in 
anger"; so Thuc. II. 11. 4. 30 

(W. modifying adj.) 8i 6\iyqs rrapaaKeirjs, 'at short notice,' 'off- 
hand', Thuc. IV. 8. 8. 

Cf. R P §62 (Porphyr. v. Pyth. 53), rd pev Kapiriua ac^erepLaaadaL 
8lcl fipaxelas kiuaKevris, 'with slight alteration.' 

Sic -eXd70Ls, Thuc. VI. 13, 'out at sea' opp. to irapa yrjv ijv ns 
7r\krj. 

dta wiaTews, adv. irurTcbs, 'with good faith,' Xen. An. 3. 2. 8, 
tovs arparrjyovs, ot did. Tricrreajs avrols eavrovs evexelpiaav. 

8lcl GLyfjs, dat. adv. aiyfj, Plat. Gorg. 450 C; cf. per a auyr/s Soph. 
264 A. 

8ia gkotovs, fig. expression nearly equiv. to adv. Xen. An. 2. 5. 9, 
avev 8e aov rcaua fiev 8lo. ctkotovs r] 686s sc. kuri.i. e., 'is dark and obscure.' 

8lo. o-jrovdrjs, "in haste,' 'hastily,' dat. adv. airov8fj. Eur. Bacch. 
212, Hevdevs -pbs olkovs ode 8ia airov8r]s irepa, so Thuc. VI. 69. 1; Xen. Hell. 
6. 2. 28, 8lcl aTov8rjs opp. to ko.6' rjavxlw, cf. e/c, p. 68. But contrast 
6.-6 Horn. II. 7. 359; 12. 233 'in earnest, 'v. p. 35. 

ol6 accopcavvijS adv. acc^povics. Aeschin. I. 159. 

8 l6 rdxovs, raxeo^ = adv. rax'zus, no apparent difference in use 
of sing, and pi. oid rdxovs : Soph. Ai. 822, cf. 853 trvv rdx^ rivi; 
Tr. 595 ; Thuc. I. 63. 2; II. 18. 4; III. 18. 2; 109. 3; IV. 25. 2; 85. 2; 106. 4; 
VI. 69. 1; 79. 3; 98. 2; 104. 1; VII. 22. 2; 29. 2; VIII. 2. 1; 12. 3; 15. 2; 
Plat. Polit. 271 A; Legg. 812 E; Dem. 1145. 20; 1154. 50; 1208. 6; 1210. 
12; 1379. 100. 8id rax^v. Thuc. I. 80. 3; III. 13. 2; IV. 8. 4; 96. 1; 
VI. 66. 2:Lys. II. 26; Isocr. VI. 69; XII. 202; XVI. 7; Ep. 7.13; Xen. 
An. 1. 5. 9; Plat. Apol. 32 D; Isae. VII. 15; Dem. 867. 14; 1162. 76; 
1247. 5; Aeschin. I. 145, etc. (freq. in Orr. from Isocr. on). So rdxos 
w. other preps., a-6 p. 44, els p. Ill, ev p. 183, /card, perd, avv, also 
adv. acc. 

<5td -eXoi's, v. supra, p. 23. 

Cf. w. above uses, 8l vtovoluv, Alciphro 2. 4. 'by insinuation,' 
'covertly,' so Kara, 8l virovolas, ev virovola in late prose. 

30 Cf. adv. phr. w. other preps, with this noun; perhaps also 8ta c. acc. Aesch. 
Eum. 981. 



26 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



2. ha c. gen. of the medium of communication, expressing manner 
and practically equivalent to adv., closely allied to previous group: 

Soph. Tr. 1131, repas rot 5id kolk&v kdkcrinaas (sc. \bycov) ; Eur. Hel. 
309, ttoXX' av yevouo kg.1 8ia \pev5cbv eivv,. Plat. Polit. 272 B, to /ir) 
\xbvov avOpooiroLs dXXd /cat 6r,pLois 5td \bywv bvvaadai ^vyylyvevBai ; cf. 
Symp. 176 E, tj/jlcls be otd \bymv dXX^Xots uvvelvat to Trjp.epov et al. Minos 
320 B, dXX' r)v avTr] r) avvovala, &(nrep kyw \eya), bta Xbycov kiri 7ratcieta els 
ap€TT]v (probably a reminiscence of 17 biaTpifir) rd 7roXXd kv Xcr/ots, Lysis 
204 A), cf. Isocr. Ep. I. 2, 6"td ypap.po.TOiv iroieladai ttjv avvovalav. Aeschin. 
I. 147, 'iva be koll 6"td rou perpou rds yvupas ciKovar]Te tov ttoltitov. Plat. 
Legg. 773 C is a little different, raura br) otd \6yov pev vbpcc irpoaTaTTeiv, 
'to prescribe by express provision of law.' 

6V olviypwv kpelv, Ar. Ran. 61 (almost a phr., but may be taken 
literally); cf. Plat. Tim. 72 B; Aeschin. III. 121. 

b. With adjectives: 

1. Almost or quite pure adverbs. 

oV cnropprjTov, ' secretly,' 'in secret,' late adv. airoppijTus. Dem. 
1372. 79 (cf. 80, kv airopp-qTco Kal 81a /coaptor^ros, where kv seems to be 
used merely for variety). So pi. SV aivopp-qTuv, Plat. Rep. 378 A 
(aKoveLv); Aeschin. III. 96; Lycurg. 85. Cf. kv p. 185. 

6V evdelas, 'directly' date), Plut. 2. 408 E avvTopus Kal airXws Kal oV 
eWelas cf. Rhett. Spengel III. 120. 16 (note for comparison w. other 
preps, a-wb p. 45, e£ p. 70 also kiri). 

8l tVou, Plat. Rep. 617 B, dXXas be KaBrjp'evas irepi% 8l 'Lvov rpeZs, 
'and three others sitting around at equal distances.' This adj. more 
closely equiv. to adv. with other preps, cf. airb p. 45, e£ p. 71, kv p. 
188, ets p. 113. 

5td Kevrjs, 'to no purpose,' 'in vain,' 'idly,' adv. nevus. Eur. 
Tro. 758, oid Kevrjs apa / kv airapyavots ere pacrros Q'eBpeip' obe ; Ar. Vesp. 929, 
Iva pr) neKkayyco 5td Kevrjs dXXcos eyco (defined e/c irapaXhrfkov by ctXXcos) ; 
Thuc. IV. 126. 5, 77 re cud Kevrjs eiravao-eiaLs tccv 6tt\cov e%et tlvcl br)\o)GW 
aTeiXris (as adj.), 'the empty flourishing of arms'; Plat. Com. Frg., 
174. 21 K. pdr^ . . . otd Kevrjs ; cf. biaKevrjs Alexis 174. 10 K. 
Timocl. 27. 5 K.; Menand. Samia 403, 470 (Capps); cf. Ar. Probl. 881 a 
39, cud Kevrjs plirTeiv. cf. ev p. 189, /card (v. L. and S.). 

2. Quantitative phrases of space or time, mostly with adv. force: 
Std fipaxkos, Thuc. II. 83. 5, otd fipaxeos tt apayiy vbpevoi, 'being close 

at hand,' (sc. x^ptou) of an interval of distance like bi oKlyov. So 
Thuc. IV. 14. 1; 76. 5. But otd (3pa X ewv (sc. \byuv), 'briefly,' in the 



PART I 8ia 



27 



Orr. and Plat.: Lys. XXIV. 5; XXVI. 3; Isocr. VI. 32; XI. 9; XIV. 
3; XV. 68, 76, 113; Plat. Theaet. 172 D; Polit. 279 C; Prot. 336 A; 
Gorg. 449 A (in 449 B, Kara Ppaxv has same meaning); Rep. 424 B; 
Tim. 17 B, 23 E, 69 A, 90 E; Minos 319 C, 321 C; Legg. 791 B; Dem. 
460. 11; 479. 75; 641. 64; 667. 144; 772. 8; 852. 25; 1075. 73; 1098. 60; 
1430. 19; Aeschin. I. 109; III. 9, 60, 69, etc. 

8ia PpaxvTCLTov £ as briefly as possible,' regularly, both in the Orr. 
and Plato, 'with cos av Swcofiai, cbs av 616s r co, or cbs : Lys. XII. 62; 
XVI. 9; XXIV. 4; Isocr. XXI. 2; Plat. Theaet. 170 A; Gorg. 
449 B, D; Tim. 89 E; Dem. 814. 3; 817. 12; 945. 3; 967. 3; 1055. 18; 1102. 
2; 1257. 2; 1422. 2. Cf. (sing. w. \6yov expressed) Dem. 654. 102, 
tva 5' cos 8lcl fipaxvrarov \6yov brfkov b (3ov\o(jiaL iroi-qcrw. In contra- 
distinction are 8ia piaKpaiv, 'fully,' and <5id fiaKporepuv (v. infra). 

cV eKaaaovos, 'at less distance,' Thuc. III. 51. 2. 

cV eKaxlcrrov, Thuc. III. 39. 4, el'co#e 8e r&v irokeuv ah av ^dXtcrra /ecu 
8l ekax'ivTOv (sc. xpt> v °v) oltpo<t86kijtos evirpayla eXflft, es vfipiv rpeiretv. 
Cf. late use, Rhett. Spengel, III. 140. 11, cV ekaxlarov crvp,ir\oKai. 
But (pi.) Lys. XII. 3, Ojticos 8e 7reipd<ro ( ucu u/.tas e£ apxys cbs av 8vvoop,ai cV 
kXaxicrruv (sc. \6ywv) 8l8oi £ai, ''as briefly as possible' (very rare for the 
usual formula of the Orr. Sua ppaxvraruv). 

8lcl fiaicpov, Eur. Hec. 320, <5id p,aKpov yap rj x^P^ 'that is a favor 
that lasts a long time'; 31 this use is infrequent, but occurs again Eur. 
I. A. 1399, ravra yap ixvr,p.eia p.ov / 8ia fxaKpov. But Phoen. 1069 8lcl 
piaKpov p'ev, dXX' ojucos / e£eX0e 'after a long time,' 'long delayed'; I. T. 
480, cos 8ia p,aicpov p.ev rrjvd 1 eir\evaare x9b pa > I I^OLKpav 6' clt oikoov x&^os 
eaead' ad Karcof 2 Thuc. VI. 15. 4, oh 8ia {taKpov, ' not long after' ; so ib. 91. 
3 and Plat. Alcib. II. 151 B; *i8*darrov 8e /cat oi) 8ia p-anpov rrkpApop.kv <tol. 
cf. 8i 6\iyov Thuc. V. 14. 1, etc.; cf. es naapov (Pind.), es nanpav, 
p. 108. PI. 5ia lACLKpcov, Eur. Frg. 424, opas rvpavvovs 8tap:aKpojv 7}v^rjfj,€Vovs cos 
nUpa rd crcfraWovra 'through a long time,' like 8ia piaKpov ; but Plat. 
Gorg. 449 B, 8lol p,aKpcov rovs \6yovs iroieladai, 'at length'; so Theaet. 
172 D, Euthyd. 282 D. Cf. Anth. Lyr. Sem. 10. 1, ri ravra p,aKpoov 8ia 
\6yccv avk8pap.ov, showing possibly an earlier step in the history of the 
phrase. Such phrases may have started in cases where the omitted 

31 L. and S. are wrong in interpreting this 'after a long time/ 'long delayed.' 

32 I. T. 480: this might refer to time or distance. Most edd. apparently take it 
of the latter and translate 'a long journey'; to make it refer to time, 'after a long 
interval,' as Phoen. 1069, would seem to fit the antithesis better, although perhaps 
somewhat illogical. Is this a woman's lack of logic, as she thinks of the time she has 
been waiting? 



28 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



noun was clearly implied in the context, cf. 5td -rrahpccv, Aesch. 
Frg. 99. 4 v. infra. 

5td ixaKporkpuv, 'more fully' (of arguments or discussions): 
Lys. XXII. 7; Isocr. IV. 106; VIII. 27; X. 22; XII. 118; XIV. 3; Ep. 8. 
10. Plat. Phileb. 28 C; Dem. 1206. 2; cf. Ar. Pol. 1279. b 11, nucpq 6td 
(jLOLKporepcov, 'at somewhat greater length.' 6V bXlyov. Spatial: 33 Eur. 
Phoen. 1098, cos too vogovvtl retx^cov tit) 8opbs / oKkt] 8l oXLyov (sc. xd>pou) 
'at a short distance,' Thuc. II. 89. 9; III. 21. 4, 43. 4; V. 66. 1; 
VII. 15. 2, 36. 5, rr]v yap avaKpovaiv ovk eaeadai rots 'AdrjvaioLs e&dovpkvoLS 
aXXoae rj es ttjv yrjv, /cat ra.vrr\v 8l oXiyov /cat es oXiyov ; ib. 71. 3. 34 
Temporal: Thuc. I. 77. 6, etVep ola koI rbre irpbs rbv 'Mrjdov 8l bXiyov 
riyrjaapevoL viredel^are, bp.ola /ecu vvv yvcoaeade 'for a short time'; id. IV. 95, 
cV bXiyov pev r\ irapalvecns 7ty^e7cu = Lat. brevis; V. 69. 2, eibbres epyoov e/c 
iroXXov peKkrrjV 7rXetco awtovaav r) Xbyccv ot' bXiyov /caXoos pr]delaav 7rapat- 
i>eo-tz; (note e/c 7roXXou in antithesis); so II. 85. 2, ou/c avrindevres rrjv 
'AdrjvaL&v e/c toWov kp.irepiav tt)s acfrerepas 8l bXiyov peXerrjs. But Thuc. 
V. 14. 1, /cat 8l oXiyov avdis kv ' ApcpiwbXeL of an interval of time, 'shortly 
afterwards'; so VI. 11. 4; VII. 39. 2. Cf. Dion. H. 6. 34, /cat 6Y oXtyou 
7racra 17 7r6Xts ~i}V d/cocrptas irXrjprjs /cat dopvfiov. But pi. ot' oXlyaiv, (sc. 
\6yo)v) = paucis verbis, cf. otd (3paxewv supra. Plat. Phileb. 31 D, et 5et 
ot' bXiywv irepi peyiarccv otl rdxtara p-qd-qvai; so Legg. 778 C. But cf. 
R P §149 (Plut. Nic. 23. 3), awopp^ros en /cat ot' oXiymv (of something 
communicated to a few). 

8l bXtyiarcov, Plat. Ep. 351 D, ravrbv 8rj /cat Aicoi>a eadyqXe 81 
oXiyiurbiv, Lat. aliquantulum. 

otd iravpeov, cf. 5td fipaxecov, ot' bXiycov. Aesch. Frg. 99. 4 (Nauck), 
tV ouy rd rroXXd Kelva otd wavpoiv \eyco. 35 

8lcl woXXov, Thuc. VI. 11. 1, 'at a great distance.' But cf. later of 
time, Luc. Necyom. 15 (sc. xp° vov ), 'through,' i. e. 'lasting a long 
time/ but Nigr. 2, 'after a long interval.' 

33 Cf. Aesch. Sept. 762, /xera£ii 5' dA/cd 81 oXLyov | reLvet irvpyos kv eupet, which Flagg 
renders 'But between' (us and the waves of battle) 'defence for little space extends, 
a tower in width' (5td of the interval, the intervening space). dX/cd 81 dXLyov is IMS. 
reading, but the text is corrupt and disputed; aXuap (M. Schmidt, Rh. M. XIX. 627) 
65' dXLyq W. 

34 A late use c. /ierd is interesting, R P §151 (Shnpl. Phys. 155. 23), per' oXLyov 
. . . ixer dXLya, 'a Httle further on' (in a book). 

^Interesting for comparison in the history and growth of such phrases. This 
might easily have become a phr., but did not maintain itself. 



PART I Sid 



29 



Sid 7r\elovos, Thuc. I. 124. 2, tt)S S' aw avrov Sid irKdovos elpr/v-qs 
eTTidu^aavTes (sc. xpbvov), 'lasting through a longer time.' PI. Sid 
■n-Xeibvow, Isocr. III. 17 of discussing a thing at large, fully. Cf. Isocr. 
XL 2; XII. 182. 

Sid irXeiaTov, Thuc. II. 97. 2, ravrri yap Sid irkdarov (sc. x^P^u) 
cltto 6a\daaT]s avco eyiyvero, 'for by this route the distance from the 
sea into the interior was the greatest'; id. IV. 115. 3, /cat pokier a oi Sid 
-KXdarov . . . cpvyij . . . cbpfirjaav, 'those at the greatest 
distance'; so Thuc. VI. 11. 4, rd yap Sid irXeiaTcv iravres lafiev Bav- 
p.a£6iJ.eva. But id. VI. 11. 6, oaco /cat ir€pl TrXetarou /cat otd TrXelarov 
bb^av apeTYjs i^eXercbcnv (sc. xpbvov), (Jowett: 'the rather because they 
have labored so earnestly and so long to win a name for valor'). 

otd tgvovtov, 'at so short a distance,' Thuc. II. 29. 

VI. Periphrasis 

Prepositional phrases with a more or less colorless verb of being or 
motion used as a periphrasis for the action or state described by the verb 
indicated by the noun in the phrase. 

a. Verbs of motion c. <5td and a Gen. most frequently of an abstract 
noun : 

Aesch. Pr. 121, rbv iraaL deols ' ql aTexOelas eXdovd', where it appears 
to mean 'hated by all the gods'; this, the earliest case, is the only one 
with this passive and objective meaning. . 

Aesch. Suppl. 475, otd ptaxys ^co reXovs (c. dat.) 'through the issue of 
battle' like the later otd naxys eKdelv, etc., e. g. Eur. Hel. 978, eKOelv 
otd fiaxys cci (Tvyyovcc ; Hdt. 1. 169 (d(f>tKveladaL); 6. 9. 4 (epx^cr^at) ; 
so Thuc. II. 11. 3, etc. Cf. Xen. An. 3. 2. 8, otd iravTos Toke/iov ikvai,; 
allied is Eur. Phoen. 754, /cat ^varadevra 8lcl /jlclxvs eKelv dopi. 

Soph. Ant. 742, otd 6t/c??s i<hv Trarpt, 'engaging in controversy with/ 
so 'to go to law,' cf. Thuc. VI. 60. 3. 

Soph. El. 1509, 6V eXevOepias p.6\ts e^rjXdes. This is at the same time 
idiomatic and admits of a literal interpretation w r hich is helped by the 
force of e£ in the compound. 36 

Soph. O C 905, et p.ev 6t' opyrjs tjkov rjs 65' d£ios, the meaning of the verb 
is here blunted until it has little more force than et^at 'if I were in 
such wrath as this man deserves'; this phr. is frequent with verbs of 
being, an extension of the idiom found first in Hdt. and Eur. 

39 Jebb's note here, that 5td in this idiom usually denotes a course of action and 
not a state, is misleading and not in harmony with Soph. O C 905 and with examples 
from Eur. cited below. The difficulty in this passage arises from the blending of the 
literal and idiomatic uses. 



30 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Soph. O T 773, oia rvxys roiadb 1 l&v, here more lit. than some of the 
later cases; not an emotion, but an actual plight; the adj. modifier also 
lessens the idiomatic feeling, cf. Eur. Hippol. 543. 

Eur. Phoen. 20, /cat ttcls ads olkos ^rjaerai 8i aifiaros, local metaphor 
partially faded, 'steeped in blood,' not 'wade through blood.' 37 

In Phoen. 479, Euripides combines the abstract and concrete, 
Kal fxi} 8i exOpas rw8e /cat cbovov /jloKwv ; cf. Hippol. 1164 (a4>iyp.evos), cf. 
also c. yiyveadai, Ar. Ran. 1412; cf. further, Eur. Phoen. 384, t>td irodov 
o'eX^Xu^a ; Andr. 416, irarpl ru> aco 6td (pihrmaTcov iccv ; Or. 757, 8ia 
4>6fiov yap epxofiai (cf. a elvai infra); Ale. 874, hi bbvvas ( = i?s) Was / crap' 
ot<5a = El. 1210, cf. Eng. idiom, 'they went through great trouble' and 
'they have been through everything' (of trouble); Xen. An. 3. 2. 8, 
aureus 5td ptXtas Ikvai 'to enter into friendship with them,' (but 
Xen. Reip. Ath. 2. 5, cud c/>tXias ievai, 'through a friendly country'); 
cf. Plat. Pol. 304 E; Prot. 323 A, 8ia SiKaioauvrjs that. 

Allied phenomena : 

Eur. Med. 872, eyeb 6' efxavr^ 8ia \6yuv cKpiKoiirjv, 'I held converse 
with myself; Tro. 916, €70? 5', a cr' otjuat 8ia\6ycov iovt epiov \ Karrjyoprjaeiv, 
'to come to open speech'; cf. Suppl. 112, irepasyap ov8ev prj 81a y\Coaar)s 
lov. 

b. cud c. gen. of a state or condition with a verb of being {thai, 
yiyveadai), or with ex^iv, \afielv, an extension of did c. gen. and a 
verb of motion. Cf . also elvai ev pp. 193 ff . 

Eur. I. T. 683, ravr ovv (j>o(3ovp,ai Kal cV aiaxvvys ^xco ; Hec. 851, ere 
ot' olktov x^P a & Ueaiav exco ) cf. Suppl. 194, 81 o'Utov ras 
kfias \afieiv rvx^s. 

Ar. Ran. 1412, 81 exdpas ovberepco yevr\aop,ai, 'I won't become an 
enemy to either of them.' Eccl. 888, Kei yap 81 oxhov tovt' earl, 'if 
this is a bore to the spectators' = bx^ypov elvai; so Thuc. I. 73. 2; 
Plat. Alcib. I. 103 A. Cf. cud no X dcov elvai, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 25. 

Hdt. 1. 206, iravTois /zdXXoj/ 77 81 rjavxiys elvau, cf. Thuc. II. 22. 1. 

Hdt. 2. 91, 5td iraaris aywvias exovra, 'extending through every 
kind of contest.' 

Thuc. II. 60. 4, Kal ep,e re . . . /cat vpias aurovs . . . 8C airias 
exert et al. cf. Dion. II. 1. 70, elvai 81 atrtas= ainaadai. Cf. ev, p. 165. 
Thuc. I. 40. 4, 81 avoKwxw yiyveadai tivi, 'to be at truce with one'; 38 
id. II. 11. 4, a8r]\a yap to. to)v irokepLwv, Kal e£ oXiyov rd 7roXXd /cat cV opyrjs 

37 Cf . Pearson ad loc. 

88 Cf. Isocr. XVIII. 28, 81a avvdrjK&v elvai tluI; for prep, idioms c. (jvvQj\kt\, v. he, p. 68. 



PART I 5td 



31 



at einxeipweLs ylyvovrau; cf. 37. 2, 64. 1; V. 46. 5 (c. lxw)\ id. VI. 
34. 2, atet Std (/>6/3ou efcrl, so VI. 59. 2 cf. pi. Plat. Legg. 791 B. 

Thuc. II. 81. 4, 8ia 4>v\aKris exovres (absol. no object acc.) 'keeping 
a look-out,' semi-tech.; so id. VII. 8. 3; cf. VIII. 39. 3, <5td 4>v\anris 
-KOL7](jaix€voL c. acc. cf. ev 0uXaKj) elvat, exeiv infra. 

Xen. Hier. 9. 2, cV airtxOeias ylyveadai, cf. c. eX0ety supra. Ib., 
otd x^p' IT(j0V ewou, ylyveadcLL, but id. Reip. Lac. 2. 12, 8ia xapifco*' rfi &pa 
XP&vrat. 

Plat. Phaed. 82 E, 8l kmOvfAias elvat; id. Tim. 88 A, 5t' epibwv /cat 
4>iXoveLKLa$ yuyvofikvoiv ; cf. Plut. Caes. 33, cV epl8a)v rjv; Plat. Legg. 780 
A, TravTa 8ta ra^ecos . . . yiyveadai, 'to be orderly in all' respects.' 
Isocr. IV. 138, 5td /xtds ykvqrax yvoip,^ Isae. VII. 14, ov eneivos 
. . . St' €7ri/xeXetas elxev, Lat. fo'oereP 
Allied is Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6, /cat 5td irevdovs to yrjpas biaywv. 
Somewhat different is Soph. Ant. 639, ourcu . . . xp^l 5id vrepvuv 
excw, a periphr. for (ppovelv or cna/c€t<r#at. 40 

F77. Noteworthy uses of preposition 

1. Instrumental: <5td x e P°* &nd 5td x*P&v in certain literal uses 
are clearly instrumental, in others they may be so translated, or may 
be interpreted with slight idiomatic tinge. E. g. Aesch. Sept. 513, 5td 
%epos fiekos cfkeyuv (cf. ib. 433); so Pers. 239, worepa yap to^ovKkos 
aix^V 8ia x^pos Xaots irpeirei; and Suppl. 193, LKTTjpLas . . . aep:voi)s 
exovaai 5td xepw*' evcovvjjicov 'in their left hands.' Closely related is Soph. 
OC 470, TTp&TOv t uev Ipas e£ aeipvTOv xoas / Kprjvrjs eveyKov, 8l dcriojv x^P&v 
Biycov. Cf. Soph. Ant. 916, /cat vvv ayei p,e 8ta x e P& v ovtco \a{3dov, i. e. 
forcibly. Cf. ib. 1258, fxvfm' eirlayjuov 8ia x^tpds ex^v ; Thuc. II. 76. 4, 
acfriecrav ttjv 8ok6v . . . /cat ov 8ia x €L P°s exovres,' 11 'no longer 
grasping it firmly.' 

2. Distributive: Soph. Ph. 285, 6 ,uev xpovos 8rj <5td xpovov -wpovfiaive 
fxoL ; Eur. Andr. 1248, (3acrL\ka 5' e/c roD5e xP^/aXXoz; £t' dXXou 8iaT\epav 
MoXocratas, ' one after another.' 

39 Cf. later, Luc. Amor. 13, 5t' evp.apetas ovv earLv. Hdn. 2. 2. 17, 5id ti^s re nal 
dab/xaros 2<rxere. Different but a slight phr., is Diog. L. X. 12. robs yvcoplfxovs (i. e., the 
pupils of Epicurus) kclI 8ia p.vrfp.7}$ 'ixtiv to. kavTov avyypafxixaTa. 

40 Jebb: The gen. does not here, as in other cases, denote a state or act of the 
mind, but the mind itself, and ovtu with Ix^v shows that the verb is intr., whereas 
usually in such phrases exeiv is trans. 

41 L. and S., so Mills and Marchant, are wrong here in translating fig. 'to have in 
hand,' i. e., 'under control.' For such idiomatic uses of 5td x&-P°s txw v. supra, p. 18. 



32 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



3. Pregnant: Ar. Nub. 583, (3povTrj 6' eppdyrj bt auTpairrjs, 'thunder 
burst through the lightning,' i. e. 'through the rift cloven by the lightning,' 
quoted from Soph. frg. 520. 2 (Nauck). 

4. Plastic and picturesque. Aesch. Cho. 56, akfias cV ap.axov, abd- 
HaTOv, dirohepov to Tplv/bi &to)v 4>pevos re baplas irepalvov /vvv dc/nararat, 
'that rilled the people's ears and minds'; Soph O C 1250, 8l omjlcltos/ 
dara/crt Xelfioov baupvov co<5' bbonropel ; Ant. 1188, /cat pe <f>66yyos oUelov 
KCLKov/PaWei 8i' cbrcov ; cf. El. 737; O T. 1387; cf. sing. El. 1439; 
cf. Eur. Rhes. 294, 566,. (sing. Theocr. 14, 27). 

B. c. Acc. 

/. Idiomatic phrases 

Idioms with bid c. acc. are rare in Attic Greek. 

ei prj bid . . Lys. XII. 60, el prj oV avbpas dyaBovs, 'had it not 
been for good men'; Plat. Gorg. 516 E, ei prj bid tov irpvTaviv, eveireo-ev 
av, 'had it not been for the Prytanis'; so Isocr. VII. 92, el prj bid Kvpov 
. . av k<T<j)ak7)(Tav\ Dem. 364. 74, ov yap cbs el /jltj bta AaKeb at povious, 
ovb' cos el pi] cV ' H717 a lit irov, oi»<5' cos el p.rj bta to /cat to ('as if it had 
not been for this or that') eaudrjcrav av oi Voxels so 370, 90; 375, 172; 
680, 180. In Latin this is absque c. abl. Plaut. Capt. 754. absque hoc 
esset, 'had it not been for this man,' so Trin. 832, apsque foret te, so 
1127, Bacch. 412, Men, 1024, Pers. 836; Ter. Hec. 601, Phorm. 188, etc. 

bia ardpa, Aesch. Sept. 51, oIktos 0' ovtls rjv <5td aropa; Ar. Lys. 
855, del yap rj yvvr] cr' e\ei cud ciTopa. V. supra sub Horn. p. 16. 

Possibly a slight id. feeling in Thuc. 1. 140. 5, cbs bta pwpbv kwoXeprjoraTe 
'for a trifle.' 

cV dvdyn-qv, as used in Ar. Nub. 377, while not a phr. was a catch- 
word of the philosophy of the time, semi-tech, of what we call 'natural 
laws'; Democr. said that irdvTa /car' dvdyKrjv yiyveaBai. 

II. Abstractions 

c. bed, really only causal use of prep., but sometimes with more or 
less adv. force; very frequent, a few examples only will be cited: cf. 
Horn. cV achpablas, p. 17. 

Plat. Rep. 465 C, rd ye prjv apiKporara tcov KaKdv bi airpeireiav okvo) 
Kai \eyetv; ot' daxoXcav, 'because of business' Eubul. 119 K. cf. ev; 
Thuc. IV. 40, /cat tlvos epop.evov . . . bi dxB-qbbva 'for the sake of 
teasing:' Plat. Rep. 358 A, 6 piadcbv 0' evena /cat evbonLprjaecov Std bb£av 
eTnTr]bevTeov ; cf. Menex. 247 B; Rep. 466 C, otd bvvaptv eirl to awavTa to. ev 



PART I oid 



33 



rfi 7t6\€l okeLovadcu, cf. other preps, which do show phrases with <56£a 
and 5vva.fj.Ls', Thuc. I. 71. 5, Xvovjl yap crTov8as ov\ ot 6V epr)p.lav dXXois 
irpoGLovres 'from being left alone'; 8i evakfieiav Aristophont. frg. 
12. 5 K; 6V dpyrjv, Dem. 527. 41; Ar. Eth. N. 1138 a . 9; <5id o-vvitfetav , Plat. 
Soph. 248 B; oid rv X r)v, Isocr. IV. 132; IX. 45; Philemon 99 K. ; Menand. 
426 K.; Ar. Pol. 1368 b 34; Phys. 195 b 32; so /card, but Ar. usually has 
airo rux^s ; 6id tvxcls Ar. Pol. 1303 a 3, cf. awo, p. 44, k, p. 69, 
8i' vfipLv, Dem. 527. 42; 6id 4>i\lav 'through friendship', Xen. An. 
5. 5. 15; Thuc. I. 91. 1; 6id <f>6^ov, Xen. Hier. 1. 38, etc. 

Cf. adj. as abstraction: Eur. Fr. 642. 3, irevla 8e ao4>lav eXaxe 6id 
to avyyeves. Eubul. Incert. 114 K., icai yap 6 raoos 8lcl to ciraviov 
daufxd^eTai 'owing to its rarity' (slight id.). 

Pronominal expressions 

A few pronominal expressions in which Sid has the same causal 
meaning are so often repeated as to become equivalent to conjunctions. 

8C owep, 'wherefore,' Thuc. I. 130. 2, 140. 1; Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 14 
et al. Cf. bibirep Isocr. V. 131; XV. 322. 

8ia H, 'why?', 'wherefore?', Ar. Nub. 58; Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 25; 
Plat. Prot. 355 C; Alexis 244 K. et saepe. 

8l dXXo tl 'for some other reason' Plat. Euthyphro 3 D. Cf. 
Thuc. III. 11. 3. 

oid tovto, 'on this account,' 'therefore,' often followed by on Xen. 
Mem. 2. 3. 6; ib. 6. 3; 3. 5. 13, 7. 2, 12. 5; An. 4. 1. 21 et saepe. Lys. 
I. 35; II. 1; IV. 14 et al Aeschin. I. 27, 73, 126, 165; II. 35; III. 
47; III. 191, on . . ., <5id tovto) id. I. 73, 8ia tovto . . ., 
on so III. 229; etal. Also with the particles, owoos, Iva, e. g. 6id tovto 
. . . ottcos Aeschin. II. 123; 8ia tovto . . . Iva Lys. XXXII. 
22; 42 Aeschin. III. 135. 

5id raura, 'on account of these things,' 'for these reasons,' 'there- 
tore.' Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 7; 2. 1.3, yu?7 <>id raura, 'not for these reasons,' 
to be distinguished from the idiom el p,r) oid noted above; ib. 3. 10. 14; 
An. 4. 1. 24. But in these cases it is hardly felt beyond its literal force, 
while in its constant use in Plato, although it really retains its lit. mean- 
ing, it seems to have become practically an illative conjunction, Plat. 
Rep. 341 E; Prot. 327 B, 328 B et saepe. So in the Orr.; cf. Alexis 242 K. 

42 v. Adams ad loc. 



Part II 



cltto 

Idg. *apo, Gr. clto, epic airai, Ai. apa, Ital. *ap, Lat. ab, abs, Got. 
af, cf. Eng. of, off. meaning from, away from. 1 

cltto and k often have a similar meaning, but in general cltto refers to 
motion away from, en out of a place or object; airo does not imply previous 
place within the object, whereas e/c means proceeding from within it; 
the one bears a more external relation than the other. So cltto may indi- 
cate removal from the region of, Ik from the midst of, the city or battle. 
Hence in the causal relation cltto ordinarily is used of a more remote, 
k of a more immediate cause, yet even in Homer they are sometimes 
used together with the same meaning, e. g. Od. 10. 350, ylyvovrai S' apa 
rat y' e/c re Kprjvecov cltto t aXakuv /'Ik 0' lepoiv ttotclll&v. 
With both clwo and ha the Genitive is Ablatival. 2 

The ordinary classification 3 of the uses of cltto is substantially the 
following: I. Spatial: 1. removal from a place or object with verbs 
of motion. 2. Absence from a place or object with verbs of rest. It is 
possible to refer various metaphorical uses to one or the other of these two 
groups. 

II. Temporal, from a point of time, after, sometimes of immediate 
consecution. 

III. Causal and figurative: 1. of origin and source; 2. partitive; 

3. of the author or agent of an act, approaching vtto with the Genitive; 

4. of cause; 5. of material; 6. of means and instrument, 7. of man- 
ner. 

Or, 1. starting point; 2. separation; 3. remoteness; 4. origin. 

A. Homer 
7. Idiomatic phrases 
cltto do&s, cltto gkottov, II. 10. 324, aoi 5' eyw ovx cl\los gkottos eao-OLicLi 
ov8' oltto bo&s, i. e. 'contrary to your expectation of me'; but in 
Od. 11. 344, ov llclv r)jj,LV c\tto gkottov ou5' cltto 56£r?s / LLvOelrcLL jSactXeta 
TT6pl(j)pLov, 'not contrary to our opinion,' i. e. the opinion of the person 
speaking. Here also the phr. cltto gkottov? 'away from,' 'wide of the 

1 Walde, Prellwitz, Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. 

2 Monro §224; Kuhner-Gerth §430. For force in composition, v. Monro. 
3 K-G.; L. and S. 

4 For question of accent, v. ftn. 16 airo rpburov p. 39. 



PART II CLTTO 



35 



mark'; this idiom continues in later Greek, v. p. 38, cf. also in 
Attic airb yvLOixf]s, awb rpbirov. Cf. in Attic irapa bb^av. 

airb Ov/jLov / /laXXo? kfiol eaeau, II. 1. 562 'you will be alienated from 
my heart,' (L-L-M 'thou wilt be the further from my heart'); 5 
cf. II. 23. 595, 6K OvfjLov ireaketv, en still fig., but more nearly lit. with 
verb of motion. 

&7r' ovoltos, II. 18. 272, &7t' ovcltos &be yevouTo, 'may it never strike 
my ear,' i. e. 'Heaven forfend'; so II. 22. 454, at yap dx' ovaros 

e/JL€V 67TOS. 

d0' tmrwv, in the sense of fighting from the chariot, II. 5. 13 
(balanced by airb x#°j>6s),tco a< £' lttttouv, 6 5' d7rd xQ° v °s ccpvvro ire^bs ', 
so 5. 19; 15. 386; Od. 9. 49. Cf. icad' tmrtavll. 5. Ill and 6. 232 of 
leaping down from the chariots, and e£ ltitwv II. 5. 163, 'he thrust 
them both from out their chariots,' where /card and e£ have precisely 
their own force. 

In contrast with d</>' twiruv is airb reLxeos, II. 9. 353 of fighting 'far 
away from the wall,' i. e. 'from the plain'; also II. 18. 256 of position 
far away from the wall, 'for we are far off from the wall.' II. 18. 
215 is a little different, 'standing away from the wall,' 'clear of 
it'; cf. 22. 16. None of these refer to fighting from the wall in the 
sense of on it; they indicate remoteness, not the starting point. We 
find this, however, in II. 12. 390 'an arrow from the wall.' 

77. Temporal 

II. 8. 54, awb 5' clvtov (i. e. bdirvov), 'immediately after supper.' 
This is the only case in Homer of transference of airb from the local 
to the temporal use. From Hdt. on airb ddirvov is frequent, v. 
infra, p. 43. he beLirvoov also occurs, v. p. 63. 

777". Adverbial 

airb airovbrjs, II. 7. 359; 12. 233, 'in earnest,' cf. Attic Greek for 
use with other preps., but with the meaning 'in haste,' v. pp. 25, 68. 

IV. Tags. 

1. Military: 

airb KXiaLrjs, II. 10. 151, 'they found him away from his tent.' 

airb vr]oiv, II. 24. 401, 'they went away from the ships.' 

airb vevpijs, vevprjcfriv, 'the arrow from the cord,' plastic and pic- 
turesque. II. 8. 300, 309; 11. 476, 664; 13. 585; 15. 313; 16. 773; 21. 
113. Cf. Hes. Sc. 409. 

5 So Ap. Rhod. 2. 253, 0eo7s d7r6 Ov/jlov eaeadat. Cf . ib. 863, hird ixa\a iroWdv &ir' 
kXrriSos eirKero voaros. 



36 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



From the battle, or the thick of the fight: curb irroXepoLo, 'remain- 
ing away from, aloof from, the war,' II. 18. 64. curb arparov, <jTparb4>i, 
II. 10. 336, 341, 347, 385 et al airb (frXhapov, II. 5. 322; 10. 416. cf. Ik 
II. 5. 469, etc. 

2. Semi-tech.: 

From the race-course, airb vvaar]s, 'from the start', II. 23. 758; 
Od. 8. 121. Cf. p. 41. 

3. Literal, but perhaps with slight idiomatic tinge: 

airb jivf)(jT7}s cCkbxov, 'far from,' or 'torn away from,' II. 11. 242; cf. 
II. 2. 292, pevoiv airb rjs clXoxolo of absence from. 

&7r' b(j>da\pcbv 'away from their sight' II. 23. 53. 

airb irpair'ibuv, 'away from my midriff,' 'my heart,' II. 22. 43; 
24. 514. 

clto 7tt6Aios, II. 4. 514. 

airb GKOTtris, II. 4. 275; Od. 4. 524. Cf. Plat. Rep. 445 C, oxiTrep 
airb aKOTTids. 

airb x^ipos, II. 10. 371 might express agency and might mean 
'from my hand,' 'thou shalt not long escape destruction at my 
hand.' 

4. Literal and plastic: 

airb Kparos re /cat cbpoov, II. 5. 7. 
curb 5e Kprjrripos, II. 10. 578. 

dvpbs curb fieUwv, II. 7. 131; 13. 672; Od. 15. 354. 
dvro Trao-o-dXou, II. 5. 209; 24. 268; Od. 21. 53, so Pind. 01. I. 26. 
Cf. k p. 51. 

airb uropdroiv, Od. 12. 187. 

cnr J &na>v, II. 5. 7; 7. 122; 15. 544; cf. Archil. 38 (21), freq. in Hes. 
Th. 671, Sc. 468, etc. 

5. Pronominal: 

ci7r' avTO<f)LV, II. 11. 44. 

ci7r6 toIo 'from that,' II. 16. 587. 

6. Literal, but elsewhere idiomatic : 

II. 22. 126, ou pev ira)svvve<jTLV airb dpvbs ovd' airb Terpr]s/Tcc bap^epevat, 
'now is no time for dalliance from oak tree or from rock,' here is 
used with literal meaning, 6 a phrase which elsewhere has idiomatic 

6 It is unnecessary to read into this passage, as does Mr. Walter Leaf, allusion 
to some unknown ancient fable. The phrase has given rise to much discussion, v. 
A. B. Cook, CR XV. 322, but we disagree with Mr. Leaf in thinking its literal use here 
out of harmony with Homer or Greek. A familiar expression such as this may be 
used at one time literally and again idiomatically, cf. Eng. "stocks and stones" and 
its use by Browning quoted by Miss Stawell, Homer and the Iliad, p. 77, n. 



PART II awo 



37 



force as shown by its recurrence with other prepositions and quo- 
tation by Plato; Od. 19. 163, ov yap dirb dpvbs eaai TvaXaufrdrov oW dirb 
ireTp7]s, quoted by Plato, Apol. 34 D, and alluded to in Rep. 544 D, 
where Plato uses e/c. Cf. Hes. Th. 35, irepl hpvv t) irepi -werp-qv. 

V. Noteworthy uses of preposition 

1. Local. II. 14. 154, "Hprj 5' elaelde xpwbdpovos b<f>Ba\iAol<n / aTaa' 
4£ OvXv/jlttolo airb plov, 'out from Olympus away from the peak,' inter- 
esting parallel use of k and awo. 

2. Partitive. Od. 5. 40, \ax&v airb XrfCdos alaav. 

3. Temporal. In II. 24. 725, dvep, air' alcbvos veos coXeo, 'fresh 
from life,' &7r' al&vos is not a phrase, but if the text could be trusted 
the evidence of Hesiod would indicate that it later became so. Cf. 
Hes. Th. 609, to? 8e r air' aLcovos nanbv ead\co dvTLfape^et, / emievai.' where 
it equals del and is a true adv. phr., but the text is uncertain. 7 Even 
if genuine here, this form did not become frequent, but gave way 
before 8i aloovos, v. sub 8lcl, p. 22. 

B. Literature after Homer 
/. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns. 

cltto yXcocrarjs, Theogn. 63, dirb yXooaarjs 0iXos elvau, i. e. 'superfi- 
cially,' 8 contrasted w. 4>L\ov e/c Ovyov; but Hes. Op. 322, contr. w. 
fily, rj 67' (i. e. okfiov) airb yXdcaarjs \rjtaaeTai ; cf . lit. but plastic, Pind. 
01. VI. 13, alvos . . . ov ev Una/ airb y\coo~(T7]s "Adpaaros . . ./ 
4>Bky%aT? cf. Py. III. 2; but also, 'by word of mouth,' Hdt. 1. 123; 
Thuc. 7. 10; cf. Aesch. Ag. 813, bUas yap ovk airb yXcjaarjs deoi/ k\vovt€s, 
'for the gods, hearing the cause pleaded (but not by the tongue)' 
(Goodwin). But Cratinus 122 K. 'by word of mouth' as opp. to 
reading = ' from memory,' cf. airb urb\xaro% infra, dXXd fxa At' ovk old' 
eywye YpdyUjuar' ou<5' €7rtdTa/zcu,/dXX' cltto yXcoTrrjs <ppdaoo aoi' fivrjpLovevo: 
yap /caXcos. (v. Bekk. Anecd. 436. 6 et Suid., dirb arofxaros). 

airb yva>p:7]s, Aesch. Eum. 674, 77517 Kekevaco rovub 1 dirb yvoo/m-qs (fiepetv / 
■fyr\$ov duKaiav, 'I charge you (these men here) to cast a just vote in 
accordance with your judgment'; 10 but Soph. Tr. 389, dXX' d\iv 

7 Schoemann reads 5l aiwvos. 

8 L. and S. mistranslate. Fennell ad Pind. O. VII. 13 gives a slightly different 
force, 'friendly in speech.' 

9 Gildersleeve : "He flung it off — 'roundly,' 'freely' "; Fennell, 'readily,' 'frank- 
ly.' Gildersleeve compares O. VII. 1, a<t>veias a-rrd x«pos, which there, as he says, 
has the connotation of 'freely.' 

10 Cf . later the dicasts' oath, Dem. 652. 96, yvcofxri rfj SiKcuoTaTri ducaaeiv onoj/xoKaa-Lu . 



38 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



/cat yap ovk airb yvcofxrjs \kyeis, i. e. 'not contrary to my judgment/ but 
this may also have a wider meaning, as if 'not contrary to the general 
judgment/ = 'not unadvisedly.' Cf. airb db&s Od. 11. 344, v. p. 34. 

airb tt]s bb^-qs ireaelv [dv], Hdt. 7. 203. 2 Lat. spe excidere. 

airb Kaipov= dfccupcos, Plat. Theaet. 187 E cf. els p. Ill, ev p. 178. 

airb Kapbias, Eur. I. A. 475, KaTopvvpJ / rj p,i]v epelv aoi 

rairb KapbLas aacpcbs/Kai pi] 'ir'tr-qbes p-qbev dXX' oaov (frpovcb, so Eur. Fr. 416. 
3. Lat. ex animo. Later, Theocr. 29. 4, </>tXeetv pJ . . . airb 
Kapdias; eK rrjs KapdLas, Ar. Nub. 86, v. p. 54. Cf. k fypevbs v. p. 54; 
also cf. infra p. 39, ovk d7r' ixKpas 4>pevbs Aesch. Ag. 805. 

diroirrjbrjo- avres airb rov \byov, almost lit., but partly figurative, 
Plat. Theaet. 164 C, 'away from the argument.' 

air 1 6p,p.aTOS f 6/x/xdrcov, Aesch. Suppl. 210, Iboiro St/to, irpevpevovs air' 
opparos, not quite a phr., but the whole expression is equivalent to 
an adv., or a Dative might have been used, 'from a gracious 
eye/ 'graciously', Ag. 988, ireWofiai 5' air 1 bppdrcov /vbarov is similar, 
almost instrumental use of prep. Soph. O C 15, cbs air } bppdroov, 
'if I see right,' 'to judge from the eyes/ (id. phr.), Lat. ex obtutu, 
cf. airb tt]s o^ecos infra Soph. Frg. 161 (Nauck), bpparwv 'diro /Xbyxas ltjotlv 
(metaph. in \byxas, bppdruv euro lit.); Eur. Med. 216, oUa yap wo\- 
Xous fipoT&v I aepvovs yeyebras, tovs fiev bp,paToov euro, / tovs <5' ev OvpaioLS' 
oi 5' d$' rjcrvxov irodbs / 'bixiKKeiav eKTr\<javTO Kai padvplav, is a much de- 
bated passage, 11 but both bppaTwv diro and d</>' rjavxov irobos are meta- 
phorically used as idiomatic phrases. But cf. e£, p. 54. 

air' oxpecos, Lysias XVI. 19, coare ovk d^iov air 1 6\peo)s . . . ovre 
fyikelv ovre ptaelv ovb'eva, Eng. 'for his looks/ is really a causal use of 
prep.; but Antiphanes, 33 K. airb rrjs. . 6\peo)s 'EXK^vlkos, 'to judge by 
his looks' is more id. cf . air 1 bppaTcov Soph. C 15, supra, cf. e£, p. 54. 

diro rov irpaypaTos, Dem. 701. 6, earat be tout ovk airb V2 rov irpayparos, 
'irrelevant/ cf. Ar. Ran. 1179, <e£co tov \byov. 

airb pvrrjpos, Soph. O C 900, airevbelv airb pvrrjpos, 'at full galop/ 13 
cf. Dion. H. 4. 85; 11. 33; Diod. 19. 26. 

airb (tkoitov, first in Horn., Od. 11. 344, v. supra, p. 34; Xen. Symp. 
II. 10 (w. art.); Plat. Theaet. 179 C, ovk airb (jkoitov eipr\Keiv; Tim. 25 E; 
cf. irapd UKOirbv, Pind. O. 13. 134. 

11 See edd. ad loc. 

12 For variation of accent in MSS cf. p. 39, n. 16, airo rpb-Kov. 

13 Jebb explains, "away from," i. e., "unchecked by the rein," quoting Phrynich. 
ap. Bekk. Anecd. p. 24, airb pvrrjpos Tpkxeiv lttitoV olov airb x^twu 77 avev x a ^<' vo v- 



PART II 6.TT0 



39 



&7r6 aTOjjLaTos , Hes. Th. 97, yXvKepr] ot airb ctto/jlo.tos peei avbi], merely 
lit. and plastic, apparently a reminiscence of Homer, II. I. 249, rou /cat 
airb yXcoaatts /ieXtros yXvulcov peev avbi] ; but d.7r6 arb/jLaros elirelv, a phr., 
'by word of mouth,' i. e. 'from memory,' 14 Xen. Symp. 3. 6, 
/cat vvv 8vvalp,rjv dv 'IXtdoa 6X77^ /cat 'OSucrcreta^ a7r6 arbfiaros elirelv ; 
so Mem. 3. 6. 9; Plat. Theaet. 142 D, ovkovv ovtoo ye airb aT6p.aros. 
Cf. supra, airb 7X0x70-77$, Cratin. 122 K. so Philemon 48 K., airb arbpiaros 
diravT , eav /3ouXt7ct0', epco. 15 But airb rov aro/xaros, Xen. An. 3. 4. 42, 
tech. of the van of the army, opp. to airb rrjs ovpas. cos dc/>' evbs 
uTojiaTos, Anth. P. 11. 159 cf. e£ evbs crro/xaros, 'with one voice,' p. 55. 

Cf. also airb jiuas bpfiris, Thuc. 7. 71. 6, etc., v. p. 43 with which cf. 
/dig, bpp.fi Xen. An. 3. 2. 9. 

airb rpbirov, 16 'unreasonable, absurd,' Plat. Crat. 421 D; Theaet. 
143 C; Phileb. 34 A; Rep. 470 B (antithesis in C, irpbs rpbirov); Tim. 
89 E; cf. airb rov rpbirov Com. Fr. Adesp. 143 K.; also Thuc. I. 76, 
airb rov avdpwireiov rpbirov. Cf. also Call. Ep. 43. 5, ovk airb pvapov, 
'not without reason.' But cf. e/c, p. 68. 

dirb rpvybs, 'from the dregs' = ' to the bottom,' Archil. 4. 3. 

ovk air 1 anpas cjjpevbs, Aesch. Ag. 805, 'not from outside of the 
heart,' i. e. 'from the inmost heart,' cf. airb KapdLas, supra, p. 38, 
e/c <f)pevbs, e/c dvfiov, etc., p. 54. 

b. With adjectives of quantity, (slightly idiomatic, but not quite 
phrases) : 

£rjv airb tlov bXuyoov, 'to live on a little,' Theogn. 1156, cf. Hdt. 
1. 216; 2. 36; 4. 22, 'to live on fish, game, barley,' etc. Ar. Pax 
850, £o)(tlv airb rovroiv nv'es, cf. airo^aoo. Cf. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 25, eldiupevoi 
airb iroXe/jLOV fiioreveiv. Isocr. XV. 158, dir' eXarrbvccv %wvres, cf. Dem. 
1045. 22. Cf. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 14, jjdeaav 8e Sco/cpdr^v ax' eXax'to-rcov 
p.ev xP^Mdrcoy avrapKearara (faVra. Cf. Thuc. II. 65. 2, air J eKaaabvoov 

14 L. and S. compare &7r6 x^pos as a similar half adverbial phr., Ar. Vesp. 656, 
XoyiaaL <£auXcos' fjrf ^V^ots, dXX' and x«pos 'to calculate roughly,' 'off-hand,' so Blaydes, 
but Starkie's interpretation as lit. and instrum., 'not with counters, but on your 
fingers,' 'by means of the hand,' is preferable. 

15 Kock: Bekk. Anecd. 436. 6 et Suid. airoGTOfxaTi^HV obs ■q^xeis, to fxi] 5td ypafj.fj.aTuv, 

dXX' O.TTO fJ.V7]fJ.7]S. 

16 Some edd. accent 'diro Tpoirov, Hiro naipov, etc., so ixiro 56£>?s, a7ro (tkottov in II. 
10. 324, Od. 11. 344 et al., following MS readings based on a theory of the Greek 
grammarians that card suffered anastrophe when it was equivalent to airodev, procul a 
v. Stallb. ad Plat. Theaet. 143 C, Phileb. 34 A, Rep. 470 B; Bast, ad Gregor. Corinth, 
p. 210, Hesych. Th. 1360, Bekk. Anecd. II. 931. 19; Chandler, Greek Accentuation, 
2d ed. §919. Ebeling, Lex. Horn. airb. 



40 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



bpfjicofxevos, 'setting out, beginning with smaller means' (cf. clto of 
starting point); Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 17, clt eXaxivroov bpp.upeva; cf. Thuc. 
I. 144. 4, ovk, clto Toacovbe bppcopevoL. 

airb toW&v, (partitive use, almost id., a familiar expression of the 
Greeks where change or choice was made of little from much or of a 
little after much): Aesch. Pers. 1023, /3atd 7' cos dirb toW&v; Soph. 
Ph. 647, d\\' ecrTLV &v bel, KaLirep ov toWuv clto, 'Aye there are some 
things that I need, though the choice is not large' (Jebb.); 
Thuc. I. 110, oKlyoi curb iroWcov . . . kacodrjaav, SO VII. 87. 6. Cf. 
Thuc. III. 24. 2, avbpes bcobena /cat bianbuioi clto Tkeibvuv, 'from more,' 
i. e. originally there were more. 

II. Proverbial phrases. 

&</>' eaHas, Aesch. Pers. 866, ovb' d$' earias avdels, 'not departing 
from his hearth,' i. e. from his home. But as a prov. Ar. Vesp. 846; 
d<£' 'Eorrtas apxbpLevos ; 17 Plat. Euthyphro 3 A, arexvcos yap pioi bonel d0' 
eortas apxeadai icaKOvpyelv Tr\v toKlv, eTLxeipcov abwelv ae ; cf . Crates 
frg. 52 K. 

clto iirixwys, Lat. deus ex machina, Dem. 1025. 59, Tt^to/cpdr^s 
bk pbvos, cbaTep clto ply]xolvt]s, p,apTvpel; Alexis 125. 19 K., /cat Oclttov 
airoirepif/ovaL tovs oovovpevovs | clto par)xavr}s too\ovvt€S &UTep oi OeoL. Menand. 
227 K., clto wxavrjs Oebs e?re0d^s, 18 cf. 278 K. Cf. lit. use, Ar. Poet. 
1454. b 2. 

aT J bvov Teaelv, Ar. Nub. 1273, rt br)ra \r]pels cbaTep clt' bvov kcltol- 
Teacov ; prov. for an act of stupid clumsiness; Plat. Legg. 701 C, 
/card tt}v Tapoiplav clto twos bvov Teaelv. 19 Cf. a perversion of it in Ar. 
Vesp. 1370, &GTep clto — tvh(3ov rrecrcbv. 20 

17 v. Starkie, ad loc. who quotes Eustath. ad Horn. Od. 1579. 43, ner^KTai 8k . . . 
6 X670S etc tcov tepcov Wos yap 'Ecrrca irpcorov airapx^o-dat : so in Dion. Chrys. (Dindorf) 
Vol. I p. 182. 32, varepov riyavanTovv kiri rots ireirpayp-evoLs, e£di> &c/>' earias KcoXveiv 
(Schmid Alt. I. p. 120), cf. Soph. frg. 658, co irp&pa XoijS^s 'EarLa, /cXveis rabe) Strabo 
I. 11. 20 (Meineke), air' &XX77S ecrrtas re Kal apxqs. 

18 v. Kock: 'ewl tcov airpoaSoKrjToos ew' d>c/>eXeia Kal crcoTrjpia fyaivoixkvcov, Schol. 
Plat. 394. 

19 There seems to have been some confusion about this prov. Bodl. MS Legg. 
701 C reads vov; Schol. on Ar. Vesp. 1370, /ecu rovro cos els ykpovra olvtI tov vov KaraTeacov ; 
'jostled from one's wits' would be a tempting perversion from air' bvov. Merry ad 
Nub. 1273: it is thought that a pun is intended here between aw' bvov and a-rrd vov, 
'not off your Ned!' but 'off your head.' For the proverb Zenobius (Leutsch II. 57) 
quotes also from Eupolis &cnrep air' bxOov ireo-oov and &o-irep awo x^ovds irecuv. 

2< V. Starkie ad loc. 



PART II clto 



41 



777. Technical 

1. Military: 

clto dafjioalas, Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 4, to>*> curb 8ap,oaLas, 'those from 
the king's tent/ so ot rrept dafioaiav, ib. 4. 5. 8; Lac. 13. 7 'the 
king's council.' 

ot ax' oupds, 'those from the rear,' Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18; An. 3. 4. 42 
(w. art.); cf. ovpa with other preps. Cf. curb rov arbpLaros, 'from the 
van' Xen. An. 3. 4. 42. 

rd &7r6 <jTpo,Toirk8ov, Plat. Charm. 153 C. 

2. Legal: 

clto £vp(3b\uv, Antiphon V. 78, okas curb %vp:(3b\<jov vlllv diKa^ofikvovs ', 
cf. Aristot. frg. 1541. a 10, at curb avfifiokwv St/cat ; cf. 1541. b 3; cf. id. 
Pol. 1275. a 10. V. L. and S. avpLpoXov II for explanation of these terms. 

3. Political: 

Plat. Rep. 557 A, ko! cos to to\v 6.to Kkripaiv at dpxeu & avrr\ yiyvovrai. 

tt]v clto TLp.rjiJiCLTO)v . . . ToXurelav, Plat. Rep. 550 C; cf. Isocr. 
XII. 131, T7)v clto Tchv ti\±t\ixc\tu>v (w. art.); cf. e/c tlpl^licltcov Xen. Mem. 
4. 6. 12; Plat. Legg. 698 B; later, clto rtp^drcoz/ Ar. Pol. 1278. a 23. 
Sing. d7TO TL/JL7]fiaTOS ib. 1294. b 3, 10; 1306. b 7, cf . Rhett. Spengel I. 185.31, 
d7ro TLpr,paroiv avaynalov iroL7]aaadcu rds elatfiopas, cf . ib. 241. 28. oKuyapx^v 
8k eiac 8vo rpoToi' r\ yap e£ eratpetas rj clto tuv Tip-qparoiv (note antithesis of 
e£ and clto), v. also sub k p. 58; cf. Diod. 18. 18. Cf. Xen. Reip. Ath. 
1.1 1, otov yap vavTLKi) 8vvapls ho~Tiv clto xpV^tc^v ] 3. 3. (butless tech., 
illustrates use of prep.). 

4. From the race-course: 

clto (3a\fil8ajv, 'from the start,' lit. of the line where the racers 
started, Ar. Eq. 1159, extended to any start, Eur. H. F. 867; Ar. 
Vesp. 548, evdvs y' ^tto /3a\£tcW ; cf. clto vvaarjs II. 23. 758; Od. 8. 121, 
v. p. 36. Cf. Plat. Phaedr. 254 E, tiaTep clto vaTX-qyos avaTeawv, 
'he drops at the very start;' cf. Luc. Catapl. 4. 

5. From the field of games: 

Semi-tech, of the way in which the cottabus was thrown, clt' aynvXys 
ty<n, Bacchyl. fr. 24 (Blass 17); Cratin. 273 K. (Mein. 16 ubi v. n'). 

6. From the field of religion: 

Formula of dedication in thanksgiving for victory: Dittenb. 
Syll. 2 n. 31. 2, SeKarav clto tco/j, ToXepiuv ; six examples are extant in 
inscrr. from 6th to 2nd cent. B. C: Ditt. 15. 1, ot tlWl^s d7rd [t]6v 
ToXepiov ; cf. 97. 3; Fouilles d'Epidaure I. p. 39, n. 18; Bull, de corr. 
Hell. I (1877) p. 84, n. 17; XV. (1891) p. 629; cf. Ditt. 3 (no prep.); 
also Paus. V. 24. 7, to 8e eTlypappa to €t aurco tovs ev Kvl8co 
Xeppovr]o~LOvs clto av8pcbv dvadelvat To\ep.L<jov ^alv. 



42 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



/ V. Temporal 
Temporal phrases c. airo show three uses, 

1. Of the starting point in time, 

2. Of immediate consecution, 

3. Setting a date. 

All of these are illustrated by a<j>' eairepas, Ar. Vesp. 100, 'at 
even-tide,' the same as eairepas, cf. de node, de die; cf. Thuc. VII. 
29.2; Xen. An. 6. 3. 23, apparently merely 'at evening,' 'at night.' 
So Ar. Vesp. 218, cbro fikaoiv vvktojv, ' at midnight,' not 'in the time 
after midnight.' But Thuc. III. 112, aird eairepas eWvs 'just after 
night-fall,' so VIII. 27. 6; but Xen. Hell. II. 4. 24, d</>' eairepas 
. . . irpbs bpBpov. In Hdt. 2. 31 it is used not of time, but direc- 
tion, airo eair'epy]s re Kal [17X101;] bvap.kuv. 

1. oltto of the starting point in time, 
a. With nouns: 

air 1 avaroXcov kirl dvapias, Plat. "Opoi 411 B; cf. a.7r' avaroXris kirl 
bvatv, 'Eio-cryary?) 'AXk. XIV. cf . ib. aird dvaecos ex avaroX-qv ; so air' 
opflpou, Plat. Legg. 951 D. 

air' apxys, cf. e£ apxvs P- 60. Usually its meaning does not 
differ from e£ dpx^s, but e£ begins in Homer, air' not until Hesiod; 
e£ shows a somewhat wider variety of meanings; air' is frequent, but 
k£ far more so. Hes. Th. 425; Xenoph. 28. 1; Pind. P. VIII. 25; 
Aesch. Suppl. 343; Soph. Ai. 1097; Eur. Ale. Ill; I. A. 1541; Ar. 
Vesp. 1031 ; 21 Eq. 322, Ran. 1030; Pax 84; Hdt. 2. 104; 9. 46, vrdXcu 
air' dpx^s, antiquitus, ab initio ; Plat. Theaet. 206 D, 6 p?) eveos r) kco<£6s 
dvr' apxvs 'from his birth,' (so e£ in Hdt. 7. 203;) Phaedr. 264 A; 
Tim. 48 D; Isocr. IV. 26; Dem. 91. 6; 286. 175; 396. 177; 442. 315; 
518. 12; 932. 27; 1108. 25; Anaxilas22. 8 K., etc. But Antiphanes 73 
K is different, y'epoiv, an apyjqs Aaofiedcov Ka\ovp:evos. 22 Cf. airo rekevr-qs 
«r 5 a PX r,v, Plat. Soph. 268 C; Phaedr. 264 A. 

ax EvK\ei8ov apxovros, 'beginning from the archonship of Eucl.' 
Andoc. I. 87 (6 times), cf. eiri regular for 'in the archonship of.' 

dp<£i rd ir'evre Kal rpLaKovra err) airo yeveas, 'about thirty five years 
from birth, i. e. of age,' Xen. An. II. 6. 30; Cyr. 1. 2. 8. But Isocr. 
XII. 120, eWvs airo yeveas, cf. airo yeverijs Iambi. v« Pyth. (Nauck) 125. 
9; 156. 13, cf. k p. 61. Cf. air' apxvs supra, Plat. Theaet. 206 D, etc. 

21 v. Starkie: for ef, airo found only in cantica and anapaests, cf. Sobol. Praep. 
p. 95. 

22 Kock: dw' dpx^s, i. e. a regia dignitate Laomedon ut pMlov tov Xaou dicitur. 
But Herm. et L. Dind. ykpwv airopyrjs senex morosus pro air' cpyrjs (Hunzicker). 



PART II cltto 



43 



&7r6 deiXTjs, 'horn the hour of afternoon,' Arist. H. A. 564. a 19. 
cltto 8voecos V. supra p. 42. 

d</>' r^s, rd 8Ua d<£' (i. e. at Sparta twenty-eight years of age), 
Xen. Hell. II. 4. 32; III. 4. 23; IV. 5. 14, 16; 6. 10; V. 4. 13, 40; VI. 
4. 17 (bis); Ages. 1. 31. Cf. els p. 104. 

air' opBpov, v. supra, p. 42. 

d7rd ttcl18cov dp^dfjievoL, Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 11, cf. e/< p. 61. 
b. With pronouns: 

d<jE>' ov, Lat. a quo (tempore), 'from the time when,' 'since,' 
like d7r' dpx??s not found in Homer, who uses e£ ov and e£ dpx^s. Cf. e£ 
ou, pp. 50, 62. d</>' ou, Soph. O T 758; Ant. 562; Ai. 600; Ar. Plut. 968, 
1113, 1173; frg. 31 K. Hdt. 2. 44 (note e£ ov in same paragraph, no 
apparent difference in use); Thuc. I. 14. 3, 18. 1; Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 20; 
Mem. 3. 5. 4; An. 3. 2. 14; Cyr. 1. 2. 9 (cf. 13, dcp' ou xp^cu); Plat. 
Phaed. 76 C; Symp. 172 C; Minos 320 B; Isae. 6. 14; Dem. 110. 1; 
411. 225; 753. 173; 986. 6 (bis) et alP 

d$' ovwep, Aesch. Pers. 177; Isocr. XII. 98, 148, etc. 

airb tov8'l, Ar. Nub. 431, rd \olttov y J olto tov81, 'from this time on.' 

dTrd tovtov 'from this time on,' Xen. An. 2. 6. 5, etc., cf. k tovtov. 
to 8e aird tovtov, 'after this,' Hdt. 1. 4; cf. 8. 23; so to 8e aird TovSe, 
'after this,' 'next,' Hdt. 2. 99, cf. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.11; 2. 9. et al. 

2. Of immediate consecution. 

aird 8elirvov, 'immediately after supper' first in Horn. II. 8. 54; 
Hdt. 1. 126, 133; 2. 78; 5. 18; 6. 129; 9. 16; Ar. Eccl. 694; Pax 839; 
cf. Antiphon I. 17, xpd 8e'nrvov . . rj aird 8e'nrvov. Cf. ex. 8eiirvo)v 
Eur. Hec. 915. Cf. cit apiuTov Menand. 264 K. 

airb 8op7rrj(TTov, Ar. Vesp. 103, 'immediately after supper time.' 

cltto tokqv, Xen. Lac. 15. 5, 'just after birth.' 

air' atrtas eWiis rj rt/acopta, Dem. 640. 63. 

V. Adverbial 

a. With nouns. 

d7rd KeXevo-fjLaTOs, Com. Fr. Eubul. 8 K. cltto evbs KeXeucrparos, 'all 
at once,' Thuc. II. 92. 1, cf. Diod. 3. 15. Cf. aird ,utds 6puvs f Thuc. 
VII. 71. 6. Cf. €K, p. 66. 

cltto KpaTovs, 'at full speed' (late). Diod. 17. 34; but d^d apaTos, 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23 et saepe. 



23 Meisterhans, Gr. d. att. Inschr. S. 212. 5 states that arro and he are interchange- 
able in inscrr. of the starting-point in time. 



44 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



cltto irapayyeXaeus 'at the word of command,' Xen. An. 4. 1. 5. 24 
Cf. cltto Keivov xpwlos, 'at his bidding,' Pind. O. XIII. 76. 

biro TrapaaKevrjs, Thuc. I. 133; cf. Antiphon V. 22; Lysias XXI. 
10 (w. art. and adj.). Cf. be, p. 66. 

cltto irepLovalas, 'with plenty of other resources,' Lat. ex abundantly 
Thuc. V. 103 cf. be, Dem. de Cor. 226. 3, v. p. 67. 

awo wpovolas tuv 'Eperpiwv, 'by their precautions,' Thuc. VIII. 
95. 4. Cf. w. eK, meaning 'purposely,' p. 67. 

cltto crvvdrjijLaTos, Lat. ex composite), 'by agreement,' Hdt. 5. 74; 
Thuc. IV. 67. 4; VI. 61. Cf. be p. 68. Cf. with same meaning, clto 
%vp,(3aaeus, Thuc. III. 67. 5; IV. 130. 6; cf. later, cbairep cltto avvTa&us, 
Plut. 2. 813 B. 

Cf. w. 8lcl tclxovs, eis tclxos, etc., Xen. An. 2. 5. 7, awb tto'lov tclxovs. 

cltto rvxys, 'by chance,' Lys. XXI. 10 (opp. to airb irapaaKevrjs); 
Dem. 1193. 31; Ar. Eth. N. 1105 a 23; freq. in Ar. who usually has 
cltto rvxys, but sometimes dua tvxWj Rhet. 1368 b 34; tvxo-s, Kara tvxv v 
in wider sense generally joined w. clvto/jlcltov, cltto tclvto/jlcltov kol cltto 
rbxvs, Phys. 196 b 31; ci.de part. an. 641 b 22; Met. 1032 a 29; but 984 b 
14 dat.; opp. to avayKrjs, Phys. 196 b 12 de inter pr. 18. b 5, 16, etc. 
Lat. fortuito. Cf. e/c, p. 69. 

Entire phr. adv. rather than the prep, expression: oaov koX cltto 
fioyjs eveKa (evena pleonastic), 'as far as sound went,' 'only in ap- 
pearance,' Thuc. VIII. 92. 9 (opp. to rw dX^eZ); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 31. 

b. With adjectives: 
aw' d.fj,cf)OTepoiv = ajjL(j)OTkpoidev, Lat. ex utraque parte, 'on both sides,' 
i. e. 'by both parents,' Eur. Ale. 920; Hdt. 7. 97; lit. 'from' or 
'on both sides,' cf. Eur. Hipp. 758; Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 17, atyrj . . . 
c\tt cL/j,4>oTepo)v ; so Ages. 2. 10. 

cltto tov apxcLLov, Hdt. 4. 117, 25 'in olden style,' cf. Thuc. II. 
15. 5; cf. ib. 15. 1, cltto tov ttclvv apxalov. 

cltto tov avTOjxcLTov, ' spontaneously,' 'accidentally': Hdt. 2 66.; 
Thuc. II. 77; VI. 36. 2; Xen. Hell. I. 7.32; Mem. 4. 2. 2, 4; An. 1. 2. 17; 
6. 4. 18 (cf. 1. 3. 13 where k replaces diro); Plat. Apol. 38 C, 41 D; 
Cratyl. 397 A, 402 B; Alcib. I. 118 C; Euthyd. 282 C, Prot. 323 C; 
Rep. 498 E; Dem. 139. 31; 738. 121; 1287. 14; 1301. 9; Aeschin. 1. 

24 An unusual phr. is found in Polyb. 22. 21. 9 (Buttner-Wobst XXI. 38), v ixtv &t6 
vev/jLaros irpocr eraser, 'from a nod,' i. e. 'she bade him by a nod.' 

25 L. and S. apxeuos III. 1. make this = apxaioos, in the sense of 'anciently'; 
but it should be rather under their III. 2 'in olden style.' 



PART II awo 



45 



127; Menand. Perikeir. 31 (Capps) et al. freq. in Aristot. e. g. Phys. 
196 b 31; Metaph. 1032 a 29 parallel with airo tvxvs. Cf . he, p. 70. 

<x7ro tov eWeos, Thuc. III. 43. 2, tclj ada airo tov eWeos \ey6fxeva, 
'spoken straight out,' later, cf. air' evdelas, Plut. 2. 57 A; id. Fab. 
Max. 3. 5; cf. ha, p. 26, k p. 70. Cf. Rhett. Spengel III. 11. 3; 
59. 7, eTr' evdelas (of a sentence expressed 'directly'), but e£ ib. 12. 
28; 13. 29, did 120. 16, v. pp. 26, 71. 

airo Tris lu-qs, Lat. ex aequo, 'equally,' 'on an equal footing': 
Thuc. I. 15. 2; III. 40. 6; Dem. 179. 6, dvr' unjs 26 (no art.), aw' Uov, 
Thuc. III. 84. 1, cf. e£ p. 71, ev p. 188. airo tov 'iaov, 'on an equal 
footing,' 'on equal terms,' 'equal': Thuc. I. 77. 3 (c. bixCkelv, so III. 
11. 1); I. 77. 4; 99. 2; 140.5; 143. 3; II. 89. 2; III. 10. 4; 37.4;42. 5; 

IV. 19. 2; V. 101, 104. airo tup "htcov, Plat. Rep. 343 D; cf. airo tuv 
dfjLoicov, Thuc. VIII. 89. 3, 'competing with his equals.' 

airo tov kolvov, 'by public authority,' Hdt. 5. 85; 8. 135; but 
airo tov kolvov \afioiv ' f rom the common stock,' Thuc. VI. 17. 3; cf. 
(without art.) Xen. An. 4. 7. 27; airo kolvov, 'at public expense,' 
Xen. An. 5. 1. 12, 7. 18. 27 Cf. k p. 72 as p. 114, kv, p. 190. 

airo tov KpaTLGTov (late), 'in good earnest,' 'seriously,' Polyb. 
8. 19. 4; but cf. /card to kpoltlgtov 'in the best way,' Dion. H. 2. 22. 

airo iraKaLov, 'from very early times,' Thuc. I. 2. 6. Cf. k Hdt. 
1. 157 et al. v. p. 62. 

airo tov irpo4>avovs, 'openly,' Thuc. I. 35. 4, 66; II. 93; III. 82. 7; 

V. 9. 4; cf. k III. 43. 3; VI. 73. 2 et al. v. p. 72. Cf. airo tov <f>avepov 
(late), Dion. H. 4. 4.8; cf. k ib. 6. Cf. k p. 73, ets, p. 117, ev p. 191. 

airo irpd)Tr]s (apxns or opfxrjs might be supplied, but v. ftn. 26 on 
dTr' lavs.): Thuc. I. 77. 3; cf. VII. 43. 5 (w. art.); Antiphon V. 56. 

Phr. used as adj.: Thuc. VI. 34. 8, rw adoKrjTO) fidWov av KaTairXa- 
yelev rj 777 airo tov a\7]6ovs 8vvap.eL. 

c. With participle: airo tuv irapbvT<s>v, Thuc. VI. 23. 3, cf. k 
VII. 62. 1 v. p. 74, kv p. 175, els p. 108. 

d. With articular adv. (v. also sub adv. phr. of direction) : Xe7€i^ 

airo tov irapaxpwa, 'off-hand,' Xen. Hell. 1.1. 30. Cf. ets 
p. 117, k p. 75, ev p. 191. 

26 Rehd. Index, Rehd.-Blass. Dem. p. 69, on air' iarjs, airo irp&Tris, e/c naLvrjs, «c 
vkr]s, k% vo-reprjs, he rrjs idkt]s, etc. :-Die Erganzung bestimmter Subst. feminin. verwirft 
Lobeck Paralip. 363 u. sagt: sic potins existimandum videtur Graecos a notionibus 
simplicibus progressos maximeque obviis, quae sunt situs viae et directionis, hinc simili- 
tudinem traduxisse ad actionum humanarum directiones et modos. 

"For explanation of airb kolvov and he kolvov as gramm. terms v. Apoll. 
Constr. 94.9; 122. 14-- 124. 7; Rhett. Spengel III. 76. 25; 256. 11. 



46 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



e. Adv. phr. of direction: tt)v d<£' r)\lov (3o\cbv /neXevdov Soph. Ai. 
877. cltto eairepr]s re Kal [rjXiov] dvapewv, Hdt. 2. 31, v. supra p. 42. 
Cf. cltto dvaecos 'from the west,' C I 1755. 

awb rov 6*e£tou . . . cltto rov evwvvpov, Thuc. VIII. 105. 2. 
Cf. k p. 76, kv p. 192, eis p. 118. 

cltto rov kcltclvtovs, 'down-hill,' Xen. Hell. 3. 5. 20 (cf. ib. ets rb 
Karavres for distinction in use of prep.); id. Eq. 8. 8. Cf. ets p. 118, 
kv p. 192 km, Plat. Tim. 77 D. 

With artic. adv.: airb ruv kvdkvde, Plat. Rep. 529 A. dkoxriv eu cltto 
tcov kcltco, cltto 8e Ticv clvco pf), ' f rom the lower part of the race-course,' 
'from the upper,' Plat. Rep. 613 B. 

VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 

1. Instrumental: airb kclXw wapawXelv, 'to sail from' or 'by a 
rope,' i. e. "to be towed along the shore' (idiomatic tinge), Thuc. 
IV. 25. 5. Cf. with different force, Ar. Ran. 121, pla (i. e. one route 
to the house of Hades) pev yap eanv cltto /cdXco Kai Bpavlov, / Kpepaaavn 

aCLVTOV. 

2. Causal: d-7r' 6\peus 'for his looks,' i. e. 'because of Lys. 
XVI. 19, v. supra, p. 38. 

3. Pregnant : Democr. frg. 235, Diels 2 , 427, ocfol cltto yaarpbs rds 
r)8ovds TTOLeovTCLi, of pleasures from eating, but k yaarpbs, 'from 
infancy,' v. k p. 61. 

Xpvaeiov cltto paiarripos arrival, 'from a hammer,' i. e. 'to set up a 
statue in beaten gold,' Anth. P. 7. 5. 

4. Plastic: Aesch. Ag. 1630, 6 pev (i. e. Orpheus) yap r)ye rravr 
cltto 4>doyyr)s x a P<*, 'with his voice,' 'by delight from his voice.' 

5. Of the starting-point: Plat. Euthyd. 301 E, cltto aov yap del 
apxecrOaL, reXevrav 5' ets Evdvdrjpov rbvbe. Cf. Trag. Fr. (Nauck) 
Theod. 7, p. 804, cltto rcov decov apxw ^€ TTOieladai TTperrov (for which 
Nauck prefers k). V. also sub local desig. Plat. Ep. 358 B, </>au\ots 

CLVdpCOTOLS, Ot OVK CLTTO TOV (3e\riarOV TTpOS TCL KOLVCL TTpOakpXOVraL. 

6. Metaphorical motion from: Plat. Phaed. 98 B, cltto 8r) davpaarrjs 
eXirldos . . . coxop^v <f>epbpevos, 'I was dashed down from my hope,' 
a slight variation, as Burnet suggests, from the usual phr., which 
would have Kare(3\rjdr]v or Karerreaov. Cf. Euthyphro 15 E, d7r' hXTridos 
pe KarafiaXoov peyaXys. For possible reminiscence in fapbpevos of II. 1. 
592, v. Burnet ad Phaed. 98 B. 

7. Change from one condition to another, cf. k p. 77. Aesch. 
Cho. 262, cltto apiKpov o'av apetas p'eyav /hbpov. Eur. Heracl. 613, rbv 



PART II airo 



47 



pev dc/>' v\prj\o)v fipaxvv co/acre, 'fate brings one man swiftly from high to 
low estate.' 

8. Of a state of separation: Xen. Reip. Lac. 7. 1, ol 8e teal a-rro 
rexvo.iv Tpk(j)ovr at, 'apart from the professions.' Cf. airo 6vpov, clt 
ovcltgs, etc., supra Horn. p. 35. 

9. Parallel and contrasting use of clto and k: 

Eur. Frg. 1044. 2 (Nauck Trag. Fr.), our' k %epds pedevra Kaprepbv 
\l6ov I paov Karaaxeiv our' airo y\6oaar]s \6yov. Democr. frg. 242 
Diels 2 , p. 428, irXkoves e£ dcr/oycrios ayaBoi jlvovtcll rj awo 4>v<tlos, 'more 
are good from practice than from nature.' Thuc. I. 124. 2, k 
iroXkpov pev yap elprjvr] paXXov fieficuovTai., d0' rjcrvx'^s 8e pi] iroXeprjaaL 

OVX OyUOtCOS CLKLVOVVOV. 

An interesting deliberate contrast of airo and k in antithesis, 
airo of remote, e£ of immediate ancestry, is Isocr. XII. 81, rovs 
pev airo Seoov, rovs 6' e£ avrcov tuv decov yeyovoras, cf. Hdt. 7. 150, and for 
airo of remote ancestry cf. Aesch. Pr. 853. 

10. Of price or value: 

airo and k are both used in inscriptions to give the value or price of 
a thing (v. Meisterhans, Grammatik der attischen Inschriften, Berlin 
1888, S. 212. 6) Ditt. Syll. 2 50. 11 = CIA I. 59, Hicks and Hill, Man. 
Gr. Inscrr. 148. 74 (B. C. 410-9), iroirjaa [l 5e rbv arecpavov awo x^'^v 
hp] axpw. Cf. Ditt. 152. 64, 76; 153. 30, 31, etc. For additional 
cases, v. Meisterhans c. But Ditt. Syll} 107. 15, 16 = Hicks and 
Hill 134 (102), [oTe^Jajwen MavaaooWov pev [k 8ap]eu<cbv irevrrjKOVTa, 
5 'ApTe[pL<TLr]v] 8e k Tpir\Kovra hap(\i\K(hv. 

VII. Local designations 

airo yijs, Ar. Pax 159; Plat. Tim. 90A et al. 

airo daKaaa7]s : a. of the starting-point: Hdt. 2. 9, 15, 97; Thuc. 
II. 97. 2, etc. b. of remoteness: card 6aXaao-7]s . . . (bKlcrdrjaav, 
'inland,' Thuc. I. 7; I. 46. 4. Xen. An. 7. 3. 16, 'a journey of 
twelve days away from the sea.' 

d7r' lttov, lttttoov 'on horseback,' cf. e7rt. Hdt. 1. 79; 9. 62; 
Ar. Lys. 679; Xen. An. 1. 2. 7; 3. 3. 10 (pi. w. art.); Plat. Rep. 328 A 
(pi. bis); Legg. 834 D (pi.) etc. But in Homer it means 'from the 
chariot,' v. supra, p. 35. 

air J olkov, Thuc. I. 99. 3, Iva pi] drr' o'lkov divi. Cf. other preps., 
especially ctt' olkov. clt olkwv, Soph. Ai. 762. 

card irepariov yfjs, 'from the ends of the earth' (almost prov.) so 
k, v. p. 56. Alcaeus 48 (53), yds [t] d?ru irepparwv (cf. k id. 36. 1, 



48 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



cf. Matt. 12. 42); Xen. Ages. 9. 4. Cf. Aesch. frg. 74. 2, aw kax^vj 
yalas. 

airb relxovs, Ar. Thesm. 495, avrjp curb reixovs eiaucov, familiar local 
phr. in the Peloponnesian war, 'coming in from the walls' where he 
had been mounting guard. 

Sc. x<°p£w. a™ v\J/r)\ov Kpe/iaadeLs, Plat. Theaet. 175 D; &</>' inf/r)- 
\orkpov Kadopoovres, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 29. 

VIII. Phrases of comparison with cbs and ibairep : 

Hdt. 4. 36, rrjv yrjv, hovaav KVKkorepka cbs airb rbpvov. Plat. Rep. 445 
C, uairep airb aKoinds /jlol <f>aLveTcu, in pr. simply 'a watchtower,' 
Lat. specula, but in Homer always 'a mountain-peak,' cf. II. 4. 
275; Od. 4. 524. Plat. Phaedr. 254 E, fig. from the race-course, v. 
sub tech. terms supra p. 41. Eubul. 75 K, 7rcoXos cbs euro £vyov. 
Dem. 1025. 59, cbcrirep airb Mxavys, p,apTvpel (prov. v. supra, p. 40). 
Examples might be multiplied. 



Part III 

€K 

hi, Lat. ex, e, 1 means essentially out of, from in contrast to airo 
away from and h in. Its uses are commonly classed as follows 2 : 

I. Spatial: 1. Removal from the inside of a place or object, 
out of union with it or from its immediate vicinity, with verbs of 
motion; hence it is used of the immediate succession of one condition 
or circumstance upon another. 2. Absence from a place with verbs 
of rest, meaning 'outside of.' 

II. Temporal: of the starting-point in time, e£ apx^s, e£ ov, 
etc.; hence of the immediate development of one act out of another, 
or of the close succession in time of two acts, much stronger than 
airo. 

III. Causal and figurative, of the source from which something 
goes forth. 1. Of origin and starting-point, more immediate and 
direct than airo. 2. Partitively, often with the added meaning 
of choice or distinction. 3. Of the author or agent v/ith passive 
or intransitive verbs, instead of virb. Ionic, especially in Herodotus, 
also in tragedy, seldom in Attic prose. 3 4. Of cause, only rarely 
of lifeless objects for the usual instrumental Dative, — stronger than 
airo. 5. Of material. 6. Of means and instrument. 7. Of ac- 
cordance, conformity, suitability, e. g. ' according to ability,' etc. 
8. Of manner, phrases often equivalent to adverbs. 

he is used, perhaps, more freely than any other preposition, 
to form prepositional phrases in which the original force of the 
preposition has faded until it serves merely to turn the noun or ad- 
jective into an adverb, although it often gives the situation from which 
a thing starts. A large number of such phrases will be found under 
adv. phr. with nouns, a list which does not claim to be exhaustive, 
although it includes a few cases found in literature later than this 
period. Akin to these are many technical phr., particularly in 
rhetoric and logic, with more or less adverbial force. 



^or derivation, v. Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. S. 467; Walde ex. 
2 K-G. II. 1. 459ff. 
3 K-G. I. c. 



50 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



A. Homer 
/. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns. 

k yevejjs, (nearly a phr.), 'name him from his clan,' II. 10. 68. 

e£ epibos pLaxeadcu, H. 7. Ill, naturally 'to fight a match,' 
literally, 'to fight a battle arising from mere rivalry,' so clearly in Od. 
4. 343; 17. 134. 

k 6e6<f)Lv Tro\e}iLt;ei, II. 17. 101, 'he warreth with the gods upon 
his side,' just the opposite of irpos baLpiova ib. 98; usu. expressed by 
cvv c. Dat. 

k dvpov (a true phr.) adv.: II. 9. 343, 486, k Ovpov 4>Ch'ewv, Lat. ex 
ammo, 'right from my heart,' 'sincerely'; so Aesch. Ag. 48, etc., 
v. infra, p. 54. Cf. in later lit. d™ napbLas, p. 38 k fypevbs, p. 54, etc. 
But II. 23. 595, k dvpcv ireakeiv, 'to fall from thy heart," 'become 
alienated,' a different idiom. Cf. awb dvpov, II. 1. 562. Cf. II. 10. 
10, veihdev hi Kpabi-qs, 'he heaved a sigh from the bottom of his heart.' 

k Ke4>a\rjs . . . es irobas, 'from head to foot,' II. 16. 640; 
18. 353; 23. 169, familiar tag as in Eng., id. feeling indicated by its 
comic reversal and metaph. use in Ar. PI. 650. 

4>t\el be (re . . . Zevs/eK Traaris bal-qs, h. Merc. 470, snmmo 
iure, adv. force. 

b. With adjectives, = adv. 

II. 24. 352, e£ ay xwoXolo, Lat. e propinquo, 'from near at hand.' 

e£ abrodx^blris weipwuevos, 'off-hand,' h. Merc. 55; (late) cf. Dio 
C. 73. 1, 6K tov ai'Toax^biov elweiv. But cf. es ai'Toaxtbiqv 
ikvcu, Tyrt. 9. 12. 

IL Elliptical 

Sc. bbjiov or o'Uov: e£ 'Au>ao, 7 Aibos, Ai'Seco, II. 23. 76; Od. 11. 625, 
635; 12. 17. he Uuaavbpoio, i. e. 'from his house,' Od. 18. 299. Cf. 
infra, p. 59 f, els, h in Horn, and Att. pp. 84, 103, 140, 168, v. also ftn. 
120 sub kv p. 168. 

III. Temporal 

1. Of the starting-point, a. W. nouns: e£ apyjjs, Od. 1. 188; 
2. 254; 11. 438; 17. 69, freq. in Attic, v. p. 60. 

h yeverijs, 'from birth,' II. 24. 535; Od. 18. 7. Cf . Ar. Eth. N. 
1144 b . 6, evdvs eK yeverrjs, etc., v. infra, p. 61. 

k veoTTjros es yv,pas, II. 14. 86. 

b. With pronouns: 

e£ ov, 'from the time when,' 'since,' Lat. ex quo tempore, 
and ex quo. II. 1. 6; 8. 295; 13. 778; 24. 638, 766 = Od. 19. 223; 



PART III k 



51 



Od. 2. 27, 90; 8. 539; 11. 168; 14. 379; 16. 142; 17. 103; 18. 181; 
21. 303; 24. 310, freq. in Att. v. infra, p. 62. Cf. d</>' ov (but not in 
Horn.), p. 43. 

k tolo, tov, 'henceforth,' always temporal in Homer. 4 II. 1. 
493; 8. 296; 13. 779; 15. 69; 24. 31; Od. 1. 74, 212; h. Cer. 440. Cf. 
II. 9. 106, e£ en tov ore. Cf. k tovtov eTreira, h. Ap. 343. k rovde, 
Od. 8. 540, cf. curb. 

2. Of immediate succession: 

II. 13. 493, -Kib^v k (3oTavr)s, 'to drink after pasturage.' 
II. 11. 227, etc daXafjiOLo . . . I'/cero, 'straight from the bridal 
chamber,' w. slight suggestion of 'immediately after his marriage.' 

3. Of a date: 

Od. 12. 286, k vvktqov o &v6}jlol xoAeTrot • • • yiyvovTai, as of 
the winds arising out of the night; this easily merges into the 
purely temp, meaning, 'at night,' and may be so translated even here. 
Cf. infra, p. 63. 

IV. Tags 

1. Military: 'out of the battle,' k fiekecov, 'out of shot,' 'out- 
side the battle,' II. 11. 163; 14, 130; 16. 122, 668, 678, 781; 18. 152. 
In II. 11. 163, 164, cf. also k kgvLtis, e£ avopoKraaLiis, e£ curares. 

e£ kvoTTYjs , 'out of the war-cry,' II. 16. 782; 17. 714. 
eK kvSclijlov, 'out of the din of battle,' II. 11. 164. 
en iroXefjiov, II. 3. 428. 

he ttqvov, 'out of the turmoil of battle,' II. 14. 429; 17. 718. 
€K Tpcouv, 'to drive the horses from among the Trojans,' Ii. 10. 
537. 

e/c <f>\oia(3oio, 'to save out of the tumult,' II. 5. 469; cf. euro. 
But II. 20. 377, 'await him from amid the roar of battle,' i. e. 
'in it.' 

2. Literal and plastic: 

en h'ufrpoLo, II. 22. 398, 'bound him from his chariot.' 
e£ evvys, II. 14. 336; 15. 580; 22. 190; Od. 2. 2; 3. 405; 4. 307; 8. 2; 
15. 58, 96. Also in later lit. 5 

e£ oxeoiv II. 13. 35, 'loosed the horses from out of the chariot.' 
k iraao-aXov, Od. 8. 67, 105; h. Ap. 9. Cf. euro p. 36. 
eis acfrvpbv k irrepv-qs, II. 22. 397. 

k pedkoiv, II. 16. 856; 22. 362, rj/uxv 5' k pedeccv iTTajikw,', cf. II. 22. 
68, pedecov k Ov/jlov eX^rat cf. Ov/ibs airb ^e\ecov, II. 7. 131, v. p. 36. 
4 Ameis. 

5 Cf. further, Ap. Rhod. 1. 1104; 2. 1236, etc. 



52 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



e£ vttvolo, II. 10. 162, 519. 

3. Literal, but might easily have developed into phrases: 
e/c Kpadlrjs, II. 10. 10 6 cf. cnro Kapdlas p. 38, e/c p. 54. 

e/c ttcltov, II. 20. 137, KLovres e/c itcltov es (TKOTLTjv, ' out of the trodden 
path,' 'apart.' 

4. Miscellaneous: 

e/c Alos otpov, II. 14. 19; g<ro-ap e/c Atos Od. 1. 283; 2. 217. 

e/c vecbeuv, II. 11. 62, cf. Hes. Op. 449. 

Ik jw, II. 10. 337; 12. 72; 16. 87, 267, 293, 366; 18. 279. 

V. Noteworthy uses of preposition 

1. Local: 

II. 18. 210, o'i re iravqukpioi (TTvyepa) Kplvovrai "Aprji/aareos e/c afare- 
pov. 7 

II. 19. 375, e/c ttovtolo, not 'coming up from the sea,' but 'from 
out at sea' they see something upon land. 

2. Partitive: 

e/c tclvtoov, II. 7. 75, ' out of you all,' cf. e£ kvapwv, II. 9. 188. 

e/c TroKecov, II. 15. 680, 6s r' €7ret e/c iroXeuv wlavpas avvadperai lttitovs, 
'four out of many' (slightly id.) cf. airo in Att. p. 40; cf. p. 73. 

With added force of choice or distinction: U iraakoov, 'above all,' 
'more than any one else,' II. 18. 431; Od. 4. 723. 8 So II. 18. 432, 
h pkv jjJ aWdcov clXlclgqv; II. 21. 370, e£ aAXaw. 9 This meaning 
emphasized by addition of superlative: II. 4. 96; Od. 2. 433, en 
iravrcov 8e /idXtcrra. 

3. Material: 

k% vbaros KpvaraWu, II. 22. 152, 'ice from water.' 10 Cf. infra 
p. 79. 

4. Succession: 

II. 19. 290, cos jioi bkxzrai /ca/ccV e/c /ca/cou atet 'evil after, upon evil.' 
Cf. Aesch. Ag. 1110; Dem. 1462. 3; Aeschin. I. 64, etc., v. infra, p. 80. 

6 The nearest approach to a phr. w. e/c is Ar. Nub. 86, el-rep he rrjs Kap8Las m' optus 
(f>i\els (fig. but art. expressed). 

7 Some edd. accent Ik on the ground that it means 'from outside of their city,' 
and that 'en in that case receives the accent on the same theory by which they account 
for airo = procul i v. aird p. 39 ftn., Herm. Op. II. 55. Others prefer to read ol be for oL re 
(of MSS) in the previous line and interpret 'from within the city.' v. Leaf ad. loc. 

8 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 620, otrj k iraa'eoiv. 

9 So Pind. Ol. VI. 25. 

10 This is one of the meanings noticed by Aristotle in his discussion of the uses of 
e/c, Metaph. 1023 a 26 sqq. Cf. further, Ap. Rhod. 2. 843, vqiov 'en kotLvolo <t>a\ay%, 
'a ship's roller of wild olive wood'; id. 3. 1325, e£ abanavTos. 



PART III €K 



53 



VI. Compounds of U: 
-jrapeK c. gen. { irape% bdov, II. 10. 349; irape^ "IXoio, II. 24. 349, etc. 
C. acc. 7rape£ 'AxiXX^a, 'without the knowledge of Achilles,' II. 24. 
434. 11 TapeK fjilrov 'along the warp,' II. 23. 762; TapeK vbov riyaye, 
'beyond, contrary to prudence,' II. 10. 391; m xdXe7rat^e Trapeze vbov, 
II. 20. 133, etc. 

U7re/<: II. 13. 89=15. 700, 0eu£e<r0ai vireK kclkov, cf. Od. 12. 107; 
II. 17. 581, 589, virtu Tpuccv, 'from amid the Trojans' II. 4. 465; 18. 
232, vireK /3eXea>j>; II. 22. 146, reixeos . . . vireK, 'away from 
under.' 12 

B. Literature after Homer 
/. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns. 

e£ avOpdcTToov, sua. extension of the use seen in ev avdpuirois c. superl. 
V. p. 147. Plat. Theaet. 170 E, o'l ye pot rd e£ avdpcoiruv irpay tiara 
irapkxovcnv, 'they cause me a world of trouble'; so Lysias XIII. 73, 
ovToal . . . ovk &v 'Adrjvalos /cat edUa^e Kai rjKKKrjaia^e /cat 7pa</>ds 
ras e£ avdpcoiraiv eypa^ero 'every kind of indictment possible'; Aeschin. 
I. 59, rds e£ avdp&iruv ir\riya$, 'the worst possible flogging.' Cf. 
Gen. without prep. w. neut. superl. avdpcoiroov pdXiora, Hdt. 1. 60, 
Plat. Legg. 629 A,j}juara Prot. 361 E, aptora Theaet. 148 B, opdorara 
195 B, /cdXXurr' Legg. 637 A; cf. Soph. Frg. 524. 4 (Nauck). But 
e£ avdpcoircov in its proper sense, e£ avBpwirwv r^avlaOr], Lys. II. 11; Isocr. 
V. 108; VI. 18; VIII. 113, etc. 

e£ ebpas, Soph. Ai. 788, ri pe . . / . . e£ e<5pas avlo-rare, 
'from quietude'; but ib. 780, 6 5' eWvs e£ edpas/irefxireL pe, 'he had no 
sooner risen from where they sat, than he sent me' (J.). 13 

e£ ekiridcs, Aesch. Ag. 998, evxonai e£ epds eXwidos, 'against hope'; 
like airb 'away from,' v. p. 46, for other uses of e£ eXiridos v. p. 78. 

u Leaf: 'behind Achilles' back,' lit. 'passing him by,' cf. 10. 391, 'led past 
my sense,' much like Eng. 'made me beside myself; 20. 133 'past' = 'in defiance of 
good sense. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 130, irapeK vbov Evpvadrjos, 'without the knowledge and 
approval of Eurystheus'; cf. ib. 323, 1315. But Ap. Rhod. 2. 1113, irape£ okiyov davaroio. 
Schol. xap' oXLyov kx tov davarov, ' within a little of death'; irapQ not elsewhere in 
this sense, Trap oXiyov, rrapa p.inp6v, irapa (3paxv are common. 

12 Also II. 5. 854; 8. 504; 16. 353; fork davhroio II. 15. 628; 20 300; cf. Ap. 
Rhod. 1. 596, 1166, 1204. 

13 v. Jebb ad loc. for different interpretations of this phr. and comparison of II. 
19. 77, avrodev e£ edprjs, Od. 13. 56, avrodev e£ edpecav, 'even there as they sat,' 
but avrodev helps to fix the meaning; here eWvs indicates 'immediately after sitting.' 
Note frequency of eWvs with k of strict consecution. 



54 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



€K dvfxov, Lat. ex animo: II. 9. 343, 486. Theogn. 62, fj,rj8kva rihvbe 
(fy'tKov Troiev . . . darccv/eK Bvjiov ; Aesch. Ag. 48, en dvp.ov kXcl^ovtss ; 
Trag. Frg. Adesp. 458. 7 (Nauck) 14 cf. Hor. Ars P. 432. So k <fipev6s, 
'from my heart,' 'sincerely,' Aesch. Sept. 873, 919 ; 15 Cho. 107, tov 
€k <f>pevbs \byov of hearty, cordial speech. Cf. Ag. 805, ovk c.t d/cpas' 
4>pevbs. But pi. he (ppevccv, Eur. Tro. 6 is lit., and nearly so, but 
plastic and approaching force of sing. id. Frg. 659. 5, d\Aw S' apeanei 
/jL7]dev vyus eK <f>pevdov /Xeyovn ireldeiv tovs ireKas roXprj KaKrj. Cf. other 
phrases w. similar meaning, Ar. Nub. 86, d\\' e'Lirep k tt)s Kapdias p? 
ovtcos (fitXels; Anth. P. 5. 69. 2, en Kpadirjs ; cf. 61. 2, e£ aurr/s Kpadirjs; 
cf. d.7ro Kapdias, p. 38. e/< 7-77S ipvxqs, Xen. An. 7. 7. 43, eK r-qs yp. <pi\os ; 
id. Oec. 10. 4, e/c rr?s ^. do-ird^ecrdai. But. cf. Theocr. 8. 35, fibo-Koir' 
eK i/'uxds rets apwihas, 'according to his wish'. Allied phenomena are, 
Hdt. 8. 97, he ivavrbs voov, 'with all his heart and soul'; Plat. Gorg. 
510 B, e£ diravros tov vov . . . <pi\os yeveadai. 

e£ bp.p.aroiVj 'out of my presence,' Aesch. Suppl. 949; Phrynich. 
81 K. Cf. eis p. 89, ev p. 151, same meaning of noun occurs c. Kara, 
irapd. So e£ 6(f)da\fjiccv, 'out of one's sight' Hdt. 1. 120; 5. 24. 3; 106. 
5; Xen. Hiero 6. 13. Cf. later, Alciphro 3. 20, e£ b(p9a\fxcov hwoUi 
c. ace; cf. euro, p. 36 eis p. 83 ev, p. 151, so c. Kara. But e£ oipeccs, 
Dem. 1002. 27, vecorepov ovr ejiov nai av\vu>, otr' e£ oi/'ecos, 'so far as can 
be judged from his looks,' cf. ct7r6, p. 38. Cf. also els atyiv but w. 
diff. meaning p. 90. 

he irodos, 'out of the way,' Pind. Nem. VII. 67. Cf. Polyb. 2. 54. 
2, avdis eK irodos eKiveu. But Polyb. 3. 68. 1 et al. = Lat. pone, cf. 2. 
68. 9 e vestigiis, so Dion. H. 2. 33, rots re <j>evyov(nv . hie irodos 

eirbixevos ; so id. 3. 42, eKirohbs. Rare in sing., freq. in pi. com- 
pounded as adv. eKirodcbv, Aesch. Cho. 20; Hdt. 6. 35; Ar. Vesp. 949 
irapex e« TroScby, 'clear out,' lit. 'supply yourself out of the way/ 
Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 16, et saepe and formed by false analogy with this 16 
euirohiov, Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 9 et al. Cf. cpd. adj. kinrbbios Hdt. 1. 153. 
But Ar. PL 650, cos eyeb rd i:pdy\iaraleK roov irodoiv es ttjv KecpaX^v ctol 
-Kavr kpd), comic reversal in metaph. use of the Homeric k Kec/xxXrjs 
. . . ' es Troads. Cf. Eubul. 107. 24 K. 

14 Cf. Theocr. 2. 61, he dvpu bkbepai. 

15 Cf., w. adj. modifiers, Aesch. Ag. 546, apavpas e/c (fipevos', 1515, (bpevos en (/n\ias ; 
Soph. OT. 528, e£ opparcov 5' bpQiav re Ka£ bpdrjs <j>pei>bs ', OC 486, e£ evpevcbp/ arepveov 
btx^jOai tov lk€tt]u (TcoTrjpLov, 1 with kindly hearts.' 

16 But for different theory as to formation of these adverbs v. ftn. ev p. 168 Brug- 
mann, Grandr. II. 2. § 577, etc. 



PART III €K 



55 



e£ evds aro/jLaros, 'with one voice,' Ar. Eq. 670; Plat. Rep. 364 A; 
Legg. 634 E, (balanced by Dat.) (ita 8e cfrcovfi /cat e£ evds arofxaros 
iravras avp.4>ccvelv, cf. cos a<f>' evds oTOyuaros, Anth. P. 11. 159, etc., v. 
euro p. 39. Cf. e£ evds \dyov, Ar. PL 760; Lys. 1005, e£ evds \dyco 
(genit.). Cf. e£ evds podov/iraiovaL, 'with one stroke,' i. e. 'all at 
once,' Aesch. Pers. 462. e£ evds KeXevafxaros Sophron. Kaibel, (Com. 
Gr. Frg.) 25, I. p. 158 . e£ evds tpotov, v. infra, p. 68. 

e/c x €t Po*; Soph. Ai. 27, Karir]vapL(Tixevas /'etc x.eipds olvtols ttol/jlvloiv 
eTLVTaTCLLs, 'yea, slaughtered by human hand' (J.) 17 Plastic force is 
possible here, ' by violent hand,' nearly = adv. ' violently.' Cf . w. adv. 
force, but w. modif. adj., Soph. El. 455, e£ vireprepas x*P°s, 'with 
mightier hand.' But in military sense e/c %€tpos = Lat. cominus, 'from 
near at hand,' 'close,' 'in hand to hand combat,' Xen. Hell. 7. 2. 14; 
An. 5. 4. 25; Cyr. 1. 2. 9; 4. 3. 16; 6. 3. 24; Plat. Legg. 834 A. But 
BacchyL V. 132, ruc/>\d 5' e/c x^puv /3eX^ is lit. and plastic. Aesch. 
Ag. 1110, TporelveL 8e x*t>P e/c/xep6s dpeynara, 'hand following hand' 
(only slightly id.) 18 

e/c (f>pev6s, v. supra p. 54. 

b. With adjectives. 

e£ airavTos, Soph. O C 807, oaris e£ airavros eu Aeyet, 'speaks well 
on any theme,' i. e. starting from anything; id. Ant. 312, ou/c e£ 
awavros del to nepdaLveiv 4>Chelv, 'from every source.' Cf. Xen. Mem. 
2. 9. 4, ov yap r]v olos cltto iravrds Kepdalvetv. Cf. Ar. Thesm. 736, 
kclk ttclvtos vfjiels p,r]xav6ip.evai melv. Cf. Dion. H. 4. 7. 4, coot' e/c -k&vtos 
e-Kidv^-quaL Tenvoiv. 

e/c p'eaov, Hdt. 3. 83, of taking no part in a contest, remaining 
neutral, ovtos p.ev bi] crc/>t ou/c evrjyuvifr ero, dXX' e/c p\eaov KaTrjaro ; so w. 
art. w. e£ecr0e id. 8. 22. 2. 

Thuc. IV. 133. 4 (sc. 'erovs). 

But Eur. El. 797, tovtov p.ev ouv p.eBelaav e/c fxeaov \byov, cf. els 
p. 93 f., ev p. 157. 3a. of speaking 'before,' 'in the presence of an 
assembly.' 

Dem. 141. 36, el av'e\oip.ev e/c fxeaov /cat rds /3\acrc/>?7jutas ; 323. 294, 
to Karaxj/evdeadaL /cat 8l exdpav tl \'eyeiv avekbvras e/c p.eaov. 

Euphr. 8. 5 K., rls e/c p.eaov ra 6epp.a beevds apiravai) cf. (w. art.), 
Anaxipp. 1. 6 K., rrjv Bv'iav 7]<f>avLaav e/c tov n'eaov ; Capps compares these 

17 V. Jebb ad loc: this is better than 'by force of hand,' i. e. by violence, not by 
chance. The violence was so evident as to need no mention. 

18 Epicrates 2. 24. 25 K. (id. tinge), rapyvpLov k Trjs x«pos ydr] \ap,^avei, 'she has 
became so tame that already she eats money out of your hand.' 



56 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



two passages for similar use of k, with Menand. Hepuceip. 203 (Capps), 
[ir]avT alv^piraar' k petrou, 'all was lost, snatched from your grasp.' 

Menand. 250 K., rd 6' k fieaov Tpi-wobia kcll rpayr, para. 

Alexis 116. 5 K., ueixvo-Ko-pLunov k fxeaov Ka\ovp.evov. 19 

c. With participles: v. also adv. phr. 

e£ aK/iatovTuv, 'from those in the prime of life,' substant. use of 
ptc. without art. indicates slight id. feeling, note use of art. in the 
corresponding adj. expressions, Plat. Rep. 459 B, k tuv veuTaruv tj 
k tcov yepairaruv r) e£ aKjia^ovroiV 6 tl paXi-cra ; 'E£ aKp.a£6vTC*)v., 
so 460 D, e4>a(j.ev yap 8rj e£ aKp,a^6vroiv belv rd enyova ylyveadat,. 

e£ kTrLTpoirevoiievr)* 8e tovtco yeveadcu, Isae. VI. 13, v. infra, p. 57. 
//. Proverbial 

Ar. Eq. 467, av 5' ovdev e£ afia^ovpyov \eyeus, ' cartwright's slang,' 
i. e. 'from the cartwright's shop' (the genit. not governed by !£, 
but by the omitted word as in k hbaanakuv, etc.). Cf. Dem. 268. 
122, ccawep e£ d/xd^s. 20 Cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 694 K, ovdev e£ aypov 
\eyets. Cf. olos k Tpibbov, i. e. vulgar, Luc. Hist. Conscr. 16; Peregr. 
3; Prom. 1, etc. Ac«)opicu e£ epyaanqploiv Kal Tptbhuv Dio C. 

46. 4. Cf. Lob. Phrynich. p. 38. Cf. Lat. Senec. Control. VII. 
praef., idiotismus id est plebeius et ex trivio arreptus loquendi modus; 
so A. Gell. 1. 22. 2, in compitis. But cf. ev p. 163. 

Com. Fr. Adesp. 483 K., rrjuepov dp' e£co irpa.yp.aT e£ d7rpa£tas. 21 

Plat. Tim. 81 B, olov k dpvoxuv, lit. 'as if from the stocks,' 
i. e. 'freshly formed like the keel of a vessel just off the stocks.' 

e£ airahuv bvbxuv, Anth. P. 5. 14, 129; Plut. de lib. ed. 3 c; Lat. 
Hor. C. III. 6. 24, de tenero unguiP 

k ireparcov yrjs, 'from the ends of the earth,' prov. of remote 
countries, Alcae. 36. 1; Thuc. I. 69. 5; so airb, v. p. 47. Cf. kirl 
repnaTa yr/s, Crat. 309 K., etc. 

Plat. Euthyd. 293 A, owai ?7pds . N . . . k rpi.KVfj.Las tov \byov. 

Com. Fr. Adesp. 789 K., k rrjs avr-qs ypiadov yeyovus. n Cf. ib. 465 
K., ol 6' k ptds ra>5' olvoxbr]S ireTTOOKOTas. 

19 Kock: e^erpcos Herwerd. Obs. crit. 69 conl. Plat. Cratyl. 395 E, SoKeZ rovvona 
kfifikrpoos Keiadai, scribendum potius kv Metro?, i. e. ubique. But Hunzicker reads hi pkaov 
1 ' KKaKovjievov, e medio evocatum. 

20 v. Goodwin loc. Cf. Philemon frg. (ed. Osann) p. 170, who defines it as 
= avaiaxvvTcos v(3pi£ei. Cf. Menand. 396 K. (kiri), v. nn. ad loc. 

21 Leutsch, Diogenian. 7. 59; Apostol. 14. 91, 7rpa.yfj.aTa e£ airpa&as : kiri roiv irapa 
86%av Kal k\Ti8a o-vfifiacvovTicv. 

22 v. Shorey ad loc. 

^Leutsch, App. prov. 2. 47, 68, kirl tcov irapa-ifhrfaLuv Kal bfioioov ; cf. e£ evbs 
■xrfkov ; he rijs avrijs Kepa.fj.Las ', Suid. V. 'EiriKovpos : M.ecrcrrjvLOL 8k kv 'ApKaSLq. tovs 



PART III k 



57 



III. Technical 

1. Military: 

k narakoyov, 'from the muster roll,' 'the list,' Thuc. VI. 43; 
VII. 16. 1; 20. 2; VIII. 24. 2; Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 1 et al. 

k iJL€Ta(3o\ris, Aeschin. II. 9; III. 64, 75 (L. and S. metaph. of a 
speaker from military use 'wheeling about face).' Cf. Menand. 712 
K. ubi v. n. Cf. Polyb. 1. 61. 7 = adv. of the wind changing to the 
opposite direction. 

k tcov oifkoiv, Thuc. I. 111. 1, /drj Trpo'iovres ttoXv k tgov oifKwv, 
i. e. 'from the camp.' 

k Trapara^ecos, 'in regular battle,' Thuc. V. 11., 2; Dem. 123. 49; 
Aeschin. III. 88; cf. Menand. 52 K.; Polyb. 2. 33. 4. So Hdn. 5. 4. 5, 
etc. 

k 7r\ayLov 'on the flank,' v. infra, p. 76. 

k irpoKXriaLos, 'by or upon challenge,' Hdt. 5. 1. 2, p:ovvop.axir] 
. . . k irpoKh. ; so IX. 75; cf. 5l6l p. 20. 

k irpopprjaeois iroXefiTjaeLv, 'to make war in accordance with, from, 
a proclamation,' Dem. 114. 13. Cf. k KarayyeKias kirireKeZv ayuva, 
'by proclamation,' Plut. Rom. 14. 

Soph. El. 725, k 5' vToarpcxfiris = v-Kourpepavres, 'swerving,' 
'wheeling round they went to meet the enemy'; so Polyb. 2. 25. 3; 
3. 14. 5; Dion. H. 2. 41, etc. But extended in Dem. 283. 166 
(ap. spurious document), e£ viroarpo^s, 'reversing the procedure,' 
i. e. doing the opposite of what the Thessalians have done. Cf. e£ 
ava<jTpoct>ris also of wheeling in battle, Polyb. 4. 54. 4, cf. 3. 115. 3. 
Cf. e£ eivLGTpofyris, 'by a sudden wheel,' Polyb. 1. 76. 5; 24 Plut. Timol. 
27. 5. 

k x^tpos, v. supra, p. 55 =Lat. cominus. But Xen. An. 3. 3. 15, 
ot k x €L Pos (3clX\ovt€s = clkovt igt ai. 

k x^pas dpficovres, 'setting out from a position;' Xen. An. 3. 4. 33. 
Cf. ev x^P£ 'at one's post,' infra, p. 155. 

2. Legal: 

Dem. 565. 156, KaraaTas (xopVJos) e£ cWi56o-€a>s. 

Isae. VI. 13, e£ e-KLTpoTvevoiikv^s 8e tovtco yeveadau, 'she was under 
his guardianship' (note substant. use of ptc. without art.) v. supra, 
p. 56. 

en rrjs avrijs olovel 4>a,Tvr]s edridoKoras e^Xaa-av. Leutsch compares w. these Plat. 
Gorg. 493 D, en tov clvtov yvfxvaaiov rfj, v. infra, p. 81. 64 

24 k phrases of this type are numerous in Polyb. cf. e£ e<p68ov 'at the first assault.' 
Polyb. 1. 24. 10, 36. 11, so Dion. H. 2. 33, etc., etc 



58 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Dem. 1251. 14, e£ epufravcov KaraaTac-eus, of producing bail, evidence, 
etc., in court. Lat. exhibitio, actio ad exhibendum. 

e/c irapaKhr)aeoos, Dem. 275. 143, ot p,ev e/c 7rapai<kr)aeccs avyKadrjpievoi, 
a packed party in the jury, i. e. by summons, summoning one's 
friends to attend in a trial. 

3. Political: 

Rhett. Spengel I. 241, 28, okiyapx^v 8e eiat, 5vo rpbiroi' rj yap ki- 
eratpetas rj curb ruv TipLruxaTwv, 'from political clubs' (note use of 
e/c and curb in antithesis). Cf. curb p. 41. 

kK irpoKplaeois, 'according to selection by choice,' Plat. Pol. 299 A. 

e/c TLfxriiJLdTcov, Plat. Legg. 698 B; Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 12. Cf. curb 
p. 41. 

A large number of technical terms with e/c occur in Rhetoric 
and Logic. Only a few will be mentioned here: 

4. From the field of Rhetoric: 

Rhett. Gr. Spengel III. 50. 10, kcli Iutiv curoaioiirrjGLs e/c\eii/'ts 
7ravTe\r)s tov e/c rr)s aKOvXovdLas bcfyeiKovros kirevex^vai. 

to e£ eiriTYidevaeas of a studied style. Dion. H. de Lys. 8, cf de.. 
Comp. 25. 200, 203. 

e/c irapaX\r)\ov, 'in like manner,' 'parallelwise,' Plut. Comp. 
Ag. c. Gracch. 1; so Rhett. Spengel III. 69. 20; cf. 101. 4; (also used 
by mod. grammarians as a gram. term). 

e£ virepfioXrjs, Ar. Rhet. ad Alex. 2r> 1430. b 9. (referring to sententiae 
yvupicu), iroWas be iroir)uopLev auras r) en rr)s ibias (frvaeais rj e£ virepfioXrjs 
rj en irapop:oLooaeoos. e£ VTepfioXrjs be rotacbe' beivbrepa /jlol 

boKOvuLV ot KkeirrovTes tu)v \r)'i£op,evcov iroielv' ol /zei> yap \adpalcos, ot 8& 
4>avepcos ra xPW aT0L irepiaipovvTai. Cf. e£ virep(3o\r)s as adv. Polyb. 8. 15 
(17). 8. Cf. els p. 112, also with /card. 

5. From the field of Logic: 

e£ avaLpeaeoos, Rhett. Spengel III. 130. 9, direct confutation of 
arguments, avaLpeats, opp. by Aristot., Soph. Elench. 183. a 10, 11 to 
cuatpecrts, confutation by drawing a distinction. 

e£ acfraipeaecos, 'by abstraction,' 'in the abstract,' Ar. An. 
Post. 81 b 3. Cic. jokes on this term ad Att. 6. 1. 2; opp. to Ik 7rpocr- 
deaeus Ar. Metaph. 1077. b 10; also used especially of mathematical 
abstractions, cf. Ar. Coel. 299. a 16; Metaph. 1061. a 29; de an. 403. b 
15. 

e/c otatpececos, Plat. Proleg. II, e/c biaipkaecos irpoe\6o)p.ev, 'by 
division.' Cf. Aristot. Cf. ev, p. 167. 

26 Some think this work earlier than Aristotle and some later. 



PART III €K 



59 



etc irpoadeaecos, Ar. Metaph. 1077. b 10, etc., v. supra. 

e£ virodeaecos, virodeaecov, 'by hypothesis,' (sing.) Plat. Meno 86 E 
(where Plato explains his use of the term); 26 pi. Rep. 510 B; freq. in 
Aristot., v. Bonitz index w. definitions and references there given; 27 
avWoyiafMoi e£ virodeaecos, Ar. An. Pr. 45. b 16, etc.; a proof may be 
given i) beiKTUicos r) e£ virodeaecos, ib. 40. b 25, etc.; opp. to dirXcos saepe, 
e. g. Pol. 1278. a 5, ol Talbes ttoKltcu ov\ awXccs, dXX' e£ virodeaecos, 
etc., etc. Cf. (later) R P 8 p. 135, Simplic. de Caelo 304. 3 (on Empe- 
docl.); also ib. (id. 305. 21). 

6. From the race-course: 

Aesch. Ag. 1245, tlx <5' dXX' anovaas en bpbp.ov ireacov rpex^o, 'I hear 
and miss my path' (Plumptre). Cf. w. e£co, e£oo bpbjiov 'foreign to 
the purpose' (a real phr.), Aesch. Pr. 883; Plat. Crat. 414 B (kros). 

7. From navigation: 

k£ ovplcov hpatiovaav, 'running before the wind' (of the state,) 
Soph. Ai. 1083; cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 770 K., obbev 
ovplcov deovalv ear 1 dircjo/jLGTOV. Cf . e£ ovpLas biabpafxelv, ir\elv, Ar. Mechan. 
851. b 6 (cf. ib. 11, els ovplov); Polyb. 1. 47. 2; cf. ev ovpicp ir\eiv Luc. 
Lexiph. 15; also Dat. alone, Plat. Prot. 338 A, ovpla ecpevra. 

8. From the field of religion: 

e£ abvTov, cf. Horn. II. 5. 512, irlovos e£ abvToio (of the shrine of 
Apollo); so Tyrt. 2. 4; Pind. Ol. 7. 32; Ar. Eq. 1016, Ijv aoi 'AttoXXo^/ 
lixxev e£ abvroLO bia rpiirbbcov kpirL/jLcov ; Cf. metaph. Plat. Theaet. 162 A, 
€K rod abvTOv T-qs /3tj3Xou. 

IV. Elliptical 

Cf. els and kv, pp. 84, 103, 140, 168 f. Cf. k Horn. Od. 18. 
299, etc., v. supra, p. 50. These phrases are classified in accordance 
with the explanation which has been commonly received in English, 
i. e. that the genitive is adnominal, depending upon an omitted 
bbjxov, o'Lkov, or similar familiar and easily supplied word (cf. Eng. 
'We have just come from the Browns' '), but Brugmann and 
others believe that the gen. is locative. 28 

2s v. Thompson ad loc. 

27 v. Shorey, SuXXoyta-^ot e£ virodeaecos in Aristotle, A J P X. 460-462, who inter- 
prets Ar. in the light of Platonic usage. As Prof. Shorey shows, 'it is evident that 
Ar. had the Meno in mind all through the Analytics, but his thought has been obscured 
by Aristotelian commentators through confusion with the post-Arist. doctrine of 
hypothetical syllogisms. His proposal to classify syllogisms e£ virodeaecos is merely 
a design to classify hypotheses habitually or frequently admitted by Athenian dis- 
putants.' 

28 v. Grundr. II. 610 and infra ev p. 168 ftn. 



60 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Ar. Plut. 84, €K HarpoKXeovs, i. e. 'from his house'; so Pax 1154, 
e£ Alaxwadov; 1149, e£ kp.ov <5' kveyKaroi, 'from my house,' Aatr. 
199 K., eK 5t5acr/cdXou ; Plat. Prot. 326 C, eTeLdav 8e €K dtdaaKaXccv 
a-KaWayoiCLV) e£ "Al8ov, saepe. 

Similar but even more colloquial and idiomatic: e/c tuv yeLTovuv, 
or eK yeLTovoQv, = 'hom the neighbors',' 'from' or 'in the neighbor- 
hood'; Ar. Plut. 435, dp' early 17 KairrjXls r\K roov yeirbvwv ; cf. Nicostr. 
22 K., 6 nairrfkos yap ovk rcbv yeirbvuv 'the one in the neighborhood'; 
Ar. Lys. 701, rrjv eraLpav enaXea' e/c r&v yeurbvuv ; Plat. Rep. 531 A, 
olov en yeirbvwv (fruvrjv 6r)pevbp.evoL ; Lys. I. 14, rbv \vxvov 
h rcbv yeirbvcov evaif/aadat,. In Lycurg. 21 some texts read e/c, v. sub 
kv p. 169. Cf. Alciphr. Frg. 19, niaa> rbv en rcbv yetrbvcov aXenrpvbva, 
etc. Cf. h p. 168 ftn. 

V. Temporal 

1. Of the starting-point. 

a. With nouns: 

dpxris, usually like in meaning, but more frequent than air 1 
&PXys> = apxyQw, Lat. ab initio. Begins in Horn. Od. 1. 188, etc. v. 
supra, p. 50, but air 1 apxys first in Hesiod. e£ dpx^s, Hes. Th. 45, 
115, 156; Phocyl. Frg. 17. 4; Pind. 01. 7. 20; Py. 4. 132; Frg. 107. 
(74). 17; Aesch. Eum. 284, 583; Soph. O. T. 385, Kpeccv b iriarbs, 
ou£ apxys 0tXos ; Eur. Frg. 403; Ar. Ran. 591, 1137, etc. Hdt. 7. 203, 
rco kclkov e£ apx'QS yivop.kvco ov avvepLelxOy, i- e. 'from his birth.' Xen. 
Cyn. 12. 6, rb e£ dpx^s. Often 6 e£ apxys means 'the original,' 
or 'the former,' Plat. Theaet. 177 C, 6 e£ dpx^s Xbyos, etc.; Rep. 366 
E, curb rcbv e£ dpx??s rjpcccov ap^a/jievoL ; cf. Dem. 1257. 3, rj e£ dpx- 
€x#pa nearly = prima; frequently in Plat. = adv., 'originally,' 'in 
the beginning,' Rep. 411 B, cf. 433 A, etc. Also often without 
art., as adv. = Lat. ab integro, denuo, 'anew, 'afresh,' frequently 
with ira\iv or avdts, so Ar. PI. 221, 866, 1113; Pax 780, 997, 1327, 
cf. Eur. Frg. 35. 2, clvOls e£ dpx^s veov ; Pherecr. 108. 33 K, eWvs e£ 
apxv* iraXiv; cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 295 K. Teleclid. 1. 1. K.; Plat. 
Rep. 450 A; Mnesimach. 4. 24 K., tclXlv e£ dpx- Menand. 223. 2, kirav 
aurodavjis, avdis e£ apxys ecret. Cf. e£ virapx^, infra, p. 61. cf. curb, p. 42. 
The phrase is very common and is especially a favorite expression 
of Plato and Demosthenes. Approximately it occurs in Andoc. 
eight times; Antiphon once; Lysias eight; Xen. fifteen; Isocr. thirty; 
Plat. 102; Isae. fifteen; Lycurg. once; Hyper, three; Dem. Ill; 
Din. once; Aeschin. seven. 



PART III k 



61 



e£ aiuvos es aicova, 'from everlasting to everlasting,' R P § 68 
(Stob. Eel. I. 418, p. 172, 10 W. fr. Philolaus 21. Mull.); cf. 5t' alcovos 
supra, p. 22. 

k ppecfreos, 'from babyhood,' Anth. P. 9. 56. 7. 

k yaarpbs, 'from infancy,' Theogn. 305, but in 300 not a phr. 
but d<7ro yaarpos in diff. use, v. p. 46. 

k 7e^€T77s, 'from the hour of birth,' 'at birth,' 'from birth,' 
Horn. II. 24. 535, etc., v. supra, p. 50. 29 Ar. Eth. N. 1144 b . 6, 
eWvs k yeverrjs; ib. 1154 a 33, opp. to 8l Wos ; later, Iamb. v. Pyth. 
(Nauck) 143. 21, cf. air6 ib. 125. 9; 156. 13. v. p. 42. 

k /jLeLpaalov, $ k neLp. (j)l\os fjv, Isae. V. 40; cf. Aeschin. 1. 121. 
PL k fieLpaKLoov . . . p*X9 l IVP^j Isocr. XV. 93. 

en veov, 'from a youth, from youth upwards'; Plat. Apol. 21 A; 
Symp. 209 A; Lach. 186 C; Gorg. 510 D; Rep. 485 D, 559 A, 572 C, 
590 B; Legg. 694 D, 888 C. So Diog. L. IV. 6, etc. PL k vkuv, 
'from youth'; Plat. Theaet. 172 C, 173 A, C; Gorg. 483 E; Rep. 
367 A, 395 D, 559 B; Legg. 635 C, 642 B; 791 B (bis); cf. Ar. Eth. 
N. 1103 b 24, eWvs k vkcov kBi^adai) so 1104 b 11, etc. 

Cf. k vrjiriov, 'from a child/ 'from infancy,' Ar. Eth. N. 1105 a 
2; cf. Polyb. 4. 20. 8 (pi.), oi 7rou5es e/c v^wicov aheiv hBl^ovrai. 

eK Traidapiov, Plat. Symp. 207 D; (cf. Dem. 1252. 19, k fiLKpov 
iraibaplov.) 

Ik iraibiov, Ar. Eq. 412; Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8; Cyr. 1. 6. 20; 2. 3. 10; 
Isae. IX. 20, 30; (cf. IX. 29, en ixmpov iraiblov). Cf. Lat. a parvolo, 
Ter. Andr. 35. 

eK iraidos, 7raL8o)v, Lat. a pueris, Ter. Andr. 539, a parvis, 'from 
childhood': Eur. Ion. 102; Andoc. I. 7. 49; Xen. Cyr. 5. 1, 2; 
Ages. 10. 4; Plat. Apol. 31 D; Theages 128 D; Lysis 211 D; Rep. 
374 C, 519 A, 574 D, 582 B, 595 B, 608 C; Dem. 814. 4; 1486. 1; 
Aeschin. I. 121, 180, 181; Sosip. 1. 7. K et at. he iraldwv, Xen. Hell. 
5. 4. 25; 7. 1. 8; Mem. 2. 1. 21; An. 4. 6. 14; Cyr. 1. 2. 9; 5. 7; Reip. 
Lac. 3. 1; Plat. Apol. 18 B; Rep. 386 A, eWvs en iraldcov, so 395 C, 
401 D, 413 C, cf. without eWvs, Rep. 403 C, 408 D, etc. ib. 498 A, 
apn eK tcl18gjv ; cf. Prot. 325 C, e/c iraidcov (T/uKpcov ap^dp,evoL ; cf. w. 
art. Legg. 694 D, 942 C; etc. (k iralhwv in Plat, about eighteen 
times); Dem. 564. 154; Aeschin. I. 40; II. 99, 167; cf. Ar. Pol. 
1336 a 14. cf. airo p. 43. 

e£ virapxns, Lat. de integro, 'anew,' 'afresh.' Soph. O T 132 
(c. aWis); Dem. 1013. 16 (c. irahiv). Cf. Ar. de an. 412. a 4 {ttoXiv 5' 

29 Cf. (but text doubtful) Hes. Th. 271. 



62 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



coairep); G. A. 745. a 18; Rhet. 1355. b 24 (waKtv ovv olov); de part. an. 
685 b 29 (c. t&Klv), so Ath. Pol. ch. 4. 1. 17; cf. R P § 503 (Nemes. de 
Nat. Horn. c. 38 p. 309) c. 7rd\w. Apparently this does not differ 
from e£ dpx^s in this use, v. supra, p. 60, but virapxo comes to be 
mostly restricted to this phr. and meaning. 30 However, e£ virapx^, 
= Lat. ab initio 'from the beginning,' Ar. Pol. 1293 a 2; cf. id. H. 
A. 590 a 21; rd e£ virapx- evpiaKopeva opp. rd Trap' erepcov \r]4>devTa, 
Soph. Elench. 183 b 20, 18; at KpoKcu arpoyyvkcu eiuiv, e/c 

ptlKpWV TOiV \10OOV . . . TO 6^ V7T. OVTO)V, Mechan. 852 b 31. 

b. With adjectives: 

*Z txOtfwov, Menand. 303 K., p'evw yap e£ exOi^Lvov (v. Lobeck, 
Phryn. 323 de voce kxOtfwos). 

e£ eudivov, = adv. ecodev, Ar. Thesm. 2; Pherecr. 90 K.; Plat. Symp. 
220 C; Phaedr. 227 A, 228 B; Legg. 722 C; {p,kxpi delXys) Xen. Hell. 
1. 1. 5; Alexis 257. 4 K., evdvs e£ ewduvov. 

kK Kaivijs, 'anew,' Thuc. III. 92. 6; cf. Dittenb. Syll. 2 607. 8 
(Inscr. of third or fourth cent. A. D.), crrodv pev k Kcuv[ris Karec/ceju- 
acrev. 

So €K verjs, Hdt. 1. 60; 5. 116. Cf. e£ dpx^s, virapx^s, Kcavrjs. 

etc TraXatou, Hdt. 1. 157; 7. 176. 5; Antiphon II. Aa 5; Xen. Hell. 
4. 1. 29; 5. 1. 28; Mem. 3. 5. 8; Plat. Tim. 23 A; cf. d™ p. 45. 
ck TraKairepov, Hdt. 1. 60; e/c 7raXairdrou, Thuc. I. 18. I. 31 

c. With pronouns: 

e£ 6tov, 'ever since': a. Of a definite time: Soph. O C 345; 
Ant. 12, 1092; Tr. 326; Ph. 493; Eur. I. T. 258; Or. 39; H. F. 702; 
Ar. Nub. 528 (cf. k tovtov 533); ib. 1351; Av. 322; cf. Xen. Apol. 27, 
e£ orovirep eyevoprjv. 

(3. Of an indefinite time: Soph. Ant. 457; cf. Eupol. 254 K. 

e£ ov, 'from the time when,' 'henceforward,' 'since,' 'ever 
since,' Lat. ex quo tempore, ex quo Hor. Sat. 2. 6. 41, etc., v. Horn. 
supra, p. 50. Pind. 01. VI. 71; IX. 76 (II. 42, ££ ofaep)', Aesch. 
Pers. 762; Eum. 25 (4$ oSre); Soph. O T 1201; Tr. 38; Ai. 661, 1337; 
Eur. Tro. 4; Phoen. 868; Or. 89 (e£ olirep); frg. 1094. 7 (4J o5re); Ar. 
Vesp. 888; Eq. 4, 644; Lys. 108, 759, 866 (e£ oCvrep, so Pherecr. 69. 6 
K.) (But Ar. Av. 696 lit. not temp.); Hdt. 2. 15, 44 (cf. ib. clt' ov); 
6. 109. 3; Lysias XI. 2; XIV. 4; Xen. An. 5. 7. 35; Isocr. III. 36; 
V. 47, 51 (e£ oSTrep); VI. 7; XII. 66, 204; Plat. Rep. 452 C; Hipp. 
Min. 364 A; Ep. 353 A; Dem. 782. 40; Hermipp. 63. 2 K., et at. 

30 Cf. Polyb. 1. 36. 8, (of rebuilding ships), KaTa^okijs, 'from the foundations, 
anew.' 

31 Cf. Plut. 2. 548 D, &wra\ai adv. fr. &c v&Kai 'for a long time.' 



PART III k 



63 



kKTuvde, 'henceforth,' 'next,' 'hereafter,' Soph. T 235, 282, 
1251; Ant. 578 (sing.); Ai. 537 ('next,' immediate sequence in 
time), so 823; Eur. El. 31, 'from this time,' et at. Cf. pronom. 
expr. infra, p. 80. 

2. Of immediate consecution. (Cf. infra k denoting change 
from one condition to another, p. 77). 

e£ dpiaTov, 'immediately after breakfast,' Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 18; 
6. 5. 17; Ages. 2. 19; An. 4. 6. 21, cf. Lat. Plaut. Most. 697, somnus 
de prandio. 

k delirvuv, 'immediately after supper,' Eur. Hec. 915. Cf. euro, 
pp. 35, 43. 

e£ evvrjs, Ar. Av. 1286, eWvs iravres e£ evvTjs ; Isocr. XII. 211, 
evdvs e£ evvr/s eKirkfjurovaL tovs 7rcu<5as ; somewhat differently, e£ evvrjs 
. . . e^avlaraadaL, Xen. Oec. 10. 8; 11. 14. Cf. Homeric tags, 
p. 51. 

k rijs dvalr]s yeveadai, 'to have just finished sacrifice,' Hdt. 1. 50. 
k Kpaiirah-qs, 'after a drunken bout.' Ar. Vesp. 1255; cf. Achar. 
277 (more nearly 'in consequence of), 
k /jlclxvs, 'after battle,' Aesch. Ag. 330. 

3. Of a date. 

I£ eco, Ar. Eccl. 102, rjKKK-qo-La <5' . . . e£ eco yevqaeTcu, although 
this really means 'at daybreak,' it may be thought of as 'begin- 
ning from daybreak.' Cf. Hes. Op. 724, e£ t)ovs, really 'at dawn,' 
'in the morning,' but elsewhere 'from dawn,' Hdt. 7. 167. 

Expressions for "day and night" may show any one of the three 
temporal uses noted under diro, p. 42. e£ 77/xepas, Soph. El. 780, 
ovre vvktos virvov ovt e£ rj/iepas, here the prep, has lost its force and the 
phr. means 'by day,' parallel w. vvktos, 'by night.' So Aeschin. 
Ep. 10. 4. But in Eur. H. F. 505, Hdt. 9. 8, (k of the starting- 
point) e£ rj(iep7]s es rjfieprjv. Cf. Henioch. 5. 13 K. 

eK vvktos, Trag. Fr. Adesp. 7 (Nauck); Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 2 'just 
after night-fall'; but Plat. Legg. 758 A, e/c vvktos . . . wpbs 
rjfjiepav (k retains its meaning); cf. Plat. Ax. 368 B; Theophil. Com. 
Frg. 6 K. Pl.:k vvktcov, Theogn. 460, ttoWolkls k vvktcov (prep, has lost its 
force, phr. means simply 'at night'); cf. Aesch. Cho. 288 'fears 
at night'; 32 Eur. Rhes. 13, 17; Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 12; Anth. P. 7. 444. 2. 

4. k xpbvov c. adj. modifier: 

32 There may be a slight suggestion of the coming of the fears 'out of the night,' 
as probably in Od. 12. 286, v. supra, p. 51. In all these cases, unless it be Eur. 
Rhes. 13, 17 the pi. may suggest the recurrence of the conditions. 



64 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



k fAOLKpov xpbvov, 'at the interval of,' 'after a long time,' Soph. 
O T 1141. 33 Cf. ha of an interval of time, he ixinpov xpbvov crvvei\ey- 
/aeveev, 'at short notice,' Dem. 131. 1. Cf. e£ 6X1701; infra, k iroWov 
Xpbvov, cf. without xpbvov infra, p. 73: Hdt. 2. 58; 7. 119. 1; Andoc. 

1. 1. 6; Lys. XIX. 3; Plat. Menex. 234 C, 'a long time ago'; but 
cf. Menand. 262 K., epyov k toWov xpbvov / avoiav r)jJ.kpq pLeraarriaaL i±iq, 
difficile est inveteratam stultitiam uno die inmutare. k irkdovos xpbvov, 
Thuc. VIII. 45. 2; Isocr. XIV. 2. k irXeiarov xpbvov, Dem. 1389. 4. 
k navTos rov xpbvov, Dem. 145. 54; 176. 35; 234. 26; 247. 66; 295. 
203; 500. 141; 644. 73; 984. 60; 991. 22. k rov Tape\r)\vd6Tos xpbvov, 
Dem. 40. 1, 2; 729. 90; 806. 22 (pi.), k tccv e^poadev xpbvuv, 
Aeschin. III. 60; Hyper. 1. col. 21. 10, et al. k tcov avcodev xpbvoov, 
Dem. 1440. 2. k rov \olitov xpbvov, Isae. II. 32; Dem. 1360. 46; Din. 

2. 22 'for the future.' So without the noun, k rov \olwov, Xen. Hell. 

3. 4. 9; Symp. 4. 56 and pi. k toov \onruv, Isocr. XVII. 15; Plat. Legg. 
709 E; Ep. 316 D. 

In the above group k has largely lost its original force, and a 
certain idiomatic familiarity is indicated by the repetition of the type 
with little regard for the exact meaning of the preposition. 

VI. Adverbial 

V. also sub I. idiom, and V. temporal phr. 

a. With nouns: 

e£ aeKiTTL-qs, Lat. ex insperato, 'beyond hope,' 'unexpectedly,' 
Archil. 51 (36), klxclv^l 6' e£ aehirTL-qs cf)6(3os, cf. e£ akXirTov, aeXwToov, in- 
fra, p. 69. 

e£ alvLynaTuv, 'in riddles,' 'darkly,' Aesch. Ag. 1113, 1183; 
Cho. 887. Cf. ha p. 26. 

e£ aKoris, 'from hearsay,' Plat. Theaet. 201 C; Phaed. 61 D. 

e£ avayK7)s, 'by constraint,' 'of necessity,' 'necessarily': 
Soph. Ph. 73; Thuc. III. 40. 3; VI. 44. 1; VII. 27. 4; Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 
17, 18; Plat. Soph. 256 D, Ictiv apa e£ avayKrjs, 'it is necessary.' 
This is a favorite phr. of Plat, who has it some fifty-two or more 
times; 34 Antiphanes 166 K.; Isae. II. 22, III. 65; Hyper. VI. vm. 20; 
Dem. 70. 17; 870. 24; 871. 28; 986. 6; Aeschin. II. 113; III. 40, 126; 

33 v. Jebb. ad loc. who compares e/c ifkkovos 'at a greater distance,' Xen. An. 1. 
10. 11 and e/c to£ov pvfxaros, 'at the interval of a bow-shot,' ib. 3. 3. 15. 

34 Theaet. 176A; Soph. 228 B, 254 E, 255 D, 256 D (v. supra), 259 B; Pol. 269 D, 
270 C, 271 C, 292 D; Phileb. 54 C, 64 D; Rep. 473 D, 477 A, 478 C, 490 D, 602 A, 617 E; 
Tim. 25 C, 28 A (bis), 32 A, 37 C, 42 A, 46 B, E, 48 A, 55 E, 68 E, 75 A, 77 A; Legg. 
662 A, 733 C, 734 A, B, 756 C, 767 D, 804 D, 848 A, 858 B, 867 C, 868 C, 876 B, 
880 E, 889 C, 892 A, 898 C, 928 E, 930 B, 966 A; Demod. 384 D; Eryx 406 B. 



PART III k 



65 



Alexis 98. 20 K, eu4>veh odovras eaxw e£ avayKrjs 8el ye\av, 'she has 
pretty teeth, she is compelled to laugh'; Aristophon 9 K.; Philem. 
7; 91. 10 K. Cf. e£ avaytcaiov infra. 

e£ dreXeias, 'without payment,' 'gratis'; Dem. 1358. 39, derived 
from the technical use of exemption from some or all of the public 
burdens. Cf. Poll. 4. 46. 

k (3adeos, 'in depth,' Hdt. 1. 186. 

k fiadpoov, 'from the foundations,' 'utterly,' Lat. funditus. 
Soph. frg. 460 (Nauck); Eur. El. 608, av 5', k fiadpuv yap ttols 
avfip7]aai 4>L\ol$/ov8' eXXeXoi7ras e\wL8' , (here the phr., originally plastic, 
has become a pure adv.). Cf. Dion. H. 8. 1. Cf. h> fiadpoh elvat 'to 
stand firm,' Eur. Tro. 47, v. infra, p. 147. Cf. k OenedXuv, Lat. 
funditus, Anth. P. 15. 22. 11. Cf. k tcov OefxeXlwv, 'from the founda- 
tions,' Lat. funditus, (lit.) Thuc. III. 68; cf. Polyb. 5. 93. 2, nai to 8rj 
Xeyopievov k depteXicov ka^aKjikvovs. 

k (3lol$, 'by force,' Soph. Ph. 563, 945, 985, cf. 7rpds fiLav freq. 
Cf. p. 70, irpbs to (3'lcllov, etc. 

k dLadoxys, 'in succession,' 'in turn,' Lat. vicissim: Dem. 
45. 21; Antiphanes 8 K; Ar. Phys. 228 a . 28, rj \afjaras en haboxns 4>opa 
kxofxhr)-, cf. id. Soph. Elench. 183. b 30; frg. 1527. a 27; cf. /card, Thuc. 
VII. 27. 3. 

Semi- tech: k foaX^ecos opp. to k /cara^opds as punctim is opp. to 
caesim, thrusting to cutting, Polyb. 2. 33. 6; cf. ib. 2. 33. 5, k diapaew, 
caesim pugnare; cf. Plut. Dio. 34, to Tpav/da. . . . e£ k-iriiro\r)s 
IxaXXov rj /cara^opds of a sword wound; cf. Polyb. 3. 114. 3. 

k duavoias, Plat. Phaedr. 244 C, cf. k wpovolas, e£ exi/foX^s, etc. 
Cf. perd 8iavolas. 

k 66Xou, 'by guile,' Soph. El. 279. 35 

e£ ewifioXris, Lat. ex consulto, 'designedly,' Lysias VI. 21; cf. Diod. 
13. 27. 3. 

e£ eTri(3ov\r)s, Lat. ex insidiis, 'by a stratagem,' 'insidiously,' 
'from malice aforethought.' Thuc. VIII. 92. 2; Antiph. I. 3; 
II. Aa 5; V. 25; Xen. An. 6. 4. 7; Plat. Hipp. Min. 370 E, a fxev yap 6 
'A%tXXeus xpevdeTai, ovk h~ eirifiovk-qs 4>abeTat \J/ev86/JLevos dXX' ancov 
a 8e 6 'O^ucrcreus, kooz> re nal e£ kiriftov\r)s ', so 371 A (&w)-; Rep. 341 A, 
380 D. 

35 Jebb compares with this and kic (3Las Ph. 563, Ph. 88, en rexvrjs . . . Kanrjs, 
'by evil arts,' and Ph. 710, ££ &kv(36\uv to&v, for eK = 'by means of; also Ant. 
475, dirrdv in wvpos. 



66 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



e£ eiriopofxris, Hdt. 1. 6, e£ erudpofiris apiray-q, 'plundering by means 
of an inroad,' nearly or quite equiv. to ptc. eiribpafiuiv ; hence adv. 
phr., Plat. Rep. 619 D, ovk e£ eiribpofiris ras alpeaets TroielaBat, 'nearly' = 
'in haste,' with slight added force from the original meaning of the 
word; Dem. 559. 138, pqbev . . . e£ eir td pofirfs rradelv, 'suddenly.' 

e£ eTLfiekelas, Plat. Prot. 323 C, opp. to card rov ravrofxarov ', ib. D; 
324 A. 

e£ emfxr\xovr\ae^, (later) 'on purpose,' 'artificially,' Chrysippus 
ap. Stob. Eel. I. 378. 

e£ ein(TTc\ris, 'by command,' Hdt. 6. 50. 

e£ eirLT ay /jlcltos, Dem. 399. 185; (pi.) e£ emr ay fiaroov, Andoc. III. 

24. 11, 12; cf. en KeXevofiaros, rr pear ay fiaros, etc. 
e£ evxQs, Lat. ex voto, Anth. P. 6. 357, 

eK defxedXcov, defxeXlwv v. supra, p. 65. 

eK KaraoKevaofiaros Lat. ex composito, Dio C. 52. 7. 

hi KeXevfxaros, 'from,' i. e., 'according to,' 'at the word of 
command,' Aesch. Pers. 397, cf. airb, p. 43. k KeXevofxaros, Eur. 
I. T. 1405; cf. e£ evos KeXevafiaros, Sophron (Kaibel, Com. Gr. Fr.) 

25. Cf. other e£ evos, evos phr. eK KeXevoeo)s,C I 3607. 2; cf. clto, Kara, 
ex. KeKevafioiV, Eur. Ion. 1346; so e£ emrayfAaros, eivir ay fiaroov supra; so e/c 
7r poor ay p.aros, Dem. 216. 16. 

eK \oyiofiov, 'from,' or 'by calculation,' Plat. Rep. 439 D; 
Dem. 207. 20; 398. 181; 780. 32; Ar. Eth. N. Ill7. a 21. 

e£ 6fjLo\oyLas biakeyeodai, 'to argue from premises agreed upon or 
granted,' Ar. Top. 110. a 33. Cf. e£ 6;io\6yov, Lat. ex compact o, 'by 
agreement,' Polyb. 1. 67. 1; but id. 3. 91. 10 = Lat. ex confesso. (Cf. 
w. ether phrases meaning 'acc. to agreement,' v. infra). 

Ik irapaOeaeus, 'on comparison,' Polyb. 3. 62. 11; 12. 9 (10), 1; 
16. 29. 5 (w. art.); cf. Kara 4. 28. 2. Cf. k irapaXXrjXcv, 'parallel- 
wise,' v. tech. phr. 

eK irapaKeXevaeoos, Thuc. VII. 40.5. 

eK irapaoKevris, Lat. ex institute, 'of set purpose,' 'by arrange- 
ment,' Thuc. V. 56. 4; Antiph. VI. 19 36 parallel w. k irpovoLas ; 
Lys. XIII. 22; XXXI. 30; Dem. 921. 48; Aeschin. III. 3, 62, 73; 
cf. Ar. Eth. N. 1117. a 20; N. A. 571. b 17; cf. Luc. Tox. 41. cf. 
cltto, p. 44. Cf. eK irpovoLas and similar phr. 

h Traparpoirrjs (late), 'by a perversion of meaning,' Clem. Al. 490. 

36 Lutz overlooks the passages in Ant. and Dem., also Lys. XXXI. 30, and states 
that it occurs in the Orr. only in Lys. XIII. 22 and Aeschin. as cited above. 



PART III k 



67 



h irapepyov, Lat. obiter, 'as a bye-work, subordinate or secondary/ 
cf . Ger. Nebenbei. Thuc. I. 142. 9, k wapkpyov fjxKeraaOtu ', so id. 
VII. 27. 4; cf. Polyb. 3. 58. 3. where it is opp. to c-£ eTuaTaaeajs 'atten- 
tively.' There seems to be no difference in meaning between this and 
kv irapepyc*) first in Soph. Ph. 473, v. infra, p. 182. Cf. Ar. Coel. 
306. b 27, k irapodov opp. to a.Kpi(3o\oyeia6 'at, 'by the way,' 'cursorily,' 
so id. G. A. 757. a 12; 37 cf. de sens. 444. a 28, so k irapabpo^s, Polyb. 
22. 17. 2. 

t6 e£ irepiayuyrjs . . . \kyeiv, ' circuitously,' 'in round- 
about-fashion,' Rhett. Spengel III. 272, 19, but ib. 27, k rrjs irepLayo)- 
yrjs with no id. force. 

k irepLodov, 'periodically,' 'in rotation,' Polyb. 2. 43. 1. Cf. tcov 
k ir€pi68ov Trvperuv 'intermittent fevers,' Luc. Philops. 9. 

k wepiovaias, Lat. ex abundanti, 'in abundance,' 'more than 
sufficiently,' 'at an advantage': Thuc. VIII. 45. 2, ct vavrai k 
wepLovaLas vfipl^Gvres ; Plat. Theaet. 154 D (L. and S. 'out of their 
abundance'); Dem. 226. 3, k irepiovcrias {iov Karrjyopel, 'at an advan- 
tage'; 1122. 67. Cf. Arist. Top. 118. a 6 ff.; Probl. 880. a 10; Eth. 
Eud. 1243. a 38. Cf. k TreptcWcs, 38 Thuc. VIII. 46. 5, 'at an ad- 
vantage'; but k tov irepiovTos, 'from wantonness,' Dem. 1483. 36. 
Cf. Luc. Amor. 33. 

k 7rpocupecr€cos, 'from deliberate choice,' or 'purpose': Dem. 528. 
44, rots k irpoatp. vfipLarals ; 535. 66 ; 1097. 57 (/cat ^ovXrjaecos) ', 1489. 
10. 

k irpofiovXrjs, 'of malice aforethought,' Antiphon I. 5; cf. Dio C. 
47. 4. 

k wpoypa^s, 'by edict,' Dio C. 56. 25. 

k Trpovolas, Lat. consulto, 'purposely,' also in Orr. 'of malice 
aforethought,' as a legal term, almost tech.: Eur. H. F. 598; Ar. 
Eq. 848; Hdt. 1. 120, 159; 2. 161; 3. 121; opp. to /caret tv X W 8- 87. 3; 
Plat. Phaedr. 241 E; Legg. 721 C; Antiphon I. 5, 22, 25, 27; VI. 
19, fir) k Trpovolas, ju??S' k irapa<jK.evv,s ; (but cf. w. art. Lys. XXVI. 
19 not id., ov6ap:66ev aXKoOev rj k ttjs tovtojv Trpovolas yeyevqTai); Dem. 
528. 43; 634. 45; 635. 50; Din. I. 90. 6; Aeschin. III. 179, e£ Wovs 
dXX' ovk k irpov.', ib. 212; cf. Ar. Pol. 1300. b 26 rd k irpov. opp. to 

37 Cf. Dion. H. de Dinarch. 1, rots fj.ii e/c irepi^naros aanoixri pr\TopiKr\v , prov. 
'with an apron on/ i. e. merely with the outward appendage of the art, 4 superficially.' 

38 But later, Themistius on Arist. Phys. 4. 22; 78. 27 ', e/c ireptovTos , 'superflu- 
ously' in an argument, 'grant, by way of superfluity, that it is so, still they cannot 
prove it' Hike Plato's on fxaXiara 'though it be so never so much.'). 



68 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



cucovvia; Ar. Probl. 951. b 30; 952. a 2; 1188. b 35; Eth. Eud. 1226. b 38; 
Ditt. Syll. 2 52. II. 39 Cf. e/c irpofiov\rjs, e£ ein(3o\r)s, e/c btavoLas, e/c 
irpoaipkaeccs, TapaaKevrjs, etc. 

e/c irpoa ay ccyrjs, Dem. 678. 174, e/c irpoa ay Loyr\s v/jllv <pl\ov (L. and S. 
'a friend by compulsion,' but usually = ' gradually'); cf. Ar. Pol. 
1306. b 14, e/c irpoaay. Kal Kara \xinpbv ; ib. 1308. b 16 opp. to bBpoLos ; 
1315. a 13. 

e£ evbs podov, 'with one stroke,' 'all at once,' Aesch. Pers. 462, 
v. supra, p. 55. 

e/c airov89js, Ar. Mirab. 837. a 15, cf. Sid p. 25. 

en (Tvvdr}Kr)s, Lat. ex composito, Plat. Legg. 879 A; so Kara avvdrjKrjv, 
Ar. Eth. N. 1133. a 29. Cf. pi. w. art. Isocr. IV. 179, U tuv avvdrjKccv ; 
cf. to illus. possible variations in form and meaning, Isocr. XVIII. 
28, 8lcl (jvvdi]KLOv elvai tlv'l, p. 31. Cf. e/c avvdeaecos, Diod. 13. 112. Cf. 
(w. modifier) Hdt. 3. 86, ooairep e/c uwdkrov rev yevb\xeva. e/c crvvdr)p,aTOS 
(earliest form in this adv. use), Hdt. 6. 121; so airo, Hdt. 5. 74, 
etc., v. p. 44. 

eK rkxvys (almost adv.), Plat. Ion. 533 E, iroLriral ol ayadol ovk e/c 
rexvrjs ciXX' ei^^eot ovres. 

eK iravrbs rpoTvov, 'in every way,' freq. in the Orr., as also allied 
phr. cited below. Antiphon II. A /3 11; ib. 8. 3; ib. F7. 6; ib. 8. 10; 
Andoc. I. 1. 1; III. 25. 16; Lys. XIII. 28, 91, cf. IX. 19; 40 Isocr. 
III. 31; IV. 95; VI. 91 (note close alliance of lit. and idiom, sense); 
IX. 39; XII. 160; XIV. 3; XV. 135; Ep. II. 20; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 24; 
Mem. 4. 5. 11; Apol. 8; An. 3. 1. 43; Cyr. 7. 5. 55; Plat. Euthyd. 
282 A; Rep. 499 A; Legg. 745 E, 938 C; Ep. 327 C, 338 B; (cf. 
Isae. II. 1, e£ awavros Tpbirov; Hyper. I. frg. III. XIV. 22;) Dem. 
30. 7; 251. 78; 781. 39; 1050. 1. Cf. e/c tovtov rod rpoirov, Lys. VII. 
2; XIII. 16, e/c rov rpoirov tovtov] Isae. II. 5, 12; e/c rou Tpbirov Dem. 
1330. 27; cf. e/c Hvos Tpbirov, Lys. XIII. 37; Isae. IV. 15; Dem. 945. 4. 
e£ evbs Tpbirov, Thuc. VI. 34. 2; Lys. XXXI. 30; Isocr. V. 3; cf. Ar. 
Acue). 187 K., e£ evbs ye tov Tpbirov. e£ ov Tpbirov, Isocr. VIII. 131. 
e£ otov Tpbirov, Isocr. Ep. VII. 3. 41 

39 Cf . R P §168 (Plut. Fac. lun. 12 p. 926) of the physics of Emped., & X pis ov t6 Ifxep- 
rbv r)K€v kirl ttjv (pvatv en -wpovoias, 'from the thought of God,' 'by teleology.' 

40 Cf . Lys. IX. 16, ^ta^bixevoL (SXairreiv e£ airavTos \6yov. 

41 Cf Rhett. Spengel I. 224. 8 (Anax.), e/c tov irapa\e\eiixiJ.evov rpdirov, an 
idiom might arise from such an expression as this by omitting rpb-wov, cf . for such use 
of ptc. w. noun omitted id. I. 233. 31, kirl tov e/c tov irapa\eiirop.kvov totcov juera jSt/3d- 
f ov res. 



PART III €K 



69 



kK rbxvs, Plat. Pol. 300 A; Phaedr. 265 C; Rep. 499 B; Dem. 
443. 317, tiairep en tvxvs', Aeschin. Ep. 5. 7; cf. airo, especially in 
Aristot., v. p. 44, and other preps., particularly /card. 

e£ vTo(3o\r]s, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 37, dXX' ayairrjTov el kclI e£ VTrofiohrjs 
bwaivTo avdpes ayaSol elvau. But Polyb. 15. 2. 12, Lat. ex insidiis. 
But Diog. L. 1. 57 (ap. Dendridae), rd re 'Ofirjpov e£ viro(3o\ris 
yeypa^e pa^/wbeluBaL, olov oirov 6 irpooros eXrj^ev, eKeWev apxtvQai tov 
kxb/Jievov. 42 

b. With adjectives: 1. Almost or quite pure adverbs. 

e£ a8rj\ov. Soph. frg. 787, 5 (Nauck), e£ adrjXov irp&TOv epxerau vea/ 
irpouwira (i. e., ae\rjvr]s) . Cf. ev, p. 185. Cf. en irpodr]\ov, infra, p. 72. 

k rou cl8Lkov, Xen. An. 1. 9. 16; e£ d5uou, Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 18; Plat. 
Legg. 743 A; Hyper. III. XL VI. 37, cf. k hualov, etc., w/Wz, p. 70. 

4£ deX7TToi;, Lat. ex insperato, 'beyond hope,' 'unexpectedly,' 
Hdt. 1. Ill; e£ aekirruv, Aesch. Suppl. 357; Soph. Ai. 715; but w. 
art. ex. to)v aehirruv, prob. lit. 'even out of desperate conditions,' 
Eur. frg. 101; 554 v. p. 78; Nauck, Trag. Frg. p. 742, Ion. 50; cf. 
e£ airopwv, etc., p. 78. Cf. e£ deXxr^s, Archil. 51 (36), v. supra, 
p. 64. So also en bvcreKirlcTTOiv, Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47. 

etc tov alaxlovos, 'more disgraceful,' Thuc. VI. 10. 2. 

en tov aKLvdvvov clv8 pay adll euSai, Thuc. III. 40. 4 = cuavdvvcos, cf. 
ev, p. 186, ftn. 184. 

e£ avayKCLiov, 'under compulsion,' 'from necessity,' Thuc. VII. 
60. 4; Rhett. Spengel III. 456. 15. Cf. e£ avaynrjs, p. 64. 

e£ awoirrov, 'from afar,' Soph. Ph. 467, 43 e£ clttoittov p,a\\ov rj 
'yyWev aKOirelv ; Plat. Ax. 369 A, cos e£ ajroirTOv dekjievos, Cf . ev airoTTTLO, 
awoxj/eL, ctvvotto) infra. 

e£ airpoadoKrjTov, 'unexpectedly,' Hdt. 1. 191; 7. 204; Xen. An. 
4. 1. 10; Plat. Charm. 153 B. Cf. e£ aeXwTuv, etc., supra. Cf. 
e£ ov TrpoetdoTos, Lat. de improviso, Dio C. 69. 4. 

42 This passage has given rise to a spirited debate among German scholars. Wolf, 
Proleg. II. p. 85 2 (140 1 ), supported by Boeckh C I 2. 675 ff. n. 3088 p. 1125, takes 
e£ biroPoKrjs as = e£ vTro\r}ipews (of parts assigned to several rhapsodists) one taking 
up the recitation where another leaves off ; but Hermann, Opusc. V. 300fi\, VII. 65£f . inter- 
prets e£ virofiokrjs pa\pu>8elv to recite on a suggested subject, a given cue, more nearly 
in the sense of Polemo ap. Macrob. V. 19. 28, e£ viro/3o\rjs dLeiaiv tov opuov, 'by 
dictation.' But in Schol II. 19. 80 e£ virofioXijs means 'by interruption': 
vPfHaXKeiv] viroKpov tad ai dopvPa) tov Xkyovra ; 19. 79 (Bekker end) , diaKoirTeiv k£ viro(3o\ijs 
t6v \6yov. 

43 v. Jebb, who also quotes Galen 3. 222. 



70 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



e£ a<r(f>a\ovs = do^aAcos, Xen. Eq. Mag. 4. 16; cf. w. art. Thuc. I. 
39. 1, 'from a position of security,' cf. kv, p. 186. 

he tov avroficLTov, Xen. An. 1. 3. 13, 'voluntarily'; cf. Plat. 
"Opot 411 B. Cf. Dion. H. de Comp. 25. 200. Cf. the frequent 
aird ravTOfxarov, v. p. 45. 

e£ d<f)avovs, Aesch. Frg. 57. 9 (Nauck); Dem. 822. 29, e£ a^avovs 
irodev . . . dXA' oh 4>avep6os (i. e., 'from an obscure place'); 
he tov d<j>avovs, Thuc. I. 51. 2; IV. 96. 5. Cf. Plut . Marcell. 16. Cf. 
kv, p. 186. 

e/c tov jSiatordrou, (later), Dion. H. 10. 36. Cf. w. e/c fiias supra, 
p. 65 and w. wpds to (3'lcllov, Aesch. Ag. 130. 

e/c c%xocuou, 'by public authority,' Thuc. VI. 31. 3; Xen. Hell. 
5. 2. 10; Reip. Lac. 3. 3; cf. Plat. Rep. 465 D, rj t he rov b-q^oclov 
Tpo&i ; cf. 343 E. Cf . e/c kolvov, infra, p. 72. 

e/c bwalov, 'justly' = <5i/ccuws, kv 0)1/07. Ar. Plut. 755 (exactly = 
adv.); Plat. Legg. 743 A; 44 Hyper. III. XLII. 32; XL VI. 37; w. art. 
e/c tov biKalov, Ar. Av. 1435; Thuc. II. 89. 3 (to e/c rov ck/c. 'the right'); 
Andoc. I. 144; Lys. XIX. 9; Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 16; An. 1. 9. 19; Plat. Legg. 
743 A; Dem. 1309. 36. So pi. e/c tcov cH/cchco*>, 'according to justice,' 
'as justice demands,' 'justly,' Ar. Nub. 1116, seems not to mean 
much more than kv 8'lkjj ib. 1332, 1333, 1379. Cf. kv bUy p. 177. 

e£ hovalas, Soph. Tr. 727, ^77 '£ e/coucuas 'not wilfully' sc. yvdcp.T)s, 
but the phr. is really equiv. to howlus. Cf. /card Thuc. VIII. 27. 3. 

e/c tov k^avkos , = kficfxivoos, Hat. 1. 205; 3. 150; 4. 120; without art. 
Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 2; Cyr. 1. 6. 41. Cf. kv p. 188, els p. 113. Cf. 
e/c (pavepov, 7rpo<f)avovs, etc. 

e£ eToLfjiov, 'at once,' 'immediately,' 'off-hand,' Xen. Mem. 
2. 6. 16, e£ eToifJLOv . . . cfrlXov elvai', Oec. 14. 3, e£ iroiixov 
. . . inr olkovovt as ', Cyr. 8. 5. 12; Isocr. V. 96. 45 All these mean 
simply 'at once,' but in compar. e£ kToijioTepov Isocr. XIII. 15, 
'more readily,' 'at once' more nearly =' off-hand' ; cf. superl. 
e£ eTOLjjLOTaTov, Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 57, cos e£ eroi^i. cHco/coi, Lat. promptis- 
sime, cf. Hipp. Progn. 4. 6. 

e/c tov eWeos, 'outright,' 'openly,' Thuc. I. 34. 3. heop.kvois re e/c 
rou eufleos jui) vwovpyelv, cf. d7ro, supra, p. 45. So e/c rrys iflerjs, Hdt. 2. 
161 (airko-TTiaav); 3. 127; 9. 37; cf. Hdt. 9. 51, /ccm0u eli/cu, 'to be 
right over against,' 'opposite.' But e£ eWelas, 'directly,' contr. /car' 

44 Burnet reads this he tcop dinaLuv. 

45 But w. e> not until late, Theocr. 22. 61, & crot^ [karL] ; Polyb. 2. 34. 2, etc. 
Here erot/xoj exew, v. «>p. 184, ftn. 174 . 



PART III e/C 



71 



ava^opav 'by reference,' R P §487 (Sext. Math. VIII. 10); cf. £g 
evdelas eiirelv, Rhett. Spengel III. 12. 28; ib. 13. 29 opp. to ha rrjs 
elpuvelas, 'ironically'; cf. 5t' evdelas, Spengel III. 120. 16; Plut. 2. 408 
E, but cf. Spengel III. 11. 3; 59. 7, kir' evdelas. Cf. pp. 26, 45. 

e/c tov evirpeirovs, 'in pretence,' Thuc. VII. 57. 7, avajKr] \xh> ex. tov 
evirperovs, (Jowett: 'under a decent appearance of compulsion.') 

he tgov iblwv, 'at his own expense,' C I 1104. Cf. other preps. 

e/c rrjs ide-qs, v. supra, sub eWeos. 

e£ 'Lvov, 'en tov laov, e£ larjs, 'equal,' 'equally,' 'on an equality,' 
Lat. ex aequo* 6 also expressed by adv. laces, adv. acc. laov and by 
prep. phr. w. cltto p. 45, ev p. 188. and eirl. e£ laov, Aesch. Suppl. 405; 
Soph. O C 254 (e£ laov /cat); 1374; O T 61 (e£ laov ... cos); 563 
(note balancing adv. o/xoicas /ca£ laov); 627, 1019 (e£ laov tlvI); so Ant. 
5 1 6, 47 6 44; Tr. 322; Eur. I. A. 804; Phoen. 1402, e£ laov 5' "Apys/ 
i\v (cf. aequo Marte, Verg. Aen. 7. 540); Eur. Anth. Lyr. p. 130, 1 
(Bergk-Hiller); Ar. Ran. 867, ovk e£ laov yap eanv ayeev veev, 'not a 
fair fight'; Eq. 1160; Agath. 24. 2 (Nauck Trag. Fr. p. 768); Hdt. 
7. 135. 3; Thuc. I. 120. 1; IV. 62. 4; 63. 2; Andoc. I. 6; III. 24. 11; 
IV. 32. 27; Antiphon V. 51, 64; Lys. XII. 81; XIX. 3; XXIV. 9; 
XXV. 3, 35 (c. dat.); Xen. An. 3. 4. 47, ovk e£ laov ka^ev, 'we are not 
on an equality'; Cyr. 4. 3. 16 (c. dat.); Isocr. VI. 96 (c. dat.); VIII. 3; 
X. 34, 35; XVIII. 12; Plat. Crito 50 E; Soph. 227 B,250 E; Parm. 150 
A (bis), D (bis) (c. elvaL, cf. supra Xen. An. 3. 4. 47), woWrj avajKrj e£ 
laov elvaL, e£ iVou 8e bv laov elvai, so in E; Symp. 177 E (c. dat.), 214 
C; Alcib. I. 115 D (c. dat.); Gorg. 517 A (c. dat.); Menex. 238 
E; Rep. 557 A, 561 B, C, 599 B; Legg. 777 D, oi e£ laov, 'those of 
equal station,' so 919 D; 931 C; Isae. X. 1; Lycurg. 154. 48 (c. dat.); 
Dem. 101. 47; 845. 4; 959. 48 (c. dat.); Aeschin. I. 28; III. 57 et al 
Ar. Rhet. 1384. a 12; cf. Polyb. 9. 4. 4, 6 e£ laov dvbvvos (use as an 
attrib. adj. rare), e/c tov laov, Thuc. II. 3. 4, a4>laiv e/c tov laov 
ylyvcovTai; III. 12. 3; IV. 117. 2; Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 16, e/c tov laov 
fjLaxeadac, 'to fight on equal terms'; Hiero 8. 5, rots e/c tov laov r\plv 
ovai. Hardly to be distinguished in use from e£ laov. So also e£ larjs, 
Plat. Legg. 861 A. Closely akin are e/c tov 6/jlolov, e/c tcov bixoluv 'on 

46 Cf. Tacitus, Agr. 13. 2. 2; 15. 13. 4. ex aequo = Sidv. 'equally'; but also Agr. 20. 
3,cimtates quae in ilium diem ex aequo egerant, 'had lived independent,' 'on an equali- 
ty," so Tac. H. 4. 64. 5; Liv. 7. 30. 2. 

47 In Ant. 516 and O T 1019 Jebb notes the peculiar force of e£ 'i<rov = 'only on a 
level with'; so taov = 'equally little,' Hdt. 2. 3 or 'equally vain,' id. 8. 79; cf. id. 8. 
109, rd re ipa Kai ra 'L8ia ev dfxoico kiroikero, i. e. 'made sacred things of only the same 
account as things profane.' 



72 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



equal terms,' sing. Thuc. I. 143. 4; II. 44. 3; III. 12. 3; IV. 10. 4; 
VI. 78. 4, 87. 5; PL: Aesch. Ag. 1423; Eur. Frg. Alex. 59; Plat. 
Phaedr. 243 D. 

e/c kolvov, 'given or shared in common,' first in Hes. Op. 721; 
Ar. Eccl. 610, carat yap |6tos e/c kolvov ; 612, tccv he kolvov be /ze0e£et ; 
cf. 671 (w. art.). Antiphan. 230 K. ovs . . . e/c kolvov . . . 
ebei rpktyeiv tov brjpov ; cf . Euphr. 8 K. t'ls (prjaLv elvai bewbs e/c kolvov 
4>ayeZv ; t'ls eK p!eaov rd Oeppa beLvbs apiraaaL; cf. euro p. 45, els p. 114, 
ev p. 189. 

eK tov bpioiov, tcov bpolccv v. supra. 

e£ bpBov, Plat. Tim. 71 C, rd pev e£ bpBov KaTaKapwTovaa, 'out of 
their right place.' 

he irepLTTov, 'superfluously,' 'needlessly,' Plat. Soph. 265 E; 
Prot. 338 B; Legg. 734 D; 802 D, so he tov ^plttov, Rhett. Spengel 
III. 32. 21. 

eK irpobrjXov, Soph. El. 1429, 'full in view,' so the adv. TrpobrjXcos, 
Ai. 1311 contr. dbr}\ov v. supra, p. 69. 

eK tov irpocpavovs, Thuc. III. 43. 3; VI. 73. 2; VIII. 8. 4; 68. 1; 
without art. kic -rpocpavovs, Dem. 675. 165. Cf. ajro, p. 45. 

eK tcc paaTto (for Genit.), Timaeus Locr. 96 A, 'most easily'; 
eKTov paaTov, Dion. H. de Comp. 25, cf. ib. curb tov paaTov; Plut. Fab. 11. 

he raxetas, Soph. Tr. 395, 'speedily.' Cf. otd p. 25; cf. also 
tclxos with other preps, eis, p. Ill, ev, p. 183, so /card, juerd, aw. 

eK tp'ltov, Plat. Tim. 54 B, e£ ov to labir\evpov Tplycovov eK tp'ltov 
aweaT7]Ke, 'as a third'; pi. e/c tp'ltcov, Eur. Or. 1178, 48 'as a third,' 
'in the third place'; Plat. Gorg. 500 A, avp,\f/rj4)os wZv (i. e. Socr. and 
Polus) el /cat ai) eK tp'ltcov; Symp. 213 B. 49 

e/c tov virepcppovos, 'from a sense of superiority,' Thuc. II. 62. 5. 
Cf. Dio C. 45. 43. 

e£ vwoyvov, 'out of hand,' 'off-hand,' 'on the spur of the mo- 
ment,' Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 43; Isocr. IV. 13; Plat. Menex. 235 C. Cf. 
Ar. Rhet. 1354. b 3 opp. to e/c iroXXov xpovov aKexpaadaL ; ib. 1396. b 6; 
Rhett. Spengel I. 4. 15, at /cptcrets e£ vwoyviov. 50 

e£ vaTeprjs, 'later,' 'afterwards.' Adv. vaTepcos used only by 
late writers, but neut. acc. vaTepov may be used: Hdt. 1. 108; 5. 

48 Cf. later hi Sevrkpov, iterum, secundo, alia vice, Ev. Marc. 14. 71, nal evdvs he 
devrepov dXe/crcop k<f>oovr]cre ) Matt. 26. 42, wa\iv he devrepov airehd&v irpocrrjv^aTO. 

49 Cf. Aelian, H. A. 9. 64. 

50 Cf. (later) he x«p6s, Polyb. 5. 41. 7. 'forthwith,' 'instantly,' 'at once.' 
Cf. he tov ira.pio~Tap.kvov, Plut. Demos. 9. 



PART III hi 



73 



106. 2; 6. 85. So e£ varkpov, Plat. Proleg. II. cf. Diod. 14. 109; Dion. 

H. 4. 73. Cf. b f p. 191. 

6K rov 4>avepov, adv. 4>avepihs, Hdt. 5. 96; 6. 77; 8. 126. 3; 9. 1; Thuc. 
IV. 79. 2; Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 16; Mem. 3. 11. 8; Cyr. 2. 4. 17; Ages. 2. 6; 
Isocr. IV. 147; Isae. VTI. 32; Dem. 197. 24 (without art.); Aeschin. 
III. 125. Later, cf. Dion. H. 4. 4. 5, ib. 8 euro, cf. p. 45, els, p. 117, 
cf. ev, p. 191, cf. en tov kfjufraveos, irpccfxivovs, etc. 

2. Quantitative expressions of space or time; only partly adver- 
bial: 

ex fipaxeos, of distance: Thuc. III. 92. 4; VII. 49. 2. Cf. en eyylovos, 
App. B. C. 4. 108. Lat ex propinquo. But top e£ eXaxicn-ou rpL-qpapxeiv 
fiovkofievov, Dem. 1230. 7 'at the lowest price.' 

e£ 6Xt7ou a. Of space, distance, Thuc. II. 91. 4; V. 65. 5. b. Of 
time, 'at short notice': Thuc. II. 11. 4; 61. 2; IV. 108. 6; V. 64. 4, 
72. 1; Lys. II. 1 (cf. ib. pi., e£ oXiyoov r)/j.epwv \eyetv); cf. also Dem. 131. 

I, ex fiLKpov -x_povov (TvveiKeyp.evcov. Cf. 8t oKLyov, p. 28. 

e£ Scou, a. Of distance, Thuc. VII. 73. 3, e£ ocrou tis ep.e\\ev 
aKovaeadaL, 'within earshot'; b. of time, Lys. VI. 25, ovdels yap ttlc, 
e£ oaov 'Adrjvai, aeljj,t]o-Tol elatv, 'within the memory of Athens'; ib. 30 
(but some edd. doubt the text); Plat. Legg. 722 C. 

he iroWov, a. Of space, distance: Thuc. II. 89. 8, 'from,' 'at a 
distance'; so IV. 32. 4; 100. 3; Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 13; An. 3. 3. 9, 
k toWov 4>evyovTas 'with a long start'; etc. b. Of time: 'for a 
long time', (Nauck) Trag. Fr. Adesp. 449; Thuc. I. 58. 1; 68. 3; II. 
85. 2, 88. 2; IV. 67. 3; V. 67. 2, 69. 2; Antiphon II. Aa 2; V. 19, 57; 
Lys. III. 41; Isocr. IV. 30; Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 41; 3. 3. 57; 5. 4. 49; 6. 2. 25; 
7. 1.27, U Taw iroWod; Bern. 50. 36; 240. 43; 246. 63; 527. 41; 1440.2; 
et al. cf. Rhett. Graec. Spengel (Anax.) I. 178. 32 ; ex 7roXXou Tpoeidores. 

In the pi. these uses disappear, but the use of the prep, is inter- 
esting, he roWcbv, either a. partitive 'out of many,' especially 
of a choice made out of many things, slightly idiom., cf. a-wb, p. 40, or 
b. causal, 'from many things,' or 'reasons.' a. Partit. begins in 
Horn. II. 15. 680 v. supra, p. 52, Soph. El. 1351, r\Kelvos ovrosov itot 
ex. xoXXcop eydi / fiovov wpoarjvpov -kmjtov', Thuc. VIII. 53. 1, Kefyakaiovvres 
hi woWoov, 'they said much in few words'; Lys. XIX. 61, e/c woWcov 
6\lya, so 28. 2. Cf. (later) Herodian. 7. 9. 8, oKLyoL he iroWwv eacodrjaav, 
so c. airb, Thuc. I. 110. But Plat. Rep. 611 B, avvderov re k woWoov 
(prep. expr. denotes material). 51 b. Isocr. V. 65, /3ouXo/xat yap he 

51 One of Aristotle's meanings, 'the parts out of the whole, or the whole out of 
the parts,' Metaph. 1023 a , 25ff. 



74 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



ttoXXup ire TreLa9i)vcu; so 119; XV. 170; Dem. 659. 118; 917. 34, (not 
an id., noted for comparison only) but c. like type below, of e/c 
denoting change from one condition to another, Hes. Th. 447, e£ 
oKlyoov fipiaeL, /ecu e/c ttoWoov fxeiova Br\Kev, ex paucis copiosos reddit et ex 
multis pauciores reddit. Cf. Lys. XX. 13, ot av kit tt\€l6vcov eXdrrous. 
Cf. p. 77. 

e/c Tr\elcvos, a. of space: e/c ir\eovos, Thuc. IV. 129. 4; Xen. An. 1. 10. 

11, e/c 7r\eiovos rj to irpbadev ecpevyov 'when at a greater distance from 
them than before' (of the interval, cf. he to^ou pvp.aTos, ib. 3. 3. 15). 
b. Of time, 'for a long time,' also 'for some time past,' Thuc. 
IV. 42. 3; 103. 4; V. 82. 3; VIII. 88. 1, 91. 1. 

e/c ir\el<jTov (of time) Thuc. VIII. 68. 1, e/c TrXeiarov ewLfieX-qdeis , 
'one who had been longest interested in it'; cf. ib. 90. 1; Xen. Lac. 

12. 1, coi> av e/c ir\eL(TTov irpoop&ev) Dem. 124. 51, cos e/c 7r\elcrTov 
4>v\aTTe<rdaL, 'as long beforehand as possible'; 585. 220. Cf. other 
preps. 

c. With participles: 

e/c tccv kvbexotxkvoiv , Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4, 'by all possible means', cf. 
els, p. 117. 

e/c tcov £i>Y/cei/xezw, Thuc. V. 25. 2, 'according to the terms of the 
agreement.' Cf. (later) Polyb. 3. 111. 7, e£ bp\o\oyofj.kvov = adv. 

6fJLO\oyOpL€VO)S. 

e/c tuv irapovTOjv, 'according to present circumstances,' Eur. 
Tro. 1201; Thuc. III. 29. 2; IV. 17. 1; V. 40. 3; 87; VI. 70. 4; VII. 
62. 1, 77. 1; Andoc. III. 8; Lys. XII. 9; Isocr. V. 115 (but here lit. 
not 'under the circumstances'); Dem. 1447. I, 52 cf. other preps. 
kv p. 175, euro p. 45, els p. 108. 

e/c irepiovTos, v. p. 67 supra. 

e/c TpoarjKovTOJv, Thuc. III. 67. 2, 'in accordance with what is fit- 
ting.' 53 

e/c tov TrpoarvxbvTos (later) 'by accident,' Plut. 2. 150 E (but cf. 
ib. 407 B, Lat. ex tempore, 'off-hand'). Rhett. Spengel III. 235, 
4 differs a little, (of Alcaeus' figure of the ship of state as an ex- 
ample of allegory), e/c piev tov ttpogtvxovtos x*Wuv daKdaatos vwanoveTai, 
/card 5e ttjv ahrjQeiav ttoXltlkccv Tpayp:dToov Tapaxv tls e/cc/xu^ercu. 

62 Jerram compares pro tempore in Verg. Eel. 7. 35 to e/c twv irapovTuv interpret- 
ing it 'according to the present means/ so Papillon and Haigh. Others e. g. Ken- 
nedy, translate ' for the occasion.' 

63 For use of ptc. without art. cf. Hdt. 9. 26, p.ovvop.axwo- 1 tiri 8iaKeip.kvoun t 
'on fixed conditions'; cf. Hdt. 8. 94. 4; 9. 77, kir' k&pyaafxkvoiai; Lys. XXXI. 9, 
k\6dv kiri KaretpyaafxevoLs, Lat. re peracta, and other similar phr. c. kirl. 



PART III €K 



75 



he rcbv virapxbvTcov, preceded by cos, Thuc. VII. 76; VIII. 1. 3, 'so 
far as the situation allowed'; cf. Menand. 354 K, eKredpap.p.evos/ 
ovk e£ virapxbvrcov, i. e., sumptuosius quam pro pair is opibus. 

Cf. similar use with verbal, he rcbv dwarcbv, Thuc. IV. 51; Xen. 
Oec. 7. 12; An. 4. 2. 23; Plat. Rep. 618 C; cbs he rebv bwaTcov, Thuc. II. 
3. 4; VII. 74. 1; usually means 'according to his means,' 'so far as 
possible.' Cf. els, p. 113, so Kara rd Svvarbv. 

But masc. ptc. not adverbial, Thuc. I. 22, ovk e/c rov iraparvxbvros 
irvvdavbptevos, 'from the first comer,' 'from a chance person.' But 
later, e. g., Plut. 2. 154 A, (neut.) eK rod iraparvxbvros diroKpivaadai, 
'to answer off-hand,' cf. infra, irapaxprjp.a. 

Participle which has become a Substantive: 

he rov ekbros, 'in all probability,' 'probably.' Thuc. IV. 17. 5; 

V. 105. 3; VII. 66. 2, 68. 3; Antiphon V. 37; (without art.) e£ ekbros, 
Plat. Phaedr. 238 E; Dem. 858. 46. But cf. Plat. Euthyd. 305 E, 
iravv e% eUbros \byov. PL: eK rcbv eUbrccv, Antiphon II. A7. 9, ib. 
5 8, 10; Isocr. XL 35; XV. 169; XVIII. 16; Plat. Charm. 157 E; 
Rep. 362 C, 365 B, 422 C; Legg. 950 D; Isae. III. 17, 27; Dem. 
382. 135; 842. 23; 851. 22; 866. 10; 1384. 11; Aeschin. I. 91, etc. Cf. 
other preps. 

d. With articular adv. v. also sub e: 

eK rov wapaxpwa, 'forthwith,' 'straightway,' 'off-hand': Thuc. 

VI. 56. 3; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 11; Mem. 2. 1. 20, at he rod wapa X p. 
rjdovai, 'immediate'; Plat. Cratyl. 399 D, he rov irapaxp- \eyeiv, 
'to speak off-hand'; 54 so Symp. 185 C, cbs he rov irapaxp-, Euthyd. 
304 A, Critias 107 E; but the earlier sense in Legg. 768 B; 867 A 
(bis) where it is contr. w. fj.erd «rtj8ouX^s ; c. elirelv 'off-hand' Dem. 
1420. 3; so 1401. 2; cf. 1465. 11, rols he rov irapaxp- <JV\x$aivov<jiv 
opdeos xPwOa-i" Cf. dxo p. 45, els p. 117, ev p. 191. 

he ruv efiTpoadev, Plat. Cratyl. 389 A; Alcib. I. 118 B; Rep. 494 A. 
Cf. hie rcbv irpbadev, Plat. Phaed. 105 D (sc. \eyop.'evccv); Gorg. 504 B. 
he rov irpbade, Antiphanes 87 K., opp. e/c rovmodev, Ar. Eccl. 482; Thuc. 

VII. 79. 4; Xen. An. 4. 1. 6; Hell. 6. 5. 16; Reip. Lac. 11. 8. 
he rcbv vvv, Plat. Phaed. 105 C (sc. \eyop,evccv, cf. B). 
be rov Trore, Plat. Parm. 152 B. 

hie rcbv o'UoOev, Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 10. 

54 Cf. Plut. 2. 154 A, be rod irapaTvxovTos airoKpivaadai, 1 to answer offhand'; so be rod 
irpoarvxovTos, Plut. 2. 407 B. Schol. compares eK rov rrpoxeipov which might 
easily have been used, but I have not found it. Sext. Emp. ~M. 6. 19 has be irpox^pov 
but = 'easily,' 'lightly.' Cf. Ar. Metaph. 356 b . 19 



76 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



k tov/jltoXlv, Thuc. III. 22. 5. 
e. Adv. phr. of direction: 

Aesch. Ag. 116, x*pbs k dopuraXrov, 'on the right hand,' idiom, 
and metaph. Cf. in Eng. of the left and right, Milton, 'half wheel- 
ing to the shield, half to the spear.' Cf. k boparos Polyb. 3. 115. 9 
contr. ib. kir' aairLda, cf. eis, p. 99. 

k tov avTiirepas, 'on the other side,' 'over against,' Xen. Hell. 
3. 2. 15. 

k tov €tt' apiarepa, 'from the left,' Plat. Euthyd. 297 C. 55 Cf. ot 
k rod eireKeiva, 'those from the far side,' Xen. An. 5. 4. 3; cf. ev 
Thuc. VII. 58. 1, eis Plat. Rep. 587 B. Cf. k tov eiri darepa, 
'from the other side,' Thuc. VII. 37. 2; Xen. An. 5. 4. 10; Plat. 
Prot. 314 E, 315 A, k fiev . . . k 6"^ tov eiri Sarepa 'on the one 
side and on the other.' 

e£ apio-Tepas, Soph. El. 7, ou£ apicTepas ; Xen. An. 4. 8. 2; Cyr. 8. 5. 
15; Plat. Euthyd. 271 B; Tim. 72 C et at. Cf. e£ evuvvpov, Hdt. 1. 
72, etc. 

Ik «e£ios, Ar. Eccl. 488, rd/c Se|tas; Ar. Eq. 639; Thuc. II. 81. 3; 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 10, 5. 15; Plat. Euthyd. 271 A, 273 B; Dem. 428. 272; 
et al. Cf. ex dopaTos supra. 

e£ kvavTLas, 'over against,' 'opposite,' Lat. ex adverso, opp. to 
k TrXaTtou: Hdt. 7. 225. 3; 8. 7 (cf. 8. 6., k r^s dfrt^s); Thuc. IV. 
33, 35. 3; VII. 44. 4, /cat 7rd^ to evavTLas . . . Tro\kp.LOV h>bp.i£ov, 
i. e., 'every one they met'; Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 20, e£ evavTias . . . 
k 7rXa7tou; Hiero 6. 8 opp. to iravTodev ; Plat. Phaed. 113 C; Tim. 
68 A; Legg. 893 E; 897 D. 56 So also k tov kvavriov, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 22; 
5. 15 (opp. to k 7rXa7tou); An. 4. 7. 5; 6. 5. 7; Cyr. 1. 4. 8, k tov clvt'lov; 
cf. k tov clvt'lov, Xen. An. 1. 8. 23; Reip. Lac. 11. 8; e£ kvavTiov, Com. 
Fr. Adesp. 366 K.; cf. pi. k rci^ evavTicov, Polyb. 5. 9. 9. 

k rou KCLTavTLKpv, 'from,' 'on the opposite side,' Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 
22; Plat. Rep. 515 B; Critias 112A. Cf. eis p. 118, ev p. 192. 

k TovwLadev, etc., v. supra, p. 75. 

k 7rXa7tou, 'sideways,' in military sense, 'in the flank,' so Thuc. 
IV. 33; VII. 6. 2; Xen. Hell. 4. 5. 15; 6. 5. 26; Cyr. 4. 1. 18; 7. 1. 20; 
Symp. 5. 5, ol ptev aol to ko,t' evdv pbvov opooatv, ol 8e epoi kcll to k TXayiov; 
Plat. Ion. 536 A, 'sideways'; so Rep. 598 A; freq. in Ar. (seventeen 
times) in various forms, k tov irXayiov, k to>v ir\ayloiv, k 7rXa7toD, 

65 v. Lobeck ad Phrynichus, p. 259 for eir' apiarepa, etc. 
56 Cf. Ar. Eth. N. 1172 a 28 % havrlas 'on the contrary.' 



PART III k 



77 



k 7r\ay icov/eK 7rXaYias, Meteor. 372. a 11; 378. a 9; cf. k 7rXa7tco^ Polyb. 
1. 23. 9. 

i£ bwepdefrv, 'from above,' Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 13. Cf. Polyb. 3. 43. 
3. PL k toov vTep8e%iu)v, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 14; cf. Luc. Tim. 45. Cf. k 
Ke4>aXrjs, Lat. desuper, Plut. Marcell. 16. 

k rou virrjvkiJLov, 'on the lee-side,' Xen. Oec. 18. 7. 

e£ virrias, 'backwards,' 'reversely,' Plat. Phaedr. 264 A, 
6s ovde air 1 apyjqs &XX' airb reXeur^s e£ virrias avairaTuv diavelv eTLxei-pel 
jov \byov ; Rep. 529 C, e£ virrias vkuv ev yfi rj ev daXarrr), i. e., 'reversely 
to the common mode'; Ar. Frg. 665 K., velv e£ virrias. 

VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition 

1. A large k type (allied to k of immediate consecution supra) 
denotes a change from one condition to another, with a more or less, 
but often only very slight idiomatic force. It will not be necessary 
to quote all the examples collected, but some of the more interesting 
and some which seem to have become stock phrases will be mentioned. 
This antithetic form of expressing contrasting conditions was a 
favorite one with the Greeks: Theogn. 577, pr)iov e£ ayadov delvau kclkov 
rj 'k kclkov ead\bv ; Pind. 01. XIII. 66, e£ bveipov 6' clvtlko. r)v virap, 
'out of a dream there was forthwith reality.' Soph. T 454, 
rv<p\bs yap k dedopKoros;' 07 Tr. 284; so Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 17, e£ ac^povos 
aoxfrpcov av tls yevoiTo, cf. in Eng. Milton's 'speakable of mute.' 
Ar. Eq. 1321, KaXbv e£ alaxpov ; Hdt. 2. 68, e£ ekaxicrov \xeyiarov) 
id. 5. 69. 2, 7rXewas e£ eKaaabvcov ; Isocr. II. 9, p.eya\r)v e£ jiLKpas) 
Xen. Apol. 19, at) 8e elire el riva olada vir' ep.ov yeyevr\\xevov rj ki; evaefiovs 
avbatov rj k coocppovos viSpLarrjv r) e£ ev8iairov iro\v8airavov rj [cos] k 
p.erpt,oirbrov oivbcj)\vya r] k (bChorcbvov fiaKcucdv, rj aWrjs irov-qpas r)8ovr\s 
r)rrr,p.evov ; Plat. Pol. 297 B, ap.eivov i , k x^pov^v ; Rep. 411 B, xp^ gi P- 0V 
e£ axprjcrTov; 530 C; 566 A, Xu/cco e£ avOpcoirov yeveadat; 373 D, rore 
apuKpa 8fj e£ ucavrjs earai, 'the country at that time sufficient to sup- 
port them will then be small instead of sufficient'; Euthyd. 285 A, 
coot' k irovrjpcbv re Kal afypbvcov xPV°" rov ^ re Ka -i e/J.4>povas iroielv, cf. B 
(note clear relationship to k of starting-point in most of these cases, 
here also almost as if fig. use of k of material); Isae. VII. 9, e£ 
evirbpov re airopcorepcp yeyevrjuevca ; f req. in the Orr. 1 rich instead of 
poor,' Lys. I. 4, it\ovo-los he wev-qros, etc. A typical case is of 'calm 

55 Soph. Allt. 1318, rd<5' ovk e7r' aXKov (3porcbi> / e/ids apfiocrei tot' e£ curias, where 
Jebb notes : &c here is not for clto, but is used as if we had, ovirore e£ vrcairlov avalrios <f>a- 
vov/iai. Thus e£ k/ias airLas is really a compressed way of saying, 'by change 
from a state of things in which the atria (blame) was mine.' 



78 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



after storm,' Pind. Is. VII. (VI.) 38, eiidLav ..../& xetM^os ; 
Eur. Or. 279, en Kvparcov yap aWis ai> ya\r)v J opoo, 'calm after or out 
of the waves after a storm,' quoted in Ar. Ran. 304; cf. Sammyrion 
8. 5 K. Allied to this use is ao-Tpairr) e£ aldplr}s, 'lightning out of 
a clear sky' Hdt. 3. 86; Cratinus 53 K.; Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 31; cf. Hdt. 
7. 188. 

2. Of an existing situation or plight; strictly e/c gives the starting- 
point, but its force is pressed less closely than usual and it may often 
be translated 'in'; (slightly idiom.): e£ ap.rjxa.voov, Aesch. Prom. 59. 
'he is clever to find a way out even from a desperate situation'; Eur. 
El. 624, 6pw e\7rt5' e£ ap,r)xava)v (allied to previous group) ; Her. 148 
'in their despair'; Trag. Fr. Adesp. 566 (Nauck). e/c tuv atkirruv, 
'even out of desperate conditions,' Eur. Frg. 101,554; Trag. Fr. Ion. 
50 (Nauck) p. 742; cf. p. 69. ££ airopwv, Plat. Legg. 699 B; but cf. 
Plut. Rom. 14 masc. expresses material; (w. art.) Hdt. 8. 53, 'even in 
the midst of their difficulties,' cf. ev p. 185. kolk ruvde, 'even in my 
present plight,' Soph. Tr. 1109, etc. Cf. Eng. 'out of the depths I cry 
unto thee.' 

3. Of means or instrument: Soph. Ant. 989, 6V e£ evbs Phkirovre; 
ib. 990, rots TV(jAolaL yap/avrrj neXevdos e/c irporjyrjTov 7re\ei. Dem. 1466. 
12, e£ optXtas . . . irpoo ay ay eadai, 'by talking,' 'by persuasion' 
rather than |8ta; cf. 1468. 7, 6V bpiKLas Trelaac. 

4. Causal: e£ k\irl8os, Pind. Py. VIII. 90, 'by reason of,' at the 
impulse of hope'; but cf. p. 53, Aesch. Ag. 998 idiom., peculiar 
use of prep, like airb 'away from', evxopai 8 J e£ epas eXirldos 'against 
hope.' Cf. airb p. 46. Aesch. Ag. 268, ire^evye tovtos e£ ainarlas, 
'the word escaped me in consequence of distrust.' Soph. Ant. 766, 

bpyrjs raxvs, 'in haste caused by wrath,' cf. e£ eptdos II. 7. 111. 
Cf. dia, p. 25. Soph. El. 398, e£ afiovXlas ireaelv ; O C 620, e/c upinpov 
Xbyov, 'for a small cause.' Dem. 784. 48, toov 8e xpyvfcbv exSpbs e/c 
(frvaeus Kal yevovs ; cf. 796. 87, etc. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1073, e£ axeoov, 
'by reason of grief.' 

5. Of origin: Horn. II. 14. 472, ov pkv poi /ca/c6s eWerai ov8e Kancov 
e£. 58 Ar. Eq. 185, p,cov en koXoov el Kayadwv; ib. 187, e/c irovqpwv ; cf. 
Andoc. I. 14. 109, ayadol e£ ayaB&v ovres) en fiekribvuv, 'better-born,' 
Lys. X. 23, 6tl $e\Tioiv Kal e/c fieXribvcov 6 4>evycov ep,ov', so id. XIII. 
18. 64; Plat. Gorg. 512 D; Dem. 228. 10. For fee of immediate 
ancestry cf. euro, p. 47. 

68 One of Aristotle's meanings, Metaph. 1023 a . 25ff. 



PART III e/c 



79 



6. Of source: a. of the head and fount of power: e/c tov fiavihkus, 
Soph. O C 67; cf. El. 264; Ant. 63. rd o' e/c de&v, Soph. O C 256. 59 
€K Alovvvov, i. e., by his command, Soph. Ant. 957. 

b. Source, nearly of cause: Plat. Rep. 584 C. at ijdoval . 
kK irpoadoKLas yiyvbpevai, 'arising from anticipation.' 

7. Of agent viewed as source, hence e/c rather than viro. The 
force varies from cases in which the idea of source is more prominent, 
often best translated 'at the hands of,' to those in which the agency 
is predominant and the translation 'by' shows little apparent dif- 
ference from viro: Soph. El. 526, cos e£ kfxov Tedv-qnev 'at my hands'; so 
Tr. 1235. O C 1425, <j$wv davarov e£ apcfrolv instead of e£ aWrfkoiv, 
'each from the other's hand'; cf. Ant. 973 of the direct agent; Lys. 
XVI. 18, e/c 8e roov KLvbvvevav WekbvTwv, 'by'; Xen. An. 1. 1. 6, e/c 
/3acrtXecos bebopkvai', ib. 2. 6. 1, e/c tclvtojv toov kpireipws clvtov kxovrojv 
56£as, 'as was agreed by all'; cf. Thuc. 1. 120, tiairep /cat kv aXXots e/c 
Travroov irpoTip&VTai, (e/c = viro). 60 

8. Of separation or removal: (Fig.) Pind. Nem. XI. 30, e£ ayaduv 
efiaXov, 'caused him to miss his desires' (Bury). Lys. II. 11, eiretbii 
'Hpa/cXr^s plv e£ avdpcoiroov r)4>aviadr} ; so Isocr. VI. 18; VIII. 113. Cf. p. 
53. 

9. Partitive with added meaning of choice or distinction: cf. 
Horn. II. 18. 431, etc., v. p. 52: Pind. 01. VI. 25, e£ dXXaf, 'above 
all others." Cf. e/c toWcov supra, p. 73. 

10. Of material: Plat. Rep. 428 C, rco*> e/c tov %aX/cou (sc. anevcbv), 
parallel with tccv ^vK'lvoov crKevaiv ; so 616 C, /cat to ayuuTpov elvai e£ 
abapavTos ; cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 373 K., e£ abapavTos . . . et. 61 
Ar. Vesp. 1367 cos fjbeoos cfrayois av e£ 6%ovs 8Urjv may possibly be 
thought of as a fig. use of material, 'a suit made of vinegar,' but 
more prob. a fig. local use, a suit 'out of,' 'from pickle,' 'in pickle,' 
it seems almost to mean 'pickled.' 

11. euro and e/c in interchange and in antithesis, v. sub airo 
p. 47. 

12. Plastic, a. emphatic, ironical: Soph. Ant. 95, tt\v e£ epov 
bvafiovkiav, 'fully proceeding from me,' 'on my part'; cf. 619; Tr. 631; 
O C 453. 

59 Jebb notes as euphemistic and compares Aesch. Pers. 373; Soph. Ph. 1316; 
Eur. Phoen. 1763, cf. without prep. I. A. 1610, rd tu>v 6ewv, = l their dispensations.' 

60 v. Morris ad loc. with citations there made, Kiihner-Gerth 430, 2, 3, C for this 
use of kK = vTro as mostly Ionic and poetic. 

61 Cf. Horn. p. 52. 



80 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



b. Merely plastic: Aesch. Sept. 700, otlxv e/c x*puv Oeoi dvalav 
bexcovTCH,; Soph. O T 1221, bvpofiaL yap coawep ia\ep.ov x£coi>/e/c ctoiicltlov. 

13. Local with idiom, tinge: Dionys. Com. Qea/i. 2. 40 K., 
belirvov. e£ avrXias r/KovTa i. e., the coarse food used by sea- 
men. 

14. e/c where the simple Genitive would suffice: Soph. El. 231, 
e/c Kap.aT0)v aTOiravcrofxai ; 291, fjL7]8e a' e/c ybcov TroTk/r&v vvv cLTraWd^eLav 
ot kLtlo deoL; cf. ib. 987; Eur. Med. 46; Ar. Ran. 1531. 

15. Of succession: Cf. Horn. II. 19. 290; Aesch. Ag. 1110; Dem. 
1462. 3, \byov he \byov\eyeiv ; Aeschin. I. 64; Eubul. 107. 3 K., etc. 

VIII. Pronominal expressions 

e/c Tcbvbe, Aesch. Ag. 877, 'for this cause,' 'in consequence of 
this'; ib. 1603; Cho. 1056; Soph. O T 235 like wpbs Tama, but O T 282, 
1251 like juera Tabe, (temporal), 'hereafter,' v. also supra sub temporal 
phr. p. 63. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38, el be fir) (fravepbv ourco aoi, &c rcovde 
<TK6\pcu, 'consider it in the following way,' 'from the following 
point of view', lit. 'from these things'; cf. Lys. XXV. 19, aKoirelv be 
Xpy Kal e/c rcovbe. Such uses, especially the causal and temporal, are 
frequent; so with other demonstratives, particularly he tovtov and hi 
tovtlov whose numerous occurrences it would be useless to enumerate. 
A few cases only will be cited. 

€K tovtlov, Ar. Vesp. 346; Thesm. 87, he returns; 62 Eur. Med. 1103, 
€tl 6' k tovtlov, 'after this,' 'and still on top of all this,' constitutes 
another stage in the enumeration begun with wplotov p:ev (1101). 

Xen. An. 1. 3. 11, (3ov\eveadcu OTL XPV TTOLelv €K TOVTLOV, next, 

expressing sequence in time with an implied idea of consequence, 
'in consideration of the present circumstances.' 63 

e/c tovtov (so also e/c tovtlov) is a fixed formula in Xenophon (where 
it occurs some 162 or more times, often e/c be tovtov, he tovtov be, eie 
tovtov bri), for the opening of a sentence continuing the narration, 
meaning 'as a result of this,' 'therefore,' e. g., Xen. An. 3. 3. 5, 
very often 'thereupon,' 'next,' e. g., (sing.) Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 6; 
(pi.) Oec. 2. 1. 

e/c tov tolovtov, Thuc. III. 37, etc. 

e/c togov (always temporal), Hdt. 5. 88; 6. 84; Plat. Legg. 642 E. 
e£ oaov, v. p. 73. 

62 v. Starkie; Sobol. Praep. p. 86. 

63 v. White ad loc. 



PART III he 



81 



IX. Local designations 

1. Noun of place omitted: 

e£ dopdrov, Plat. Soph. 246 B. 

e£ eaxcLTrjs (sc. 777s), 'from a far country,' Hdt. 3. 115. Cf. 
supra, p. 56, e/< irepdroiv 777s. 

e£ rjdeccv : Hdt. 1. 15, e£ rjdeuv virb IZuvdkcov . . . e^a^acrrd^res 
'forced to emigrate'; so id. 5. 14. 15; cf. id. 2. 142, rerpd/as e\e7oi> e£ 
77#ecoj> rbv r\\iov dvareTKai, 'away from its accustomed place.' 

2. Descriptive he phrases, elliptical expressions describing the 
person by the place from which he comes: (idiom.) 

Soph. O T 1051, rbv e£ dypcov, i. e., 'the peasant,' Ar. Vesp. 526. 
rbv eie d^fierepov/yvpivaalov, 'the champion from our school'; 64 Nub. 
1065, *TT€p(3o\os 5' ovk rcov \vxveov, 'the man from the lamps,' i. e., 
'from the lamp-market' (for the naming of places in the market from 
the articles sold, cf. ets, p. 132, ev, p. 205); so Av. 13, ovk rcov bpvecovf 5 
cf. Nub. 47, eyqp.a MeyaKkeovs . . . dbe\(f)ihr]V . e£ dvreeos, 

= daruerjv, opp. to ay potKOs ; etc. 

3. Omission of article in familiar expressions of place: 66 

e£ dyopds, Ar. Eq. 181, brir) irovqpbs kol^ dyopds el /cat Opaavs, 
with idiom, tone implying that it was considered disreputable to 
frequent the market; Dem. 121. 39 also w. idiom, force, airavd' cbawep 
e£ dyopds eKire-w par ai ravra, i. e., 'publicly'; but often merely a tag. 
Frequent also without art. are: e£ olkov, also e£ oidas 'from home'; 
e£ dareojs, e. g., Ar. Frg. 107 K. (when referring to Athens usually with- 
out art.); he irpoaariov, 'from the suburbs', Soph. El. 1431, Eur. Ale. 
836; he ToXecvs 'from the Acropolis', saepe, cf. ev, pp. 205-207. e£ 
dypov, eie Xleipcuecos, e£ 'A/caSry/zeias, -q e£ 'Apeiou irdyov fiovKrj, e£ kKtchrjcrLas, 
€K (3a\aveiov, e/c wvpos, e/c /jtaKapoov V7]aoov, eK 6a\drrr]s, eK yrjs, etc. 

X. Phrases of comparison 
c6(77rep, olov c. he to mark the field of metaphor: cf. diro, p. 48, 
ev, p. 208; cbairep e£ dp,d^s, Dem. 268. 122; olos eie rpibbov, v. supra, p. 
56; olov eie bpvbxwv, v. supra, p. 56. ebo-irep en 4>aperpas p'q\±ar'i<JKia 
. . . dvaairoovres diroro^evovui, Plat. Theaet. 180 A; Rep. 435 A, 
rdx' av . . . rplfiovres cbawep he Trvpelcov e/cXdpi^at irot-qa aip.ev rrjv 
8iKaLoavv7]v, etc. 

64 Cf. Plat. Gorg. 493 D, a\\r)v aoi eUova \kyco kx tov clvtov yvfxvacriov ry vvv, with 
which Leutsch. App. prov. 2. 47, 68 compares a number of similar prov. expressions, 
v. supra, p. 56* 

65 Cf. Ar. Nub. 186, rols &c HvXov Xqffleiai, 'they look like the captives from 
Pylos,' where we might have had rols he JlvXov without ptc. in just such a phr. as 
these. 

66 For omission of art. v. Gildersleeve, Syntax of Class. Greek, Part II §568, 569. 



PART IV 



els 

els, is only another form of ev from idg *en (*eni), *n, Gr. ev, evi, hi 
with the added form evs on the analogy of k and e£ ; evs in Attic gave 
els, es which came to be restricted to the use with the accusative of 
the end of motion like the Latin in with the accusative; 1 cf. early 
Lat. en, goth., old high Ger. in, etc. In many dialects and several 
times in Pindar, (Pyth. II. 11, 86; V. 36; Nem. VII. 31) 2 ev is used 
with the accusative of the end whither, as well as with the locative 
dative of the place where. Cf. Lat. in with accusative and ablative. 

Its uses are commonly stated as: 1. Spatial: a. End in space 
after verbs of motion, b. End or limit in quantity; c. extent in 
space, e. g., 'from sea to sea.' d. Meaning 'in the presence of,' 
Lat. coram, but in the direction whither. 

2. Temporal: a. of the end or limit in time, e. g., 'until 
sunset.' b. Of temporal extent, e. g., 'for a year,' els eviavrov, 
'a year long.' 

3. Figurative: a. of the end, purpose, intention, b. of manner 
with the conception in mind of the end striven for or attained; 
man) 7 of these expressions are equivalent to adverbs, c. Of rela- 
tion or reference, — in consideration of, in regard to, with reference to, 
an object, e. g., es rd iravra, es ra ctXXa, etc. 

Most of these uses are found in Homer, but, as is noted by Kiihner- 
Gerth, els of the quantitative end does not occur until later. 

A. Homer 

Homer 3 several times uses ets with the accusative of the person 
as the end of motion where the Attic uses cbs, irpbs or irapa (v. p. 87). 
Sometimes after a verb of rest the preposition has a pregnant force 
implying previous motion to the place (v. p. 87). This occurs also 
in Attic, and in late Greek developed into a usage practically equiva- 
lent to ev. 

I. Prepositional idioms 

a. With nouns: 

iK-G. II. 1. S. 468; Walde; PreUwitz; Brugmann, Kz. vgl. Gr. I. c. 
2 For additional uses of kv c. acc. v. Solmsen, F. Rh. Mas. 61. (1906) 491 sqq. 
Prdpositionsgebraiich in griech. Mundarten\ v. also kv p. 134. 
3 For ets in Homer, v. Munro, p. 110. 



PART IV els 



83 



es fiodpov, Od. 11. 36, semi-tech, of slaying sheep into, i. e., so 
that the blood would run into a pit. (Cf. Aesch. Sept. 42, ravpoa^a- 
yovvres es ixekavbeTov <jclkos and Ar. Lys. 188, els aairlba which looks 
back to the expression in the Septem [v. Schol.]. Cf. also Xen. An. 
2. 2. 9, els aairlba.) V. p. 99. 

es UaKovpa, II. 23. 523, es blaKovpa \ekenrro, '.he was the length of a 
discus throw behind.' Cf. II. 5. 118, es opfirjv eyxeos ekdelv, 'within 
my spear's cast.' 

es 64>6oXijlovs, II. 24. 204 = 520, eKdkfiev . . / avbpos es 6(p9aXfjLGvs, 
'to the eyes,' i. e., 'within the presence of.' 4 Cf. ets &ira injra. 

es irobas etc KecpaKrjs (little more than a tag, but w. slight idiomatic 
feeling) II. 18. 353; 16. 640; 23. 169. 5 V. 4/c p. 54. Cf. es atfrvpbv e/c 
TTTepvrjs, H. 22. 397, es jivxov e£ ovbov, Od. 7. 87, 96. 

es Zl8ovl7]v, Od. 13. 285, 'to go on board ship for,' and es Tpojlrjv, 
II. 11. 22, 'to sail for Troy,' are a little different from going to Troy, 
etc.; the destination combines the end in view in the mind with the 
end of motion, while still other phrases, as we shall see, even in Homer, 
refer only to the end in mind, the purpose, the local idea disap- 
pearing entirely. 

eh re </>6cos ayayev, h. Merc. 12, Eng. 'brought to light,' Ger. 
'brachte ans Licht,' the beginning of a phr. frequent in Attic Gk. 
Cf. irpb tpduabe, II. 16. 188; 19. 118; h. Ap. 119. 6 

ets ooira, II. 9. 373, e/xot els tbira Ibeadcu, 'to look me in 

the eye, the face,' slightly idiomatic; II. 15. 147 c. gen. instead of 
dat., Atos t els wira Urjade; absol. Od. 22. 405, betvos 5' els cowa Ibecrdcu, 
'terrible to behold'; 23. 107, ol-5' ets co7ra IbeaOai evavnov, 'to look at 
him face to face'; 7 cf. II. 3. 158, alvws 6£avaTr)<n derjs els cbwa eoacev, 
'she is like in face,' a real phr., which may be explained by supply- 
ing IbovTL, 'to one looking into her face'; so Od. 1. 411, ov \xh> yap rt 
kclkco els &Tra kuKeL. Cf. Hes. Op. 62, adavarris be defis els &ira kiaiceiv. 
Cf. idiom, usage of es 64>8a\iJLovs cited above. 

4 So in later lit. ets o\piv (often especially in Hdt.), ets irpoawTrov, ets ofxfxa, onnara, 
all of which may be thought of as starting in the Homeric use. 

5 Cf. pun on this with inversion of phr. Ar. Plut. 650, ws eycb rd wpaynara/eK tuv 
irodcov es r-qv nefyah-qv aoi iravT epco. 

6 In view of these cases with wpo Stoll, N. J. f. Ph. 79. 319, would emend eis to 
irpb, which appears unnecessary in the light of the frequent use of ets </>dos with 
ixyeiv in Attic, v. p. 90. Cf. further. Verg. Aen. 10. 704 in lucem. 

7 Cf. prep. cpd. et<rcoxos, II. 15. 653; hanrij as dat. adv. II. 5. 374; 21. 510; 
cf. also II. 15. 320, /car' evwira iboov Aavawv raxvirtShoiv ; Brugmann, Gr. Gr . §499, and 
Solmsen, Rh. Mus. 61. 491ff. cite this cpd. as a remnant of kv c. ace, so also Horn, 
adv. ivbk^ia. 



84 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



b. With adjectives: 

ets ayadov, ayada, II. 9. 102, elirelv els ayadov; 11. 789, 6 <5e xetderat 
ets ayadov, 'for his profit'; pi. II. 23. 305, ixvBelr els ayada cfrpoveoov 
a var. not to be explained on metrical grounds. Cf. Theogn. 162. 

es n'eaov, II. 23. 574 (idiom, phr.), es fieaov a/jL^OTepoicn diKaaaaTe, 
firib 1 W apuyfi, 'in the* middle,' practically = 'impartially.' es \xeo~ov 
is frequent in the usual force of going 'into the middle': (absol.) 
II. 3. 77 = 7. 55; II. 4. 79, 299; 15. 357; 23. 704, ks peaaov WrjKe 
of a prize for a contest 'set in the midst,' Lat. in medio ponere. 
This phr. has a long and interesting history, v. infra, pp. 93, 94, 
also cf. ev pp. 138, 158f. Od. 8. 144, 0-777 p es p.eaaov Icov of going 'into 
the midst' to speak, this use maintains itself as a regular formula, 
cf. ib. 262; 17. 447; 18. 89; h. XIX. 22. (c. gen.): II. 3. 266, 341; of- 
ten with ap.<j)OT'epuv for es p.era.ixi-^ov of the space between the two 
armies, II. 6. 120; 20. 159; so Hes. Th. 709; II. 23. 814, c. aixfaTepu 
instead of apLcfrorepuv. Cf. ev, p. 138. 

II. 2. 379, el he ttot es ye plav (3ov\evaopev, 'but if ever we shall be at 
one in council,' an unusual and idiomatic phr., which may be ex- 
plained by supplying fiovk-qv from the verb. (Cf. Eng. 'at one.') 

77. Elliptical 

oIkov, bbpov, bbpovs, lepov or some other familiar word omitted. 8 
Sc. oIkov, 56/jlov, 86p.ovs : els 'At5ao, II. 8. 367; 13. 415; 21. 48; 22. 213; 
Od. 10. 502; 11. 164, 277, 425; 12. 383; so Theogn. 906; 9 frequent in 
Attic Greek, v. p. 103. « UptafioLo, 11.24. 160; es 'AxtXX^os, II. 24. 309; 
ets 'AXkivooio, Od. 8. 418; 13. 23; es KKvt'lolo, Od. 16. 327; av8pos ks 
acf>veLov, II. 24. 482; es irarpbs, Od. 2. 195; es r\ner'epov, h. Merc. 370. 
ets rjpLerepov, Od. 2. 55; 7. 301; 17. 534. Sc. lepov : es ' 'Adrjvalrjs, II. 
6. 379 = 384. Sc. poov : ets Klyvirroio, Od. 4. 581. Cf. in Attic ets 
'AttoXXcows, A^r/rpos, (^CKoab^ov, bibao~Ka\ov, etc., also Lat. ad Apollinis, 
ad Castoris, etc. 

Temporal 

I. Of a limit in time, determining a period: 

II. 14. 86, e/c veoT7]TOs . . . /cat es yrjpas. 

es rjeKiov Karadvvra, most often in the form irpbrav i\\xap es y\'e\iov 
KarabbvTa, 'all day until the setting of the sun,' so II. 1. 601; 19. 
162; 24. 713; Od. 9. 161, 556; 10. 183, 476; 12. 29; 19. 424; h. Merc. 206, 

8 But v. ev p. 168 ftn. for explan. of gen. not as adnominal, but originally locative 
with addition of local adv. 

9 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 353; ib. 1. 337, « A^roto. 



PART IV ets 



85 



so also Hes. Th. 596; var. II. 19. 308, bvvra 5' es r)k\tov /jieveu, so Od. 
17. 570, 582. In Od. 3. 138 it means 'towards' or 'near sunset,' 
Lat. sub vesperam, els of making an appointment, setting a date, so in 
later Gk. 

Od. 11. 375, Kai nev es rjco 5iav avaaxo'wyv- 10 Cf. es avpiov, Od. 11. 
351; cf. Od. 15. 126, es yap.ov <x>pr\v v. infra. 

2. Extent of time: 

eis eviavrov, 'for a year,' II. 21. 444; Od. 4. 526, 595; 11. 356; h. 
Cer. 399, so Hes. Op. 44, cf. Th. 799 (p,eyav); more often, re\ea<f)bpov 
eis kviavrbv 'for a full year,' so II. 19. 32; Od. 10. 467; 14. 292; 15. 230; 
h. Ap. 343, XX. 6; so too Hes. Th. 740, also rere\e$ixevov els eviavrov 
Th. 795, Op. 561; var. ets eviavrov airavra, Od. 14. 196. But Od. 4. 86, 
Tpls yap rUrei fxijXa reXeacfrbpov els eviavrov, 'three times within the full 
circle of the year,' 11 cf. ets copas, Od. 9. 135. 

ets copas, Od. 9. 135, atet/ets copas afiuev, 'within the year,' i. e., 
'always at the appointed time,' 'every season as it comes around'; 
cf. h. Horn. XXVI. 12, 56s o' r}p,as x a ' L P 0VTas & &pas aurts Ueadai/eK 5' 
av6' upaoov els tovs iroWovs eviavTovs, cf. Attic infra, p. 107. But the 
sing, is different in Od. 15. 126, StSco/u . . . es yafxov kp-qv, 
'against the time of your marriage,' where it determines the period, 
but the emphatic idea is that of intention amplified by the follow- 
ing infinitive, 'I give you this gift until the time of your marriage, 
to bear to your wife.' Cf. Hdt. 6. 61. 

es rt ert Krelveadai eaaere \dov 'A%cttots ; 'to what point?' 'how 
long?', II. 5. 465. 

3. Setting a date: Od. 14. 384, 4>clt ekevaeadai 77 es 0epos rj es birupr\v, 
'he said that he would come home either by summer or harvest- 
time' (also sets the limit in time). Cf. Od. 3. 138, 7. 317, es r65e; 
also es avpiov infra. 

IV. Adverbial and temporal 

es avpiov, simply 'to-morrow,' 'on the morrow,' II. 8. 538; 
Od. 7. 318 and often later; but also Od. 11. 351, eTnp.elvai es avpiov 
'until to-morrow,' 'until morning' where the prep, has its own force. 
Cf. also Hes. Op. 410, es r' auptcw es re evr]4>iv (note phr. es evr\$iv = 
els Tpirrjv, 'to-morrow and the day after to-morrow).' Cf. later, 
Plat. Legg. 858 B. 

es Trep birlaaa), Od. 18. 122; 20. 199; cf. elaoriao) h. Horn. Ven. 
104; 'hereafter,' 'in time to come'; so Soph. Ph. 1105. 

10 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1151, 4s 'at dawn'; cf. Theocr. 18. 14, « &a>, ' to-morrow/ 
n Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 690, ds 'iros 'within a year.' 



86 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



es reKevT-fjv, 'at the end,' 'at last.' h. Horn. VII. 29, es 8k 
reXevTrjv/kpel. Cf. Hes. Op. 333. Cf. Theogn., Pind., Soph., v. 
infra, p. 111. 

es reXos, 'at last,' 'finally,' h. Merc. 462, es reXos ovk awaT-qao} 
(Baumeister: numquatn te fall am). Cf. Hes. Op. 218; 294; 664. 
Cf. Att. v. infra, p. 111. 

es varepov, Od. 12. 126; so also Hes. Op. 351; cf. Hdt. 5. 41, 74, 
etc., p. 107. Cf. kv, p. 191, e£, p. 72. 

V. Tags 

1. Military: ets Wvos, 'to the band,' 'tribe,' 'company,' 
in the expression bp 5' erapuv ets Wvos kx^ero, II. 3. 32; 11. 585; 13. 
165, 533, 566, 596, 648; 14. 408; 16. 817. 

es vfjas, II. 10. 366; 11. 513; 13. 31; 19. 3, etc. 

ets uTparbv 'to the army' (slight), II. 4. 70; 10. 325; 24. 112, 566. 

Phrases for going into the battle, the press, etc.: 

es 6/il\ov, (Aavaw) II. 19. 402; (\acov) 7. 218; (eralpuv) 17. 129; 
(jAvricriipw) Od. 17. 590; 22. 263, 282. 12 

es TKrjdvv, 'to retire into the mass, the crowd,' H. 11. 360; 17. 31; 
20. 197; cf. ets Wvos supra. 

es TToXe/dov, II. 1. 491; 16. 728; but 8. 376, es iroXepiov Buprfeonai, 
'arm myself for battle.' 

es 4>bfiov av8puv, II. 15. 310, practically means 'into the battle/ 
'into the press,' but contains the added idea of the end or intent, 
'for the terror of men.' 13 

2. Local designations with slight idiomatic feeling: 

ets evvrjv, II. 11. 115, 'the lion to its lair'; but in II. 14. 209, 296; 
h. Ap. 329, 344, it refers to the marriage couch. 

es kotpov (almost tech.) 'to the barnyard,' Od. 10. 411, so airb 
Kowpov, II. 18. 575; cf. Kara Koirpov. 

es Xeo-x^^j Od. 18. 328, 329, ol><5' efleAets evbeiv x^ K V^ ov & 86/jlov 
eh0&v,/rik irov ks \eaxw ', c ^ Hdt. 2. 32, es transferred to the 

talk or gossip that went on in the lounging-place. 

3. Familiar and frequent local designations: 

ets ayopriv, II. 1. 490; Od. 8. 109; es aycova 'to the assembly met to 
see the games,' II. 23. 799, 886; cf. ets neaaov aycbva, 685, 710. Cf. 
kv, p. 135. es dl(f)pov, II. 5. 364; 11. 359. ets 'At5ao 86p,ovs, Od. 10. 175, 
491, 564; 14. 208, etc. Cf. phr. which omit 86fiovs v. supra, p. 84. 

I2 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 109. 

13 v. Leaf ad loc, who cites other examples of ets c. acc. of intent or purpose. 



PART IV ets 



87 



ets 8w{jlcl, Od. 10. 62; h. Merc. 34. ets oXkov (ikvai), II. 6. 490; Od. 

I. 356; 21. 350; {ayetv) 14. 318; 17. 84. efc 6 PM oi>, Od. 15. 497, rip (i. 
e., 'the ship') ets opjiioy irpo'epeaaav eper/xots, 'they rowed the ship to 
harbor.' es TreptcoTn^, II. 14. 8; Od. 10. 146 (cf. kv II. 23. 451). es 
(TK07rlr}v, II. 20. 137, Kade^cofieda Kiovres/eK tcltov es aKowLrjv. Cf. use of 
other preps, with most of the words in this group. 

VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition 

1. ets after vb. of motion c. acc. of the person, not of going 
'against' the person, but simply 'to him,' later regularly cos.: 

II. 7. 312; 15. 402; Od. 14. 127; 22. 202. 

2. els 'within reach of,' v. supra, II. 5. 118; cf. 23. 523. 

3. Pregnant: II. 15. 276, e^dvrj Ats rjvyevetos | els bbbv, 'appeared 
in the way,' implying a previous vb. of motion. 

B. Literature after Homer 
/. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns: 

es cry/cdAas, Eur. Ale. 190, rj 8e Xap-fiavova' es dyKakas ; Ion. 1598, 
dp-Kauavr es dyKahas/ . . . /3pe<£os, (prob. slightly idiomatic, al- 
though less so than some of the cases with kirl), cf. ev, p. 145 and 
eiri. Cf. Eng. 'infant in arms.' 

ets clkocls, earliest form sing. c. adj. Aesch. Prom. 689, 
es cucoav efxdv ; Eur. Phoen. 1480, ovk els clkocls en bvarvxlo./ Scb/zaros 
r]Kei. Cf. ets ewrjKoov, 'within hearing,' infra, p. 113. 

ets 'aKpov, Hes. Op. 291, kirrjv 5' els aKpov, t/CT?rat 'but when one 
reaches the summit' (of the steep, rough path of toil which the 
immortals have set in front of virtue), quoted by Plat. Prot. 340 D; 
Cf. Tyrt. 10. 43, es aKpov dperr]s keofat ; Simon. 41. 6, Xkq t es aKpov/ 
avdpelas; cf. Hippon. 45 (34), ets aKpov e\Kuv, cbairep dWavra il/vxuv 
(prob. literal). The passages from Tyrt., Simon., Plato, seem to be 
an echo of the Hesiodic phr., but later, Theocr. 14. 61 we find ets aKpov 
as a real adv. phr., ets aKpov dbvs (Lang: 'the top of good company'). 

ets aiuWav, Ibycus 2. 6, es cfyt\\cu> e(3a (nearly or quite lit.); Eur. 
Tro. 621, /ca/cco KaKov yap els afxtWav epxerat = vb. 'rivals,' cf. Eng. 
'enters into rivalry with'; Hec. 226, wr' ets x*P&v fyiWav e£e\0ys 
efioi; ib. Frg. 347.3, \6yoov fxaralccv els afjuWav e^Lcov (metaph. end of 
motion). Cf. vrpos (w. pi.) Eur. Med. 1082. 

es avayKalrjv diveiKr]devT as, Hdt. 8. 109. 2, 'brought into great 
straits,' cf. diropi-qv, arevov. 



88 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



ets olvt\ov, Eur. Heracl. 168, ets avrkov epfirjcrei (second pers.) 
irbba, metaph. for getting into a difficulty. Cf. infra, els airoplav, 
els (frpkaTa ireaelv, etc.; but in Eur. Hec. 1025, clvtXov is literally sea- 
water. 

els airoplav, Hdt. 1. 24, aireCkrjdevTa es airopir)v, so 2. 141, 

'brought into great straits'; cf. 1. 79, es airopl-qv woWrjv aw iy p'evos ; 
Thuc. II. 81. 8, es airoplav KaduaravTccv, cf. Xen. Oec. 3. 8 (c. gen.); 
Plat. Hipp. Mai. 286 C, els airoplav pe KarefiaXev ' reduced me to straits'; 
cf. Plat. Theaet. 174 C, v. infra sub <ppeara; cf. els clvtXov supra, 
els airopov infra, els aprjxavov, aprjxava, es avayKalrjv, es arevbv, etc. 

els apidpbv, Eur. Hec. 1186, at 6' els apidpbv rcbv Kan&v ire4>vK.apev, u 
'some of us by nature count among the bad,' 'to fill up the or- 
dinary number'; cf. Menand. 165 K., els rbv apidpbv, ad numerum 
explendum; so Eur. Frg. 495, nels avbpuv pev ov / rekovuiv apidpbv, 'they 
do not count in the number of men'; El. 1054, fj be pi] bonel rabe,/ 
ovb' els apiBpbv tcov epcov r/Ket \bycov, 1 she does not come into the account 
of my words,' (Way: 'if any think not so, With her mine argument 
hath naught to do') 15 It is only a step from this c. gen. and a vb. 
of motion to the absol. use c. vb. of motion, Thuc. II. 72. 3, /cat aXXo 
et rt bvvarbv es apidpbv eKBelv, 'and anything else which can be counted.' 
Hdt. 7. 60, irXrjOos es apidpbv illustrates a use of the prep., rather than a 
phr., 'in respect of numbers.' 

ets /3a6os, Eur. Med. 1297, es aW'epos f3ddos ; At. Av. 1715, es (lados 
Ku/cXou/xwpet (Schol. : ets to v\pos rov ovpavov); neither of these expres- 
sions c. gen. is really a phr., but it occurs without gen. in Ar. Meteor. 
386 a 19, 23, 30, and the transference of meaning from depth to 
height gives an idiom, tone even c. gen. Cf. e/c, ev, eirl, Kara. 

els fivdbv, Aesch. Suppl. 408, bel rot fiadelas (^povTibos acoTrjplov/bUrjv 
Ko\vp(3r)Tr)pos, es (3v6bv po\elv /bebopKos oppa; Soph. Ai. 1083, e£ ovpluv 
bpapovaav els (3vdbv ireaelv, metaph. of the state; but cf. Ar. H. A. 
619 a 7; 631 a 18. ets Qvddv lit. 'into the sea,' or 'the deep,' 'the depths 
of the sea', et al.; cf. kv p. 162. 

es balra, Theogn. 563, KenXfjadai es balra; cf. c. naXeiv 'to invite,' 
Ar. Av. 494, es beKarrjv . . . /cX^ets, 'to the christening-day 
feast'; cf. ets %vpirbaiov, Vesp. 1005, e7rt belirvov, els %vpirbo~iov, eiri 
deuplav, an interesting parallel use of e7rt and ets, (belirvov regularly 
has e7rt, exc. Eccl. 1149, irpbs to belirvov), 16 there is very little difference 

14 Dindorf del. 1185, 1186; text much disputed; see edd. 

15 Cf. Horn. II. 2. 202 prep. cpd. kvapidfuos, Od. 11. 449 simple Dat. apiBny. 

16 v. Starkie ad Vesp. 1005. 



PART IV els 



89 



in the three preps., ets, kir'i, irpbs in this sense, but some words cus- 
tomarily take certain prepositions, e. g., always kirl %evia, to invite a 
stranger to dinner, Hdt. 2. 107, etc., freq. in inscrr. (in Athen. xl/rj^ia- 
Mara); cf. Eur. Ion. 1140, es doivrjv, cf. Plat. Phaedr. 247 B, orav be brj 
Tpbs balra kcll eiri Oolvrjv 'icoatv ; cf. Lach. 186 A, eirei.br] ... ets 
avp(3ov\r)v irapeKaXeaaTrfv r)pas irepl rolv vleoLV, 'call us into consulta- 
tion,' so 187 C, 190 B; Prot. 313 A; Aeschin. III. 154, ets irpoebplav; 
Ar. Av. 333, es be bb\ov eKaheae transfers the same use from the concrete 
to the abstract. 

ets bov\ov, Eur. Tro. 615, to o' evyeves/els bovXov rj/cet, pera(3o\as rotdcrS' 
exov, the sudden shift to the personal construction is idiomatic nor is 
it frequent thus to put the person himself for the qualities he would 
have. 

ets epLv, Soph. Ai. 1018, irpbs obbev ets epiv dvpovpevos (Jebb: 'whose 
wrath makes strife even without a cause'). For dvpovpevos ets v. 
Kepas infra. 

ets dolv-qv, Eur Ion. 1140, v. supra balra. 

ets Bvpbv fioXelv, /3dXXe<r0at, 'lay to heart,' Soph. O T 975; Hdt. 
1. 84; 7. 51. 3; 8. 68 y., all these cases have the verb in the middle 
voice, but cf . Btos "Oprjpov §30, es Bvpbv e/3aXe to prjdev quoted by Jebb. 
Cf. e*>t dvpw fiaWeaddi, Horn., Hes., etc. v. pp. 141, 149; also kvl 4>pe<Tl; 
but Soph. El. 1347, ovbe 7' es dvpbv <£epa; is not quite the same, v. 
infra, p. 126 sub cfrepeiv. 

ets Kepas, Eur. Bacch. 742, raupot 5' UjSptorat Keis Kepas dvpovpevot, 
of venting their fury with their horns; Vergil imitates this, Georg. 
3. 232; Aen. 12. 104, irasci in cornua; for dvpovpevos ets cf. ets ept*> 
supra; for ets Kepas, Eur. Hel. 1558, Kels Kepas wapepfiXkiruv, 'levelling 
his horns.' 

es XeaxyV) Hdt. 2. 32, e/c Xbycov aWcov airiKeadai es XeaxW n^pi T °v 
NetXou, 'talk,' 'gossip' (prob. slight idiom, coloring); cf. Horn. Od. 
18. 329 es \eaxw of the place where the gossip went on. 

ets pedrjv (setting a limit), Plat. Minos 320 A, p-q avpirLveiv dXX^Xots 
ets pedrjv ; so Legg. 775 B. 

ets bbbv, Eur. Med. 766, /<ets bbbv fiefi-qKapev, metaph. i. e., 'we have 
come to a way of action'; but cf. Soph. Ai. 37, (lit.) 'came into the 
path', 7rdXat <£{>Xa£ e^r)v/rr\ 077 irpbdvpos ets bbbv KvvayLa. 

els oppa, oppara, Eur. Heracl. 887, /cat 7ap ovk e(3ov\ero / £oov els gov 
eKdelv oppa Kal bovvat bk-qv, 'to come within your sight'; Or. 461, 
ets oppar ekdelv rolauv e^eipyaapevois. Cf. Horn. II. 24. 204 = 520, 
es bcj)da\povs. Cf. ets o\!/lv, irpbauwov infra. 



90 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



ets 6p(f>vav, Eur. H. F. 352, rov yds kvkpuv r es opfyvav / iioKovra, 
the transference of meaning from the darkness of the night to that 
of the lower world indicates a slight idiomatic feeling; cf. Eur. Suppl. 
994, 5l operas, Ion 955, kv 6p4>vr], usually transferred to the meaning 
of night itself. Cf. for darkness of the lower world, Plat. Phaedr. 
256 D, ets yap gkgtov kcll rrjv virb yrjs iropelav . . . eXOelv. 

els ox^ov, Eur. Hipp. 986, eyu 5' aKopnpos els oxKov bovvat \6yov 
'in public'; cf. irap 6xXw, Hipp. 213, 989; Amphis, 14 K., 8ia rl 5' ovk 
d7ets/ets rov 6%Xov avrbv (of bringing a new idea which he had 'before 
the public' in a play); similarly, ets oxKov 4>epei.v Anaxandrides, 54 K. 
Cf. es pieaov, es to kolvov, es to (fravepbv infra. 

els 6\J/iv, Lat. coram, 'in the presence of,' 'face to face,' etc., c. 
dat, gen. or absol. (sometimes c. art.). Aesch. Cho. 215, ets 6\(/lv 
r;Kets oivirep k&vxov iraXai ; Pers. 183; Eur. Med. 173; Ion 1557; cf. Or. 
513, ets ofipaTcov . . . 6\J/lv . . . -irepav ; Hdt. 1. 136, ovk 
a-FiKveerca, es 6\j/tv rw warpl ; 2. 121 e ; 3. 27, 42, 63, 68 : 4. 81 ; 5. 13, aYetr 
avTrjv keXeue ecourw es tyiv ; 5. 106 ; 6. 30. 2, 94, 134 ; 7. 6. 4, 29, 136, 
146. 3 ; 8. 26, 106. 4 ; 114. 1 ; Thuc. VI. 49. 2, irpiv es 8$lv k\delv, 'before 
the army came into sight.' In Soph. O C 577, (a real and more idiom, 
phr.), bwpov ov (TTovdalov els 6\piv, 'in respect of,' i. e., 'nothing great 
to look at'; cf. Ai. 876, irbvov ye TrXrjdos, Kobbev els bipiv irXeov, 'nothing 
more to see'; cf. cbro, e£ o^ecos, pp. 38, 54. 

ets Tcpoebplav, v. supra sub balra. 

es irpofxaxovs, Tyrt. 9. 4. Cf. 9. 12. Cf. Horn, ev p. 137. 

els 7Tp6acowov = 1 Lsit. coram. Eur. Hipp. 720, ets tpoctcctov Qijv'eois 
d</n£o;uat, (idiom.), cf. ets 6\piv, bp.p.a. 

ets c. avp.(3o\ov, Eur. Hel. 291, aveyvoxr8rip.ev av / els £iV/3oX' ekdbvB\ 

ets avpL^ovKrjv, v. supra sub balra ; so ets avpirbcnov. 

es Thuc. I. 69. 5, es rvxas . . . KaraaT-qvai, 'expose 

yourselves to chances of war'; but I. 78. 2, 0tXet es tvx<ls tcl iroWa 
irepdaTaadai, 'wont to turn out a series of chances.' 

es 0dos, </><is ayetv, e\6elv, etc., Eng. 'bring to light,' 'come to. 
light.' First in Horn. h. Merc. 12; Hes. Th. 626, dvrjyayov es <f>aos aurts 
of the children of Uranos, cf. 157, 652. Theogn. 712, rfkvBe . . . 
es <j>aos rjeXLov, lit. of coming back from the lower world, so Aesch. 
Pers. 630; Soph. El. 419; cf. Soph. Frg. 513. 7, kolplol yap av irarrjp ye 
oaupvuv xdptv/d^/cr' av els (pus ; Eur. Ale. 362, 1073, 1076, 1139, H. F. 
524, 611, 1222; cf. Hipp. 617, Frg. 904. 9; Ar. Ran. 1529; cf. Pax 
445; cf. Alexis 219 K. (w. art.); Menand. 433 K. 



PART IV els 



91 



But es cpaos is already used metaphorically in Pindar, 01. V. 14, 
U7r' a/jLCixcivlas aycov es 0dos rbvhe 8b.\iov aarcbv, " bringing to light this 
commonwealth of citizens'; cf. Is. VI. (V.) 62. 

Trag. Fr. Adesp. 511 (Nauck), xp° v °s T & kpvtttcl iravTa els <f>aos ayet, 
so Soph. Frg. 832; cf. adesp. 483. 2. 

Soph. Ph. 581, del 5' avrov Xeyew/els 4>cbs 6 Ae£ei, i. e., 'in public'; 
cf. 1353; O T 1229 (w. art.) ; Hdt. 3. 79, oavrivat es to tp&s of coming out 
into public view, nearly = ' to appear in public,' contrasted with 
'they remain at home.' Eur. Hipp. 714, o/ivvfii . . . I \xr\8ev 
kolk&v croov els <fiaos 8ei^eiv -ore. Cf. rcpos. 

Plato uses this phr. in Rep. 461 C, Cratyl. 410 D, Legg. 869 C, 
lit. of production or generation comparable with the Homeric use. 
Similarly by metaphor, of arguments, laws, proofs, Phaedr. 261 E, 
Legg. 722 E, 788 C, and Theaet. 157 D of Socrates serving as a mid- 
wife to bring forth to light the opinions of others. 

es tpapfitucov, Hipponax frg. 14, 8 el 8' avrov 'es cpap,uaKov kKiroiTjaaaOai, 
'to make him into a scape-goat.' 

es x e ~ L P a S) most frequently es x^-P - 1 * ehBelv, ievai, avvLevat, c. dat., or 
absol., 'to come to a hand to hand conflict, to blows, or close quarters 
with one.' Cf. Lat. in manus venire, Sail. J. 89. 2; ad manus venire, 
Liv. 2. 46, etc. (c.ekdelv): Aesch. Sept. 680; Soph. C 975; Tr. 442; 
Hdt. 9. 48. 2 has es x^P^v re vb\±ov awuceaBai in the same meaning, cf. 
ev x^eiouv voftxa, v. p. 150; Thuc. VII. 44. 7; (absol.) Thuc. I. 52. 3; 
IV. 33. 1; 96. 2; 126. 5: (c. thai) id. II. 3. 4, 81. 8; III. 107. 4; IV. 
72. 3; VII. 70. 5; VIII. 50. 3; cf. id. V. 72. 4, erpe^av ov8e es x^tpas ; 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 22, 23; An. 4. 7. 15 (c. I'evai absol.); cf. Cyr. 2. 1. 11. 

But Xen. An. 4. 3. 31; Hell. 7. 4. 13, els x^-pas 8kxea8ai 'to receive 
a charge at close quarters'; cf. Thuc. V. 72, v-oiielvavras, 'awaiting 
the charge.' 

Extended by Euripides to an extremely idiom, use, Heracl. 429, 
ets x^P& 777 avvipf/av, "they came close to land.' Cf. Verg. G. 2. 45. 

Hardly idiom, is the expression 'to come into the hands, i. e., 
the power of; which begins in Horn. II. 10. 448 and continues 
frequent. Hes. Th. 973; Ar. Thesm. 912; Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 15; 3. 1. 3; 
7. 4. 10; An. 1. 2. 26, etc. Similarly, 'to bring, give, put some one 
into the hands of another," Hes. Sc. 107, cf. Hdt. 8. 106. 3 (ayeiv, 
wrhyeiv)', Soph. El. 1348 (8i8bvo.i) (almost or quite lit., perhaps a slight 
thought of into whose care^ ; and to take into one's hands, i. e. , one's 
care, Eur. Heracl. 228, tovs 'Hpa/vXetous -al8as els x^pas Xa/3e!y ; in 
Soph. El. 1120 purely lit., but there is a real phr. with \a(3elv, 'to take 



92 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



a matter in hand,' 'undertake it,' Eur. Hec. 1242, kcll yap aivxvvyv 
(frkpei/irpayix es x*Po.s Xa/36*>r' aircoaacrdaL rode, cf. Eng. prov. 'put the 
hand to the plough,' etc. Similar is Hdt. 1. 126, rade es x^tpas 
ayeadaL, so 4. 79; 7. 8.1 (cf. ra wep ev x e P^l exets 7. 5., v. p. 154). 

ets x&po-v, x^pas, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4, ets rds eavruv x^pas eKaoroi 
tovtwv irapeiuiv, 'at his own place, post, station'; cf. Theocr. 15. 57, 
rot 5' efiav es x^pav. Cf. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 23, ets x^pav rtws Kadlar acdai, 
'to succeed some one.' Cf. ev, p. 155. Cf. Kara, etc. 

b. With adjectives: 1. General. 2. Adj. of quantity. 

I. (Note frequency of phr. c. neut. adj., often w. art., sometimes 
equiv. to an abstract noun.) 

es to apeivov (almost adv., but force of prep, still evident). Eur. 
Med. 911, dXX' els to \uov abv pedearrjKev neap ; cf. Hel. 346, els to ^'eprepov 
riBei/rb peXKov, 6 tl yevqaerai. Cf. Hdt. 7. 8. 1, av peeper at. eiri to apeivov, 
'it turns out for the better.' 

els ra.prixo.vov, Eur. Heracl. 487, ira\iv pedearrjK avdis els Ta.iirixo.vov ; 
cf. pi. c. Treaelv, Xen. An. 2. 3. 18, ets 7roXXd Kal ap-rjxava ireirrccKor as, 
'falling into many difficulties'; cf. airopov infra. Cf. e£, p. 78. 

es a.p<pl(3o\ov , Thuc. IV. 18. 4, drives ray add. es a.p4>ifio\ov dox/xxXcos 
Wevro, 'who prudently accounted their good fortune as doubtful' 
Cf. ev p. 185. 

ets aireipov, Xenophanes frg. 22, es aireipov kavei, of the roots of the 
earth extending 'to infinity'; 17 cf. Plat. Legg. 910 B, ets aireipov rrjv 
adidav ai^avovres ; et al. Cf. R P §503 (Nemes. de Nat. Horn. c. 38, 
p. 309), paKKov de els aireipov Kal are\evri]r(jis ra aura airoKadicrraadai 
(of the Stoic cycle, the magnns mundi annus.). 

els airopov, Eur. Hel. 813, ets airopov r/Keis ; so Phoen. 1400; cf. Ar. 
Nub. 703, orav els airopov ir'eo-r\s ; for ireaelv cf. Xen. An. 2. 3. 18, v. 
ets rap.yxo.vov supra; for the thought cf. also Soph. Tr. 1243, cos es 7roXXd 
rairopelv ex^o (v. iro\vs) ; cf . es airoplrjv, avayKairjv, arevbv aireiKrjd'evras, 
etc., v. pp. 87, 88, 94. 

es aadeves, Hdt. 1. 120, Kal rd ye rcov bveiparcov exbpeva reXecos es 
aadeves epxerat, 'comes to nothing'; cf. <p\avpov, ovb'ev, etc. 

es r avroax^dlrjv Kal irpopaxovs levai, Tyrt. 9. 12, cf. irpopaxovs. 

els agaves, v. sub adv. phr. infra, p. 113. 

ets rd bvopades, Eur. I. T. 478, rj yap rvxv irap-qyay 1 els to bvapades. 

II . Arde Caelo 294 a 23 in quoting and referring to this passage has ex' ixweipov 
which raises the question whether Xenoph. had ext. Diels gives, however, no other 
MS reading except els. If the text is genuine, the variation would indicate that there 
is no difference in meaning between eis and ext in such a case. 



PART IV ets 



93 



es to dvarvxes, Aesch. Cho. 913, TeKOvaa yap p! eppopas es to 8vcttvx& ; 18 
Eur. Tro. 639, ets to 8vgtvx£S irecr&v. 
els Tovaxarov, v. p. 113. 

ets to to'top, Xen. An. 1. 3. 3, oik ets to Ulov KaTed'ep-qv kpol, 'for my 
personal use'; cf. Hiero 11. 1. 
ets pecrov, ets to pecrov: 

a. Gen. uses, nearly or quite lit. and only slightly idiomatic: 
Solon 8. 2, aXridelrjs es pecrov epxopevrjs ; Theogn. 495, 678 (c. art.); 
Soph. Ai. 1285, ov SpaireT-qv tov lArjpov es pecrov /carets, 'casting a ballot 
not of the fugitive kind'; Soph. frg. 783. 2 (c. dat.), \6yos / crvynoWa t 
apfyolv es pecrov TeKTalveTcu ; Eur. Ion 1558, pi] tccv ivapoiSe pep-pis ets pecrov 
po\ v ; Hdt. 3. 129, 130; 8. 10; cf. 3. 102; Plat. Theaet. 180 E, dpcboTepcov 
els to pecrov ireirTLOKOTes ; but Xen. Oec. 7. 26, 27, ttjv pvrjprjv kolI ttjv 
eirip'e\eiav els to pecrov a.pcj)OTepoLs KaTed-qnev, i. e., he gave to both sexes m 
common, cf. infra other uses c. KcxTtxTiQ-qpi ; Plat. Rep. 572 D; eirivop. 
991 A; Antiphan. 207 K., etc., etc. 

But more idiomatic uses are frequent: b. Pind. frg. 42 (171). 3, 
koXccv pev (ov polpav Te Tepirvcov es pecrov XPV iravTi \acg /8euivvvai, Lat. in 
commune; so Soph. Ph. 609, 8'ecrpibv t aycov/edet^ 'Axcuots es pecrov, dypav 
KciKrjv, i. e., 'he showed him publicly to the Achaeans.' 

c. Of meeting in conflict, Soph. Tr. 515, Icrav es pecrov; cf. Trag. 
Frg. adesp. 211, 366; cf. Theocr. 22. 183. 

d. c. c\>'epeiv = 'to propose a plan,' etc., cf. irpocp'epeiv, Eur. Suppl. 
439, Tts Oeket To\eL/xpV <JTOV TL /5ouXeu/z' ets pecrov 4>'epeiv ex^v ; 19 Hdt. 4. 97 ; 
Xen. Symp. 3. 3; cf. Plat. Phileb. 57 A, ov 8' evena Tama Tpor]veyKapeda 
els to pecrov, dpa ewoets ; Dem. 274. 139; 420. 250; cf. Plat. Phaedr. 
267 A, tov 8e KaWcaTOV II&ptoz> ^v-qvov els pecrov ovic ayopev, 'we do not 
propose,' i. e., 'mention;' var. Hdt. 3. 80, (3ov\evpaTa 8e iravTa es to 
kolvov avacp'epei, but a little different, i. e., 'refers,' rather than 'pro- 
poses'; but cf. Plat. Legg. 812 C, 936 A, ets to pecrov ir pocfrepetv of bring- 
ing before the public, as of a poet or musician producing or exhibiting 
his work. 

e. C. Tidevai, cf. irpoTLd'evai, cf. II. 23. 704 v. supra, p. 84; after 
Horn. esp. of political proceedings, 'to lay before the people,' Hdt. 
3. 142, es pecrov ttjv apxw Tidels, 'placing it at your disposal'; 7. 8. 8. 2, 
TidrjpL to TTpHypa es pecrov, 'I lay the matter before you'; Plat. Legg. 

18 Cf. Aesch. Pers. 440, T7}v8e avp.4>opav . . . / . nanobv ptirovcrav es ra /xaaaova, 
where es ra ixaa-aova, which did not really become a true prep, phr., is on the border 
line. 

19 But cf. Eur. Tro. 54 which hardly has this force. Cf. Eur. Hel. 1542. 



94 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



719 A, /3ouXojuat vp.lv els to peaov clvto delvai, 'I wish to set before you' 
(the effect which the preceding discourse has had upon me); Dem. 
1463. 2; cf. later, Plut. Sull. 26. 2, els peaov Belvai 'to publish'; cf. 
Hdt. 1. 206, es fi'euov g<}>l Trpoerldee to irpr/ypa, Lat. in medium ajferre. 

f. C. KaTCLTiQ'evai, cf. II. 23. 704. Eur. Cycl. 547, KaTdes clvtov els 
neaov 'to put down in the midst for common use,' cf. Ar. Eccl. 602; 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 14; but Hdt. 3. 80, es peaov UepayaL KaTadelvat to. 
TrpayfxaTCL, 'to share the government, power with,' so 7. 164; Plat. 
Phileb. 14 B, KaTaTiB'evTes be els to peaov of proposing for common 
discussion; cf. Dem. 488. 102, dXX' tV els to fiecrov /carafleis ttjv dxpekeiav 
e(f>a/jLLX\ov 7roiT}o"fl to TToielv dWifkovs ev, an interesting passage, sug- 
gesting the Homeric reminiscence and showing the connotation of the 
phr. The uses c. Tid'evai as well as c. naTCLTid'evai are probably devel- 
opments from the Horn. phr. cf. ev, p. 158. 

g. C. \eyeiv, etc., 'to speak before all,' Hdt. 3. 83; 6. 129 (w. 
art.); Xen. Cyr. 8. 5; 22. cf. Plat. Rep. 336 C, els to peaov 4>dey^dpevos, 
'interrupting'; cf. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7 of speaking before the taxi- 
archs; Menand. p. 242. 58 (Capps), ets pkcov epd>. 

h. Eur. I. T. 420, yvcopa 5' ols pev cucatpos 6\/(3ov, rots 5' els peaov 77/cet 
of moderation as opposed to extremes. 

i. Tech. as a military term, 'into the centre,' Thuc. IV. 125. 3, 
tov \}/l\6v opCkov es peaov \aficov ; Andoc. II. 4. 

j. Plat. Rep. 547 B, ets peaov <bpo\6yr)aav (gnom. aor.), 'they 
come to an agreement'; cf. Prot. 337 E, avpfirivcu ... ets to peaov, 
'to come to terms,' 'agree to a compromise.' 

ets to py]b'ev, Soph. El. 1166 (almost lit.), Toiydp av 5e£cu p es tov gov 
To8e aTeyos, / tt]v pr\bev els to prjbev, cos avv cot /cdrco /Wtco to \oltov (Jebb: 
' Therefore take me to this thy home, me who am as nothing, to thy 
nothingness, that I may dwell with thee henceforth below.'). Eur. 
Hec. 622, cos ets to prjbev r/Kopev, 'how we are brought to naught'; 
Hdt. 1. 32, 17 6' rjneTept] evbatpovlr] ovtu rot air epprjir rat es to prjbev, 'set 
at naught'; cf. es dadeves, ovbev, 4>\avpov. 

es ouSei^, Hdt. 2. 104, /cat tovto pev es ovbev dvqueL, 'amounts to 
nothing'; Thuc. III. 10. 1; VII. 59. 3, /cat 6\lyov ovbev es ovbev eirevoovv 
(Jowett: 'and all their thoughts were on a grand scale'); VII. 87. 6, 
/cat ovbev oKlyov es ovbev KaKoiradrjaavTes. 

els o-Tevov, Hdt. 9. 34, dweLKrjdevT as es uTeivbv (cf . Eng. 'driven into a 
corner'); Dem. 15. 22, ets arevbv Kopibfi rd ttjs Tpocprjs rots £ei>ots aurcj) 
/caraor^creTat, cf. later, Alciphro 1. 24. 



PART IV ets 



95 



es <p\avpov, Hdt. 1. 120, CLToaKrjxf/avTOS tov kvvirviov es <f)\avpov, 'comes 
to a sorry ending,' 'ends in nothing'; cf. es audeves epxecflcu, p. 92, 
cf. eis rd {jL7]8ev, es ovbev. 

2. Adjectives of quantity. 

(iky as: Soph. O T 638, Kai /jlti to ixrjbev dXyos els fxey' otaere) (J., 
'forbear to make much of a petty grief,' i. e., make into a great 
matter the grief which is as nothing.) (Cf. eirl c. epx^dai, Soph. Ph. 
259, Eur. Hec. 380). 

els to ixel^ov, Eur. Frg. 1014, Beov yap ovbeis x w P^ euruxet fipoT&v/ 
ou6' els to p.el^ov rj\6e; but cf. lit. use, id. Bacch. 1237, els iiel^ov 77/00, 
Orjpas aypevetv x^polv ; cf. Dem. 430. 211 , els to p.el£co bvvauBai nanovpyelv. 

es p.kyi(JTOV, es rd jueyt<7ra, Soph. O T 519, ov yap els air\ovv/r\ ^pia 
jjLOL tov \byov tovtov (pepec, aXX' es \iey lgtov, 'tends not in a single 
direction only, but to the largest result,' (J.), v. fykpeiv els. Hdt. 5. 
49, es to. piyto-ra avrjueTe ape^s irepi, i. e., reached the highest point; 
so 8. 111. 3; ib. 144. 2, rtpcopeeti; es rd peyt0ra = adv. 

c. forms of pt/cpos : 

Cf. Diels 2 365. 5 frg. Democr. ap. Theophr., (lit.) els iiiKpbv vvvayea- 
Qai Kai reXos airo^vveudai, 'to be reduced to little and finally brought 
down to a mere point.' Hyper. IV. {in Philippid.) Col. I. 1, 17 e]- 
Keivwv bbvaius els jiiKpov fxeTeaTtj. 

els fiiKpoTaTOV, Dem. 1445. 2, tov brj tov (frevaKL^eaBaL xpbvov cos els 
IJLLKpoTaTov uvvayovTes, 'contracting, narrowing, bringing the time to 
the shortest possible.' 

es ekaaacv, Thuc. VII. 36. 2, rds wpcopas tcoi> ve&v ^wrepopres es 
eXaaaov, 'cutting down the prows.' 

ets eXaxtcra, Dem. 309. 246, rau#' (i. e., rd dpaprr^ara) cos els 
eXdxio-ra owretXat, 'reducing to the least possible,' cf. other phr. c. 
GvaTeWetv els Plat. Legg. 691 E; Thuc. VIII. 4, etc. ets eXaxto-rous, 
Isocr. XII 179, dteXovTas to irXijBos avT&v cos olov t fjv els eXaxtcrTOus. 

6\lyos : es oklyov, Thuc. IV. 129. 5, es b\lyov airtKeTO . . . 
vLK7]drjvaL, 'came within a little of being defeated,' like -wap oXlyov, 
Eur. I. T. 870 et al. But Thuc. VII. 36. 5 (lit. and local), bC bUyov 
nai es oKlyov, 'through a short distance and to a short distance.' 
PI. es bXiyovs, Thuc. V. 81. 2, es bXiyovs piaXXov KaTeaT^aav, 'set up 
a more oligarchical government,' cf. VIII. 38. 3; 53. 3; 89. 2; 97. 2, 
v. tech. phr. p. 102. Cf. id. II. 37. 1, Kai ovofxa p.ev bia to p,*) es 6\lyovs 
dXX' es rrXeiovas oUelv brjp.oKpaTia /ce/cX^rat 'owing to its being conducted 
not in the interests of the few, but of the many.' ets bXiyas kXeXex^at 
(sc. vavs), Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 16. 



96 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



irokvs : es iroWa, Soph. Tr. 1243, SetXcuos, cos es woWa rairopelv exco, 
'in many ways'; cf. ets iroWa, Plat. Rep. 455 D; cf. es rd Tavra, es 
rd ciXXa, etc. ets 7roXXous, Aeschin. I. 107, ets xoXXous eKpLapTvpijaai, 'to 
bear testimony before many persons,' Lat. publice testari. 

es ir\eov, Soph. O C 1219, orav rts es 7rXeo^ Teay/rov deovros, 'when one 
has lapsed into excess of the due limit' (J.); O T 700, rccvb 1 es ir\eov 
= adv. 7rXeoz> r) rovabe; O T 918, or' ovv irapaLvova ovbev es ir\eov 
iroLu, 'I don't make anything by it,' an interesting idiom 
which seems not to occur elsewhere in quite this form; but (local) 
Thuc. II. 21. 1, es to ifKeov ovk€tl irpoeKBdov 'coming no further,' cf. 
IV. 128. 2; cf. other preps. But es -wKelovas 'in the interests of the 
many' Thuc. II. 37. 1 v. supra es oXtYous. 

ets 7rXe Zcttov, Soph. O C 739 ( = adv.), rd rovbe irevBelv 7n7par' ets 
7rXe larov woXeoos, 'to the greatest extent of all the citizens.' Cf. other 
preps. 

II. Imprecations and. curses 

es (fidopov, Aesch. Sept. 252, ovk es 4>B6pov, atycha avaaxw eL Tabe ; 
(note ellipsis of vb., so infra Soph. O T 430, 1146,); Aesch. Ag. 1267, 
tr' es 4>96pov irkuovr , eyo) 5' dp' ei/'opat ; cf. Menand. Ilept/cetp. 202 
(Capps), dXX' [es 4>B6pov ai> vvv] j8d[5i]$*e . . . /eo-oScoy. 20 

ets oXeBpov, Soph. O T 430, 1146, ovk ets oKedpov, cf. Menand. 
Ilept/c. 263, 264 (Capps), [k]s 6\ed[pov e\]Be (bis). 

es KopaKCLs, Lat. abi in malam rem, pasce corvos, cf . Eng. ' go to the 
dogs.' This phr. consigns one to loss of burial which was the greatest 
dishonor that could befall a Greek. It is used variously with dif- 
ferent verbs and without the verb which can be easily supplied. 21 ovk 
es KopcLKas, Ar. Vesp. 458; Pax 500, ovk es /copa/cas epprjaere, so Plut. 
604; Pherecr. 70 K.; Ameips. 24 K.; Alexis 94K., Menand. 971 K. 
/3dXX' es Kop.: Ar. Nub. 133; Plut. 782; Vesp. 835; Thesm. 1079 
(bis); frg. 462 K.; airb^ep es Kop.: Ar. Pax 1221; Nicoph. 2 K., 
ovk es /copa/cas xcb x^P cltolo"€ls eKirob&v ; Ar. Av. 990 ovk el Bvpa£' es Kop. 
so frg. 584 K. ovk es /cop. awocpBepel, Eq. 892; Nub. 789 ; 22 e£eXco <r' es 
Kop. Nub. 123; 7rXetrco xwpis avrbs es Kop. Eq. 1314; es Kop. fiabiel, Pax 

20 Capps cf. also Herond. 6. 15, kiarod&v rip.lv (pdeLpeade, and cpd. vb. Menand. 
YLepin. 403, ovk ei<T<j>depeZade darrov vp:els eKTo8a>v ; (v. Capps ad loc), so Sam. 372, Oolttov 
eio-(f)da.pr)di, av but not elsewhere in this sense (Capps) . 

21 But v. Kock III. p. 248 ad Menand. fr. 971, quoting Zenob. 3. 87 for a different 
explanation. 

22 For 6.Tro4)depel in this use cf. Menand. Ilept/c. 286. Sam. 161 (Capps). 



PART IV els 



97 



117; oLxvveraL, Vesp. 51; 23 ttclv' ks ko P . Ach. 864; Av. 889. Verb 
omitted: Ar. Plut. 394; Nub. 871; Pax 19; Nub. 646; Ran. 187, 189, 
607; Vesp. 852, 982 (cf. Thesm. 1226, v. infra itn. 23); Euphan. 1 K.; 
cf. Lysias XIII. 81. The phr. is given a comic turn in Charon's call 
to his passengers, 'Who's to the crows?' Ar. Ran. 187; in Av. 28 
it is used in jest with a partly lit. force, ov beivbv oxiv 0777' kariv 77/uds 
beofxevovs / ks nbpaKas ekdelv /cat TrapeaKevaaiievovs, /eireiTa p.rj '^evpelv dvuaadat 
TTjv bbbv. 

A comic perversion as a euphemism for this phr. is Ar. Eq. 1151, 
a7ra7' ks pa/capta^ kniroboov, 'go to h-eaven,' 24 cf. Plat. Hipp. Mai. 293 A; 
cf. Antiphanes, 245 K., ks p^aKaplav to \ovTpbv) Menand. 'EriTpeTr. 
398 (Capps), [(3a]\elT els pa/captas ; 25 

Cf. Com. Frg. adesp. 1092, ks ohfiiav cf. Menand. Uepin. 254, 
kvrevQev els tv\ov (Capps: 'go to — wherever you please'); Menand. 
Uept/c. 201 (Capps), pi) copas av ye . . . t'/cot. 26 is important if text 
is genuine, lit. 'may you not come to next year,' the negative of a 
formula used in good wishes. Cf. Theocr. 15. 74 (v. p. 107). Ar. 
Nub. 562 c. els ; the reading of Ar. Lys. 1037, dXXd p?) copas tWo-0' 
is emended by Dind. to p?) copacr' 'Uoiad' (v. L. and S. sub adv. copacu), 
but might be corroborated by this case before a consonant, if the 
text can be relied upon. Cf. Menand. 530. 10 K. n. (Fritzsch). 

Another form of imprecation is, Ar. Pax 1063, ks KecpaXrjv <toL, 
'on your head be it,' so Plut. 526 with an amusing pun on it in 650, 
651; Ach. 833, ks /ce^aX^ TpeiroiTo pot. Cf. Nub. 40; Plat. Euthyd. 
283 E; Dem. 322. 290. 

777. Proverbial 

els axvpa, Aristoph. frg. 76 K., ets axvpa /cat xvovv? 1 prov. of unex- 
pected good fortune; cf. Vesp. 1310; 28 cf. Eupol. 299 K.; Philemon 
188 K., ovos jSaot£"ets els axvpa Tpayrjp:dTo:v. 29 

23 v. Starkie, who accepts Bachmann's emendation of Thesm., 1226, rpexe vvv Kara 
tovs nbpanas ewovpLaas to Kara raxos es aopanas (Philol. Suppl. B. V. p. 254). 

M Cf. Alciphro, Epp. I. 9; III. 32: v. Suid. s. v. Maicapia; Zenob. 2. 61 explains 
differently. 

^But as the pi. does not occur elsewhere it should perhaps be changed,-Capps. 
26 v. Capps ad loc. 
27 v. Kock ad loc. 

28 Vesp. 1310, nXrjTrjpL t ets axvppiov (Dind., axvpov R V) cnrodeSpaKOTi 
'a brayer that has scampered off into. .the bran,' v. Starkie; axvpp-bv Dindorf's 
coinage. (Kock: axvp&vas) The passage should be interpreted in the light of the 
proverb. 

29 v. Leutsch, Apost. 12.78, ovos eis axvpa ewlToov nap' eXirLdas ets ayada kfj-wLTTovTOiv 
Kai tovtols diroKavcrrLKw xpu^evcov. Diogen. 6. 91 (cf. £vpos ets aubv-qv)) Greg. 
Cypr. Mosq. 4. 61; App. Prov. 1. 71; Suid. ovos. 



98 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



els t&vriv, Xen. An. 1. 4. 9, eis t&vrjv bebbudai, ' to be given for girdle- 
money,' (cf. Eng. 'pin-money') ? of Oriental queens who had cer- 
tain cities given them for their small expenses. So es virobrjfj.ara, 
Hdt. 2. 98. 

et5 paxcupas, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 9, ovros kolv els paxaipas Kv$i<j7v\aeie 
kolv els irvp clS.clto, echo of prov. c. Sid, p. 20. Cf. Posidipp. 1. 9 K., 
e/c rod -irvpos/eis ras paxcupas rfkdov cov els ovroal/bia roiv pax<Hp£>i> rod 
irvpbs r e\rj\v6ev. Cf. Tech. phr. p. 102. Cf. els irvp infra. 

els olvov, Xenarch. Com. Fr. 6 K., bpKov 5' eyk yvvaiKos els olvov 
ypacbu. Cf. els vbup Soph. frg. 742 (v. infra), for which els olvov is 
here a jocose substitute. 

Plat. Theaet. 183 D, 'Ix7Feas ds ireblov rrpoKaKel UtoKparri eis \6yovs 
TpoKa\GVjj,evos. 

Plat. Legg. 838 E, eis rrerpas re /ecu \ldovs awelpovras. 

At. Ran. 186, 's bvov ttokols, 'to the land of Nowhere,' 'to an 
ass's wool,' 'to an ass-shearing' (cf. Leutsch. Zenob. V. 38, ftn.). 

eis irvp, Plat. Rep. 569 B, kcu to \eybp.evov 6 b-qp.os 4>evycov av Kairvbv 
bov\eias eKevdepoov els irvp bovKoiv becrirorelas av ejjLTreirrwK&s e'lr] : 30 cf . 
Shakespeare, "As You Like It," I. 2. 299, "Thus must I from the 
smoke into the smother; From tyrant Duke unto a tyrant brother." 
Cf. diff. use sub els paxcupas supra. 

els vbcop, Soph. Frg. 742, opKovs eyco yvvaucbs els vboip 7pdc/>co. Cf. 
ev, p. 163. Cf. eis olvov supra. Cf. Catullus 70. 3. 

eis 4>peara, Plat. Theaet. 174 C, eis 4>peara re Kal rcaaav arcoplav 
epLiTLTrraiv vird aireipias ; 31 prov. of persons on the brink of destruction; 
cf. lit. use 174 A; cf. ib. 165 B, to \eybp.evov ev (ppean avvexbp.evos ; 
Plut. 2. 68 A, rj rrepl rb (ppeap 6px?/cns. The association is a familiar 
one as a type of danger, cf. lit. use Plat. Lach. 193 C; Prot. 350 A 
(of well-divers). V. ev p. 163. Cf. Hor. Ars. Poet. 134, nec desilies 
imitator in artum. 

IV. Technical 

1. Military: 

eis cXn-qv, 'for defence,' c. rpeireadai, etc., 'to turn and resist,' 
'be, stand on one's guard'; Eur. Hel. 42, 980, 1379; Suppl. 679 (c. 
urpe^etv); Med. 264; Phoen. 421; so Hdt. 2. 45; Thuc. II. 84. 3, cf. 

30 Leutsch, Diogen. VIII. 45, tov Kairvbv <pevyoov eis to irvp eveireaov, kiri t&v to. fiiKpa 
Tdv beivuv cfrevybvToov nal eis fxei^ova beiva kinnirTbvTUv . Other authorities also cited by 
Leutsch. 

3r But v. Lysippus, Bacchae 1. w. Kock ad loc. Com. Fr. I. 700. 



PART IV els 



99 



III. 108.1; Eur. Frg. 300. 3 expansion to ets oKky)v 8opbs. Like ets 
akn-qv is xpos Eur. Andr. 1149 (cf. Aesch. Sept. 498; Hdt. 3. 78). 

ets ap-Kayr\v, Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 22, eG-wappkvovs els ap7rayf)v (of soldiers); 
cf. ets of end or purpose. Cf. also p. 109. 

ets aairlba, Eur. Phoen. 1326, ets acnrid' rj^eiv, concrete weapon 
put for the battle, as ets 86pv, El. 844, Tro. 934 (cf. irapa Phoen. 1073); 
but e7r' aairLda 'to the left,' Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 6, cf. trap' aairLba An. 4. 3. 
26 (opp. to ets dopv as used in Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, etc.); but wap' 
aairl8os Aesch. Sept. 624 (lit.); ets a<nrL8' Ar. Lys. 190 is a play on its 
lit., although more or less tech. use in 188 of 'slaying the sheep into' 
(i.e., so that the blood flows into) the shield held underneath, which 
acc. to the Schol. refers back to Aesch. Sept. 42, ravpoacfrayovvres es 
lie\av8erov golkos ] cf. Xen. An. 2. 2. 9, tclvtcl 5' cc/jioaav, a<f)a^avres ravpov 
Kdi nairpov Kai Kplov els aair'iba, ot p.iv "EXkrjves fiairrcvres £tc/>os, ot 8e 
(3ap(3apoL \6yxw- Cf. es (369 pov, Horn. Od. 11. 36, p. 83. Cf. also 
Lat. in flammam. Verg. Aen. 11. 199; 12. 214. 

ets 86pv, Eur. El. 844, 6>coes 5' Ibovres evBvs rj^av els 86pv ' rushed to 
arms,' so Tro. 934, ets 86pv aradkvres, but ets 86pv airiKbp.evoi, 
Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 17 'within the spear's throw'; Ages. 2. 11; so ets 
Sbparos irXrjyrjv, Xen. Eq. 8. 10, cf. ib. ets anovriov a4>iKvr\rai-', but 
Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, robs air J ovpds els 86pv . . . riyelcrd ai 'to the 
right' (because the spear was held in that hand), so c. kwL (An. 4. 3. 29 
etal.), irapa (Xen. Lac. 11. 10), kv. p. 76. Cf. Eur. Heracl. 159, ets 
TaKrjv . . . 86pos by expansion for \xaxn v \ Eur. Suppl. 677, 
7rapat/3dras eurr\uav els ra^iv 8op6s, 'in battle array," a little like, but 
not quite a case of expansion. 

es eSac6os, Thuc. III. 68. 3, KadeXbvres avrr)v (i. e., rr\v rroKiv) es 'ebafyos 
iraaav, 'having rased it completely to the ground.' 

ets eva, 'in single file,' Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 26; 3. 21; 5. 3. 41 (usage 
peculiar to Xen.). Similar is ets 8vo 'two abreast,' ib. 6. 3. 21. Cf. 
ec6' eVos. V. ets eV, p. 120. Cf. ets rerrapas Cyr. 2. 3. 21. 

es narakvaiv, 'till dismissal' of soldiers at a review, Xen. Hip- 
parch. 3. 12. 

ets kvkXuglv, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20, ein\ia\xfyavres els kvkKoxjlv ; Cf. An. 
1. 8. 23. 

ets Xo%a7tas, Xen. An. 1. 4. 15, v. infra, p. 100. 

ets p-axw, Xen. An. 1. 8. 1, cos ets p-axw irapeo-Kevacrii'evos , etc. 

ets iAtcottov, Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21; 2. 4. 2, ets ixkruirov arrival, ' to stand 
in line'; cf. eirl, ib. 3; Reip. Lac. 11.8, ets pkrwirov irap 1 ao-irlba KaQlvrav- 
6m. 



100 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



ets ra oVXa, Xen. An. 1. 5. 13, irapayy'eWet els ra oVXa ; Hell. 2. 1.2, 
ets ra oVXa bp/jL-qaucn, ; Cf . ets rb irpbadev rcov b-whwv, ' at the front of the 
encampment,' An. 3. 1. 33. 

ks ra irMyLOL £ in the flank,' Thuc. IV. 35. 4; but Xen. An. 3. 4. 14 
c. rrapay aycbv, of making an army 'file off right and left.' Cf. 
ets irXdyLov sub adv. phr. of direction, p. 119. 

els ral-iv Ar. Av. 400, avay^ els ra^iv ttclKlv ks ravrbv ; Thuc. IV. 93. 2, 
nehevuv es ra^iv KaOiaracrdaL ; Xen. An. 5. 4. 11, ets ra^iv Wevro ra oVXa ; 
cf. supra, els ra^tv 8op6s 'in battle array,' Eur. Suppl. 677, p. 99; cf. 
kv, p. 181. 

ets rb^evp.a, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23, eiretbr] els rb^evjia acpLKOivro, 'within 
bow-shot,' contr. e£to ro^evp,aros, Thuc. VII. 30. 

ets VTroboxf)v } Thuc. VII. 74. 2, es virodoxw T °v trrparevp.aros 'for the 
reception of the army,' in a hostile sense, but Hdt. 7. 119, (pi.), 
es vwodoxas 'for the entertainment of the army'; cf. Dem. 79. 13, 
rd avpfioka ravra yiyverai els viroboxw rov ; cf. 1482. 34; Aeschin. III. 62, 
tV ets viroboxw awavra Kal \eyot /cat irparroi c/)tXo/cpdret, 'by way of 
support.' 

ets </>dXa7Ya, Xen. An. 4. 8. 10, reraypJevoi els <$>ahayya, 'in battle 
line,' etc. 

ets 4>povpta, Xen. An. 1. 4. 15, ets cfrpovpua Kal els \oxo.ylas. 

ets (frvyrjv, Eur. Suppl. 718, erpexj/e ets 4>vyrjv irbba, Lat. converter e in 
fugam; cf. Thuc. 7. 43; with pass, and middle 'to be put to flight,' 
'turn and flee,' es ^vyr/v rpaireadau, Hdt. 8. 16, 89, 91, etc. Thuc. 
VIII. 95. 5 et saepe, also c. Karaarrjvat as ib. VII. 43. 7, supra; Xen. An. 
1. 8. 24; frequent in Xen. c. bpp.av. 

es 4>v\aK7jv, Thuc. II. 79. 2 , 07rXtrat re ifhdov /cat urpana es <f>v\aK7]V ; 
but III. 3. 4, rous avbpas es (frvKaKrjv eiroLrjaavro, ' threw them into prison.' 

2. Legal. 

ets avcLKpLcriv, Aesch. Eum. 365, 32 pryo' ets ayapivLv e\6elv of the pre- 
liminary hearing in the Athenian court; Isae. VI. 13; cf. Xen. Symp. 
5. 2. 

Some terms grow up out of earlier uses: es fiauavov, Theogn. 417, 
es fiacravov 5' eXdccv rraparpt/fopat chare p.oXu/3<5a> / 'xpwbs , so 1105, 1164 g. 
'to the touchstone,' of testing a friend, etc., as gold is tested; cf. 
Hdt. 8. 110; but Soph. O C 835, (fig.), rax ets fiaaavov el x*puv> 
'you are going to a trial of strength.' Cf. Isae. VIII. 13 et ah 
of inquiry by torture as a test. 



32 But v. Schol. 



PART IV els 



101 



A variant of es fiaaavov eKdelv in Theogn. is Pind. Nem. VIII. 21 
(35), veapa 5' e^evpovra bbpev (3aaavco/es eKeyxov a.7ras Kcvdwos. This also 
develops into a legal term. Soph, uses es eKeyxov much as he does 
es fiaaavov : O C 1297, ovt els eKeyxov X^tpos ov8' epyov p:6K6)v (cf. 835 
supra); Ph. 98, eis eKeyxov e&uv 'proceeding to the proof,' ' put- 
ting it to the test'; cf. Frg. 101. 2. Eur. Ale. 640, e5et£as els eKeyxov 
QeKBuv 6s el (such expressions have a slight idiom, tone); so Plat. 
Phaedr. 278 C (irepi tlvos), cf. Philem. 93 K., els eKeyx- epxeadal tlvos. 
But Hdt. 1. 209, cos p,ot KaraaTrjaeis rbv iralba es 'eKeyxov', cf. Isocr. 
XII. 150, KaraaT-qvai els eh. /cat \6yov ; Lys. XVI. 1, avrovs avayicafaaLV 
els eKeyx- t&v aureus (3e(3io:p:evo:v /caraar^at, 1 to submit to an investi- 
gation of their behaviour in the past'; XXXII. 12 c. 1'evai', c. 
iriirreiv of being convicted, Eur. Hipp. 1310; H. F. 73. 

Allied to this is Eur. Ion. 328, ov 5' $£as ets epevvav e^evpelv yovas, 
of the person making the inquiry. 

Also allied: Eur. Heracl. 309, ets p,ev irelpav rfKdopiev $t\coz>, here c. 
gen. but cf. Thuc. 2. 41. 3 where the use without gen. indicates 
idiom, tendency; but Thuc. VII. 21. 4, ievai es rr]v irelpav tov vavruKov 
'to try an action by sea'; cf. also, Hdt. 2. 15, es biaireipav tcov Taibiwv, 
'to make proof of; so 2. 28, 77 (except Thuc. II. 41. 3 these cases are 
not much more than periphrases for the verb.). 

ets fiovKrjv, Isocr. XVIII. 6, ets rrjv fiovKrjv irepi avTWV aireboaav ; 
cf. Lat. ad senatum de re referre. 

els biKaar-qpiov, Lat. rapere in ius, so Plat. Gorg. 521 B, elaaxQeis €ts 
binacjT'qpiov, like ets Unas Karao-Tr/crat, Xen. An. 5. 7. 34; but Plat. Gorg. 
522 B, elaeXdoiv els biKauT-qpiov. 

els Ukt]v } Eur. I. T. 961, es bUrjv /ecFrrjv ; cf. Thuc. VI. 61. 6; (pi.) 
Xen. An. 5. 7. 34; Mem. 2. 9. 1. ib. 5, etc. Plat. Legg. 868 B (sing.); 
but Thuc. VII. 18. 2 (pi.), aurot ovk vt^koov es 81kcls irponaKoviievoiv rdv 
'AdrivaLaVj 'they themselves had refused arbitration', so 18. 3; but 
Plat. Legg. 943 E, ir\r)p,p:eKelv els bUrjv 'to offend against justice.' 

ets eKeyxov, v. supra. 

els epevvav, v. supra. 

els Kplatv, Hdt. 7. 26. 2, es Kpiaiv tovtov irepi eKdovras ; cf. Thuc. I. 34, 
2; 131, 2; Xen. An. 6. 6. 20; Plat. Rep. 555 B; Legg. 856 C; Dem. 
161. 11, etc. 

ets to %vKov, Andoc. I. 12. 93, belv els to %vKov 'in the stocks' cf. 
ev, p. 166. 

es djjirjpelav, 'for security', Lat. in vadimonium, Thuc. VIII. 45. 2. 



102 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



els -xelpav, v. supra, p. 101. 

Legal and political: Tekelv eis, a metaphor for being rated (for 
taxation) in a certain class. Soph. O T 222, dords eis aarovs reXto, 
Lat. inter cives censeor; cf. Eur. Bacch. 822, es yvvalicas e£ dvdpds reXco ; 
Hdt. 6. 108; Isocr. XII. 212, els dvbpas avvreXcoatv of attaining the 
rights of a full-grown man, so Plat. Legg. 923 E, cf. Isocr. VII. 37, 
eis dvbpas boKifiaadelev of passing the examination admitting one to 
the rights of manhood, so XII. 28; cf. Dem. 412. 230, irpiv eis dvbpas 
kyypaipaL, 33 of being registered as a man. 

3. Political: 

eis dpxvv, Thuc. VIII. 70, naQivTapevoi es ttjv dpxyv 'entering on an 
office;' cf. Plat. Legg. 715 B (d4>LKop.evos) ; 856 B, dycov eis apxr)v 
avdponrov. 

es okiyovs, Thuc. V. 81. 2, es oXcyovs pdWov Kar'eur-qaav, 'set up a 
more oligarchical government'; cf. VIII. 38. 3, rfjs aXkrjs iroXeoos ko,t 
avayKrjv es 6\Lyovs KaTexop-evrjs ; cf. VIII. 53. 3; 89. 2; 97. 2 (w. art.). 
Cf. supra, p. 95. 

4. Commercial: 

Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 33, eis apyvpiov Xoytadevra, 'calculated in our mon- 

ey.' 

Dem. 822. 27, tovto to avp.(36\a.LOV eis TavdpaTrod' 7]\l6'lojs <rvp:i3ej3\'q- 
p'evov, of money lent on the security of a man's slaves; so ib., eis 
ravra avp:(3a\eLV ; so also eiri tovtols tols av8pair68ois . . . eddveiaev, 
and ib. 28, eis rd rjp.eT.epa daveLcravrL. 

Phrases drawn from various fields of human life: 

5. Fishing: coined by Euripides, and not developing into a 
phr., Bacch. 848, dvr)p eis (36\ov /caflioTarcu, 'falls within the cast of 
the net'; Rhes. 730, 'iaus yap eis l36\ov tls epx^rat. 

Cf. from hunting and war, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23, eireihi] eis Toi-evpa 
d<t>LKOLVTo ; cf. other phrases for 'within reach of.' 

6. From the race-course: (Also peculiar to Euripides), Eur. El. 
659, waXiv tol pvBov eis Kapirrjv dye, ' bring your speech to its middle or 
turning-point,' for 'speak your purpose briefly.' 

7. From athletics: of professional tumblers: Plat. Euthyd. 
294 E, es paxalpas ye Kv^idTav; Xen. Symp. 2. 11; Mem. 1. 3. 9 (cf. 
also of a tumbler, eiri rpoxov biveiadai, Plat. Euthyd. 294 E); cf. 
supra, p. 98. 

,3 For other tech. uses of hyy pa<f>ei.v ds, v. L. and S. 



PART IV ets 



103 



8. From games: the name of a game, Eupol. 250 K., ets &/ju,X\av 
apiaT7]<T0iJ.ev ; id. 288 K., e7retr' ettretp;' , ev6a.be p.eivas / els &p,iXkav, kclv p.r\ 
ixerlri (v. Schol. Platon. 320 Bekk., Poll. 9. 102). 34 

V. Elliptical 

(V. p. 168, ftn. 120). 

ets 'At<5eo> (cf. Horn. p. 84. Solon 22. 8 = Theogn. 726; Theogn. 
802, 906; Aesch. Prom. 236; Frg. 239; ets "At5ou, Soph. O T 1372; 
Tr. 4; Ph. 1211, 1349; Ar. Ran. 69, 118, 172; Plat. Crito 54 B; Phaed. 
58 E, 68A, 69 C, 80 D, 107 D (bis), 108 A, 115 A; Symp. 179 D; 
Gorg. 522 E; Rep. 363 C, 619 A; Tim. 44 C; Axiochus 371 E; els 
'Atfao, Plat. (Anth. Lyr. XXXIX. 12. 5). 

ets 'Ao-kKtitlov, 'into the temple of,' Ar. Vesp. 123 35 ; Plut. 411, 
621; Com. Fr. adesp. 104. 9; so es Ha^os, es re^eTuXXt5os, Ar. Lys. 2. 

ets KXeiadevovs , 'to the house of,' Ar. Lys. 621; es 'OpctXoxou, 
ib. 725; ets ^lXokt^/jlovos, Vesp. 1250; cf. ets rd IltrrdXou 1432; cf. 
Lysias XII. 12, ets ret tov adeXcfrov tov kfiov ', es tov UlttcCKov, Ach. 1222; 
ets 'Ayadoovos, Plat. Symp. 174 A; ets tov UoKe/jtapxov Rep. 328 B; cf. 
Theocr. 15. 22, ets acfrvelov TlToKefiaio ; es T\vkt]s Ar. Ran. 1364; es 
Qeafiocfropoiv Thesm. 89; ets knov, 'to my house,' Ar. Lys. 1065, 1211; 
olnab 1 els eavT&v Lys. 1070. 36 es twv aKvXobexf/cov, Ar. Eccl. 420; ets 
Kadapuarov Nub. 964; ets opxyo-Tplbos 996; ets Tpocfroovlov (sc. avrpov) 
Nub. 5 8 37 ; Lysias XII. 12, ets AapivLinrov ; ets 'Apxemo ib. 16; Thuc. 
VIII. 92. 2, es tov irepiiroXapxov . . . ^vvlovtcls, 'to the house of 
the commander of the frontier guard'; Andoc. I. 42, rineiv els KaX- 
Xtou. 38 es rtj'os bibacFKahov, 'to the school of what teacher?' Ar. Eq. 
1235; cf. Plat. Theages 125 A, cf. ib. es Hvos ; Lysis 208 C; Prot. 
325 D (pi.); 326 C (pi.); Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 1 (pi.), ets bibaaKaXuv; 
els TTcudoTpipov, Prot. 326 B. ets ovbevbs bubao-KaXov iroiirore (potTijaavra, 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 9; cf. Plat. Alcib. I. 109 D; Lach. 201 B (pi.), els 
Alovvo-'lov tov y pcLfifxcLTLO'Tov elarjXdov , Plat. 'A^rep. 132 A. 

ZA &nCh\a, 'a circle' used in a game, the game itself being called els &p,Ch\av\ 
for explan. of the game v. L. and S. and reff. supra. 
35 v. Starkie ad loc; Sobol. Praep. p. 45. 

36 Sobol. accepts emendation of Mein. for Eccl. 1037, ets knavTijs eiaayio. 
37 Sobol. p. 45 sc. lepov instead of avrpov. 

38 Cf. in late Gk. Alciphr. 3. 41, ets avSpds kXdovaa, of going to her husband's 
house, i. e. marrying; cf. as a euphemism, Anth. P. 11. 42, evr av Urjai I ks irXeovuv; 
(w. a noun) 7. 731, es xXeovuv ffkde p.tToiKeai-r\v ; cf. for this thought Ar. Eccl. 1073, 
avearrjKvla irapa tcov ifhtbvuv, and Lat. Plaut. Trin. 291, quin prills me ad pluris 
penetravi? Petron. 42, abiit ad plures. 



104 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Cf. a somewhat unusual case, Plat. Rep. 589 E, 77 et \ih> Xafiuv 
Xpvcrlov vibv rj dvyarepa edovXovro, /cat raur' eis aypimv re /cat /ca/ccoi^ avdpcov 
(J. and C, sc. okiav ; Adam, sc. not oidav, but 8ov\elav or the like from 
kdovKovro). 

VI. Temporal 

It will be seen that a sharp distinction cannot always be drawn 
between the following categories, and the same phr. may in different 
connections be used in all three senses. 

1. Of a limit in time, determining a period. 

e£ aloovos es aicbva, 'from everlasting to everlasting,' R P §68 
(Stob. Eel. I. 418, p. 172, 10 W. fr. Philolaus 21 Mull.) cf. e/c, p. 61. 
Aesch. Sept. 744, aluva 5'es rplrov pJevei, 'to the third generation,' 
(faintly idiom.). 

ets cLK/jLrjv of the prime of life, Eur. H. F. 532, ka&dris eis d/c/xr)z> e\9<hv 
(piKoLS ; cf. ets ri$t)v, rfkudav. But cf. enr 6.Kp.rjS elvai, 'to be on the 
point of doing,' Eur. Hel. 897, cf. Ar. Plut. 256. 

es a/zap, Aesch. Cho. 612, /jLotpoKpavrov es ajiap (scarcely idiom.). 

es avpiov, v. supra, p. 85; infra, p. 105. 

es (3a6v rr?s rfKucias, Ar. Nub. 514, of advanced years, cf. ij\ndav. 
e/c 7rat56s es yr\pas, Aeschin. I. 180 et at. Cf. Horn. p. 84. 
es f)\iov dvatv, Thuc. III. 78. 4. 

es kfie, 'up to my time,' Hdt. 1.92, /cat ert es ep!e ; so 1. 93; 2. 122; 
3. 97; 5. 45; 8. 121 et al. 

eis eairepav, Plat. Symp. 223 D, v. infra. 

rfi varepalxi es r-qv ereprjv, 'on the following day they postponed 
replying until the next day,' Hdt. 9. 8. 

ets eros, Soph. Ant. 340, eros ets eros, 'from year to year,' an adv. 
phr. like 'year in, year out.' Cf. Theocr. 18. 15, ets eros e£ ereos ; 
25. 124; id. Epigr. 13, ets eros; cf. /card Thuc. 4. 53, etc. But 7rapd 
eros, 'every other year', Theophr. H. P. 9. 11. 9, Paus. 9. 32. 3. 

ets rifiyv, Eur. Med. 1108, acbfxa r es T](3r)v rfKvde Tenvuv) Cratinus 
171 K., olvtovs . . . eTraLdevaev edpexj/e re ets rifirjv ; of 

women, Eur. Hel. 12, kirei 5' es riftrjv rfKdev (hpaiuv yafioiv, 'But, since 
she grew to bloom of spousal-tide' (Way). Cf. d7ro, p. 43; h, 
p. 173. 

ets ijKitiav ehdelv, also of the prime of life, Plat. Theaet. 142 D. 
Cf. ev, p. 173; but cf. es (3adi) rrjs 9)Xt/ctas supra, 
eis vvKra, v. infra, p. 106. 

eis o, 'until,' Hdt. 1. 93, 191; 2. 115, 118, 157; 8. 58; cf. 1. 98, 
102, 196, 202; 4. 201 ad extremum, postremo; but 1. 115; 8. 60 qua- 
propter (Schweighauser) 



PART IV ets 



105 



ets cVore, Aeschin. III. 99. 

ets oaov, 'until,' Soph. Ph. 1076, fxeivaT . . . /xpbvov tocovtov, 
els oaov. 

es Tore \rj£ei, Soph. Ai. 1185 (cf. Ger. bis wann?); cf. ets ore Od. 2. 99; 
cf. es re. 

en Kai es robe 'even to this time,' Hdt. 7. 123, cf. es e/ie, p. 104. 
(Horn. Od. 7. 317, es r65e, setting a date, 'for a certain time,' i. e., 
tomorrow;) but es rod' rj/jiepas, 'to this very hour,' Soph. O C 1138; 
Eur. Ale. 9; Phoen. 425, 1085; Hipp. 1003, etc. Cf. es roabvbe without 
a correl., a slight idiom, force, Soph. El. 14, roabvb 1 es fifi^s ; 961, es 
roabvbe tov xpbvov; but O T 1212, es roaovbe, 'for so long a time' (sc. 
Xpbvov) ; so Ai. 679; cf. Hdt. 5. 50, es tocovtov ; but Soph. Tr. 148, 
es rou0,' ecos 'up to the time,' 'until.' 

es rore, Plat. Legg. 830 B, 845 D; Polit. 262 A; Dem. 184. 24, etc. 

es ttjv vurepal^v , v. infra, p. 106. 

ets xpbvov, v. infra, p. 107. 

2. Extent of time: 

ets evLavrov, 'for a year,' cf. Horn. p. 85. Pind. P. X. 63; cf. 
Xen. Oec. 7. 36 (w. art.); Plat. Rep. 416 E; 543 C (without art.); 
Aeschin. Ep. 5. 2; but Plat. Legg. 799 A, 'calculating for the year,' 
etc. Cf. use c. e7rt, /card, fxera, 7rapd, irpb. 

es jjLdKpov, Pind. P. III. 105, 6Xj8os ovk es nanpov avbp&v epxerat, 39 
xpbvov may be supplied or fxaKpbv may be thought of as an acc. adv. 
(so L. and S.), cf. Thuc. VI. 31. 3, es rd jua/cporara. es fiaKpbv seems not 
to occur elsewhere, unless in Alciphro cited in ftn., but disappears in 
favor of ovk ets /uLatcpav, which is frequent, but in a different sense, i. e., 
Lat. brevi, 'soon,' v. infra, p. 108. 

ets xpbvov, v. infra, p. 107. 

3. Setting a date: 

Cf. ets eairepav 'at evening,' ets vvara 'at night,' ets eco 'at dawn/ 
so ets opdpov ; ets rr^jxepov 'today,' es auptoj> 'to-morrow,' es tyjv varepalav 
'the following day,' ets ttjv einovaav eco 'at the following dawn,' 
ets evrjv 'day after to-morrow,' so ets rplr-qv rjfjLepav or ets Tpirrjv, etc. 

esavpiov, (cf. II. 8. 538 'on the morrow,' Od. 11. 351, 'until 
morning'). Soph. O C 567, rrjs es avpuov . . . rifxepas, 'to-mor- 

39 Schol. : o\fiov 8' ovk es fxaKpov : 97 8e toov kvQpk-Kuiv ebbaLjxovLa ovk els (xaKpav 
irapayiveraL, avrl tov ovk eiruroXv irapafxkvei, kireidav judXto-ra hirifiapiicrxi Kai irapaykvrjTai. 
The scholiast in making ovk es /xaKpov here =ovk ets ixaKpav confuses the two mean- 
ings, failing to distinguish between the meaning 'lasts not for long,' and that of ovk 
ets /xaKpav, i. e. 'soon.' Alciphro Ep. III. 15, 49 reads ovk eis naKpov, but I. 35, ovk eis 
ixaKpav. 



106 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



row'; Frg. 536. 2 (Nauck); Eur. Ale. 320; but Rhes. 96 'until 
to-morrow'; 600; Nicoch. 15 K. 'to-morrow'; Plat. Crito 43 D, 
'to-morrow,' so Legg. 858 B; Anaxandr. 4 K.; 40 Philetaer. 7. 5 K.; 
Aeschin. II. 46, 53: Alexandr. 3 K.; Menand. ETrtrpeTr. 162 (Capps); 
cf. Alexis 241 K., els tyjv avptov ; so Philemon 213. 8 K.; Dionys. 3. 
15 K. 

ets evrjv, 'day after to-morrow,' Ar. Ach. 172. Cf. els rplrriv. 

Ar. Nub. 1222, 1223, /caAoupat XTpexl/Ladrjv . . . /es tt]V evrjv re 
/an veav, 'I summon Strepsiades for the Old and the New.' (Srp.) 
paprupopat, ort ks 8v elirev rj/depas. 

els eairepav, Ar. PI. 998, 'I would come at even,' so 1201; Eccl. 
1047; Pax 966; Aatr. frg. 202 K. et al.; cf. Hypereid. IV (in Philippid.) 
Col. I. 2, contrasted with pe0' rinepav ; but Plat. Symp. 223 D, otarpt- 
ypavra els eairkpav, 'until.' 

ets eco Isae. VIII. 24, els eco <5e rapyvpiov eKeKevev elcreveynelv. Cf . Xen. 
An. 1. 7. 1, ets tt)v einovo-av eco, 'at the following dawn.' cf. ets bpdpov. 

els vvktcl, Aesch. Suppl. 769, es vvkt airocrTelxovTOS rj\lov, force of 
prep, blunted, the phr. means 'at night'; but Thuc. I. 51. 3 'until 
night-fall'; Xen. Cyn. 11. 4, 'towards night'; w. art. Hell. 4. 6. 7, 
etc. It is impossible always to draw a clear line between the lit. and 
idiom, uses of such phr. ; the following are not much more than tags, 
Eur. H. F. 505, e£ rifiepas els vvktcl ; Plat. Legg. 758 A, <5t' rj^epas re ets 
vvkt a (cf. ib. 7rp6s rjiikpav). 

els opdpov, 'at dawn,' Xen. Cyn. 6. 6; Theocr. 18. 56. Cf. ?rp6s, 
Kara, etc. 

ets Trj/Jiepov, Plat. Symp. 174 A, (hpioXoyrjaa 5' ets Trjfiepov Tapkaead cu. 

els Tp'iTr\v or ets tp'ityjv i]ixkpav, 'on the third day,' i. e., 'day after 
to-morrow,' sometimes 'in three days,' Plat. Hipp. Mai. 286 B; 
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 27; Anaxandr. 4 K.; cf. Menand. 367. 3 K.; Alciphr. 
II. 1. al. Dittenb. Syll. 2 88. 15; cf. Eur. Ale. 321. 

ets tt]v vuTepalav, 'on the following day,' Hdt. 1. 126, es ttjv 
v(TTepalr]v irapelvai ; but id. 9. 8, avefiaXKovTO es tt)V vGTepair]v merely 
'to,' or 'until'; so ib. es tyjv eTeprjv ; Xen. An. 2. 3. 25, 'on the next 
day,' parallel w. r?? 8e TplTy; id. 4. 1. 15; Plat. Ep. 347 B; Isae. I. 23 
et al. 

els xpovov, v. infra, p. 107. 

40 Frequent in decrees of the senate setting a date in the formula KaXkaai kirl Selirvov 
(or €7rt %evia) ets to irpvTavelov ets avpiov, more than thirty times in Dittenb. Syll. 2 ad 
Alexandra mortem. So ets rpir-^v rjfxepav, Dittenb. 88. 15. 



PART IV ets 



107 



4. Phrases c. xpbvos : Sappho 70, ets ovoeva ttoj xpbvov, ' to no time,' 
'never'; Anth. Lyr. XXXVI. Crit. 2. 24, els tov airavTa xpbvov ; 
so (without art.) Aesch. Eum. 484; Plat. Legg. 941 C; cf. Aesch. 
Eum. 572; Menand. 128. 3 K.; Aesch. Ag. 621, es tov tto\vv . . . 
Xpovov 'for much time,' 'long'; Eur. Or. 207, ets tov alev XP 0V0V ) 
cf. Plat. Ep. 331 A, 351 C; es tov p,ererretra xpovov atet Hdt. 8. 128; 
els tov eireLTa xpbvov Thuc. III. 46. 4; Plat. Theaet. 178 A; Symp. 
200 D iter)\ Phaedr. 240 E; Rep. 357 B; Dem. 661. 125; 1463. 1; 
Hypereid. III. XL VI. 37. Hdt. 7. 29, oure es to irapedv oure es XP 0V0V 
^tera/xeX^o-et, 'now nor hereafter'; cf. 9. 89; also for es xpbvovS. 72, es to 
wapeov v. infra, p. 108. Menand. 481. 16 K., owe evdavdrus airriKdev 
e\6o)v els xpbvov (Mein., diu). 

But (pi.) Dem. 50. 34, ovt els tovs xpovovs . . . fioridelv 
'at the appointed time,' cf. Plat. Legg. 921 A, ets xpbvov elprjfxevov 
epyov pirj a7roTe\ecrr). 

5. Adverbial: 

a. W. nouns: es rds &pas (phr. begins in Horn., v. p. 85, but 
usu. w. diff. force). Ar. Ran. 380, 'for all time to come,' 'here- 
after'; cf. Nub. 562, es rds copas rds erepas ; ets copas 'in time to come,' 
Philemon 116 K.; cf. Theocr. 15. 74 (like Ar. Ran. 380, without art., 
formula in good wishes). Cf. p. 97. [Plat.] Ep. 346 C, \xkve . . . 
t6v evtavTov tovtov ... ets 8e copas clttlOl, 'next year.' Ar. Thesm. 
951, en tccv (bpebv/ks rds copas, 'from season to season.' 

But Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 4 (sing.), ets copai* lit., noteworthy only for 
omission of art. els cbpav, Diocles, Incerta 14 if genuine is a pecul- 
iar use, 'early,' 'soon'; but Kock (Com. Frg. I. p. 769) following 
Bekker reads copa. Cf. ev, pp. 140, 173, 183. 

b. W. adj.: 

es atdiov, 'forever,' Thuc. IV. 63. 1. Cf. es atet infra. But Ar. 
P. A. 640. a 6, ets atdiov, ad infinitum. 

es apxalov, Ar. Nub. 593, es Tapxalov. 

es to \oltov, 'for the future,' Aesch. Pers. 526; Eum. 708; Soph. 
Tr. 911; Eur. Andr. 55. 1215; Ar. Vesp. 748; Thuc. III. 44. 3 (so ib. 
es t6 fxeWov); id. IV. 128. 5; VI. 75. 3; Lysias XIV. 43; Dem. 31. 12; 
cf. Menand. Sam. 434 (Capps) pi., ets rd \olit6l, very likely metri 
causa. 

es vo-Tepov (cf. Horn. Od. 12. 126; Hes. Op. 351; v. p. 86) Sappho 
69. 2 <ets> ; Soph. Ant. 1194, es iWcpw ; Eur. I. A. 720; Soph. Tr. 
80, ets to 7' vo-Tepov ; Hdt. 5. 41, rj eavo-Tepov ewe\dovaa yvvrj, so 74; Plat. 
Prot. 353 D (w. art., as variant of ets tov vo-Tepov xpbvov in same pas- 



108 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



sage, note a little further on adv. varepov,); Thuc. II. 20. 4, es rd 
varepov, 'henceforth.' Arist. Eth. N. 1167. b 33, ets vcrrepov, etc. 
Cf. kv, p. 191, e£, p. 72. 

c. W. participle: cf. es rd ixkWov Thuc. III. 44. 3. 

es to irapebv, 'for the present,' 'now,' Hdt. 7. 29; 8. 109. 4; 9. 7. 
iS 2; ets to irapov, Andoc. IV. 29. 7; Plat. Rep. 487 C (c. dTrojSXe^as, 
somewhat different, 'And in saying this, I have the present occasion 
before my eye'); Ep. 320 B; Xen. Hiero 5. 5; Dem. 31. 11; 131. 1; 
297. 207; 1472. 20; 1492. 1; 

d. W. temporal adv. : 

es atet, cf. es dthov : Aesch. Eum. 836; Eur. Ale. 992; Suppl. 374; 
Or. 830; Hdt. 2. 178; Thuc. I. 22. 4; 129. 3; V. 105. 2; Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 
41. 

ets avdis, Thuc. IV. 63. 1; Xen. Symp. II. 7; Plat. Euthyphro 
6Cc.e7rio-xoX^s, 15E; Phaed. 115 A; Polit. 257 B, 258 A, 262 A, 263A c. 
/cara cxoX^, 299 E; Phileb. 24 D, 33 C; Symp. 174 E; (also written as 
one word, Eur. Suppl. 415, 551, Plat. Phaedr. 254 D; Prot. 357 B; 
Gorg. 449 B, C; Euthyd. 275 A, Aeschin. III. 205; etc.). 

es avpiov, v. supra, p. 105. 

es clvtikcl, At. Pax 367; es re to aurt/ca, Thuc. V. 16. 1; cf. es to 
TapavTLKCL vvv, Hdt. 7. 17 opp. to es to pere7retra. 

ets c. eVetra, 17 ets to eVetra 6o£a Thuc. II. 64. 5; Plat. Symp. 193 D; 
Parmen. 152 B, e/c rou 7rore ets to eVetra; cf. Thuc. VI. 55. 4, es rd 
eVetra; cf. as cpd. Soph. Ai. 35, rd r' etcre7retra ; cf. Hdt. 7. 17, es to 
p.eTeireiTa. 

es or ets fxaKpdv, Ion. p.aKpr]v, always with neg. ; cf . ovk es fxanpov 
Pind. P. III. 106 v. supra, p. 105. Aesch. Suppl. 925, /cXdots dv, el 
ypavaeias, ov juaX' es fxaKpav, 'soon,' Lat. brevi; At. Vesp. 454; 41 Hdt. 
2. 121a; 5. 108; Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 21; Dem. 24. 20; 237. 36 42 (defined 
by eWvs); Aeschin. III. 98; so Dion. H. 6. 35, 36; Luc. Gall. 19; de 
morte Peregr. 5; Alciphro I. 35; etc., for es rd juaKporara v. infra, p. 114. 

es to pere7reira, v. supra. 

ets v'euTa, 'next year,' 'for next year': Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 13; 8. 6. 
15; Alexis 126. 17 K.; Philem. 82 K., rd p.ev vvv, rdo' ets decora; Theocr. 
15. 143; cf. Theophr. H. P. 9. 11. 9; id. C. P. 3. 16. 2, t6v els vkuTa. 
Kapirov. Cf. supra, p. 107, ets copas [Plat.] Ep. 346 C. 

41 Cf. in same sense, i. e. brevi, Cratinus 189 K., evrds ov ttoWov xpovov. 

*V. Goodwin ad loc. (sc. bbbv) 'not much later,' 'not a long way off.' But 
fxaKpav has become a real adv. and even though the phr. may have started in such an 
ellipsis, it would seem unnecessary to supply the noun any more than w. e£ la-rjs, en vk-qs, 
etc. v. €K p. 7 Iff. 



PART IV els 



109 



els vvv, Plat. Tim. 20 C; cf. Phileb. 59 B, els to vvv irapbv exc- 
els oirore, v. supra, p. 105. 

es bxpe, Thuc. VIII. 23. 2, Trj avrfj rj/ikpa. es 6\f/e, simply 'late in the 
same day'; but Thuc. III. 108. 3 ' until late', rj p.ev fidxv ereXevra 
es b\p'e (cf. els vvkto, Thuc. I. 51. 3); Dem. 1303. 15, els bypl xf/rj^eadaL 
'to continue voting until late in the day.' 

es to wapavTLKa, v. supra, p. 108. 

es wore, v. supra, p. 105. 

els T-qjiepov, v. supra, p. 106. 

es rbre, v. p. 105. 

VII. Adverbial 
(For temporal adv. phr. v. pp. 107 ft.) 
a. With nouns: 

els tt)v aKpifieiav (fyikoo-ocfrelv , Plat. Gorg. 487 C. Cf. Sid, p. 24. 
Cf. also p. 121. 

es d/i/3o\ds, Eur. Hel. 1297, ovk es d^jSoXds / 'evepyeTTjau a , 'without 
delay,' so Heracl. 270; Hdt. 8. 21; Thuc. VII. 15. 2; Isocr. Ep. 1. 10. 

ovk es aprrayas, Eur. Hel. 904 is adverbial if text is genuine. 43 
But cf. ets apwayr]v 'for the purpose of plunder,' p. 99. 

es av&ffiv (not much more than use of prep, 'in respect to,' 
'as regards'), Hdt. 2. 13, fjv ovtco rj x^PV mtv Kara \byov kiri8i8ol es 
v\f/os /cat to ofioiov olto8l8oI es clv&o-lv, where L. and S. think the two 
verbs have about the same meaning, but Blakesley that a contrast 
is intended, 'if it should increase in height and decrease in pro- 
ductiveness.' 

• ets acfrdovlav, 'in abundance,' Xen. An. 7. 1. 33. Cf. ev a<f>66vois, 
etc., p. 156. Cf. els tc\t] a (iov as. 

43 Dindorf condemns vs. 903-908. Pearson compares Eur. El. 1073, ks kclXXos 
&<7K€l, but this can hardly mean eleganter as he translates, els naXXos rather denotes 
the metaphorical end or purpose (v. infra p. 127 as also does Tro. 1201). Pearson 
also cites as parallel Eur. Bacch. 457, XevKrjv 8k xpoi-av ks irapacnievriv exets. It is true 
that the Laurentian and Palatine MSS have eis irapao-nevriv, but most edd. (Kirch- 
off, Wecklein, Nauck, Murray, etc.) accept Hermann's emendation en irapaa-Kevrjs 
'purposely,' a freq. adv. phr. (v. kn p. 66). Elmsl.: ets wapaaKtvqv pro en 
irapaa-Kevrjs dictum videtur. With either reading the meaning prob. differs little, refer- 
ring to the practice (mentioned by Nonnus) of the Bacchae of whitening their faces 
(vid. Tyrrell with whose lit. interpretation of ets irapaaKeviiv usque ad pigmentorum 
apparatum, we cannot agree, nor with Thompson's first meaning, 'to an artificial 
degree', nor with his citation of Tro. 1201 and 1211 as parallels) ; cf. Sandys and other 
edd. Tro. 1211, ovk ets ir\rjo-p.ovas dripicp-evoL seems to mean 'to satiety.' Ar. 
Av. 805 (v. infra) is more nearly adverbial but may not mean more than 'with a 
view to cheapness.' Cf. Antiphanes 20 K. 



110 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



es bkov (neut. subst.), 'in good time,' 'seasonably,' cf. ets naipbv, 
eis ko\6v. Cf. ev bkovTL, Eur. Med. 1277, etc., v. p. 177. Soph O T 1416, 
dXX' &v e?ratrets es bkov Trdpeo-0' obe; u Ant. 386; Eur. Ale. 1101; Hdt. 1. 
119 (c. yLyve(r0ai); ib. 186; 7. 144. 2; Plat. Rep. 596 E, es bkov epxet rw 
X6 7 w; Dem. 44. 14; 464. 26; 469. 41; 1460. 1. Cf. Theocr. 14. 50. So 
es to bkov Hdt. 1. 32; but ks to bkov (c. xpwdat) Hdt. 2. 173 'for needful 
purposes'; cf. Ar. Nub. 859, &o-irep Ilept/cXe^s ets to bkov aToikeaa* 5 ; 
cf. Dem. 51. 40, ets bkov . . . Kkxpyo-de, so 1457. 2; cf. also ets ovbkv 
bkov ava\LaKeLv Dem. 36. 28; 167. 4; Xen. An. 1. 3. 8, cos KaTaaTrjcropkvoov 
tovtcov ets to bkov, 'settled in the right way'; Dem. 1432. 4 ets to bkov. 

els bvvapuv, like /card bvvap.Lv, 'as far as lies in one,' cf. es to bvvaTov 
p. 113 e/c Tdv bvvaT&v, p. 75 so /card TobvvaTov. Cratin. 172 K. ; Thuc. 
IV. 118. 2; Xen. An. 2. 3. 23; Cyr. 4. 5. 52; very frequent in Plato 
(about forty-four times), 46 especially in the Laws (about twenty-nine 
times); Dem. 395. 171. 

ets evTeXetav, Ar. Av. 805, ets evTekeiav xw<> vvyyey pappkvw, is usually 
interpreted adverbially, 'cheaply,' i. e., 'rudely,' 'roughly,' but 
it may not be more than a half case, meaning 'with a view to 
cheapness'; the whole expression is a loose one; cf. Antiph. 20 K., 
Kpeas be t'lvos r)5tar' av eadloLs ', (B.) t'lvos ; / ets ei)Te\eiav, 'the cheapest'; 
cf. id. 227. 2 K., pd$a . . . 7rp6s evTekeiav k&irXiapkvr) ; but cf. 
Thuc. VIII. 1. 3, T<hv re /card ttjv ttoKlv tl es evTekeiav oxoc/>poi>tcrat ; VIII. 4, 
^vaTeXXopevoL es evTeXetav of reducing expenses to an economical 
standard; so VIII. 86. 6, et be es evTekeiav rt ^vvT'eTpr\i ai. 

es evTVX^v, Hdt. 8. 88, rd . dXXa . . . avTr\ avvr\veiKe 

es emvx^v yevbpeva, the prep. phr. here is not quite an adv., the idea 
of tendency is maintained, but the same idea might have been 
expressed by ebTvxkus (cf. Hdt. 3. 39). 

es rjcrvxlcLv, Pind. Py. I. 71; but cf. Thuc. III. 64. 3, irpoKK-qaiv es 
rjavx't-av "hpuv, 'offer of peace'; Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 21 (local and lit.) 
merely means 'into a quiet place,' cf. Cic. (de Of. I. 32. 118) who 

44 v. Jebb ad loc. 

45 This was probably a slang catch-word at Athens of Pericles' vague way of 
accounting for the money as to which charges were brought against him. L and S. 
seem to miss the humor of the line. 

46 Plat. Soph. 244 B; Polit. 300 C, 301 A; Phileb. 16 B, 31 C; Phaedr. 273 E; (cf. 
Alcib. II. 140 A, ets 8vv. r-qv kurjv, 'according to my ability'); Rep. 366 D, 427 E. 
458 E, 590 D; Tim. 26 D, 37 D, 71 D, 89 D; Criti. 115 D; Legg. 635 B, 671 A, 697 B 
{i.vBp^iriv^v); 716 C, 718 C, 730 D, 736 C, 754 C, 760 A, 763 C, 777 D, 778 A, 783 D, 
789 E, 792 E, 793 D, 809 B, 816 D, 856 A, 874 D, 876 C, 890 C, 903 B, 913 A, 923 C, 
47 D, 949 E, 950 E, 956 B. 



PART IV els 



111 



translates it in solitudinem. Cf. bia, p. 30, ev, p. 178, eiri, Ar. Vesp. 
1517, ec/>' fiavxtas, Kara, perd, all used in adv. phr. c. rjavxta- 

eis KOLLpbv = /catptcos , 'in season, 'opportunely,' cf. airb, p. 38, 
ev, p. 178, €7rt, /card, 7rapd, 7rp6, xpos, cup c. /catpos, also adv. acc. naipbv ; 
this use starts with other prepositions, the earliest case observed is c. 
/card Pind. Is. 2. 22. Cf. Theogn. 919, cocrr' es d/catpa iroveiv Lat. operant 
perdere; probably here merely of the end toward which one works, 
but practically it means 'inopportunely.' Soph. Ai. 1168 (w. avrov), 
ks avrov Kaipbv . . . I rrapeusiv ', es Kaipbv Eur. Andr. 1120; Hec. 
666; Hel. 1081 (note contrasting ckatp'); H. F. 701; Hipp. 899; Or. 
384; Rhes. 52; Tro. 744; Phoen. 106; Ar. Av. 1688; Hdt. 1. 206; 
4. 139; 6. 90 (c. art.); 7. 144. 1; 9. 87 (paralleled by an adv.), ev 
\eyetv /cat es Kaipbv ; Plat. Phaedr. 229 A; Prot. 340 E; Xen. Cyr. 3. 
1. 8 (rj/cets, freq. of coming 'opportunely'); Alexis 147 K. (r;/cets); cf. 
id. 149. 9. But Dem. 443. 317 is not a phr., crvvriKro yap aura; rd 
rrpayfiara . . . ets naipbv roiovrov. 

eis /ceAeucrpa, Eur. Hel. 1565, ot 6' ets Kekevcrp: eKBovres e^av^piraaav / 
ravpov, 'at the word of command,' cf. awb, p. 43, e/c, p. 66. Cf. es rd 
irapayyeWbixeva ievat, Thuc. I. 121. 2; III. 55. 3. 

ets Koapiov, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 7, f/v 8e Ira aB\a rd \xh> w\e terra 07rAa 
€Kireirovr]p:eva eis Koup.ov\ but Plat. Polit. 289 B is different and has no 
adv. force. 

es kvkXov, Ar. Thesm. 954, cf. ev, p. 179. 

es p^j/cos, Hdt. 2. 155, es re ui/'os /cat es p:r}Kos, 'in height and in length,' 
es oitiav, Thuc. VIII. 92. 4, es ot/ctap ayaybvres might be o'Uabe ; 
a/. 

es ?re5op might be expressed by wedovde, Aesch. Ag. 239, upbuov j3a</>ds 
o' es iredov x^ovaa ; Cho. 401, <£optas uraybvas lxvp\evas es irkdov ; Soph. Ant. 
269, es 7re6op napa/vevoai ; so 441; Eur. H. F. 1006, 7rtri>et ets iredov ; 
so Tro. 463. 

es ir\ridos, Thuc. I. 14. 2 'in considerable numbers.' 

ets ir\r)o-piovas, Eur. Tro. 1211, 'to repletion,' 'excessively,' cf. 
supra, p. 109, ftn. Cf. a^dovias supra. 

eis (Tt'lxov, Nicostr. 28 K., avvrbjjiws . . . rbv filov WrjKas eis arixov, 
i. e., 'have described life in one line' (almost adv.). 

es rdxos = raxews, Ar. Ach. 686; Xen. Eq. 3. 5; cf. <5td, p. 25, ev, p. 183, 
/card rdxos Hdt. 1. 124, 152, Thuc. 1. 73. 5, et saepe; perd rdxous 
Plat. Prot. 332 B; uvv ra X eL Soph. Ai. 853; O C 885, 904; etc. 

es Te\evTr]v, first in Horn, and Hes. v. p. 86 'in the end,' 'at 
last,' 'finally'; Theogn. 201, es 6e reXevr-qv, so 607; Pind. Ol. V. 22; 



112 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Soph. O C 1223 {contra els reXos 1530 lit. so Tpbs reXos 1621); this 
seems to disappear in favor of ets reXos. Cf. ev, p. 183. 

es TeXos, 'at last,' 'finally/ first in Horn, and Hes. v. p. 86. 
Solon frg. 12. 28; Soph. Ph. 409; (but O C 1530 'to the end of life'); 
but Eur. Hec. 817, ovb'ev tl fxdWov es reXos airovda^o/jLev / . . . /j.av- 
daveiv, 'thoroughly,' 'completely'; I. A. 161, dv-qruv 6' 6X/3tos eis 
reXos obhels/ovtf evdalfiuv 'to the end,' 'completely,' (cf. <5td in simi- 
lar connection Hec. 1193, H. F. 103; Suppl. 270); Ion 1615 'in the 
end,' 'finally,' so 1621; Hdt. 3. 40; 9. 37. 4; Xen. Oec. 17. 10; but 
Plat. Rep. 613 C lit.; Empedocl. frg. 146 (Diels, 2 215. 26) 'finally'; 
cf. Theocr. 25. 121; Polyb. 1. 20. 7, 'completely,' 'altogether.' 
Cf. 5td, p. 23, ev, p. 167. 

els vTepfioXrjv, 'in excess,' ' exceedingly' = adv. virepfiaWovTus 
(cf. Kara freq.) Eur. Frg. 497.2, eis virep^oXrjv . . . a/jLetvov ; cf. 
oryaflos eis virepfio\i]v Antiph. 80. 11 K. ; c. gen. Eur. Frg. 284. 6; Eur. 
Hipp. 939, 6 6' varepos tov irpocdev eis VTrepfio\r\v / iravovpyos ear at, i. e., 
'far more wicked than'; cf., however, id. Suppl. 480, ayovcra Ovfxov els 
u7T€p/3oXds 'to extremes'; [Plat.] Ep. 326 C, avaKiaKew . . . 
iravra es virepfiokas ; Isocr. IV. 11, tovs els virep(3o\r)v Te7roLr)p.evovs, IX. 
23; XL 16; cf. ib. 14 c. gen.; Dem. 1475. 6, Aeschin. I. 180, Uyeiv 6' eis 
virepfioXriv dvvarov ; II. 4. 24; Anaxipp. 1. 39 K.; cf. Luc. Gall. 10, etc. 
The variation between ets and Kara may originally have been for 
metrical reasons since k<x#' could not stand in place of ets in any of 
the cases noted from the poets. 

es inj/os,v. es /jltikos supra; also Hdt. 2. 13; 155 (bis). 

b. With adjectives: 

ets to a.8r)\ov opp. to ev too (fravepco, Xen. Eq. Mag. 5. 7, tovs p.ev ev tw 
<t>avepco e\oiv, tovs 5' ets to adr)\ov airoKpvwToov. Cf. ev, p. 185. 

es to d/cptj8es elirelv, Thuc. VI. 82. 3; cf. Eur. Tro. 901, ovk els &Kpt/3es 
7)X0es. 47 

es to akrjdes, Thuc. III. 64. 4, a 8e rj <f>vais alel efiovXeTO, e^Xeyx^ 7 ? « to 
a\r)des, 'were fully proved to be true.' 
ets to oLfxeivov, v. supra, p. 92. 

es to Treves, 'intently' (late), Luc. Icarom. 12, dra^ ttjv o^lv es to 
aTeves a-K-qpeiuaix-qv (eis regular with this verb). 

47 L. and S. transl. 'at the right moment/ like eis kollpov; but that does not 
fit the context. It must mean 'you are not quite right/ i. e. 'the decisions were 
made by the Greeks and me together, but the whole host handed you over to me to 
put to death.' But the antithesis is not altogether clear; and the passage remains 
obscure. Nauck (Crit. Appar.) eis d/cptjSes intelligi non potest. 



PART IV els 



113 



ets agaves, Eur. I. T. 477, ttclvtcl yap ra tcov Oe&v/els agaves epirei) 
Hdt. 2. 23, es agaves tov pvQov aveveUas ; Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 13, Sto^s 8% 
pr]8apfi els agaves ; Aeschin. II. 104, KaTekiirov ttjv els to agaves ava(f>opav ; 
cf. abstr. noun Aesch. Ag. 384, \aKTiaavTi peyav AUas/Pupov els afyavetav, 
'hath spurned the great altar of Justice out of his sight,' opp. els 
to (jyavepov ; cf. ev, p. 186. 

es to bvvaTov, like ets, /caret 8vvap.Lv, etc., cf. e/c, p. 75 (so Kara rd 
dwarhv). Hdt. 3. 24; Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 14; Mem. 3. 3.4; Cyr. 2. 1. 22; 
Plat. Phaed. 112 D; Phaedr. 252 D; Rep. 381 C (w. superl.), 464 D, 
473 E, 500 D, 586 E; Legg. 739 C, 770 A, 795 D, 830 B, 862 B, 887 C, 
900 C, 957 E; Dittenb. Syll. 2 101. 65, 74; 149. 15; cf. Plat. Phaedr. 
277 A, ets oaov avdpuircp 8vvaTov //dXtcrra ; (cf. frequency in Plat. esp. 
Legg., w. ets 8vvapLv). Cf. ev, p. 156. 

ets to ep4>aves, Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13, ov8ev toxjtccv ets to ep<fiaves IbvTes 
8i8ba<ji) Dem. 1283. 4 c. KaBioT-qpi (trans.); cf. Dion. H. 4. 4. 6. 

ets eirrjuoov, Xen. An. 2. 5. 38, e7retSi7 8e eaTrjcrav ets kirquoov, elirev 
'Aptatos rdoe, 'within hearing distance,' so 3. 3. 1; 4. 4. 5; cf. Luc. 
Contempl. 20; Conv. 21; Icarom. 23 (c. superl. and art.); cf. ev, 
Xen. An. 7. 6. 8, v. p. 188; cf. ets d/cods Eur. Phoen. 1480. Cf. p. 87. 

ets tovux^tov (only occasional adv. use); Eur. Heracl. 304, Kancbv/ 
els Tovaxo-Tov ireaovTes ; so Eur. Or. 447; Hdt. 1. 22, es to eaxo-Tov naKov; 
2. 129; 8. 52. 1 (cf. es tt&v nanov 7. 118; 9. 118) ; 7. 107, h&caprkpet es to 
eaxaTov without gen., but eaxaTov used as substant. But Hdt. 7. 229, 
6<f)da\piu)VTes es to eaxo-Tov as a phr. practically equiv. to an adv.; 
Thuc. III. 46. 2, irapaTeveladaL es Tovax arov 5 Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 33, 
/cat rjviaae pev els rd eVxara tov 'Apx'tdapov, 'it grieved him extremely'; 
cf. Reip. Lac. 1. 2. (also pi.); cf. Plat. Rep. 361 D, tV apspoTtpoi els to 
evx&TOV eXrjXvdoTes, 6 pev 8iKaLoavvr]s, 6 8e d5t/ctas, ' that both men going 
to the utmost limits of justice and injustice respectively'; Dem. 
346. 18, ets tovux^tov eKdelv to. wpaypaTa eaaat ; similarly 1260. 12. 
Hdt. 3. 25, es rd ecxara yr/s is lit. and not a phr. 

ets 'Icrov, Eur. I. A. 1002, ttclvtoos 8k p t/cereiWres i^er' ets tcov/el r' av- 
t/cereurtos, 'alike whether'; this appears to be the only case; cf. Thuc. 
I. 39. 1, tov es igov rd re ep7a bpolws /cat rous \6yovs . . . KaduaTavTa, 
'putting himself on a level'; similarly ets to Igov c. KadlvT-qpi, Thuc. I. 
121. 4; Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28; els laov Plat. Rep. 561 B; Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5, 
raxi* pev els to laov d0t/cero tt\ lirTrucfi rots r)\i£t. Cf. more idiom, uses 
w. airb p. 45, e/c p. 71, , ev, p. 188. 

ets Ka\6v, cf. ets naipbv, 8kov, ev /caXw, etc., Soph. O T 78; Eur. H. F. 
728; Xen. An. 4. 7. 3, 'you come in the nick of time,' et saepe; 



114 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Plat. Phaed. 76 E, Symp. 174 E, Meno 89 E, Hipp. Mai. 286 C, 
Theages 122 A ; so in superb, els KaWLaTov rjKeTov, Plat. Euthyd. 
275 B; cf. Menand. Sam. 68 (Capps); frg. 348. 2 K. 

els kolvov, els to kolvov = kolvo)s , cf. aurb p. 45, eK, p. 72, ev, p. 189, f., 
also ext, Kara, aw; akin to es p.eaov. (Not in Soph, nor in Trag. Frg.); 
Aesch. Prom. 844, rd Aoi7rd 6' v/jllv rr\be r' es kolvov 4>paaco ; Eum. 408, 
iraai 8' es kolvov \kya>; Eur. Hel. 1038; I. A. 408; Phoen. 1222; 48 Or. 
774; Ar. Av. 457; Thuc. IV. 59. 1, 'for the common weal'; Plat. 
Legg. 796 E (cf. Aesch. Eum. 408 supra), 835 A, 885 A; Dem. 390. 
156. Cf. Lat. in medium, Verg. G. 1. 126; 4. 157; Aen. 11. 335. Eur. 
Or. 1098, els kolvovs Xoyovs/eKOo^uev, cbs av MeveXeus %vv8vaTVXV is equiv. 
to es kolvov (3ov\evoop.eda or \eycop.ev, combining two thoughts els \6yovs 
eXdcofiev and es kolvov \eyoop.ev. 

els to kolvov, Eur. H. F. 86; I. T. 673 ; 49 Tro. 701 ; 50 Hdt. 3. 80, 
jSouXeuyuara 8e iravTa es to kolvov avacbepeL (like es fieaov Eur. Suppl. 439, 
etc., p. 93); so Dem. 1030. 10; cf. Hdt. 3. 82, 84; so Thuc. I. 91. 7; 
cf. II. 37. 1 (pi. cf. Aeschin. II. 161 also pi.); Thuc. III. 37. 4; IV. 58, 
'addressed the conference'; VII. 85. 3, 'assembled in public'; 
Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38, irap'e^eLV es to kolvov', Mem. 3. 14. 1, els to k. TLOevaL 
iter), cf. Oec. 7. 13, kyco re 7 dp 6a a fxoi eaTLV airavTa els to kolvov airocfxiLvoo, 
av re oaa -qvkyKoi iravTa els to kolvov KaTe6r]Kas ; cf. Plat. Cratyl. 384 C; 
Hypereid. VI (e7rira</>.) VII. 19; cf. Xen. An. 5. 6. 27, els 8e to kolvov 
lj.r]8ev dyopeveLv irepi tovtwv, Lat. publice; Plat. Theaet. 165 A, ets to 
kolvov fjtev ovv, airoKpLv'eadw 8e 6 vewTepos ; Plat. Legg. 680 E, 681 C, 
'for common use'; Isocr. VI. 20; X. 36. Lat. in commune conferre; cf. 
Plat. Rep. 461 A, tcov els to kolvov yevvi)aeu>v. bl 

es rd. piaKpoTaTCL, Thuc. VI. 31. 3, 'each one striving to the utter- 
most.' Cf. ovk els /jLCLKpov supra, p. 108. 

es rd yudXtcra, 'for the most part,' 'mostly,' Hdt. 1. 20; 2. 76, 78; 
5. 28; 6. 89; (cf. also with same meaning without prep. 2. 147); 
Thuc. VIII. 6. 3; Dem. 581. 212. 

48 The question arises whether the Dat. in the passages thus far cited is felt with 
els kolvov. To the English mind it seems natural to think of the Dat. in Aesch. 
Pr. 844 e. g. as connected both with ^patrw and els kolvov 'I will tell both to you and 
to her in common,' but the Greek does not bear this out. Wherever the Dat. occurs 
w. els kolvov it is possible to explain it by the rest of the sentence. 

49 This idiom, sense, as is seen here and in Or. 774, can be used even when only 
one person is addressed, and the speaker is the only other person involved. 

50 Here eis to kolvov really goes with both expressions, but it seems to have 
started out to be written as an antithesis, 'for the general good' and 'private 
good.' 

51 But Legg. 885 A, ols 8rj Soreov eis kolvov voijlov e/cdcrrots. 



PART iv els 



115 



ks tcl nkytGTCL, Hdt. 8. 144. 2, v. supra, p. 95. 
els to jLtetfco, Dem. 430. 277, v. supra, p. 95. 
« b\lyov, Thuc. IV. 129. 5, v. supra, p. 95. 

es to b/iolov, Thuc. VI. 18. 3, et ,U7] /cat tcl eirLTrjbevLiciTa es to ollolov 
fieraKif^eade, 'in like manner.' 

ets bpdbv : cf . Theogn. 304, es bpdd (not a phr. but the transition 
from it to a phr. is easy). Soph. Frg. 555, els bpdbv cppovelv, cf. Aesch. 
Pr. 1000, bpdus <bpovelv, cf. Eng. 'to think straight'; Soph. O C 1424, 
bpas tcl rou5' ovv cos es bpdbv en4>kpei/ LULVTevjiad 1 ; cf . O T 88 c. kctol ; id. Tr. 
347, ovdev . . . /(froovel 8'lkt]s es bpdbv ; but O T 50, (TTavTes r' es bpdbv 
kclI ireabvTes vuTepov, cf. Eur. Suppl. 1230; Frg. 262. 3; 382. 8; Diphil. 
61 K., ets bpdbv Tpkyetv; cf. Plat. Symp. 190 A, wcnrep ol kv^lcttSxjl els 
bpdbv to. aKe\rj. 52 Cf. e£ p. 72. 

els w. forms of iras : 

es to irdv: Pind. Ol. II. 93. (85), es be to irdv ep}irjveo)v /xari^ei. 53 
Aesch. Ag. 682, t'ls ttot ccvoLia/^ev co5' es r6 7rd^ kTrjTV/jioos, 'altogether,' 
'wholly,' i. e., 'with such perfect truth'; cf. Cho. 684, 940; Eum. 
52, 83, 54 291 'forever'; 401, cf. 670, oircos yevoLro tcigtos es to irdv 
Xpbvov; 891; 1044; Eum. 538, es to irdv 8e <roi Xeyco, 'putting it as a 
whole,' 'all together.' Eur. Her. 575, Talbas es to irdv abfavs 
might mean 'altogether wise,' or 'wise for every case,' probably 
the latter; cf. ets irdv Plat. Theaet. 146 B; cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 576 K., 
fjLTjd' 6Xp,vpbv elvai p.r^e fi&pov es to irdv. 

els irdv, Eur. Hipp. 284, els irdv cKpZy/iat nobbev e'lpyaapiaL ir\eov, 
'I have tried every means', 55 so Soph. O T 265, 56 eirl iravr d^ouai) 

"Literal use: Eur. Med. 1166, Tro. 465; Or. 231; Frg. 264. 3 (partially fig.) 
cf. lit. 'upright,' Frg. 385. 8 (of the E in 6H2ET2, to 8' av rkraprov t) pXv ets bpdbv fj.La. 

55 v. Christ, Gildersleeve, Fennell ad loc. Christ: es 5e to irav in valgus, the vowel 
of irav shortened in the adv. formula on analogy of cpds. 7rainrav,avfxirav; Gildersleeve: 
to ttolv glossed, by to kolvov, Shakespeare's 'the general,' the other rendering, ' gen- 
erally, ' less satisfactory; the difficulty of quantity sometimes obviated by writing 
TO-KO.V or Tbirav like avinrav, airav, irpbirav. But Verrall, Journ. Phil. (Eng.) IX. 17, 
p. 126ff. invents T07rdz> from *Toirr), 'divination,' a word which he derives from TOTrd^ew'. 
This is ingenious, but fanciful and unnecessary. He would explain many of the cases 
in Aesch. on this basis; v. also his ed. of Aesch. Agam. and Append. E, controverted 
by Sidgwick ed. Agam. Append. II. But in a later ed. of the Eumenides (1908) 
Verrall ad 538 (541): "there is no ground for suspecting es to irav as I formerly sug- 
gested" {Journ. Phil. 1. c. p. 156). Does this note mean that Verrall gives up his 
roirav theory altogether or only as concerns this passage? 

54 Blaydes takes Aesch. Eum. 200 as a case of ets to irav, but most edd. prefer 
Canter's reading els to irav, 'one for all.' 

55 Different is Eur. Frg. 1063. 6 (Nauck, Trag. Frg.), fiXeirovcra ets ivav) so Plat. 
Theaet. 175A, ov bvvap.kvwv es to 7rdi> det /3Ae7reti>. v. &\kireiv p. 123f. 

66 v. Jebb ad loc. 



116 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Xen. Hell. 6. 1. 12, eis irav cl<p'lk€to fiaaiXevs, 'he ventured everything'; 
Dem. 1261. 13, ets wdv k\dcov. b7 

es tcl iravTa, Aesch. Pr. 736, is really not much more than the 
use of the preposition to denote relation, like es tcl aXXa, etc., 
i. e., 'in all respects'; so ets airavra, Soph. Tr. 489; Eur. Bacch. 316 
(w. art.); 58 so Thuc. IV. 81. 1; VIII. 76. 3 (without art.); cf. Plat. 
Cratyl. 417 B; 59 Charm. 158 A, ce ets itclvtcl irp&Tov ehau; Rep. 425 A. 

But es ivavras av8a, 'speak before all,' Soph. O T 93 is idiomatic; 
cf. similarly Hdt. 8. 26, much like ets to kolvov, p,eaov. But cf. w. 

eS TCL ITCLVTCL, ThuC. I. 6. 2, TO)V TTOT€ Kai €S ITCLVTCLS O/JLOLUV diCLLTrj/JLCLTOOV ' 

cf. id. I. 130, es wavras o/jloIois. 

es irk$ov, Hdt. 7. 21 might have been expressed by Dat. adv. 

ets ivXtlcTov, Soph. O C 739, v. p. 96. 
es 7rXeoi^, Soph. O T 700, v. p. 96. 
es 7roXXd, v. supra, p. 96. 

es ret TrpooTd, Hdt. 9. 16, avdpbs . . . XoyL/iov 5e es tcl irpooTa kv 
'Opxo^; but cf. Hdt. 7. 13, 134 (c. dvi]Kuv); Thuc. III. 39. 2, 56. 6 
'in the highest degree.' Cf. ad prima. Verg. G. 2. 134. (v. Page ad loc.) 

ets to (tvpl4>vtov (adv. force doubtful), Eur. Andr. 954, ayav e^/cas 
y\o)<j(jav ets to avpL<f>vTov. 60 

ets viroTTTa, Eur. El. 345, ets v-ko-kto, /jltj pLoXys ep,ol, 'lie under sus- 
picion'; the same meaning expressed by viroirTws diane'iadcu., exeti> tivL, 
Thuc. VIII. 38, 68; Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 40. But in Eur. Phoen. 1210 
prep, blunted in meaning, merely expressing manner, and the phr. a 
pure adv.: tovt ets vtotttov et-zras, (note sing. var.). Cf. with ab- 
stract noun, Thuc. V. 29. 3, es v7ro\piav kqB'hjtt), 'caused suspicion,' 
'made the Peloponnese suspicious'; cf. Lycurg. p. 165. 30 (§125), 

"This use is probably derived from the similar use c. gen. or in agreement with 
with a noun also slightly idiomatic. Soph. El. 615, dpd aoi SoneZ/ xupeiv dv eis irav epyov 
aicrxvvris drep; (cf. Eng. 'to go to all lengths'); Hdt. 7. 118, 8eiiri>L£ovTes Zep&v es 
irav kcikov airi/cero; Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 22, eis iravTa k'lvSvvov rj\dov; Plat. Legg. 648A, ets 
■kolv b'eos i'evai; Dem. 29.3, ets ttolp TrpoeX-rjXvde pox#?7Ptas rd irapovra, etc. 

68 But cf. Trag. Frg. Adesp. 491, 6£vs de&v 6</>0aXp6s ets rd iravr ibe~iv (lit.), but the 
text is doubtful. Nauck prefers eo-0' diravT.' 

59 Plat. Theaet. 146 B, 17 veorrjs ets irdv e-wihoaiv exet is virtually the same 
use in the sing. 

60 This passage is variously explained. Schol. ets to obp.<bvTov eis to yvvaucelov yevos. 
It probably means 'thou hast given too free course to thy tongue against thy sex,' 
but it might mean 'against that which is second nature in women,' or, with adv. 
force 'according to thy nature.' 



PART IV e« 



117 



ovtus . . . delv ^ijv rovs 7ro\tras, ware pr}b' eis vwoxpLav eKBelv prjbha 
tovtcov tccv aoLK-qidCLTucv (periphr. for passive vb.) 

es to tpavepov, Thuc. I. 6. 5, 'publicly,' so I. 23. 6, but III. 27. 3, 
tov gItov . . . dp'epeiv es to 4>avep6v 'into the public'; Xen. Reip. 
Lac. 5. 1; cf. Plat. Gorg. 480 C; Alexis 2 K., Com. Frg. Adesp. 365 K.; 
Hypereid. I. frg. III. XIII. 11. Cf. euro, p. 45, k, p. 73, kv, p. 191. 
Cf. axfraves, epefiaves, etc., also ets to kolvov, eis by\ov. 

c. With participles: 

ets to kv8exopevov ; 'so far as possible,' Hypereid. VI. XIII. 41. 
Cf. e«j p. 74. 

ets to peWoV; v. temp. phr. p. 108. 

es ra irapayyeWopeva ievou, Thuc. I. 121. 2; III. 55. 3, 'at the 
word of command.' 

ets to Trapov, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 

ets to -pk-ov (ptc. as neut. subst.), Hypereid. VI. (extra^.) 5, 
6 rjXtos . . . tcl [s pev] copas biaKplvcov\eis to w]peirov teal kcl\lc[s -wavTa 
ko.6]mtto.s (note balancing adv. koK&s). 

d. With adverbs. (V. also sub adv. phr. of direction): 
es aUi } v. sub temp. phr. p. 108. 

eis clKls (late), Theocr. 25. 17 lit. 'to enough,' i. e., 'abundantly.' 
els clOOls, v. temp. phr. p. 108, eis avpiov, v. p. 105. 
eis clvt'lko. ) v. temp. phr. p. 108. 

ets aira£, Eur. Phoen. 723, Trdcas ye, wpiv dvbvvov eis a7ra£ po\elv, 
'once for all,' i. e., 'before it is too late,' 'danger once for all,' 
i. e., 'fatal': cf. Andr. 943, eiaa.Tca£\ cf. Plat. Soph. 247 E; Dem. 21. 
10, ets pev clto.%. 

eis eTretra, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 

eis ewiirav, Xenophan. 3. 4 c. x€i\ioi ; 'in all.' 

ets p.ereireLTa, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 

ets irapavTLKo., v. p. 108. 

ets to wapaxpma, 'forthwith,' 'on the spot,' Thuc. I. 22. 4, 
KTTjpa. re es atet paWov r) ayuvtapa es to TapaxPW a CLKOvetv ^vyKeiraL ; 
Antiphon V. 132. 25: 133. 31; Plat. Legg. 646 C; Hyper. III. (pro 
Eux.) XLVI. 37. Cf. awo, p. 45, k, p. 117, ev, p. 191, wpos, etc. 

e. Adv. phr. of direction: 

In many of these phrases the preposition seems to add only 
slight force, if any, but in some the idea of limit or end of motion is 
dearly present. Usually the translation does not differ from that of 
the simple adverb. 

eis to avTLov, 'contrariwise,' Xen. Eq. 12. 12; so k tvs clvtlvs, 
Hdt. 8. 6. Cf. evavTiov. etc. 



118 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



es to avTLwepas tt]s 'Afivdov airoirXevaas, Thuc. VIII. 62. 3. Cf. 
e/c p. 76, ev, p. 192. Cf. ets to ir'epav. 

els to avu, 'upwards,' Plat. Cratyl. 396 B, 17 . . . es to avm 
b\pis\ Rep. 529 A, ets to aw opav; but temporal, Theaet. 175 B, 6 cur' 
1 k{j.4>iT pvuvos els to avoo irevTeKcaeLKoaTos ', cf. Legg. 919 E, iraTpi Kal p.rjTpl 
Kal toZs Itl tovtcov els to avco yeveai; cf. Autocrates 1. 8 K. opp. to 
kcltq). Cf. eirl, opp. ets to kcltcc. 

els apLCTepa, apLUTepav, Plat. Tim. 43 B, (apiaTepav) Rep. 436 E, 
614 C; et saepe. Cf. other preps. 

ets tcl 6"e£ta, 'on the right,' Hdt. 4. 42 et saepe; Plat. Rep. 436 E, 
rj els de&av r) els apLaTepav r) ets to Tpoadev fj els to oTiadev eyicWivri ; cf. 614 C; 
cf. Tim. 43 B, ets Te yap to wpoade Kal oiriaBev Kal iraXiv els <5e£td Kal 
apKTTepa kgltco Te Kal avu Kal iravT-q. Similar expressions are frequent. 
Cf. other preps. 

es to eyy vTepw, Thuc. II. 21. 1. 

ets to e'tVco tou ovpavov, Plat. Phaedr. 247 E et at. 

els tovpltoXlv, 'backwards,' Xen. An. 3. 5. 13; 4. 3. 21; but cf. e/c 
Thuc. III. 22. 5, 'from the opposite side.' 

ets ToviJLTrpoadev, Eur. Hipp. 1228 (but some texts read to irpoadev); 
Hdt. 4. 61; Isocr. VIII. 12, p.rj8ev els Tovjiirpoadev rjp,lv amols it paTTOVTes ; 
Ep. IV. 10; Xen. Symp. 2. 22; Plat. Gorg. 497 A, Legg. 737 B, 783 B; 
Aeschin. Ep. 10. 10; Eupolis 79 K. Cf. e/c p. 75, h, p. 176. 

es tovvclvtIov, Thuc. I. 120. 5; II. 65. 7; Plat. Soph. 221 A; Rep. 
343 A, 563 E et al. Cf . ets to clvt'iov ; cf. e£ p. 76. 

ets to e^oincrOev, Plat. Tim. 84 E. Cf. binadev, OTrlaco. 

es to e£a>, Thuc. II. 4. 4. 5; VII. 69. 4. et al. opp. ets to etaco. 

ets to e-weKeiva vireppas, Plat. Rep. 587 B, 'to the far side'; cf. 
Phaed. 112 B, oTav els to e7r' eKelva Tr\s 777s 6pp,r]ar] Kal oTav els to eirl Tade ; 
cf. 'ev, p. 192. 

ets tci eirl BaTepa 'to the other side,' Thuc. I. 87. 2; c. gen. Thuc. 
VII. 84. 4, es tcl eirl daTepa tov iroTap.ov ) cf. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 7. Cf. 
eirl daTepa alone; cf. k p. 76. 

ets to KOLTavTes, Lat. deorsum, Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 15, 'down-hill'; 
so 3. 5. 20, Eq. 8. 8; cf. airo, p. 46, ev, p. 192, eirl KaTavTes Plat. Tim. 
77 D. Cf. adv. KaTavTa II. 23. 116. Cf. ir paves. 

els to (or to) KaTavTLKpv, Thuc. VII. 26. 2, axovTes es tcl KaTavTLKpv 
Kvdripwv, 'being opposite,' apparently no diff. from sing. Plat. 
Phaed. 72 B, Rep. 515 A; Lysis 207 A, etc. Cf. k, p. 76, ev, p. 192. 

ets to k&tco, 'downwards,' Plat. Soph. 220 E, to p.h> avoodev els to 
kcltco y ty vbjievov ; but temporal, Rep. 461 C, utet Kal iraTpi Kal tols tovtuv 



PART IV els 



119 



cis to kcltm Kai kirl to avos, ' their relatives in the direct line ascending or 
descending'; so Tim. 18 D, rovs 5' e/j.- poadev koI avoidev yoveas re Kai 
yov'eocv -poyovovs. rois 5' els to KaTcodev exyovovs waldas re eKyovoiv. 

es to fjtera£b } Thuc. II. 77. 3; III. 51. 3; Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38 et al. 

els TovTLadev, "back,' 'backwards/' Eur. Hipp. 1222; Phoen. 
1410; Ar. Plut. 1209; Lysias I. 25; Xen. Symp. 2. 22; Hell. 6. 5. 14; 
An. 3. 3. 10: Cyr. 7. 1. 36 (bis)] Eq. 12. 12: Plat. Rep. 436 E; Tim. 
43 B ; Prot. 315 B et ah Cf. h>, p. 192. 

es to o-'ktu , 'backwards/ in place: Hdt. 4. 42; Thuc. 4. 4. 2, 
to) xelpe es Tov-iao: £v,u-\eK0VTes, 'clasping their hands behind them'; 
Lysias XIV. 5, eav tls \lttq tt\v tcl^lv els toihtufoi deltas eveica ; XIV. 6; 
Plat. Phaedr. 254 B; Rep. 528 A of going back to a previous point 
in the argument: cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 255 K. Of time, Horn. Od. 
18. 122; 20. 199, es owLaao}. Cf. cpd. elaoTrlao: 'in time to come,' 
'hereafter.' h. Horn. Ven. 104: Soph. Ph. 1105. 

els to -epav, 'across/' 'to the opposite side/' Xen. An. 3. 5. 2, 
8La3i3a^6fj.evaL els to -epav tov ttotcl/jlov; Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 15; 3. 17; cf. 
Plat. Tim. 89 C. Cf. kv } Xen. An. 4. 3. 11. v. p. 192. Cf. els tovvovtlov, 
Ka.TavTLK.pv, avTLrrepas, els to eireKeiva, els rd era daTepa. 

els Tr\ayiov, Lat. in transversum, 'sideways.' Xen. An. 1. 8. 10; 
es to. -\a^,ia. Thuc. VII. 40. 5: Xen. Eq. 12. 12; els -\ayia, Plat. 
Theaet. 194 B; but es rd -\a^ia tech. military term, v. p. 100. Cf. 
eKj p. 57. 

els to -paves, 'down-hill/ var. of els to KaTavTes. Xen. An. 3. 4. 25; 
Eq. 8. 6. Cf. /card, also other preps, c, irp-qv'es in the sense of 'down- 
wards/ 'headlong/' etc. 

els -poadev, els to t: poadev. (very freq.) Eur. Hec. 961. metaph. c. 
gen. -poKb-TovT ovbev els -poadev kclkuv ; as prep. c. gen. = 'before/ 
'in front of (w. art/) Hdt. 4. 72; so Xen. An. 3. 1. 33; Plat. Rep. 
618 A; cf. 550 E infra: Soph. Ai. 1249, rovs b-iadev els to -poadev 
a&jdev ; Eur. Hel. 1579, eis to -poadev . . . Tkevaoi/jLev, 'forward/ 
so most often: usu. w. vbs. of motion. Ar. Ach. 43. 242; Thesm. 
645; Lys. 185; Eccl. 129; Hdt. 8. 89; Thuc. VII. 43. 5; 78. 3; Xen. 
Hell. 7. 1. 31; An. 1. 10. 5; 2. 1. 2; Cyr. 5. 3. 57; 6. 3. 6; 7. 1. 36 (r^s 
eis rd -pbad. wpoodov)] Plat. Polit. 262 C, 272 D; Symp. 174 D, 191 B, 
C: Euthyd. 274 C; Prot. 339 D: Rep. 436 E, 437 A, 514 B, 604 B; 
Tim. 40 A, 43 B: Legg. 697 C, 769 C, 842 A; Ep. 325 C; noteworthy 
are Plat. Soph. 258 C, els rd -poadev ere fq^owrcs ; Rep. 550 E, icpoi- 
bvTes els to -pbad. tov xp^^t'lI? eadai, ' a $ they advance in money- 
getting'; Prot. 357 D (of time) els to -pbad. eri obptoXoyijKaTe ; cf. 



120 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Antiphan. 18 K. c. gen.; Alexis 98. 15 K. Cf. es to Tpoacc; cf. k, 
p. 75, ev, p. 176. 

es to irpoaco, c. gen. Hdt. 1. 5, irpofi-qaoiiev es to irpoaoo tov \6yov', 
3. 154, es to irpbau p.eyadeos tih&vtcll, 'to a high point of greatness,' 
i. e., 'very greatly'; 3. 56 (cf. ets irpoadev Eur. Hec. 961 supra); 
without gen., Hdt. 3. 25; 4. 98; 7. 223; Xen. An. 5. 4. 30. 

VIII. Quantitative idioms. 

els rj/jLiav, Ar. Thesm. 452, enToXw/jiev oi><5' ets rmtav 'not half; cf. 
adv. r)p.iaecos, 'let us not leave it half said,' Plat. Rep. 601 C (where 
some texts read e$' rjulaeoos). 

ets oaov, Soph. Ph. 1403, ets oaov y' kyu adevoo, so Eur. El. 71 with 
slight difference, if any, from oaov ; cf . Soph. El. 946 without prep. ; 
similar are Eur. Andr. 239; Thuc. II. 35. 2; V. 51. 2; VI. 69. 1; VII. 
75. 4; Plat. Rep. 607 A, 613 A; Phaedr. 277 A; Isae. IV. 11; Dem. 
780. 33 (especially frequent w. dvvaadat and dvvaTov); so Plat. Rep. 
501 C, ets oaov evbex^ai (cf. w. same meaning, ets to evdexbidevov p. 117); 
Thuc. VI. 18. 3, Kal ovk eaTLv tj/jlIv Ta/iLeveadai es oaov (3ov\6/jieda apxtw, 
'how far,' 'to what extent'; Dem. 643. 70, ets oaov etxe /caXcos. 61 
Cf. infra pronom. expressions, p. 130 f. 

With numerals: 

ets ev, Lat. in unum, usu. 'into one place,' Eur. Or. 1640, "EXX^as 
ets ev /cat 3>puyas ^vvrjy ayov ; cf. Dem. 425. 263 ; 62 but Eur. Andr. 1172, 
ets ev ixolpas avveKvpaas, 'involved in the same fate'; Ar. Eq. 854, 
tovto 6' ets ev eaTi avyKeKv<pos, metaph. of 'putting their heads together' 
in conspiracy. Dem. 460. 11, kireidr) 5' 77 TroXts ets e> ifkBev, 'when 
there was harmony in the city.' But cf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 41, ttjv 
tcl^lv ayeTw ets eva, singillatim, 'one by one,' 'in single file,' p. 99, 
so 2. 1. 26; 3. 21; Reip. Lac. 11. 4, KadiaTavTat TOTe jiev eis<eva cu> 
e^co^uoTtat, tot€ 8e els Tpels, TOTe he els e£ ; cf. also ec/>' e^os Cyr. 2. 4. 2; 
5. 3. 36; An. 5. 2. 6; ets 8vo Cyr. 6. 3. 21, v. infra, ets eva in this 
tech. military phr. is peculiar to Xenophon. 

ets 8vo, 'two abreast,' Xen. An. 2. 4. 26; Cyr. 6. 3. 21; 7. 5. 17, 
etc. So ets Tpets, Xen. Reip. Lac. 11. 4 (v. sub els eva). 

61 Cf. Alexis, 'AireyXavK. (Didot. p. 222) 2. 8, eav 8' epwr^sEts irocrov tovs nearpkas 
/xcoXets 5v ovras', 'what's your highest price for?' instead of wocrov (gen. of price), 
but slightly different; but this use is axa^ \ey. and Kock II. p. 303, 16. 8. reads iroaov 
as do most MSS. 

62 Cf. Dialexeis 2. 18 (Diels, 2 639. 24), at rts rd alvxpa (other readings, KaXd 
v. Diels n.) es lv KeXeuot avveveiKai Tavras avdp&woos. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 322. 



PART IV ets 



121 



ets Tpls, 'even to three times,' Soph. Frg. 855. 13; Hdt. 1. 86; 
5. 105; Xen. An. 6. 4. 16, 19; cf. Theocr. 1. 25; 2. 43; 17. 72; cf. karpis 
Pind. O. 2. 123; cf. M rpls C I 1122. 9. 

els e£, Xen. Reip. Lac. 11. 4 (v. sub els eva). 

els oktco, 'eight deep,' Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 16, irapaTaTreadat Tr\v raxi<rrr}v 
els 6kt6) ; An. 7. 1. 23 et al. 

ets = 4 to the number of,' Aesch. Pers. 339; Thuc. I. 74. 1; 100. 1, 
etc.; Xen. An. 1. 8. 5; 2. 2. 7; 3. 12; 3. 3. 6, 20 (bis); 4. 2; cf. Cyr. 5. 2. 
1; Hell. 4. 1. 19; Ages. 1. 7, etc. 63 

But Xen. An. 1. 1. 10, ets = ' about,' i. e., 'in round numbers.' 

IX. Periphrasis type 

1. Verbs of motion with els and an abstraction, often clear 
periphrasis or almost periphrasis, sometimes merely the transposing 
of an abstract noun to the end of motion: (Freq. in Euripides.) 

Eur. Bacch. 610, ets advpLav d</>tKeo-0' ; cf. Dem. 685. 194, rrjv irohiv 
els advpLLav rpepojiev. 

els cLKplfieLav, Plat. Legg. 809 E, c. gen., worepov els aKpl^euav rod 
p,a6r}p,aTOS Ir'eov ; cf . Euthyd. 288 A, ovroxri davp.aaTris ovar]s (rris vpterepas 
Texvys) els anplpeiav Xoyoov simply use of prep. = ' as regards'; but 
without gen., more idiom., Legg. 967 B, ourcos ets anpifi. davpLaarols 
Xoyia/dols av expyvro ; cf. 983 C; cf. w. art. Gorg. 487 C, ets tt]v a.KpL(3. 
<f>i\o<ro<pelv (J.: 'into too much detail'); cf. Arist. Pol. 1331. a 2. 
Cf. <5td,p. 24, cf. em. 

els avayKTjv, Eur. Phoen. 1000, kovk els avayKrjv baipibvuv a(f)iyp,evoi } 
cf . ets xpetai' ; I. T. 620, ets avayKrjv /cet/xefl' (pregnant use of vb. implying 
previous motion); 64 Dem. 13. 15, ets &vkyKt)v 'ekQw\xev iroielv, 'lest we 
may come into the necessity of doing' = avayKa<rdcbp.ev and like it 
followed by iroielv f so Dem. 450. 341; 974. 25; cf. 60. 14, elvai els 
b.vkyKy\v /cat irpbcfraaLV kolvov iroXejiov irpbs rjp,as. 

es avTLhoyiav f)\dov, Thuc. I. 31. 4 (cf. infra, p. 127). 

es cLTnarL^v, Hdt. 1. 193, ret elpypieva . es aTTLarlrjv iroWijv 

curt/crat. 

els apdfxov, Aesch. Prom. 191, ets apdp,bv e/xot /cat 0tA6r?7Ta/<77reu5coj> 
. . . r;£et. 

ets a<T<j>a\eLav, Thuc. VIII. 1. 3 (allied, but more idiom.), rd t&v 
t-vpiixaxuv es aacbaXeiav iroieludai, 'they would make sure of their 

63 Ap. Rhod. 2. 974, Terpd/cts els eKarov Sevoird nev, e'L tls €Kao"ra/7re/i7rdfot, 'it would 
lack four of a hundred, were one to reckon each.' 

"Kiihn.-G. I. 543 B. 

65 G M T. 749. 



122 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



allies'; but cf. Menand. 487. 3 K. (prep. = ' towards' or 'as re- 
gards'), tout' eyoi irapeyyvo: / els d(7c/>dXetay raj /3tco irXelarov /xepos. 

els a<paoiav, (abstr. transposed to end of motion) Plat. Phileb. 
21. D. ets acfraalav \xe ovros 6 \byos ep,(3e(3\r]Ke. 

els yeKoiTCL, Hdt 7. 105, Eep^s 8e es yekwra re erpexf/e (absol. and 
idiom., yeXdw might have been used); but cf. Ar. Vesp. 1260, /cdr es 
yekwv/rb Tpayp erpepas ; Thuc. VI. 35; so Dera. 151. 75 (c. epfiaXeiv). 

Allied is an interesting case of the abstract for the concrete: 
es 8e 8b\ov enaXeae, Ar. Av. 333 (Lat. in dolum). Contrast concrete 
for abstr. ets 8ov\ov p. 89. 

els Wos, Plat. Legg. 808 C, /caXtos ets Wos lov, cf. 834 D. 

es eXirLda, Thuc. II. 56. 4, es ekirlda pev rfKdov rov e\elv. 

es evOvpiav, Thuc. V. 16. 1, es evOvpLav rots AaKe5aip.ovtots cuet irpofiaK- 
\bpevos vir' avroov. 

els epcora, Antiph. 212 K., ets epcor' a^Uero; Anaxilas 21 K., eVcupas 
5' ets epura rvyxaveis / e\r)\v6cos ; Menand. 100 K., ets epcofl' y/kcov. Cf. c. 
ireaelv, p. 126. 

ets ex#os, Eur. Phoen. 879, ets ex#os rfXdov waici rolaiv Ol8'nrov, 
'I incurred their enmity'; cf. Hdt. 3. 82 (pi. w. modif. adj.) 'hatred 
against' or 'hostility towards each other.' 

ets exdpav, Aesch. Prom. 388, prj yap oe dpyvos els exOpav jSdXfl ; 
Isocr. IV. 174, r) rds avyyevelas ets exdpav irpoayei) Xen. Hell. 

3. 5. 9 (tr.), Karaarrjaavres vpas ... ets exdpav too 8-qpo)) Plat. 
Polit. 307 D (intr.), ets exdpav dXX^Xots . . . KadiaravTai; Phaedr. 
256 D, ets exdpav eXdelv (absol. but dXX^Xots may be supplied); so Ep. 
317 C (but cot may be supplied); Dem. 534. 62 (c. dat. of person). 
Cf. ex#os. 

ets $rp\ov luv, Plat. Rep. 550 E. 

ets Bavpa, Eur. Frg. 1117. 36, ets Bavp eo-Qei ; Ion 248 (pi.), ets Bavpar' 
eXOelv. Cf. ev doipari v. p. 194. 

es dbpvfiov, Hdt. 8. 87, es Bbpvfiov iroWbv airlKero ra jSacrtXeos Tpr,ypara. 

ets pepLp,vav, Eur. Ion 404, acfrkov 8' els pepipvav ; cf. 244, pLepipvrjs eis 
r65' ?)X0es. 

els pera(3o\as, Eur. I. A. 500, dXX' ets pera(3o\as ifhdov airb beivihv 
\byoiv. 

Allied, more lit. but slightly idiom., ets rbv vow, Dem. 247. 68, 
/cat rovr' els rbv vovv epfia\'e<jdai (cf. Eng. 'take it into' and 'put it into 
his head'). 

ets oXktov, Eur. Tro. 60, ets oIktov rfkdes ; I. A. 653, ets oIktov p ayeis ) 
but I. T. 1054 (phr.), exet rot 8vvap.iv els oIktov yvvrj (Way: 'A wom- 
an's tongue hath pity-stirring might'). 



PART IV ets 



123 



ets Spy as, Plat. Rep. 572 A, /irj riaiv els bpyas ekBcov (note pi.). 

eis irapaaracriv (text doubtful), 66 Antiph. 104 K., 6 [xev /ca/ccos/ 
irparTLov to Xvirovv 7770.7' eis irapaaraaLV (Hunzicker: ad insaniam.) 

eis av/JL(3a<jiv, Eur. Andr. 423, eis ^vix^aaiv be XPV V <? e iralba arjv 'ayeiv,/ 
MeveXae, /cat Trjvb' ('Thou shouldest, Menelaus, reconcile/Her and thy 
child,' Way); Thuc. II. 2. 4, es ^vfx^aauv fiaXXov /cat 4>i\iav tt]v ttoKlv 
ayayelv ; cf. III. 46. 2, eXflot av es ^vnfiaaiv. 

eis rep\f/iv el/ju, Eur. I. T. 797; cf. c. gen. Phoen. 195, irbdov/els j'ep^iv 
fjXdes; cf. Cycl. 522, eis repypiv (3lov (without vb., really, 'as regards 
enioyment of life'). 

els 6l\6t7}tcl (abstr. transposed to end of motion) Theogn. 372, /ue 
I els (/uAo-nyra . . . -Kpoue\Kb\xevos ; 1359, ets <£tX6r. icpoaayeiv ; 
cf. Aesch. Pr. 191, v. p. 121. 

els 4>6(3ov, Eur. Tro. 1058, 6/ioos 6' 6 7-770-0' 6\e8pos els (pbfiov (3aXel/ to 
ixupov avrcbv. Cf. [Plat.] Ep. 333 B, f^as <5' els (f>b(3ov narkfiaXov ; Aeschin. 
III. 205 ets \rj8r]v . . . ep.fia\elv c. gen., et al. 

els cfypovrldas, Eur. Ion 583, ets (ppovrlbas t' airrjXdes ; cf. Frg. 964. 2; 
(Nauck, Trag. Frg.); Hdt. 1. 46; Thuc. III. 46. 6. 

ets xpt'i-av, Eur. Ale. 719, eW J avbpbs eXflots rovb'e 7' ets xP^ av tore) 
(cf. ets avayKf]v c. gen. Phoen. 1000); so Plat. Menex. 244 D, ets xp^ av 
tt]s 7r6Xecos 6.4>lkovto, 'came to feel the need of its assistance'; Rep. 410 A, 
ets xp^av I'evai c. gen.; Legg. 702 B; but Dem. 1462. 3 (phr.), 7rept toov 
ovbev els xP^' Lav e-w av ay Ka^euQ' amveiv 'things of no use' or 'service.' 
Cf. to, p. 155. 

2. Affinity of certain verbs for prep, ets in fig. expressions. 
Often this is not much more than a periphrasis which may some- 
times be resorted to by the poets for metrical reasons; but it always 
adds some meaning to the idea which would be given by the simple 
verb and this added meaning may at any time be pressed. 

fiXeireiv els : Soph. Ant. 922, rt XPV M« Trjv bvaryvov es 0eous ert/ 'fiXe-reiv ; 
'to look to' in the sense of hoping for aid; so id. El. 954, ets ae by /3Xe7rco,/ 
oVcos 'in the hope that'; cf. 958, irol yap fxevels padvyos, es riv 1 ekirLbuv/ 
(SXtyaa It bpdrjv ; Ai. 514; cf. 400; cf. d7ro/3Xe7ret Eur. I. A. 1378. 

But, 'to look to,' 'pay heed to,' 'consider,' etc., Solon 9. 7, 8, 
ets yap yXcoaaav bpare Kai els eirr] aiiJLvXov avbpbs, /els epyov 0' ovbev yuyvbyevov 
jSXe7rere (cf. bpare as var. here; cf. also Aesch. Suppl. 102, IbeaOoj 5' 
ets vfipiv fipbreiov half lit.); Aesch. Pers. 801, es rd vvv weirpayixeva/ 
$\&pavra ; Eur. Frg. 406. 6, fiKkireiv els n'tav (yvvaina) ; ib. 82, (3\eir. es oyaov 

66 Kock: Dobraeus Adv. II. 360 7repurracrip, praestat y.era<jTO.<jiv cord. Alexid. 
292; but Kock believes the text very corrupt. 



124 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



. tvxqs', 215, eis opyiov ; 336. 3, eis rd twv rrekas nana f 7 id. 
Trag. Frg. 1063. 6, els irav; cf. Plat. Theaet. 175 A; Isocr. XII. 188, 
f3\eirov<ri yap els ovdev &XXo irXrjv otojs. 

But Xen. An. 1. 8. 10, eis yy\v fiXeirovra (rd bp'eirava vivo rois d'ufrpois); 
Plat. Alcib. II. 138 A, eaKvdpccwaKevaL re /cat els yr/v (SK'eireiv, (purely 
lit., but possibly w. slight idiom, tinge). 

Similarly airo^Keireiv els 'to pay attention to' 'regard,' etc. Ar. 
Ran. 1171, ov 6' eis rd kolkov air6(3\eire equiv. to oil 5' e-Kir^pei to /3Xd/3os 
ib. 1151; Dem. 26. 29, ets rd irpaynaTa clto(3\. <£auXcos exovra) cf. w. 
wpos as var. 28. 3, airofi\. els rd irpayiiara nai wpbs tovs \byovs ; but more 
nearly in the sense of fiKkireiv in the passages cited above from 
Soph. cf. Eur. I. A. 1378, closely connected w. 'looking to as a model, 
authority,' etc., e. g. Xen. Hell. 6. 1. 8, rj oij irarpis els ere aTofiXeirei,, etc. 
Cf. airofiXeireiv els of looking to as a model, freq. in Plato: Symp. 209 
D, ets "OfjLrjpov airo(3\e\f/as ; Laches 182 E, ets rd5e airofi\e\f/as, etc. Cf. 
'to look longingly at,' Ar Ach. 32, aivo^Keiroov els tov oypbv. 

ehavveiv els '. Tyrt. 9. 10, 6.p.4>orepoiv 6' es Kopov rfkaoare 'to satiety', 
(Jebb: 'ye had taken your fill of both'); so Solon 27 c. 2, iroWwv 
ayadoov els Kopov (^X)dcrare. Cf. irpbs. 

Soph. O T 1160, avrjp 65' . . . es rpt/Sds eXa 'will push the 
matter to delays,' i. e., 'is bent on protracting his delay,' (v. Jebb); 
Hdt. 2. 124, Xeo7ra es wdoav kokot-^to eXdcat 'went to all lengths in 
wickedness'; cf. 5. 50, rore iiev es tooovtov rfkaoav, 'they drove it so far.' 

epxeo-dai and similar verbs w. ets \byov, \byovs : es Xbyovs epx^Oal 
tlvl, 'to come to speech with,' 'enter into conversation, have an 
interview with some one,' cf. Eng. 'to have a word with,' Lat. in 
conloquium venire. Soph. O C 1164; Frg. 481. 5; 68 Ar. Vesp. 472; 
Eq. 806 (sing.); so 1300 (c. dXX^Xats); Nub. 470 (sing. sc. cot); Nub. 
252 (pi.); cf. Av. 258, tr' es Xoyous a-wavra', es \byovs ekdelv, avveXOelv, 
Hdt. 1. 82, 86 et saepe (seventeen and more times in Hdt.); Thuc. 
IV. 38. 1; 73. 4; cf. V. 37. 2; Xen. An. 3. 1. 29; Hell. 2. 4. 43; 3. 1. 20; 
Plat. Lysis 206 C; Dem. 675. 165; 1458. 1 et al. So c. o-wdTrretf, Eur. 
Phoen. 702, Ar. Lys. 648 (sing.); c. d^LKvelodat : Eur. Phoen. 771; 
Hdt. 2. 28; 4. 14, 128; 5. 24, 49. 2; 7. 101. 1; Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 
18 (bis)', Ages. 3. 5; cf. Soph. El. 314, es Xbyovs/rovs oovs Iko'l/jltiv ; 
c. iWHdt. 5.49. 1; Thuc. III. 80; V. 17. 2; c. cpotrdv, Hdt. 7. 103. 
2; c. £vyyeveodat, Ar. Nub. 252; c. /caraar^at, etc., Thuc. III. 8. 2; 

67 But lit. Eur. Hipp. 280, ets irpbauirov, cf. 416, ets Trpoauira c. gen. pi., so Dem. 
320. 283. 

68 But Eur. Tro. 905, ovk ets Aoyous ekr)~kv9', dXXd ere urevcav. 



PART IV els 



125 



70. 2; IV. 58; Dem. 903. 34 (sing.), so 1029. 4; 1457. 3; c. ayeiv Xen. 
Hell. 4. 1. 2, cf. 29; c. irpoKa\elada h Hdt. 4. 201; Thuc. Til. 34. 3. 
Cf. Plat. Theaet. 183 D, v. p. 98. 

KadLarrifiL (very freq.): a. Tr. and causal (Act. pres., impf., fut., 
first aor., rarely the pf.; mid. fut. (rarely), first aor., sometimes the 
pres.), 'to bring into a certain state'. 

els ay o)v a. (tech. legal phr.), Plat. Apol. 24 C; Isae. I. 5; Lycurg. 
148. 1; (pi.) Hypereid. III. (Eux.) XXXVIII. 28 (*a0ecrra/<a), etc. 
els alaxvyyv, Plat. Soph. 230 D; riva es airovoiav, 'to make one des- 
perate,' Thuc. I. 82. 4. es airoplav, Thuc. VII. 75. 4. riva els aa^dXetav, 
Isocr. V. 123. es eKirXri^Lv, Thuc. VI. 36. 2, fiovKovr at r-qv ttoKlv es 
eK~\f]^LV KadidTavaL) es e\7rtoas, Thuc. VIII. 81. 2. KaTaarrjaetv avra 
es to eTTLTridetov, Thuc. IV. 76. 5. ets ep-qplav (f)l\wv, Plat. Phaedr. 232 
D; els exdpav, Xen. Hell. 3. 5. 9. els kIvSwov, Thuc. V. 99; Isocr. 
XVIII. 16; (pi.) Isae. VIII. 43; Aeschin. I. 135, etc. es Kplcnv, 
Thuc. I. 131, Kadiar-quLv eavrdv es Kplatv, 'presents himself for trial.' 
Thuc. VI. 34. 4, clvtovs es \oyL<jp.6v K<xTo.<jTr\o-ai\iev ; Eur. 

Suppl. 352, b-qjiov es p.ovapxlav. els bveibos nai klv8vvovs, Aeschin. I. 
135; ets To\ep.ovs kcll araaeLS, Isocr. IV. 174; to cpvaei ToXe/Juov eu7rpe7rcos 
es to %vjj.4>'epov KadiaTavTaL, Thuc. IV. 60. 1 ; es \)TO\pLav {rr\v UeXoirov- 
vqaov) KadlaT-f], 'made the Pel. suspicious' Thuc. V. 29. 3; es cf)6(3ov, 
Thuc. VIII. 105. 3; Dem. 1367. 65, etc., etc. 

b. Intr. (Act. second aor., pf., plqpf., all tenses of Mid. [exc. first 
aor.], and Pass.), 'to come into a certain state,' 'to become,' aor. and 
plqpf. 'to be'; els ay&va KaidiGT&VTai, Isae. VIII. 5; Dem. 1422. 1; 
adecav Lys. II. 15; airbvoLav Thuc. VII. 67. 4; oeos, Thuc. IV. 108. 1; 
Plat. Rep. 395 D, at ^ijU^crets ets Wr] re /cat 4>vo~lv KadlaTO^VTai ) 

els exOpav /3acrtXet, Isocr. IX. 67; cf. Plat. Polit. 307 D; Eur. Or. 
1330, avayKTjS els £vydv tcadecrT ap.ei> ; es dpovv, Thuc. V. 29. 2; k'lvovvov, 
Isocr. XVI. 46; pi. w. art. Antiphon II Ay 1; Kpiatv Aeschin. I. 194; 
\v7rr]v, Thuc. VII. 75. 3; p.axw> Eur. H. F. 1168, ets irokejiov vjilv nai 
fjiaxw KoBluTo.To.1 ; Hdt. 3. 45; 5. 86. 3; Thuc. VII. 53. 3; cf. expansion for 
'battle,' Eur. Heracl. 159, ets tclXtjv KadlaTaTai/bopos to Tcpayp.a) els o/jlo- 
vQic.v, Lys. XVIII. 18; dveldrj, Plat. Menex. 246 D; Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 31, 
ecos av els ovpov Ko.TaaTo)acv ; iroXepiov, Eur. H. F. 1168; Thuc. V. 36. 2; 
VI. 6. 2; 7r6\ejj.ov 4>avepbv V. 25. 3; 84. 2; ets GTevbv Dem. 15. 22; es 
(FvvriOeiav tlvos 'become accustomed to,' Aeschin. I. 165; 4>Chovidav, 
Thuc. VIII. 76. 1; cf>6(3ov, Hdt. 8. 12; Thuc. II. 81. 6; IV. 96. 5; VII. 
44. 7; etc., etc. 



126 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Treaelv els : of falling into misfortune and related notions: Theogn. 
42, TroWrjv es ko.k6t7]tcl -weaelv, so 1082 b; Bacchyl. X. 72, irpiv es dpya- 
\eav ireuelv avayKav, 'before they fell into grievous straits'; Soph. 
Ant. 240, ovb' av St/catcos es kclkov Treaoipi tl ] 1026; Hdt. 7. 88; cf. Eur. 
Heracl. 304, KaKcov/els rovaxarov ireaovres ; cf. Soph. O C 1219, orav tls 
es wXeov Trearj/rov beovros ; Eur. Tro. 639, 6 S' evTvxw * ets to bvarvx^ 
TreaoiV, cf. Xen. An. 2. 3. 18. Solon 12. 68, ets peyaXrjv clttjv . . . 
eweaev; Eur. I. A. 137, ttlttto) els arav ; cf. Aesch. Ag 1267, es <f>Bbpov; 
Soph. O C 748, es roaovrov audas Treaelv. Soph. Ai. 1083 (more nearly 
lit., but expression a fig. phr.), e£ ovplwv bpapovaav els fivdbv Treaelv; 
cf. 1090. Aesch. Ag. 1000, 7recret*'/es to prj Te\ea4>bpov, 'to fall into 
non-fulfilment.' 

Of falling into disease: Aesch. Pr. 473, 478, es vbaov Treaelv, cf. 
Eng. 'to fall ill'; cf. Eur. El. 428; Hdt. 6. 12. 3 (pi. referring to more 
than one individual). 

Of falling asleep, cf. old Eng. 'to fall on sleep,' cf. ev Pind. Is. 
III. 41, v. p. 199. Soph. Ph. 826, ets vtvov Trearj ; cf. Eur. Or. 217, 
& 0t\Ta^', cos pi r)'v4>pavas els vttvov Treaoov (Way: 'Beloved, how thy 
sleeping hath made me glad!'), (a case of the ab urbe condita con- 
struction in personal form). 

Of falling in love, Eur. I. T. 1172, ets epov yap tov padelv TreTrroiKapev; 
frg. 140, oaoi yap els epwra irlTTTovaLv fiporcbv; but Antiphan. 212 K., 
ets epcoT' d0t/ceTo, v. supra, p. 122. 

Simon. 151 (214), es ybvar ovk eireaev ; cf. Soph. O C 1607; Hdt. 5. 
86. 3; but cf. metaph. use of es 70W tyjv ttoKlv e/3aXe, Hdt. 6. 27 'to 
humble,' 'conquer' (cf. eirl ybvv Aesch. Pers. 930). 

Eur. Or. 696, ets bpyr)v Treaelv, cf . Eng. 'to fall into a rage or passion' 
(periphr.); Phoen. 69, ets 4>b(3ov ; El. 982, ets avavdpiav; Hdt. 6. 21, 
es daKpva ; 8. 118. 2, es belpa, cf. 12. 2; Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 6, ets advplav, 
Plat. Phaed. 88 D, ets <x7rto-Ttaz/ ; cf. 88 C (Kara^aXelv) 'reduce to.' 

(jy'epeiv els ', an interesting case is Soph. El. 1347, ovb'e 7' ets Bvpbv 0epco, 
'no, I cannot even bring a conjecture into my mind'; it occurs nowhere 
else and is not really like es dvpbv jSdX^s, 'lay to heart,' O T 975. 
Usually (frkpeLv els = 'tends to,' 'is conducive to,' 'leads towards 
or to': Soph. O T 517, ets /3Xd/V fcpov 'tending to harm,' cf. 991; 69 

69 0n the basis of these passages and of better agreement with the context, Jebb 
is inclined to believe that the much debated line, Ai. 799, should read rr\vhe 5' e£o8ov 
I Mavros els oXedpov eXxtf et (f>kpeiv, 1 forebodes that this going forth is fraught with death 
to Ajax,' i. e. 'tends to the destruction of A.' See Jebb's note for discussion of 
text; v. also Blaydes who earlier adopted 6\edpov els Atavros. 



PART IV els 



127 



cf. Hdt. 4. 90; Soph. T 519, ov yap els aiihovv/i) ^fxla /zot tov \byov 
tovtov (pepeiJaW es pkyiGTov, 'tends not in a single direction only, but 
to the largest result.' Eur. Suppl. 295, dXX' els okvov /jlol pivdos ov Kevdo) 
</>epei; Hdt. 1. 10, es alaxvvrjv $'epei\ cf. 3. 133; cf. Plat. Lach. 189 E; 
Rep. 444 E, 553 E, etc., cf. avp4>kpet, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 19. But Soph. 
O T 638 v. supra, p. 95. But fykpeiv els n or tlvcl (so also irpbs), 
especially of oracles, omens, etc., 'to refer to, point to, hint at,' Hdt. 
1. 120; 6. 19; 9. 33, etc. (v. L. and S.). 

X. Noteworthy uses of the preposition 
1. els of the tendency, end, or purpose, sometimes half idiomatic 
or half adverbial: cf. w. Horn. II. 9. 102, 11. 789, 23. 305 {supra, p. 84). 
Theogn. 136, ovb'e tls avOponruv epydfercu ev <ppealv el8cos,/es reXos eiT 
dyadbv ylverat elre kclkov ; 162, iroXhol . . . /oils to kclkov bonkov 
yLverau els dyadbv ; 1054, fiov\i} 8' els dyadbv kcll vb(os) ead\(bs) 'dyei ; cf . 
Ar. Pax 947, 8aipwv 4>avepws / es dyada ^era/3t/?d^€t. 70 These cases are 
interesting chiefly for comparison with Homer, but the transition 
is easy from them to a still more metaphorical end or purpose: 

Thuc. II. 34. 3, ot dv prj evpedcccnv/ks dvalpeacv, 'for taking away,' 
i. e., 'burial.' 

els dvTiXoylav, Hdt. 9. 87, rjjj.eos . es dvTLkoyirjv irape^ofxev ; 

cf. Plat. Rep. 539 B, del els avrikoyiav xpwp,€*>oi (sc. Xoyois); but Thuc. 
I. 73. 1 (a real phr.), 17 \xh> irpeafievais rjpoov ovk es avrikoyiav rols vperepois 
%vppdxois eyevero. 

es dirbbei'&v , Thuc. II. 13. 9, ekeye . . . aXXa es 
dirbbet^LV tov irepieaeadaL rw rokepcc. 

els biaTpo^ijV, Menand. 'EirtTpeT. 13 (p. 96 Capps), [rt 5' els] 81a- 
rpofrqv avbpi/ . . . [dpKelv] \e\[by]LaTai ; 'for nourishment.' 

(Ptc. as subst. without art.) els evbebpeva, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 39, 
oo-rts 8' els h>8ebpevd tov KaTeaKrjvccae, 'encamped in (quarters) lacking 
something.' 

els eiribeL^LV, Ar. Nub. 269, eX#ere . . . ro>5' els eirlbei^LV, 'to 
display yourselves to this man,' but (more idiom.) Hdt. 2. 46, tovto 
els ewldet^Lv avdpcoircov air'uceTO, 'became notorious.' 

els ireTT&v deaiv, Plat. Rep. 333 B, w. similar expressions following. 

els IqxvV) Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 20, eireipaTo b Kupos aaaelv pev rd aoipara 
rcbv ped' eavToi) els l<rxvv ) cf . els koKKos c. do-Kelv. 

els koXKos, Eur. El. 1073, yvvi) . . . /els kclXKos danel 'with 
an eye to beauty,' 'so as to set off her beauty' (v. note on es 

70 Cf. Aesch. Ag. 68, reAeZrcu 5' es to Treirpoo/j.hov ', Plat. Rep. 613 A, tout a els 
ayadov tl reXevrrjaei £coptl rj nai awodavovTi. 



128 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



apirayas p. 109); cf. Tro. 1201, ov yap els KaXKos tvx^s / balpoiv bibucnv 
'out of regard for beauty'; Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 33, ets /cdXXos £rjv 'to live for 
pleasure,' but Xen. Ages. 9. 1, rw 8e ets kclXXos /3tco opp. to alaxpovpyia. 

els KaWccwLa/jLov, Xen. An. 1. 9. 23, v. ets iroXe/iov infra. 

els KaraGKoir-qv, Soph. Ph. 45, top ovv irapbvra ir'epApov els KaTacrKoirrjv, 
'send thy attendant to keep watch'; Eur. Bacch. 838 (c. pokelv); 
cf. Thuc. 6. 41. 4; 46. 3 (c. art.). Cf. es irpoanoirTiv. 

els Kepdos, Soph. Ph. Ill, orav tl dpas els Kepdos, ovk oKvelv irpeireL', 
cf. (w. art.) Eur. Phoen. 395, dXX' ets to Kepdos irapa 4>vaiv dovkevreov; 
cf. Demetr. 4. 2. K., ets yap to Kepdos airofiXeTova' det. Cf. airofiXeireLv 
infra. 

els Tratdeiav, Plat. Euthyd. 290 E, oure aXXov ovdevbs er avdpcowov 
deladai els iraLdelav. 

ets irepiovaiav, Dem. 35. 26, ov yap els Tvepiovaiav eTrparreT avTols rd 
Tyjs 7r6Xecos, i. e., 'so as to bring them advantage.' Cf. k. 

ets irepliraTov, Xen. Symp. 9. 1, e^avlaraTO els irepiwarov ; Plat. Phaedr. 
228 B, ets irepiirarov f/et. Cf. ev c. eti>at, v. p. 195. Cf. Eur. Suppl. 
885, ets t aYpas luv, 'going hunting.' 

ets ToXe/jiov, Xen. An. 1. 9. 23, rj d>s ets irbXep:ov r) cbs ets KaXkcanapov. 

es iroo-iv, Hdt. 1. 172, avyyLveadai es tcoglv 'to meet for a carousal.' 
Cf. irpbs -koglv, Thuc. 7. 73. 

es irpoaKOir-qv, Thuc. I. 116. 1. Cf. ets KaraaKOTrr]v. 

els to aKowetv, Plat. Phaed. 79 C, 17 ypvxy, oTav p\ev tw <rcop,aTL TrpoaxpV' 
rat ets to uKoirelv. 

es TLpLcopirjv, Hdt. 8. 65. 3, lov es TLpccplrjv 'AdrivaioiCL. 

es 4>opfii]v, Hdt. 1. 202, Kapirovs . es (jyopftrjv KaTaTlBeaB ai, 

'for food,' so 4. 121; 7. 119; cf. ets haTpo^v supra. 

els xdpt^, Pind. 01. 1. 77, dcopa . . . ei n . . . es xdpty /reXXerat 
(Gildersleeve: 'come up to favor' = 'count aught in one's favor'); cf. 
X. 12 (c. adj.), 4>L\av Tlaop,ev hs xapw (G. : 'as a loving favor'); but 
Soph. O T 1351, ovdev els x&P lv irpaaaoov, i. e., 'so as to oblige'; cf. 
Thuc. III. 37. 2, (c. art. and gen.) 'to do some one a favor'; cf. Thuc. 
II. 40. 4, ovk es X&P LV i dXX' es b^elXrjpLa. Cf. 7rp6s x&P iV Soph. O T 
1152, etc. Cf. Plut. Marius 46, ets peyaXrjv xdpt^ TiB'evai tl. Cf. 
ev, p. 154. Cf. ,mrd Plat. Legg. 740 C, etc. 

End of motion also conceived as purpose, (tech.) 'to send, to 
lead, etc., to form a settlement,' Hdt. 4. 147, eo-reXXe es airoLKlrjv ; 
cf. 5. 42, 124; 6. 22; but cf. Plat. Crito 51 D where ets is purely lit. 

Purpose conceived as end of motion: Thuc. VIII. 47. 2, kp\x-r\vTo 
to KaTaXvaai ttjv drjpoKpaTiav. 



PART IV ets 



129 



2. To express relation, meaning 'in regard to,' 'in respect of,' 
'as to,' 'concerning,' etc., often approaching adv. force: 

es rd AXXa, Thuc. I. 2. 6; 71 6. 4; 36. 2; II. 53. 1; III. 36. 6; VII. 7. 
4; 77. 2; Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 3; Dem. 259. 99, etc. 

es to avk\in<jTov rov fiefiaiov, Thuc. III. 83. 2. 

es clttoxI/lv, Hdt. 1. 204, irebiov . . . irXrjdos aiveipov es airoypiv 
'boundless as regards (i. e., in) view.' 

rd es aperrjv, Thuc. II. 40. 4; cf. Plat. Rep. 335 B (w. art.), ets r^v 
ribv Kvvcbv aperrjv, 'in what constitutes excellence in a dog,' etc. 

es dlaiTav, Thuc. VII. 69. 2, tt/s ev avrfi aveiriraKrov iraaiv es ri]v 
UaiTav e&vaias, 'as regards their manner of life,' so es Uairav, ib. 74. 1. 

ets . . . OLKcuoavvrjv . . . eindeiKvvadai, 'to distinguish him- 
self in uprightness,' Xen. An. 1. 9. 16. 

Soph. O T 706, to y' ets eauToz> 'in what concerns himself; cf. Eur. 
I. T. 691, to ixiv yap eis epJ ov Kazoos exet ; cf. Plat. Phaed. 115 E, ets 
auTo tovto, 'so far as concerns itself.' 

Ar. Eq. 90, olvov av roXfxas ets kirlvoLav 12 \01bopelv ; 'and dare you rail 
at wine's inventiveness?' (Rogers), i. e., 'for,' 'in respect to,' in 
reference to its value for inspiring Wivoia. 

Eur. Med. 408, ets /mev eV0X' ajjLrjxavooTaT at. 

Aesch. Pers. 326, trpooTos ets einpvxiav, 'first in respect of valour.' 
Plat. Com. Frg. 43 K., -zroXu xPW a & rjdovrjv. 

Soph. Ant. 1349, XPV ra 7' e ^s deovs / nt}bev aaeivrelv (cf. wpos Ph. 
1441). 

Plat. Phaed. 88 C, ets ra varepov jjikWovra prjd^aeadaL. 
Soph. O T 980, <jv 5' ets ra fxrjTpds /J.rj 4>o(3ov vv/JLcfrev/JLara (cf. irpos Tr. 
1211). 

Aesch. Pr. 736, es Td Tavra, etc., v. sub irds, p. 116. 

ets iroktjiov, Hdt. 1. 65, ra es iro\enov exovra, 'the things concerned 
with war'; cf. 4. 64; cf. for similar use c. exetv id. 6. 2, 19; cf. for 
ets irokeixov, 'as regards,' Xen. An. 1. 9. 14, tous dyadovs eis iroKefiov 
(cf. 1. 9. 5 w. art.); cf. 2. 6. 6, dawavav eis iroXefxov (perhaps better as 
ets of end or purpose); Plat. Legg. 697 E, clxpwtovs eis To\ep:ov, (cf. 
Xpdav ets Tt). 

71 But Jowett (g. v.) gives two interpretations here. 

72 This is the better reading instead of airovoiav (as in Kock) ; for this use of prep, 
cf. Ar. Pax 740, ets rd pd/cta vKwirTovTas ad; v. Blaydes: dicebant 5ta/3dXAetz> 
Tiva es Tt, aiTiaadai, \0180peiv, cuomTeLv, eircuvelv (v. exx. cited by Blaydes) ; so Neil 
who cites Plat. Alcib. I. Ill A, ets 8i8aana\Lai> eiraiveiv; Athen. VIII. 343 E, 
XotSopeZ eis etc. var. 7rp6s. L. and S. mention es rt only with aKuirTetv. 



130 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Xen. An. 2. 3. 13, Iva t]8t] ttoXKcl it pccfralvcLTO . . . deiva eis 
tt)v iropelav, 'w. reference to.' 

es rd -Kpa.yp.aTa, Ar. Vesp. 743, Ran. 719, (c£. Aesch. Pr. 736 supra, 
p. 116, etc.). 

ThllC. V. 20. 2, rj airo TL.urjS tlvos es ra irpoyeyevr)p.eva G7)p.aivbvTWV. 
es ra irpcora, Hdt. 9. 16, etc. 

Eur. I. T. 850, els 8e gv p4>op as / . . . dvarvxvs- 
Plat. Rep. 390 A, ov yap, olp.au, els ye aoxppoavvrjv v'eois kiriTrjbeia 
anoveiv. 

Plat. Rep. 342 A, rfjs to %vp,(pkpov els ravra GKe^opevrjs, c w. reference 
to'; Lys. 210 A; 

Hdt. 3. 102, o;k rtaaoves es TaxvrriTa elai, i. e., 'not less swift.' 

Soph. Ant. 376, es baipbviov r'epas ap,<f)Lvbco / 'robe, 'I am in doubt as 
to this portent from the gods.' 

Thuc. I. 6. 3, aveipevr\ rfj bialrr) es to Tpv4>epoiTepov peTeGTtjGav, 
'as regards effeminacy.' 

Aesch. Ag. 830, rd 5' es to gov (f>pbvr]{ia 'as concerns thy feeling.' 

Thuc. II. 62. 2, ovo pepoov to)v es XPW iV 4>avepwv. 

Examples might be multiplied. 

3. Dat. might have been used: 

Soph. Ai. 680, es re tov (ji'Chov / TO<ravB } virovpycbv oocfreXelv (3ovkr}GopaL,/(bs 
alev ov pevovvTa (es c. virovpyoov) ; cf. c. (hcf>e\elv Soph. O C 436, but 
more evidently toward an aim; cf. Plat. Legg. 913 B. 

4. els meaning 'against': 

Soph. Ai. 128, prjdev ttot el-w(\s avTos els deovs eVos ; cf. O C 965, 
rax' cu> rt \xy\viov<jiv els ykvos 7rdXat,. 'against the race from of old'; cf. as 
a possible meaning of Eur. Andr. 954, v. p. 116, ftn. 60. 

5. Of tendency towards, not purpose: 

Thuc. I. 144. 1, roXXd he nal aWa exw es e\7rt5a tov TrepLeaeadaL, 
'tending to hope of success.' 

XI. Pronominal expressions 
a. To such an extent: 

els To8e: Soph. O T 125 (c. gen.), es r65' av roXju^s e^rj ; cf. Eur. Ion 
244; cf. (without gen.) Eur. Bacch. 1380, x a ^ e7 ™s eis r65' av tikols ; 
so Suppl. 1089; Tro. 401. 

es tqgqvtov; Soph. O T 771 (c. gen.), es tqgqvtov eKiribuv / 'epov BepccTOS ; 
but (absol.) Hdt. 3. 113, exto-rarat . . . es togovtov, Lat. hactenus, 
'to such an extent as follows.' Cf. c. gen. id. 6. 134; cf. es ogov, p. 120. 



PART IV els 



131 



ets roaovde c. gen. Eur. El. 57, xpetas es roubvo' a4>iyp.ev'q. lz 

b. 'To the same place': 

ets ravro, ravrov. Cf. kv ravrco, p. 160 f . : Eur. Tro. 1036, e/jLoi av 
(jvixirkirruKas els ravrov \6yov ; cf. also of agreement, Plat. Theaet. 160 D, 
Rep. 473 D; (lit. and local, but w. idiom, tone) Xen. An. 3. 1. 30, 
irpoarleadaL els ravro rjfilv avrols cf. Ages. 3. 2, cokvovv els ravrov levcu ) 
cf. Hdt. 1. 202, avvepxeaeat es ruvro ; Lys. XXXIII. 2; cf. Xen. Reip. 
Ath. 2. 2. Plat. Rep. 329 A, toXKolkls yap avvepxbp.eda rives els ravro] 
Gorg. 517 C, ets rb avrb ael irepicf>epbiJ.evoL (of an argument, cf. ev ravrcc); 
Tim. 72 D, ets ravrov ^vvl^ei 'settles down into the same place as 
before'; Charm. 157 E, iroiaLV ovolv olKiaiv avveXdovaaiv els ravrov r&v 
'Aerjvyo-Lv, 'from the union of; Dem. 33. 18; 558. 133;Strattis 41 K., 
es ravrov fioKrjs (Meinek. apparently = avvov glcl£ eiv) ; cf. Menand. 
Ilepuetp. 590 (Capps) ; ib. 427, ets ravrov k\delv nvi id. 518. 7 K., ets 
ravrov napvtceveiv, 'to make up into one sauce,' et. al. 

c. Temporal, v. sub temp. phr. pp. 104, 105. 

d. Use of prep. : 

Soph. O C 524, dXX' es rt; 'in what respect?' Tr. 403 'to what 
end?'; but cf. Horn. II. 5. 465 'to what point,' i. e., 'how long?' 

Hdt. 5. 74, oil 4>pa^v & rd cruXXeyet instead of 6 rt, 'to what end,' 
'with what purpose.' 

XII. Local designations 
1. Places in the Athenian market named from the wares sold, cf. 
kv, p. 205 k, p. 81: 

73 In the passages quoted above these expressions are used absol., which gives them 
a slight idiom, turn; so often in rhetorical speeches in tragedy and in the orators; but 
frequently without idiom, feeling either w. (Eur. Med. 56, 371; Ar. Nub. 832, etc.) 
or without gen. (Soph. Ai. 729; Plat. Cratyl. 386 A) followed by correl. cio-re sometimes 
by oaov (Soph. O C 748). els tovto, rode, roaovde, roaovrov are used with 
little distinction. Halfway bet. the absol. use and that c. coo-re are cases like Eur. 
Hipp. 1298, Or. 566 where ets rob' iqkQov is followed by an epexeget. inf. Some of 
the instances of this usage c. f/neiv, ekdelv or similar vb. of motion are: (ets rovr c. 
gen. and chare) Antiphon III By. 5; IV r 7 6; Andoc. I. 16, 122; II. 7; III. 31. 16; 
Lys. III. 7, 25, 29; IV. 9; VII. 37 (without &are) ; XIV. 9; XXIII. 11; XXIX. 7; XXX. 
5; XXXI. 1; XXXII. 20; XXXIV. 11; Plat. Menex. 244 D; Isocr. VI. 22; VIII. 85; 
IX. 54; XII. 79; XIII, 3; XIV. 13, 19, 28, 43; XV. 233; XVI. 16; XX, 8; 
Isae. I. 2; III. 60; IV. 24; VI. 39, 43; without &are V. 11; VII, 21; XI. 14; Hyper. 
II. V. 5, 7; Dem. 163. 16; 214. 12; 232. 22; 753. 172; 757. 182; 785. 49; 788. 60; 899. 19, 
22; 959. 48; 1016. 28; 1022. 49; without &are, Aeschin. Ep. 2. 4. els roaovrov c. gen. and 
chare, Lys. III. 1, 34; VI. 9, 33; XII. 22. 67, 93; XIV. 2; XXVII. 10; Isocr. VI. 84; 
XVI. 23; XVII. 46; Plat. Apol. 25 E; Gorg. 487 B, 514 E, without chare Gorg. 527 E; 
Dem. 161.12; 534. 62; 535. 65; 758. 186; 828. 46; Aeschin. III. 256; cf. Plat. Charm. 
157 D, ets oaov ^XiKtas r^ei (absol. without chare), and Theaet. 170 D, ets rovrb 
ye avdyKrjs 6 \6yos rjicei. 



132 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Eupol. 304 K., irepirfkBov els rd cwbpoda nai rd Kpbp.p.va / nai rbv 
XifiavoiTOv, keWv tcov apoiiiaroiv,/ kglI irepl Tayekyn) x°v rd fivfiXL' &via u ; Ar. 
Frg. 247 K., Tpaivbiievov els rovxpov \afielv / be p:v\ia /cat ixatvlbia kclI aniridia, 
cf. 67rt 545 K., Antiphan. 203 K., Alex. 247 K.; Aeschin. I. 65, Hs yap 
v/jlcov 6s ov irojirore els rowpov dcplKTau ; Lysias XXIII. 6, eXdovra els rbv 
X^oopbv rvpbv. Cf. Theophr. Char. XI., Tr\r,dovo-7]s rr\s dyopas irpoae\6(hv 
Trpbs rd Kapva rj rd fxvpra rj rd dicpbSpva ear'/i/aos Tpayri/jLaTL^eadai. 

2. Noun of place omitted: 

Soph. O T 1312, es beivbv (sc. x&P ov ) ov8' anovarbv, ou<5' eTrb\J/i/j.ov. 

Hdt. 5. 50, rfkOov es rd avyKel/jLevov (sc. xuplcv), so 8. 128; cf. 3. 157, 
es to 7r poeip-qjievov '. 

Thuc. IV. 126. 6, es re rd dcr^aXes Oaaaov cKpl^eaOe ; so VI. 101. 6, 'to 
a place of safety.' 

Xen. Hell. 4. 6. 7, naTefilfiao-av 8e els to bp,a\es to crTpaTOTedov, 
'to the level,' i. e., 'the plain,' etc. 

ets tclvto frequent, v. p. 131, cf. ev tolvtlo. 

Plat. Rep. 401 D, KaraSuerat ets rd evTos rr/s \pvxys, and similar uses. 

3. Omission of article with familiar words : 

ets dyopav, Ar. Eq. 147; Thesm. 457; Ran. 1350; Eccl. 62 (but cf. 
681, 759 'to bring into the agora,' w. art.); 711, 728, 819; PI. 874; 
Strattis 44 K.; Plat. Theaet. 173 C; Legg .881 E; but idiomat. Theogn. 
268, ovk ets dyopav epxerat (as a sign of poverty); Lycurg. 148. 5, 
eis tt]v dyopav efxfidXKovTa, i. e., being a citizen (prob. combines lit. 
and metaph. meaning, v. context). 

ets dypbv, Ar. Eq. 805; Pax 536, 552, 555, 563, 569, 586, 1329; 
frg. 107 K.; Antiph. 68 K.; Xen. Oec. 11. 15; Plat. Rep. 563 D; 
Isocr. XXI. 3; Isae. VIII. 16; Dem. 1039. 2; 1158. 63; 1367. 65, etc. 

es aWepa, Ar. Ran. 1352. 

ets 'do-TV, Lysias XII. 16; Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 3; 5. 1. 22; Oec. 11. 18; 
Plat. Symp. 172 A; 173 B; Isocr. VII. 52; Dem. 1041. 7; 1239. 13, etc. 

ets fiov\r]v, Ar. Eq. 475, etc. 
. ets yr,v, cf . ets OaKaaaav ; Plat. Rep. 586 A, KenvcfroTes els yr\v is really 
'towards'; cf. also Tim. 42 D, ets yfjv euiveipe. 

els biKao-T-qpLov, Ar. Eccl. 460 et al. 

es bbfjiovs, Aesch. Sept. 49 'at home'; Pers. 530 (7rpo7rejU7rer') ; Pers. 
1068 (/de); Ag. 435 (dcpu<velTai); 851, 967; Eubul. 112 K. Cf. oldav, 
oIkov, o'Uovs. 

74 v. Pollux 9. 47, ovtoi yap t6v tottov ov to. /3t/3Xta oi 'AttlkoI 6>vbp.a%ov, uairep nal 
tovs aXXous totovs aird t&v h> aureus inirpaGKOfxevuu, cos ei 4>alev "aTrrfhdov es roinpov nal es 
tov olvov /ecu is Tovhaiov /cat es ras xurpas." 



PART IV ets 



133 



ets eKKkrjaiav, Ar. Ach. 28; Eq. 935 (but 1340, ev w. art.); Eccl. 
270, 289, 352, 490, 740; Plat. Alcib. I. 113 B. 

ets daKauaav, Hdt. 2. 17, 20, 93, 102, etc. Plat. Critias 111 D et 
saepe. 

els \ifieva, Plat. Theaet. 142 A. 

ets /jLCLKapoov vrjaovs airiovra, Plat. Symp. 180 B; Gorg. 523 A, 524 A, 
526 C. Cf. Ik 523 B. 

ets oldav dyaybvres, Thuc. VIII. 92. 4; Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2, /xt) (3La 
ets oldav irapikvai) Dem. 538. 73, ets oldav ekdcov. 

ets oIkov a-wievai, Theogn. 566; Aesch. Pr. 387; Eum. 458; cf. Soph. 
Ph. 240; Xen. An. 2. 4. 8; Cyr. 5. 2. 20 et at. Cf. €tt' o'Uov, 'home- 
wards' Thuc. I. 87. 5 et saepe in Thuc; ets oIkov dyyetAat, Antiphon 
II A 5. 4, but d7ra7ye\\etj> ets c. acc. saepe of the place to which the 
tidings are brought; pi. ets o'Uovs, Theogn. 194; Aesch. Pers. 230, 833, 
etc. Cf. ets ddfxovs. 

els irediov, Plat. Theaet. 183 D. 

ets Iletpata, Lysias III. 11; Plat. Rep. 327 A (but 328 C w. art.), 

etc. 

hirbXiv, Ar. Thesm. 812; Lys. 302, 338, 912; Hdt. 1. Ill, 113, 114, 
138. 1; Lysias XIII. 80; Plat. Legg. 881 E, etc., etc. 

ets 0-rey as, Xen. An. 4. 4. 14, 'under shelter' (cf. eiri rds arey as), cf. 
kv p. 207. 

eis (Trparbv (Homeric tag), Aeschin. I. 128, 5' ets dTparov fj\de, 
(quoted as from the Iliad, but nowhere im the II. as we have it), 
es xopbv, Ar. Eq. 559; Thesm. 1137. 
Cf. other preps, with most of these nouns. 



Part V 



kv 

Introduction 

ev, kvi, evL, eiv, Ep. elvL (II. 8. 199, etc.), is derived 1 from idg. *en 
(*eni), *n cf. kypr., lokr., arkad. iv, early Lat., en got., ahd. in, Eng. 
in. As eK appears both with and without s (e£, e/c), so kv had the form 
kvs which in Attic gave els ; but the two forms divided the functions 
and els was used only with the accusative after verbs of motion, kv 
with the locatival Dative after verbs of rest (cf. Latin in with Acc. 
and in with Ablative). But in Aeolic kv is found, like the Latin in, 
for both' in' and' into' (Alcaeus 6. 3; Pind. Pyth. II. 11, 86; V. 36; 
Nem. VII. 31, frg. 45). 2 

1. Spatial uses 3 are much the most frequent and denote (a) the 
being within, enclosed, or surrounded by a place or persons, — in, 
under, among, kv vqau, kv yfi, etc.; 4 in the presence of, Lat. coram 
(i. e. surrounded by the circle of listeners). Transferred to the exter- 
nal or internal circumstances it indicates the state or condition in 
which one is, or the business in which one is engaged, kv TroXe/zco, 
kv 4>6j3co, kv opyri, etc., or oi kv iroirjGti, kv 4>i\o(To4>la y kv yecocy lolls, etc. 
From this are developed various adverbial uses, kv aa<j)d\el, kv tew 
elvcLL, etc.; kv is also used of the persons in whose might or power 
something lies, (b) Being on, as, earr) kv ovpeaLv, etc. (c) Being 
at, by, or beside, kv irorapLOo, 'beside the river.' In Attic especially of 
places, particularly cities, within whose territory or boundaries some- 
thing happens, as, a battle. 

2. Temporal, — in, within, during a space of time. 

3. Causal and figurative: a. of means and instrument, when 
the means is conceived as the object within whose domain an action 

^rugmann, 1. c. Walde, in. 

2 For further cases of kv c. acc. v. Solmsen, Prapositionsgebrauch hi gr. Mund- 
arten, Rh. M. 1906, 492-510. Roberts and Gardner, Introd. to Gk. Epigraphy, 
p. 195, n. 5: "The use of &> c. acc. in inscrr. is a marked characteristic of the 
Northern Doric, but is found also in Thessalian, Boeotian, Elean, Arcadian, 
Cypriote." 

3 Kuhner-Gerth, II. 1. §432, S. 462 ff. 

4 How closely these usages correspond to the Eng. preposition in, may be seen 
by comparing the categories under which the uses of Eng. in are classified by 
Fernald, J. C. Connectives of English Speech, p. 102. 



PART V kv 



135 



or circumstance falls, b. manner, kv tovtco tw rpbiroo; including 
adverbial uses, kv raj (fravepw = (fravepcbs, etc. c. measure or accordance, 
'in accordance with,' Thuc. 1. 79, kv tols dfiolois vofiots rds Kplaeis iroielv. 

A. kv in Homer 
/. Prepositional Idioms 

a. With nouns. 

kv ayuvi means in Homer 1. in a gathering or assembly, vecbv kv 
hywvi II. 15. 428; 16. 239; 500; 19. 42. 2. The assembly met to see 
games or contests, 'kpyeioi 5' kv aywvi Kadv/ievoL eiaopoccvro lttttovs, 
II. 23. 448; so 495. 3. The place where the contests were held, — 
the prizes are shown in the midst of the arena, II. 23. 273, so 654; 
cf. 53 1; 5 Od. 24. 86, cf. ib. 8. 200, 238. The earliest case of kv aywvi 
clearly meaning 'contest' seems to be h. Horn. VI. 19, 66s 6' kv ay&vi/ 
vUrjv rwde 4>epeadaL Q . 

kv Kapbs a'Larj, II. 9. 378, (<x7ra£ Aey.) T hold him in the measure of, 
i. e., not worth, a hair,' 7 but the passage is much debated. 

kv avdpaaLv, Od. 14. 176, kcli /jllv e^rjv eaaeadcu kv avdpaaLv ou ri 
xkp€La/iraTpds eolo 4>'lXolo', ib. 17. 354, kv avdpaaLv ohfiiov elvau, so 18.138. 

kv avdpuwoLo-Lv, 'among men,' Od. 1. 95 = [3. 78], 776' Iva fiiv xXeos 
kad\6v kv avdpcoiroL(TLv exyvw, so Od. 4. 710. Od. 17. 419 = 19. 75, 
kyoi irore olkov kv avdpcoiroLcnv evcuov, cf. h. Ven. 188. But Od. 1. 391, 
77 <f>f)s tovto kclklutov kv avdpooTOLCFi TeTvxdciL, is the beginning of the use 
with a superlative recurrent later with increased idiomatic force, 
cf. Plat. Lys. 211 E, rov apiuTov kv avdpwiroLs oprvya, 'the best quail in 
the world,' where the idiom is fully developed; cf. also Dem. 1246. 2 
et al. 8 (V. infra, pp. 146, 147). 

5 This is doubtless the meaning of II. 23. 531, ^Ktaros 8' i\v avrds eKawe/j,ev apfx' 
kv ay&vi, although it might mean 'contest' here, if this use occurred elsewhere 
in the Iliad. Such a case may be transitional to the meaning 'contest.' The 
use of the phrase ev aycbvi, so far as the meaning of aydov is concerned, cannot be 
considered apart from the other prepositional expressions with this noun, or from 
its use without a preposition. But the meanings given above are those distin- 
guished by the Scholiast (Sch. A, II. 18. 376); v. also Ebeling, sub ay&v, together 
with the one case, II. 7. 298 where it probably means the temple where men 
assemble for prayer to the gods, or possibly, as some interpret it, the assembly 
met for sacred purposes. 

6 Some think nar ayuvas, Od. 8. 259, refers to the contests, as it might easily do, 
but it too may mean the place where the contests were held. 

7 This is Leaf's translation. See his note, also v. Ebeling, who quotes the 
ancient grammarians, and L. and S. sub nap. But differently, Leutsch, App. 
prov. II. 60 ftn. 

8 The distinction between avdpes and avdpcoiroi is probably felt in these expres- 
sions in Homer. This is emphasized in the later and more idiomatic develop- 



136 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



kv doLjj, II. 9. 230, 'in doubt.' So later, Callim. lov. 5. Cf. 
Viger ed. Herrn. 607. 

kv vot'lo), Od. 4. 785 = 8. 55, v\J/ov 5' kv vot'lo) ttjv y' cbpiuaav 'high out 
in the water.' Cf. the parallel expression with adv. wpi alone, II. 14. 
77, v\f/L 5' kir' evvacov 6p/JiLp:laaop:ev. 

kv dveipcp, II. 22. 199, cbs 5' kv oveipco ov ovvarai (frevyovra bacKuv, 
here lit., but later it gained a real idiomatic touch and was used to 
mean 'all the wealth you could ever dream of.' 9 But Od. 19. 581 = 
21. 79, tov irore piepivri tread cu o'iopai ev irep oveipco, 'which methinks I shall 
yet remember, aye, in a dream' (B-L.) 10 

kv 6<f)6a\fjLol<TLv, plastic, picturesque, pleonastic. Cf . Lat. in oculis, 
kv 6<f)dakfjLOLaLv 'Ibcoficu, i. e., 'in my presence,' II. 1. 587, 18. 190; so Od. 

10. 385; cf. II. 18. 135; kv d^daXfiolaLv opaadcu, II. 3. 306; Od. 8. 459; 
14. 343; (vofras) II. 24. 294, 312; h. Ven. 83, 179. Cf. later, Soph. 
Ant. 764, etc. 11 v. infra, p. 151. 

kv TraXA/zfls, IL 1. 238; 5.594; 15. 677; 18. 600; Od. 5. 234; but 
metaph. as a slight phrase, II. 21. 469, \xiyruievcu kv iraXapirjai, 'to mingle 
in blows,' i. e., 'to fight with'; 'to meet death at the hands of someone', 

11. 5. 558, avbpcbv kv irakapirjcri KareKraBev ; 7. 105, evda K6 tol, MeveKae, 
<f)av7] (3l6tolo TeKevrrj / "Ektopos kv ira\ap,r]aLV. 

kv ireicrr}, Od. 20. 23, raj 5e fiak' kv ireLay Kpadlr) p,kve rerX^uta/^coXe^ecos, 
'his heart verily abode steadfast in obedience to his word' (B-L). 
Since irelca occurs only here, 12 the meaning of this expression, which is 
clearly idiomatic, is much disputed, 13 but it is probably nearly as 

ment, kv avdpcoTrois comes to mean 'among humankind,' i. e., 'in the world,' kv 
avdpaa-Lv 'among men' as contrasted with women and with cowards. Cf. Eur. 
Ale. 723, 732, et al. ev avbpaai with eZvcu 'to count as a man,' 'to be deserving of 
the name of man,' v. infra, p. 146. The use of kv, 'among,' is the same in the 
phrases kv adavaToiai 8eoZai, kv adavaroicn, kv Xaols, etc., h. Merc. 458, 461, 525; Cer. 
84, 363; Ven. 106; XXXII. 16 et saepe. Cf. infra, kv irpcorois, kv iraai, etc. 

9 Theocr. 9. 16, ex w 5e rot oaa' kv oveipui/ (paLvovrai, 7roAA&s p.kv ois, 7roXXds 5e x^M^" 

pas. 

10 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 290, ovd' kv oveipco/ &iaap.r}v. ib. 2. 306, olov t kv ovelpacri 
6vp,6v iaivcov. 

n Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 814. 

12 Except, with evident reference to this passage, Plut. 2. 453 D, "Epcort p.ev 
yap ov8' avroo ttoWclkls exovri Kara x&PW kv rfj 'OprjpiKrj Tre'iay p-kvovra tov 6vp,6v (note 
explanatory prep. phr. /card x&pav 'remain in its own place' 'undisturbed'); and 
Arcadius de Accentibus (Barker) 97. 20 who gives it in a list of dissyllabic bary- 
tones ending in era, but thinks necessary to define it by 17 ireidoo. 

13 Cf. Ebeling, Monro, Ameis, q. v. for discussion of meaning and for the 
other interpretation from root rrevd, 'to bind,' akin to 7re«rjua 'a cable' and Tevdepds 



I 



PART V kv 



137 



given above, i. e., 'his heart stood at persuasion' (from root tviB-, irddu>) . 

kv TrpodoKfi<n, 'in a lurking-place/ II. 4. 107, almost an idiom, 
although clt. \ey. Cf. kv doKolaiv, Archil. 62. 14 

kv irpofxaxoLCFL, 'amid the champions,' allied to kv ttpcotolctl infra. 
II. 3. 31; 4. 253; 11. 203; 15. 342, 522; 18. 456; 19. 414; II. 4. 458, 
kad\dv kvl irpo(iaxoi(TL, 'valiant among the champions,' so 17. 590. 
But in Od. 24. 526, kv 5' eireaov irpo/jiaxois, which looks similar, kv 
is not the preposition, but belongs with the verb, 'they fell upon the 
champions.' Cf. Tyrt. 8. 30 infra, p. 153. 

Cf. kv TTpwroiuL, 'among the foremost,' a slight military term of such 
frequent occurrence as to become a tag; II. 8. 337, 536; kvl irpkroiai 
H& X e<rOai, II. 9, 709, so 12. 324; 11. 61, 296, 675; 12. 306; 15. 643; 
19. 424; Od. 8. 180. Cf. infra. Aesch. Pers. 443. With II. 11. 61 
cf. as a variant 64, perd irpccToiui so II. 9. 12, etc. Cf. also kv irpofxaxoLo-L 
supra. 

Opp. kv irviJiaToicn, 'in the rear,' II. 11. 65. 

kv irvpi, II. 2. 340, metaphorical use with idiomatic tone, kv irvpl 
8rj /3ouXat re yevoiaro ,wr]8ed t avdpcbv, 'let counsels and the devices of 
men be cast into the fire'; 15 but merely a tag, Od. 9. 378; 18. 44, etc. 

Cf. kv irvpos avyri, 'in the firelight,' (a slight phr.), II. 9. 206, cf. Od. 
6. 305, rj 5' r\<JTai kit kcrx&PV kv irvpos avyr\. 

kv x e P crL - H- 15. 741, rc3 kv xtpvi* 06cos, ov pieiXixiy xoXe^oto,' safety is 
in our hands (i. e., in prowess or in battle), not in slackness of war'; 
cf. II. 16. 630, kv yap xepcrt reXos iro\kp,ov, kirkwv 5' kvl fiovKfi, i. e., depends 
on the hands. 

But usually kv xepcrt is literal, and most commonly part of the 
formula Tid'evai n kv x^pft tlvl or tlvos, II. 1. 441, 446; 18. 545; 19. 18; 
23. 152 et saepe (sixteen or more times in addition). 

Sing, kv x^pl r'udei dewas, II. 1. 585; 24. 101; Od. 13. 57; 15. 120, 
etc. In most cases the singular is used of something that would 
naturally be held in one hand only, as of a cup, a weapon, a staff, 
II. 8. 493; 15. 443; 16. 117; 17. 604; 23. 568; 24. 284 = Od. 15. 148; 
Od. 3. 443; 10. 389; 21. 59; h. Ap. 535, etc., but II. 8. 289, irpea^'iov 
kv x*pt 0i7crco, where the gift of honor may be a chariot and horses. 



(=Lat. adfinis); Schol. kv beaixols, 'his heart stood fast in bonds,' i. e., of self- 
control. For the fullest treatment v. Hentze, S. 32 in Anhang zu Horn. Od. 
von Ameis IV. Heft. 3te Aufl. Leipz. 1900, v. also A. L. Keith, Simile and Metaphor 
in Greek Poetry, 1914, p. 51. 

14 The meaning of this is doubtful, but Hesychius interprets it by kv'ebpa. 

15 Sch. B. L. Ebeling: a^avLadrjaeTai. 



138 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Cf. II. 20. 182 (of the sovereignty of Priam). The plural sometimes 
occurs as a variant in such cases, II. 3. 367; 16. 801; Od. 14. 448; 
16. 444; 21. 235 may be explained on metrical grounds; so also 18. 
152 (w. dewas) where it avoids hiatus. But II. 23. 624 (</>id\?7), Od. 
3. 51 (5€7ras) 16 , 8. 406 (£i$os) cannot be accounted for in this way. 

Cf. further, ev x e ,°<™ c - Gen. II. 13. 653, 'breathing out his spirit 
in the arms of his dear comrades,' so 22. 426; Od. 1. 238. Cf. also 
II. 6. 81, irplv avT ev x e P°^ yvvaucoov /cfrevyovTas ireaeeiv. Cf. also as a 
variant ev ira\ap.r]s. 

hi xwp7]/e^er', 'sat down in his place,' i. e., his proper place, I]. 23. 
349, has a suggestion of familiarity. Compare the later ev x^P£ 17 ; 
also Kara x^pay with elvcu, fievetv, etc. Hdt. 4. 135; 7. 95 at. Cf. 
infra, p. 155. 

b. With adjectives. 

ev Kadapco : II. 8. 491 = 10. 199, of an open space, here clear of the 
bodies of the dead. II. 23. 61, of a clear space on the beach. This 
is the beginning of a later phrase whose most idiomatic use is found in 
Soph. O C 1575 v. infra, p. 156. 

ev /deaco, sometimes as a phrase, although often not more than a 
tag. II. 3. 69, 90, ev pec-cu of the space between the two armies = ev 
jueratXM^? p. 84. 

II. 17. 375, tol 5' ev fiecrcp akye eiraaxov, 'they who were in the midst' 
(phr.); cf. II. 10. 474, T^<ros 5' ev pieaa) evde; Od. 9. 429, 6 p.ev ev p.ecrcp 
avbpa 4>epeaKe (of the middle one of three sheep). Variant, ev iieauaTco 
II. 8. 223 = 11.6 

ev plcFGOiuL, II. 4. 212, 6 5' ev p.eaaoLcn TraplaraTo, 'he stood in their 
midst,' cf. 7. 384, 417; [19. 77] ; Od. 24. 441. 18 Cf. els. In II. 11. 413, 
eXcraz^ 5' ev pJeaaoiai, fiera g^'lcfl irrjp.a Tidevres, almost synonymous with 
juerd dcfr'tai. II. 12. 209, nelfievov ev ixeaaoiai of a snake that lay in their 
midst. But II. 18. 507 of a prize lying in the midst, neiro 6' dp' kv 

16 Edd. vary in text and explanations. Ameis-Hentze, ad Od. 3. 51 and 13. 
57, make a distinction in meaning between sing, and pi. 'ev x«pi ridevai in die 
Hand legen, darreichen, meist einem Becher zum Trinken; h xepo-i ndevai, ein- 
handigen, iiberlegen, von Geschenken oder Kampfpreisen.' But Duntzer, ad 
Od. 3. 51, is of the opinion that Aristophanes and Aristarchus probably wrote the 
singular in all passages in which it is a question of one hand, unless for the sake 
of avoiding hiatus (as Od. 18. 152), or metri causa (as Od. 14. 448; 16. 444; 21. 
235). He makes no comment on II. 23. 624 or Od. 8. 406, although he reads the 
plural. 

17 Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20; 8. 39; Cyr. 7. 1. 23, etc., v. infra, p. 155. 

18 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 464, avda kvl n'eaaoicn rkov vbov 'speak out in our midst.' 



PART V kv 



139 



fxeacroLaL 5uco xputfoio Takavra is half technical. Cf. els peaov 23. 704. 
From this developed an idiomatic phrase which appears to be a 
Homeric reminiscence. Cf. Theogn. 994, Bacchyl. XIV. 53 et al. 
v. infra, p. 158. II. 19. 364, kv be peaaoiui Kopvaaero bios 'AxtXXeus; cf. 
18. 569; 20. 15, l£e S' ap' kv pevaoiui; 23. 134, kv he peaaotaL 4>epov 
UarpoKkov eralpoL ; II. 24. 162, 6 S' ev pecraoiaL yepcuos. Od. 4. 281, rfpevoi 
ev pkcrcroLaLv. 

ev iraai, 'among,' i. e., 'before alP = Lat. coram. Od. 2. 194; 16. 
378, ep'eei <5' ev iraaiv avaaras : cf. Hdt. 7. 8 et al., infra, p. 159. Cf. 
also II. 9. 121, vp.lv 6' e> -iravreucn 'in the midst of you all,' cf. 528 19 , also 
II. 10. 445, ev vplv. 

ev TroWolaLv, Od. 17. 265, nai ev ttoWoIctlv ibeadai, of the palace of 
Odysseus, 'to be seen,' i. e., conspicuous, 'even among many.' 

kv TpcoTCLat, v. supr a, p. 137. kv irvp.a.TOL(TL, v. supra, p. 137. 

c. With demonstrative. 

kv rolai, II. 5. 395, tXt? o 'Atbrjs kv toIctl TreXcopios Cckvv b'iarov. 20 

d. With participle as substantive. 

ev irepi4>a.Lvcp.evu, Od. 5. 476 (B-L-'in a place of wide prospect'); 
for the meaning cf. (with noun expressed), h. Ven. 100, aol 5' kydi ev 
GKOTciri, irepi^aivopevco kvl x^pw / floopbv iroiijaco, where it explains ev 

GKOlTifi. 

II. Proverbial 

dXX' rj rot pev ravra deoov ev yovvaai Kelrai, II. 17. 514 = 20. 435 = 
Od. 1. 267 = 16. 129; Od. 1. 400; seems already to have become 
proverbial. For the thought cf. II. 7. 102. 

77/. Technical 

Military : 

evl arablrj, 'in close combat,' II. 7. 241; 13. 514; 21 vaplvy to be sup- 
plied, cf. 13. 314 where it is expressed. 

kv reXkeaai, 'in squadrons,' or 'divisions' throughout the camp, 
always of taking a meal Kara arpardv kv reXkeaat II. 11. 730; cf. Hdt. 
Kara reXea. 

Of harnessing the horses to the chariot: kv be irapyioplriGLv, II. 16. 
152, of putting the horse 'in the side- traces,' (only here). 

19 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 10. 

20 V. Ebeling: this is variously interpreted, 'like these,' i. e., 'among these,' 
also 'under these circumstances.' Ameis joins kv rolai 7reXwptos, but Hades could 
hardly be spoken of as TreXcbpios in comparison with Mars and Juno. 

21 So Ap. Rhod. 1. 200. 



140 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



From the race-course: 

ev vvaay, II. 23. 338, ev vvaarj 8e tol lttttos apiurepbs eyxpLnffly™) 
'let the left horse hug the turning-post,' cf. 344, 'at the turning- 
post,' cf. airo vvaarjs supra, p. 36, with a slightly different force of 
vvaarj as the starting-point in the foot-race, II. 23. 758, Od. 8. 121. 

Almost tech. in Odyssey, ev voarco, 'on my way home,' Od. 4. 497; 
5. 108; 11. 384; 24. 96. 

IV. Elliptical (some form of 86ijlos, oIkos, or, ji'eyapov omitted) 22 . 

eiv 'Attoo, II. 22. 389; Od. 11. 211; eiv "A'i8os, II. 24. 593. (Dat. 
sometimes expressed, eiv 'Mdao 86/jLOLai, H. 22. 52; Od. 4. 834, etc.) 
ev j K\klvoolo, Od. 7. 132; ev a<f>veLov av8pos, Od. 11. 414; ev d</>mou Trarpos, 
II. 6. 47. kvi KlpKrjs, Od. 10. 282 (cf. KLpKrjs 5' ev fieydpco, Od. 11. 62). 
Cf. similar phr. in Attic, v. infra, p. 168. Cf. also eis, pp. 84, 103, 
U 50, 59, 60. 

V. Temporal 

ev 0det, 23 II. 17. 647, ev 8e 0det /cat oXeacrov, ewel vv tol eva8ev ovtus 
(L-L-M. 'so it be but in the light, e'en slay us, since that, it seemeth, 
is thy pleasure'); Od. 21. 429, vvv 8' cbpr) kcu 86pirov 'Axatolcrt^ rervKea- 
dai/ev (/>det, 'while it is yet daylight.' 24 In the later poets often of the 
light of life, v. infra, p. 153. 

ev kpxi, Od. 17. 176, ev cbpr) 8elirvov e\eadac = iusto tempore, (of taking 
dinner at the proper time). Cf. Pind. 01. VI. 28, tempestine, in tempore 
Hdt. 1. 31, Ar. Vesp. 242, etc., v. infra, p. 183. 

VI. Adverbial 

kv rjavxly KCLTeep^e, i. e., rjavx^s, h. Merc. 356, cf. infra, Hdt. 5. 
92, 93, v. p. 178, etc. 

ev fioiprj in the same sense as the frequent Kara ixolpav, 'rightly, 
duly, fitly,' II. 19. 186; Od. 22. 54; cf. Plat. Legg. 775 C, v. p. 181. 

ev 6' 6X170; cvveXaaae in breve contraxit, h. Merc. 240; cf. Hdt. 
8. 11 'within a small compass' (of space), also of time, Pind. Pyth. 
VIII. 92, etc., v. infra, p. 172. 

VII. Tags 

1. Military: 

Expressions for 'in the throng,' 'in the press,' 'in the battle': 
22 v. however, n. 120, p. 168, infra. 

23 In II. 11. 173, kv vvktos a/ioXyu), 'at the dead of night,' kv is probably used 
for metrical reasons, since vvktos anoKyco occurs often without a prep., e. g., II. 
15. 324; 22. 28; Od. 4. 841; h. Merc. 7, etc. 

24 v. Sch. H. 



PART V kv 



141 



ev b-qior-qTL, II. 16. 815; 17. 2, cf. ev alvy Srj'ioTrjTi, II. 3. 20; 7. 40, 51; 
13. 207, 603; 15. 512; 22. 64; Od. 11. 516; 12. 257; 22. 229; h peaa V 
vapLvrj drj'iorrjTOS, II. 20. 245, for vapivrj cf. II. 15. 340, ev wpoorr) vaplvy 
(v. also supra sub kvl aradlr)). 25 

ev dp'iXcc, II. 8. 94, kclkos cos ev dplXco 'like a coward in the throng'; 
269, tw' oiarewas h 6pl\co , cf. Od. 8. 216. Cf. II. 17. 471, 20. 173, 
irpooTco ev 6/uXco, 'in the forefront of the throng'; Od. 4. 791, avdpcov ev 
on'iKco ; 11. 514 parallel w. kv ir\r)Bvi v. infra. Cf. other preps. 

ev irhrfivl, Od. 11. 514, ov ttot evl ttXtjOvl p'evev avbp&v ovd' ev opiXcc ; 
cf. II. 22. 458, evl ttXtjOvl pevev avdpcov. 

2. Expressions meaning 'in the heart,' 'in the mind,' 'in the 
breast,' usually plastic, but in some forms the beginning of later 
phrases: 

ev Bvptjo, plastic, II. 3. 9, ev dvpco pepacbres aKe^epev dXX^Xots 'eager 
at heart to give succour to each other'; 24. 491, x a ^P et T ' €i> 
(but without prep. II. 16. 255, 21. 65, rjfcXe %tco); 24 - 523, a\yea S' 
epwrjs/ev dvpco KaraKelaOai eaaopev axvvpevol irep' 'though grieving we will 
let our sorrows lie quiet in our hearts'; cf. Od. 1. 119,4. 158, 7.75 el 
at. W. /3dXXco slightly id.: Od. 1. 200, pavrevaopat, cbs evl Bvpcc / 
adavaroL QaXXovai., 'as the immortals put it into my heart.' Cf. 
similar usage with other related nouns, ev arrideaai II. 5. 513 infra; 
Pind. 01. XIII. 21, 7roXXd 5' ev Kapdlcus avdpchv efiahov / r l>ptu ; cf ev 
(f>peal di)coi II. 19. 121 infra; later, w. Dat. alone Aesch. Pr. 705; also 
els Bvpbv fioXelv Soph. O T 975 et al. v. eis, p. 89. Middle: II. 20. 195, 
cos evl Bvpw / fiaWeai ; 26 cf. Od. 12. 217, trot 8e . . . cocV einreWopai' 
dXX' evl 6vpw/ 'jS dXXeu, 'put it into thy heart,' i. e., 'lay it to heart'; 
cf . II. 15. 561, avepes eare, /cat aidco dead' evl Bvpcp ; cf. Hes. Op. 297, 6s 
8k Ke pr,^ aiiros voerj p-qr dXXou aKovcev/ev BvpHo fiaWtiTai, 6 5' aOr' 
axpyios avrjp, 'he who . . . does not lay it to heart,' so Op. 107, 
evl (f)peal (3a\\eo v. infra, p. 142. 

ev, evl (TTTjdeaaL: Bvpds evl (jjrfieuui, very frequent, about forty times 
in II., Od., and Horn, hymns, II. 2. 142; 3. 395; 4. 208, 309; 6. 51, 
etc. Other uses, not with Bvpds : II. 3. 63; 4. 430; 9. 554, 610; 10. 9, 
90; 14. 140; 17. 139; 20. 20; 24. 41; Od. 2. 304; 3. 18; 7. 309; 10. 329; 
13. 255, 330; 16. 275; 17. 47, 403; 20. 22, 366; 21. 317, etc. mostly 
plastic and pleonastic. II. 5. 513, ev arriBeaai pkvos (3a\e woipevL \acbv, 

^van'ivrj, a Homeric word, occurs again Minerm. 17. 7 c. gen. kv van'ivri iroXe/jLoio. 

26 L. L. M. translate: 'as thou imaginest in thy heart,' others, 'that thou may'st 
lay it to heart.' Cf. fiera 4>pe<ri, II. 9. 434, d ixh> or} voutov ye fxera 4>pe<xi . . ./ 
iSdAXeat, 'if thou dost meditate in thy heart.' 



142 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Apollo 'put courage in the heart of the shepherd of the hosts'; cf. 
'ev Bvpco ftakelv supra. Cf. II. 13. 732, ev ar-qdeaat ridel vbov . 
/ea6\bv; cf. 17. 470. (Often with vbos or vbrjpa, cf. Theogn. 121). 

evl (frpeal, plastic and pleonastic: II. 8. 202, 413; 18. 88, vvv 5' Iva 
/cat vol Tevdos evl cfypeal pvplov elr\ 'that thou may est have sorrow in thy 
heart a thousandfold'; Od. 4. 632, 7/ pa ri tbpev evl <f>pealv, t,e /cat ovk'l, 
'do we know at all, or do we not?' Cf. 676. II. 19. 169, 178; 21. 
61, 101, 386, 583; Od. 1. 115, 151 etsaepe (some fifty times or more). For 
recurrence of Homeric tag, cf. Hes. Op. 531, /cat ttclctl evl (fypeal tovto 
pLeprfkev; Ap. Rhod. 4. 23, ev 0peat dvpbs. But II. 19. 121 (slight phr.), 
€7tos tL tol ev <f>pecri drjaoo, 'a word I will speak to thee for thy heed,' so 
H. 21. 145, 'put courage in his heart'; Od. 3. 76; cf. w. woielv, Od. 14. 
273; II. 13. 121 (middle), dXX' ev </>peai d'eaBe e/caoTos /atSco /cat v'epeaiv, 
'but let each man conceive shame in his heart, and indignation,' so Od. 
4. 729, crxerXtat, ou5' vpels ivep evl <j>peal deade eKadTrj/eK \e\eoiv p! aveyelpat, 
'Oh, woman, hard of heart, that even ye did not each one let the 
thought come into your minds to rouse me from my couch' (B. and L.). 
Cf. w. fiaWeadcu, Hes. Op. 107, av 5' evl (frpeal fiaWeo afiatv, cf. ev 
arrjOeaai, ev dvpcb (3a\eZv supra, 27 v. p. 149, infra. 

3. Local designations. 

a. 'In the house,' 'in the halls,' also terms for parts of the house: 
86pols ev h II. 11. 223; 13. 466; 15. 95; Od. 19. 584; II. 9. 382. kv 
dufxaacv, II. 23. 89; Od. 10. 449, et at. Cf. Bacchyl. V. 173, v. infra, 
p. 206. evl o'Ucx), cf. Ger. hier im Hause, Od. 15. 174; cf. 1. 359; 
21. 353; 9. 206;' 19. 514; 12. 451; 15. 516; 16. 121; 19. 314; 20. 34, 
129, 308; domi suae, 17. 532; 14. 331 = 19. 288 cf. 15. 157; 3. 349; 
4. 112 = 144; 11. 190; 16. 140. 

ev /ueydpto, some twenty or more times, pi. ev fieydpocs, evl peyapous, 
evl p:eyapoL(TL about 144 times without modifier, with modifying 
possessive about twenty-one times, with Genitive about seventeen. 28 
Sometimes merely plastic, cf. II. 3. 207; 6. 217; 5. 270; 7. 148; 11. 76, 
etc., 18. 325 (like ev 86poLs in Eur.). 

ev irpodopco, 'in the vestibule or porch,' 29 II. 9. 473 balanced with 
for' aidobarj ab\ijs] Od. 14. 5; 15. 5, 466; 20. 1, 143 et at. Cf. II. 24. 
673, ev irpobbpux) dopiou, Od. 4. 302 where it is apparently the same as 
aWovar) in 297. 30 

27 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 256, fx-q /j.ol ravra v6($ tvi fiaXKeo. 

28 L. and S. ev neyapois 'quietly at home' as opp. to war and traveling, II. 1. 
396; Od. 18. 183, etc.; but also opp. to kir' kypov, Od. 22. 47. 
29 v. Seymour, Life in the Homeric Age, 179, 185. 
30 v. Seymour, 1. c. 186 2 . Cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 278. 



PART V kv 



143 



kv irpodvpoLcn w. (tttivcll 'in the doorway,' 'in the gateway,' II. 
11. 777; Od. 7. 4; 8.304,325; 10. 220; 16. 12; Ep. 15. 12. Butirpddvpov 
also of the open space before the entrance to the main hall, 31 so 
apparently II. 22. 71; Od. 4. 20. 

b. Of the place of a wound: 

kv KaipLoo 'in a vital part,' IX 4. 185, cf. 11. 439, Kara naipLov (which 
some texts print as one word). 

kv aweoxnu 'in the juncture of the head and neck,' II. 14. 465 air. 
\ey. 

c. Miscellaneous: 

kv ayopfi : II. 7. 382, rovs 5' eup' elv ayopfi. a. 'in the assembly,' or, 
b. 'in the place of assembly,' cf. 414; 9. 13, l£ov o' elv ayopfi renribres ; 
cf. 19. 88, of the place of assembly, half technical. II. 18.497opp. to 
kwl TpodvpoLviv 'and the women marvelled standing each at her own 
door, but the folk were gathered in the assembly place,' \aol 5' elv 
ayopfi eaav adpooi. c. Mention of the ayopa clearly as a market- 
place like the Roman forum is first found in Epigr. Horn. 14. 5, 
iroWa \xev eiv dyopfi ira)\evp.eva, iroXXa 6"' dyuats. This use is frequent 
later, but often, as in some of the passages cited above, meanings a. 
and b. are blended, so sometimes, b. and c; but cf. Dem. 1308. 31, 
kv ty) ayopa kpya^eadat. Cf. further Od. 3. 127, ovre ttot' elv ayopfi 
SLx\ k/3a^o^ev ovt kvi fiovhfi, 'neither in the assembly nor in the council'; 
for kv fiovkfj, II. 2. 194, kv fiovhfi <5' ob iravres anovaa/jLev olov eenre ; 202, 
ovre nor kv iroVepLw kvapldfuos ovt' kvi (3ov\fi, 'thou art . . . never 
reckoned either in battle or in council,' cf. II. 16. 630 v. supra, p. 137, 
opp. to kv x^pct. 

kv aldepL Kai vecfykXyo- iv , II. 15. 20, av 6' kv aWept, /cat vecfreXrjo-LV /knpep,oi 
(very slight), so 192. elv aki nvklvbei, Od. 1. 162, 'the wave rolls them 
in the brine.' kvi yairi, II. 20. 279. kv bair'ebw, Od. 11. 577, Kei\xevov kv 
8aTre8co, 'lying on the ground.' 

kv 8vfxco 'WaKTis, 'in the land of Ithaca, II. 3. 201, Od. 16. 419; 
kv bribed avTov 'in his own land,' II. 9. 634; kv drifxcc Od. 11. 353; 18. 115; 
23. 118 32 . 

kv 5l(j>poL(7L, II. 23. 132, 370. kv tWom, II. 11. 198, earaor kvd\ 
liriroicn Kai appacri KoXXr/roIa iv . kv /cauXaj kayy] 8o\ixbv 86pv, 'in the spear- 
shaft' (lit. stalk), II. 13. 162, cf. 608;' only in II. 

kv K\Lo-l V( n, II. 12. 1; 24. 569 'in' or 'at the huts,' cf. II. 2. 227, 778; 
9. 263; 13. 253, 256; 23. 810; 24. 413; 11. 834; 19. 141, 179; 24. 554, 

31 v. Seymour, 1. c. 185 1 . 
32 Frequent in Od. w. a modifier. 



144 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



569. Cf. Bacchyl. XII. 135, iiiixvovr kv kKluIxictlv 'in their tents.' Sing, 
kv k\utL v , II. 2. 19; 13. 261; 14. 10; 19. 211; 23. 549; 24. 17, 125; Od. 
14. 408; 15. 301, 398; 16. 1; 17. 516. 

kv KovLyat,, 'in the dust,' of dying or falling in battle. II. 3. 55, 
or' kv KovLr><jL pryei^s ; 4. 482, ireaelv kv KovirjaL ; 5. 583, 586 (588, fiaXeiv) ; 
12. 23; 2. 418, xp^ees kv Kovlyaiv ; 6. 43, cf. Hes. Sc. 365; II. 13. 520 = 
14. 452 = 17. 315; 16. 469 = 6d. 18. 98; II. 22. 330 cf. 402, etc. 33 But 
Od. 7. 153, 160, en-' kaxapV & KovLrjaiv 'at the hearth in the ashes.' 

kv Xexkeaat, 'on the couch', i. e., 'on the bier,' II. 24. 600, 702. 
Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 264. 

kv vrjvaL, II. 3. 159, kv vrjvai veeadu, cf. 283; 11. 14; 4. 239, a£cpev kv 
vrjkaaiv; cf. 8. 166; 16. 832; 19. 298; 23. 829; Od. 4. 82; cf. further II. 
2. 688; 9. 428, 691; 11. 826=16. 24; 12. 16; Od. 2. 226, 263; 11. 399, 
406 cf. 24. 109; 13. 317; cf. sing. Od. 5. 27, 37; 10. 53; 12. 110; h. 
Ap. 404. 

kv %woxfi(nv 68ov, 'where the ways come together,' II. 23. 330. 34 
kv Aids ovbei, 'at the threshold of Zeus,' II. 24. 527, ap. Plat. Rep. 379 D. 
kv TrepLwirrj :, 'on an outlook,' II. 23. 451, but cf. ets v. p. 87, II. 14. 8; 
Od. 10. 146. 

kv Hv\w kv veKveaaL, II. 5. 397; w. kv IIuXco cf. 11. 689 et al. ; w. veicveaat, 

10. 349. Cf kv "Apyei, II. 6. 456 et al. and similar expressions. 

a^avr kv irpiorw pupa>, 'they broke the car at the end of the pole/ 

11. 6. 40; 16. 371. ' 

kv reixe'i, 'inside the walls,' II. 13. 764 35 ; 22. 299. 

kv 4>6v(jo, II. 24. 610, oi jjLev ap' kvvr\\xa.p near kv 4>6vlo, 'they lay wel- 
tering in their gore.' 

av\rjs kv xbpTOLCTL kv\lv86/jl€vos Kara KOTpov, 'in the farm-yard,' II. 
24. 640; cf. sing. II. 11. 774. This meaning is Homeric usage only. 

VIII. Local use transferred to Abstractions 
kv akyecTL, II. 24. 568, p.77 pot /jlclWov kv aKyeaL Ovfibv opLvrjs, 'amid 
my sorrows,' is something like kv kclkoIs in the drama; only slightly 
different is Od. 7. 212, rolalv Kev kv aXyeaiv iacoaalpir]v, T might liken 
myself to them in my griefs.' Cf. Od. 21. 88, Kelrai kv aKyeai Ovfibs, 

33 Cf. Tyrt. 9. 19; Ap. Rhod. 1. 1056, ev KovLrjai nal aLuari TeirTrjooTa, cf. 2. 107. 

34 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1006, kvi £woxv \ifievos 'at the entering in of the harbor'; 
2. 318, dX6s kv £vvoxw l v', but 1. 160, hi Zvvoxv iroKknoio 'in the stress of battle,' 
et al. 

35 i. e., 'in Troy.' Leaf and Bayfield ad loc.: "the use of the word is curious 
in a passage where the Greek wall has been so prominent." 



PART V kv 



145 



'her heart lies in = is in sorrow.' Cf. kv -Kkvreaai -xovohji II. 10. 245, 279; 
kpe arvyepu) kvl irevdei \elireis II. 22. 483, cf. p 197. 

II. 9. 319, kv be Ifi Ttp.fi rj/xev kclkos rjde Kal kad\6s, 'both the coward and 
the brave are in like honor.' Od. 10. 465, ovbe 7ro0' vp.lv/6vp.bs kv 

€V4>P0<JVV{]. 

Sometimes approaching adverbial force, II. 9. 491, kv vqiukri akeyeivfi 
'in thy troublesome childishness'; cf. II. 9. 143 = 285, OaKlji eve iroWfi ; 
II. 22. 61, alcry kv apyaXey (pOiaet. 

II. 7. 302, 7}b' avr kv (piXoTrjTL bierp^ayev apOpLrjaavre, 'reconciled in 
friendship,' (cf. kv 4>CKbrnTt as a tag, II. 2. 232; 14. 331; 24. 130; Od. 
8. 313; h. Merc. 4; h. Horn. XXXIII. 5). 

IX. Noteworthy use of preposition 
kv instead of p.erd: II. 23. 703, rbv be bvwbeKaftoiov kvl (?4>'kjl rlov 
'Axcuot, 'and the xAchaeans among them prized it at twelve oxen's 
worth.' Cf. r;€ nar alaav eeiirov kv vp.lv, rje Kal ovkL, II. 10. 445, cf. supra, 
kv Taaiv, kv vp.lv TravreaaL, kv TrpcoroLcri, etc. 
For comparison are noted here: 

X. kv be as adv. a., 'and therein,' II. 5. 740; 9. 361; 13. 797; 24. 
472; Od. 4. 358; 7. 95; 13. 244, 247; 36 17. 270 et al. b. 'And among 
them,' II. 2. 588; Od. 4. 653, etc. Cf. Hdt. 2. 43; 3. 39 et al. 
XI. Prepositional compounds 

kvapidpios, 'of account' II. 2. 202, cf. later eis aptOpbv, kv dpidpco. 
kvbe&a, adv. 'from left to right,' II. 1. 597; 7. 184; Od. 17. 365, etc. 

B. Literature after Homer 
I. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns: 

kv ayKaXcLs, a familiar expression, as of the babe in arms, or the 
wife in fondling arms, from which develop occasional idiomatic or 
proverbial uses. Aesch. Ag. 723 of a pet lion cub, TroXea 5' <W kv 
dy/cdAats, etc., 'often hath he lain in fondling arms like a new-born 
babe'; cf. Suppl. 481 (literal), so Eur. Ale. 351; Bacch. 1277; Ion 
280; cf. Rhes. 948; cf. Or. 464 without prep.; but in Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 
50 it becomes really an idiom, &are p.bvov ovk kv rats dy/cdXat? irepicpk- 
popev avrovs ayaTrcovres. The singular is used of a child in the arms, 
Hdt. 6. 61. 4. Cf. use with other preps., kirl, eis v. p. 87, irpbs. 37 Then 
metaph. of the arms of the sea a s of something enfolding, Archil. 

35 So Ap. Rhod. 4. 657. 

37 Cf. Soph. Fr. (Nauck) 304, -kkjto'i ixe K^x^ovcnv kv <popq. Se/xas, i. e., 'in their 
arms'; Eur. Bacch. 1238, <t>epco 8' h> tikkvaunv . . . rade, cf. I. T. 1158. 



146 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



frg. 29 = Aesch. frg. 462, 38 \pvxas exovres Kvparuv ev ayaakais; cf. Ar. 
Ran. 704; cf. Nausicr. 1. 2 K, TreAcryuHs ev aynakais. Then of the air 
holding the earth in its soft embrace, Eur. frg. 935, (Trag. Frg. 
941). Cf. Cicero's interpretation, N. D. 2. 25. 65. 

ev ayxbvcus, Eur. Hipp. 777, fiorjbpopelre -wavres ot ireXas bbpcov / 
ev ayxbvcus beairoiva, Orjaeoos bapap. (sc. eari cf. phr. w. elvai ev)\ id. 
Hel. 200, Aijba 5' ev ayxbvais /^Bavarov Xafieiv. 

ev alpari, Aesch. Eum. 606, eycb be prjTpbs rr]s ep-qs ev a'Lpari, tech. = 
opaipos ) cf. Sept. 141, aedev yap e£ alp.aroslyeybvap.ev cf. Horn. II. 19. 
Ill, ot arjs e£ alparbs eiai yev'ed\r,s) also Soph. O C 245, cos tls atf 
alparos / vper'epov irpocpavelaa. Cf. further other phrases of relationship, 
ev y'evei infra. 

ev avbpdaiv, cf. supra Horn. Od. 14. 176; 17. 358; 18. 138, gains an 
idiomatic sense in Euripides. Ale. 732, 77 rap 1 "Anaaros ovKer 1 ear ev 
dvbpdaiv 'no longer counts as, i. e., is worthy of being counted as a 
man,' so 723; Andr. 591, aol irov pereariv cbs ev avdpaaiv \byov, A{) cf. 590, 
av yap peT 1 avbpcov, co Kataare kclk naKoov ; I. A., 945, ey<h KaKiaros ~qv dp' 
'ApyeLoov avhp,/ eyo) to prjbev, MeveXeus S' ev dvbpdaiv (Way: 'So were I 
basest among Argive men, A thing of naught, — and Menelaus a 
man! — )' Or. 1528, ovre yap yvvrj irecf)VKas ovt ev avdpaaiv av 7' el. 
Cf. Timocles 5 K., ovd' 6 XafSplov Kr-qairnvos en rpis Keiperai/ev reus 
yvvai^l Xapirpbs ovk ev dvbpdaiv. 

ev avdpccTrois, 'among men,' i. e., 'humankind,' especially as an 
idiom with the superlative and similar expressions, meaning 'in the 
world'; one of these meanings easily passes into the other. The 
phrase goes back to Horn. Od. 1. 95, v. p. 135 and w. superl. 1. 391 
(v. sub Horn. pp. 10, 135). Theogn. 273, tuv wavrcov be kLkigtov ev 
avdpLOTTGis, 'the worst evil in the world'; partitive gen. frequent w. this 
phr.; cf. 623, iravrolai KaKoriires ev d.vdpcoToiai eaaiv ; 637, e\7rts nal 
Kivbvvos ev avdpcoTroiaiv bpoloi. Cf. Soph. Ant. 452; ib. 1242; Eur. Or. 
126, co 4>vais, ev avdpcoiroiaiv cos pey' el naKov ; cf. Ar. Nub. 841, oaairep 
ear ev avdp&iroiaiv ao(f)d. Ar. Frg. 357 K., (3pabvraTOS &v ev avdpunrois 
bpapelv. Hdt. 1. 53, rdbe pavrr\ia elvai povva ev avOpooirois, 'the only 
oracle in the world'; cf. id. 9. 16; Antiphon VI. 25; Andoc. 1. 67, 

z% Ubi v. Schol.: AL8vp.os (frrjal -wapa tu kiaxv^W etrrt 8e ovtus -wapa 'Apx^Xoxv 
^VXO-S. . . . ayKaXats.' 

39 This noun is confined mainly to tragic diction, but Ar. Probl. 954 b 35 (nom). 

40 The idiom seems to result from the fusion of such expressions as this with 
the type seen in Hdt. 3. 120, av yap h avopuv Aoyco (sc. el); cf. p. 149; cf. Eur. Fr. 
495, Keis avdpoov \xh> ov/ ' rehovaw apiQp.bv 'they do not count in the number of men, 
for thought cf. hapW,uios Horn. II. 2. 202; cf. further p. 149 n. 51. 



PART V kv 



147 



tt'kttiv tcov kv avOptoTOLs a-wia tot clttjv, 'the most untrustworthy in the 
world'; Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2, koKov yap, elirep tl /cat aXXo tcov kv avOpcoirois ; 
cf., w. comparative, Cyr. 2. 2. 18, ov8ev dviacoTepov vopl^co kv avOpcoirois 
elvai; cf. further Hell. 6. 3. 6; Ages. 8. 6; Hiero 11. 7, 15; the most 
striking instance is Plat. Lys. 211 E, top apiGTov kv avdpcoirois bpTvya 'the 
best quail in the world'; Prot. 323 C, rj m elvau ev avOpcoirois 'or else he 
ought not to be in the world'; cf. Gorg. 448 C; Aeschin. 1. 88. Cf. 
Dem. 1246. 2. Cf. e£ dvOpcbircov in similar usage, v. p. 53, Lysias 
XIII. 73; Plat. Theaet. 170 E; Aeschin. I. 59, and neut. superl. c. 
gen. alone, Plat. Theaet. 148 B, aptord 7' dvdpcoircov ; Legg. 636 E, 
/caXXtor' dvBpcoircov et al. 

But cf. w. kv avbpaaiv supra, Philemon 119 K., vol yap t'ls kaTiv, 
€t7re /dot, irapprjaia ',/aii XaXets ev dvdpcoiroiaiv cos dvdpcoiros cov ; / to 0' oKov 
irepiiraTels, 17 tov avTov aepa/eTepoiaiv eX/cets, eiire \xoi, tolovtos ccv. 

ev &vt\co, Pind. Py. VIII. 12, Tidels /vfipiv ev clvtXco, 'thou dost sink 
insolence in the sea,' metaph., i. e., cause it to disappear, but cf. 
eis &vt\ov Eur. Heracl. 168 metaph. for getting into a difficulty. 

ev fiadpois, local, but slightly idiomatic, Eur. Tro. 47, el ae prj 
bicoXeaev /IlaXXds Atos 7rats, rjcrO' av ev fiadpc-is Iti, 'had Pallas, child of 
Zeus, not destroyed thee, thou would'st still stand firm.' 41 Cf. en 
fiadpcov, 'from the foundations,' 'utterly,' Lat. funditus, U Eur. El. 
608, supra, p. 65. 

ev fiauavco, Pind. Py. X. 67, ireipcovTo 8e /cat xP'^os ev fiaaavco irpeirei/ 
/cat vbos bpBbs, cf. kv ireLpa Nem. III. 70, v. infra, p. 152. But kv fiava- 
vols, of testimony under torture, semi-tech, and freq. in the Orr. cf. 
Aeschin. II. 128, ouo' 'dv 4>y\aiv ev fiaaavois dv8pairb8cov yeveadai. 

kv y'evei, equiv. to kyyevrjs or Gvyyev^s, cf. other phr. of relationship, 
e. g., ev at/xart supra. Aesch. Cho. 287, e/c irpoo~Tpoira'icov kv y'evei ireivTCo- 
kotcov 'from fallen kindred demanding vengeance.' 42 Soph. O T 1016, 
bOovven' r]V aoi II6Xu/3os ovdev kv y'evei, cf. Eur. Ale. 904, ep.0'1 tis qv/kv y'evei. 
Soph. O T 1430, rots kv ykvei 43 yap Tdyyevr) ^oKied' bpdv / fxbvois r' 
duoveiv evaeficos ex eL KaKa (note parallelism w. kyyevij); c. gen. of the 
person to whom one is akin, nearly = kv at/zart. Dem. 644. 72, 
tcov kv y'evei tov ireirovdoTos 'one of the kinsmen of the man who has 
suffered'; 1307. 28, ot p,t]8ev kv y'evei. 1390. 7, virb tcov kv y'evei 'by kins- 
men.' But Eur. frg. 696, kv tco vvv ykvei u 'in the present generation'; 
Ar. Av. 162, merely literal c. gen. kv bpvldcov ykvei. 

41 Cf. Shakespeare, 'Troy on its basis still had stood.' 

42 Tucker suggests a different, but less satisfactory interpretation. 

43 The opposite of this is ot e£a> ykvovs, Soph. Ant. 660. 

44 Cf. Menander K. 223. 15. Arist. An. 64. 29 has <bs kv ykvei Xa^elv equiv. to 
ass KadoXov elnelv, 'to speak in general.' 



148 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



h 86^rj, Pind. 01. X. 63, aycovtov ev do^a/depevos ei>xos, epyu nadeXcov 45 . 
But Lysias 19. 49, c. ylyvecdai (of wealth which a man was reputed 
to have had) c/>atJ>6yue#a . . . exj/evapevoi. /cat rwv vecoarl ev 86£ri 
yeyevrjpevcov (idiomat. phr.); 46 cf. Plat. Lach. 189 A, el 8e veurepos 6 
bibavKuv earai, 77 prjTco ev do^rj cbv, 'or one not yet in repute.' Cf. pi. 
with article and adj. Isocr. IV. 150, ot 5' ev rats peylaraLs 56£ats ovres. 
But differently Plat. Soph. 241 B, xf/evdrj . . . eanv ev S6£ats re /cat 
/card \6yovs, 'daring to say that falsehood exists in opinion and in 
words.' 

ev epyco, Eur. I. T. 1190, ovkovv ev epyco y^kpvipes ^<f>os re gov, 'ready 
for action,' an isolated case which shifts the meaning 'in action,' 
'in operation,' to 'ready for action, use.' But cf. Thuc. II. 89. 9 
(w. art.) 'in,' i. e., 'during the action' (military) in proelio; cf. I. 
105. 5; 107. 7; VII. 71. 3; VIII. 28. 2; 42. 3; 61. 3. But Eur. Bacch. 
626, d>as <5' ev epya 8ov\os fjv, 'every slave was busied in the task,' 
Thuc. IV. 131. 3, rjbrj ev epyco ovtgov, 47 'while they were engaged in the 
work,' cf. w. art. Thuc. I. 68. 2; 120. 5; 140. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 27 (with- 
out art.). But freq. contrasted w. h Xoyu 'in word and in deed' 
(not much more than a tag), Plat. Apol. 40 B, Rep. 382 E (cf. 382 
A without prep.); 383 A; (pi.) Gorg. 461 C; Pol. 283 E; Rep. 396 
A, 563 A; Legg. 717 D, etc. 

ev rjdovrj, w. dat. of person, Eur. I. T. 494, 65', el tl §?; cot ravr ev 
ijdovrj fxadelv. (Cf. /ca0' rjdovqv, which is sometimes used with a personal 
construction, but usually means 'to do something, /ca0' rjdovrjv,' cf. also 
7rp6s rjdovrjv.) Hdt. 4. 139, <hs iravra iroLrjaovai rd XnW-flai eari ev ijdovfi ; 
so 7. 15, but with personal constr. Thuc. I. 99. 2; III. 9, ev -qdovrj exovaL 
tlvcis 'are delighted with them'; (w. dat.) Andoc. II. 22. 22 (w. adj.); 
so without modifier, Plat, e-wivop. 977 B; Dem. 1438. 2 prooem. 28. Cf. 
ev xQ-P lTl ) infra. 

ev Oolvrj, Plat. Legg. 649 A, tovs yap yo-qras owe ev OoLvr) Xeyco, T do 
not count enchanters as a guest,' i. e., T do not take them into ac- 

45 Var. ev bb^av, evbb£av, evbb^a, evbo^a. Often translated gloriose, honorifice, but 
the passage is much disputed. Gildersleeve believes that the contrast with 
'ipyto must be insisted upon and translates 'setting before his mind the glory (evxos) 
of the games', Fennell, 'having set before him in anticipation glory in the games, 
having won it in deed.' The Scholiast, however, makes ev 86£a 6. evxos = evbo£ov 
vo/jiLaas to vLKijaaL which accords with the frequent usage of rLQeadai ev. 

46 Cf. infra elvai ev, yiyvecrOcu ev. 

47 Cf infra elvai ev cf. Cic. ad Att. 2. 1. 5, quod eos in hoc esse moleste fert 
(i. e., hoc agere, operant dare ne Clodius trib. plebis fiat. Boot). Cf. Hor. Ep. 
1. 1. 11, omnis In hoc sum, cf. Sat. 1. 9. 2, totus in Mis. 



PART V kv 



149 



count.' Jowett well translates 'for witchcraft has no place at our 
board.' (Cf. for literal use, Aesch. frg. 350 ap. Plat. Rep. 383 B, 
kv Oolvji irapwv) ; cf . infra, pp. 197, 198. 

kv dvpiq>, cf. Horn, supra, p. 141, Hes. Op. 297, cf. ib. 107, av 
5' kvl <ppecrl /SctXXeo o-fiaLv. AS Cf. without prep. Aesch. Pr. 706, tovs 
kpovs \6yovs/6vpw /3dX'; Hdt. 9. 10, oi 8e 4>pevi Xa/36*>res. 49 Cf. supra, 
p. 89. els dvpbv Soph. O T 975, Hdt. 7. 51, etc. 

kv \6ycp, Tyrt. 10. 1, ovt kv \6ycp avbpa Ttdelp-qv, 'make of any ac- 
count,' 50 quoted in Plat. Legg. 660 E; cf. infra, p. 198 other expres- 
sions w. ridecrdai kv. Hdt. 1. 153; 3. 50, tovto to ewos 6 pev irpeafivTepos 
avTcov kv oudevl X67W kTOLrjaaro, so 7. 14; 16 7 2; 57. 1; cf. TOLeladaL kv 
infra, p. 197; cf. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 26, where it is contrasted w. irepl 
TravTQs 7TGLovfj,kvGvs ; (but cf. Hdt. 1. 4, ovb'eva \6yov tlvos -KoieluQaC) . 
Hdt. 9. 70, kv ovdevl \6ycc arcoXovro 'without regard' (Cf. later 
Paus. 10. 28. 4.) Plat. Rep. 550 A, kv o-pwpu \6yu 6vras. bl But Hdt. 
3. 120, Su yap kv avdpccv \6ycc (sc. el) 'reckoned as a man,' cf. supra, 
kv dvdpaoTLV, p. 146, cf. 3. 125, kv avSpairodcov \6yu> woievpevos elxe ', so 
6. 19. 3; 6. 23; cf. Plat. Charm. 160 D, kv raj X67C0 tuv KaXcov 'in the 
class of the good'; Arist. Eth. N. 1131. b 20, kvayadov yap\byco yiveTQ.no 
eXciTTov kclkov wpbs to pel^ov KdKov , 'is counted as a good.' Cf. kv iiepet, 
poLpa, Ta^ei, etc., c. gen. infra, pp. 179-182. As a familiar phrase = 'in 
conversation,' 52 Aesch. Suppi. 200, kol prj wpbXeaxos pr]d J e0oX/<6s kv \byco; 
cf. Cho. 679, wev9op,aL yap kv Xo7a>; cf. 613 (pi.), aKXav 5' -qv tiv' kv \byois 
(TTvyelv /4>oLvlav 'ZnvWav, 'there was another to hate in our tale, the 
murderous Scylla.' Eur. I. A. 1542, rjv tl pi} u^aXelua pov/yvupri 
Tapafy y\u<raav kv X6701S kp-qv 'in the tale.' 53 Soph. El. 761 (idiomatic), 

48 Cf. R P p. 74, Porphyr. v. Pythag. 40, kv 4>povt'l8l deadcu, 'lay to heart.' 
49 Some MSS. (R S V) read kv <f>pevL 

60 Cf. Flipse, diss. Leyden, 1902 de vocis quae est \6yos significatione atque 
usu. p. 46. 

51 Cf. Orac. ap. Scho]. Theocr. 14. 48, vpels 5' 5) Meyapeis ovre rpLroi ovre rkrap- 
toi/ ovre 8voj8eKaTOL, ovt kv \6yc>> our' kv dpcdp,^, whence the expression became pro- 
verbial. With kv dpidfxu) cf. (without prep, and nearly lit.) Horn. Od. 11. 449, 
6s ttov vvv ye per avdpoov tfet apidpcp, II. 2. 202 (prep, cpd.), ovre itot kv iroXkpco kvapLd- 
pios ovt kvi [3ovXrj (sc. el), also els apidpov, Eur. frg. 495, El. 1054 (v. supra, els, 
p. 88). Cf. Lat. qui aliquo sunt numero atque honore. Caes. B. G. 6. 13; Verg. Aen. 
11. 208. Cf. further, Soph. El. 1088 usually translated 'in' or 'on one account,' 
but there is question about the text v. Jebb ad loc. L. and S. apparently mis- 
interpret Soph. O C 569, kv o-piKpy Xoyy/iraprjKev, 'as of small account.' Xoyq 
here means rather 'speech' and the expression 'in brief words.' 

B2 Cf. Plat. Lys. 204 A. 

53 Cf. Pind. Nem. IV. 94. 



150 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Toiavra aoi ravr early, cos p,ev ev \bycp / 'bXyeiva, 'so far as mere narration 
can convey an impression.' 54 Soph. Ai. 1096, roiavd J afxapravovaLv ev 
\byois ewT] (perhaps little more than plastic). 55 But (colloquial) 
Ar. Ach. 513, dr&p, (plXou yap oi irapbvres ev \byco, 'Friends, (voc.) 
present at this discourse,' so Av. 30. In Plat. Prot. 337 B, the 
emphasis falls upon ev \byco in contrast with the preceding clause, 
evdoKL/ielv fiev yap eari irapa reus xj/vx^s rcov olkovovtcov avev airaTrjs, eirai- 
veloSai be ev \byco 7roXXd/as 7rapd bb^av xpevbofievcov 'in word, contrary to 
opinion.' The contrast between 'in word' and 'in deed' is frequent 
(v. ev epyo) supra, p. 148) ; 56 ev \byco is almost technical in Plat, of the 
argument, Lach. 194 C et al; but of prose opp. to verse, Rep. 390 A, 
ev \byco 77 ev Troii](jei, cf. (pi.) Legg. 816 A; Rep. 398 D of the words 
fitted to certain harmonies. 57 

ev vo/jlco, Pind. Isth. II. 38, ev IlaveWavcov vb/xco, 'by the custom of,' 
so w. adj. modif. N. X. 28. Hdt. 1. 131, ovk ev vbfxco iroievukvovs, 
'considering it unlawful' (cf. iroieladai ev infra, p. 198) ; 58 7. 136. 1, 
ovre yap a^lai ev vo/jlco elvai ir poo Kvv'eeiv , 'it is not their custom,' etc. 
(Cf. elvai ev Wei infra, p. 194), cf. Kara vb/.iov, Hes. Th. 417; Hdt. 1. 61; 
6. 52. 3; 7. 41. 1; (pi.) 4. 62; etc. But Hdt. 8. 89, ol fxrj h x^puv vow 
airoWv/jLevoL, (id. and semi-tech.) 'dying in the melee, the fight.' 
Aeschin. I. 5, tovs ev x eL P&v vo/jlco ras iroXiTelas KaraXvovras 'by the law 
of force.' Cf. Ar. Pol. 1285 a . 10, ev x^pbs vb/.ico {ubi v. Newman); 
Dittenb. Syll. 2 95. 39, ev x^P&v vb/xcoi. Cf. els, p. 91. 

ev olvco, o'lvols, 'over the wine,' Lat. inter pocula, bQ cf. also Eng. 
'over the teacups,' varies between sing, and pi. with or without the 
art. Ar. Lys. 1227, r//iels 5' ev o'lvcp cv/xTrorai aocpcoraroL ; Plat. Legg. 
649 D, irXrjv tt/s ev olvco fiaaavov ; cf. 652 A; Amphis 41 K., evr/v dp', cos 
eoLKe, kclv olvco Xoyos /evioi 6' vdcop irlvovres etcr' djSeXrepoi; cf. kir 1 olvols 
Pherecr. K. 153. 9; (pi.) Plat. Legg. 641 C (w. art.) ttjv ev tols olvols 

S4 Cf. Soph. Ph. 319, with Jebb ad loc. 

55 Plat. Rep. 396 E, ev woXKu) \6yu> 'in a long speech.' 

56 Plat. (sing.) Apol. 40 B; Rep. 382 E, 383 A; (pi.) Gorg. 461 C, Polit. 283 E; 
Rep. 396 A; 563 A; Legg. 717 D et al. Com. Fr. Adesp. 389 K. 

57 Cf. further Timocl. 4. 7 K., 6 r kv Xoyoiai deivbs x TirepeL8-qs e%et. Dem. 399. 
184, oh yap ear ev \6yois ri iroXireLa 'rests upon,' 'depends upon'. A solitary case 
is Xen. Cyn. 1. 11, ev \6yois r\v usually translated in ore omnium, i. e., 'he was 
very famous' (Flipse p. 67), but some texts read awijv (v. Ruehl). 

68 But Plat. Prot. 327 C, twv ev vop-ois Kai avdpomois Tedpap.p.evc>3v. 

59 Conington ad Pers. 1. 30 cites inter vina Pers. 3. 100; inter pocula, id. 1. 30; 
Juv. 8. 217; inter scyphos, Cic. Fam. 7. 22; in poculis, Cic. de Sen. 14. 



PART V kv 



151 



kolvt)v 5iaTpt,(3i'iv, so 645 C. 60 Cf. Trap' o'Lva), e. g., Soph. O T 780. Cf. 
ev tcq ttotco, etc. , infra, p. 152. 

€i> oppatu, bcfydaX/jLols, (sometimes merely plastic and pleonastic, 
but freq. idiomatic) : kv oppacrt, Aesch. Pers. 604 (half fig. and half lit.), 
kfxoi yap 77677 iravra fiev <f)6(3ov ir\ea/kv ofjifiaauv ravrala fyaiverai deccv 
(cf. kv coal, 605); Soph. Tr. 241, Ttovd' .../.. yvvauc&v &v dpq.s 
kv 6/j.p.acLV, 'in your sight,' i. e., 'in your presence,' so 746; cf. Eur. 
Or. 1020; Hipp. 1265; cf. w. art. Thuc. II. 11. 7. 

kv 6</>#aXpots, Soph. Ant. 764, av r' ovbaiia/rob{x6v irpoabxpeL Kpar 1 kv 
6(j)daKfjLols opcov, 'nor shalt thou ever set eyes more upon my face,' 61 
a Homeric phr., cf. II. 1. 587, etc., v. supra, p. 136. Cf. Eur. frg. 
736. 5; Xen. An. 4. 5. 29, exovres ra r'eKva clvtov dfiov kv 6(p- 

0aXpots ; Plat. Theaet. 174 C (more id., juxtaposition with 7rapd ?r65as 
interesting), irepi tccv rrapa -irodas /cat tuv ev 6<£0aXpots oiaAeyecrflai ; 
Rep. 452 D, to kv tols 6</>#aXpots drj yeXolov opp. to ev tols \6yois, 'that 
which was ludicrous to the outward eye,' in contrast with 'reason.' 
In Aristotle as a pred. adj. or adv. often = 'evident;' cf. Ar. Pol. 
1319. b 19 opp. to 7rapopaTai, ev 600aXpots paXXo^ elvcu; Coel. 287. b 17, 
roiv irap 1 tj/jlIv ev 6</>0aXpots fyaivoixkvwv; Rhet. 1384. b 1, 5td to kv d<f>- 
0aXpots ap,(j>OT'epa ; 1372 a . 24, ra Xta^ kv (f>avepco /cat ev 60#aXpots. 62 aid&s 
ev 6</>0aXpots is proverbial, Ar. Vesp. 447, 63 dXXd tovtols 7' ovk evi/ 
ou5' kv 64>da\pLoZ(Tiv al8(hs rcbv iraXaLcbv ep/3dcW ; Eur. frg. 458, at<5cos kv 
6<£0aXpot<7t yiyverat ; cf. as variant Med. 219, 8Lkt) yap ovk evevr kv 6(j>da\- 
fjLols pporuv ; 64 cf. €?rt as variant (the earliest occurrence of the phr.) 
Theogn. 85; cf. further, Arist. 1384. a 35, /cat rd kv ocpdaX/jLols /cat rd kv 
(fiavepc*) pdXXop' oSev /cat 17 7rapotpta, to kv 6(j)da\fxols eivai at<5w. Cf. 
€ts, Kara, irpo (Aeschin. 2. 148, and contr. e£); but cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 93, 
atScos ewer kv bp.ixp.aaLV. 

kv irapafivarw, 'in a corner' (metaph.) Dem. 715. 47 explained by 
Xdflpa closely following; v. also Hyper, frg. 53. Cf. Arist. Top. 

""Different, but comparable, kv beLirvoLs, Soph. O T 779 (pi. for sing.), 'at a ban- 
quet,' cf. Ar. Eq. 529, kv ^v/xiroal^ (perhaps with a touch of familiarity), Amphis 
14 K. kv av/jLTToaiots ; Alexis 9. K. 

61 V. Jebb. who compares for instrumental kv, Ant. 962, kv Keprop-Lois yXuaaais 
'with mockeries'; 1003, kv xv^ a ^ atv • • • <t>ovals, 'with their talons'; 1201, 
kv veoanraaiv /daWois 'with freshly-plucked boughs.' 
62 Cf. later, Theocr. 4. 7; Plut. Alex. 33. 4. 

63 V. Starkie ad loc. who compares also the dictum HXaruv irapeKeKevero rots 
nadrjrals rpLa ravra exeiv, kv p,ev rrj yvco/xy croo<f>po<Tvvr)v, kirl 8k rijs yXojtttjs aiyrjv, knl 
8k t&v 6<t>da\p,a)v 0.1860. 

64 If we retain the MSS. reading which the passages above cited confirm. 
Nauck, however, reads 'iveariv 64>da\p.ots. 



152 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



157. a 4. Cf. later, Luc. Necyom. 480. 17, ovtu TaTeivds eppiivTO kv irapa- 
fivaTcp irov. Cf. Plat. Gorg. 485 D, KaTa8e8vKOTL 8e t6v\olttov $Lov fii&vai 
. kv yuviq, cf. Lysis 206 E. 

kv ireLpa, cf . kv (Saaavu supra, p. 147. Pind. Nem. III. 70, kv 8k ireLpa 
reXos /8ia<j)aLveTai, but Xen. An. 1. 9. 1, tcov Kvpov 8okovvtuv kv ireLpa 
yevkadai, 'to be acquainted with Cyrus.' 

kv iroXkpcp, mainly temporal in force, 'at war', 'in the time of war,' 
but it may have a fig. local meaning, often with the idea of means 
involved Bacchyl. V. 131, "Aprjs /upLvei <pL\ov kv iroXkpcp. A frequent 
expression, only a few cases will be noted: Plat. Lach. 179 C (contr. 
w. kv eiprivy et saepe v. infra, p. 174); 182 C; 193 A; 195 A; Menex. 
234 C, to kv iroXkpcp airoBvyjuneiv ; 242 A, rrjv irokiv kv iroXkpco 

toIs "EW-qai KarkaT7]ae (v. infra, p. 199, KadLaTrjpi kv). Cf. Menander 
Perikeir. 165 (Capps), opvvco kv iro\kpcy KadkaTapev, 'at war'. 

Cf. kv 8at 'in war' Aesch. Sept. 926 (slight phr.), in Horn. II. 13. 286. 
kv 8at \vypfj, so Pies. Th. 560. Cf. kv p.axv, Xen. An. III. 2. 18; Plat. 
Rep. 333 E et saepe. Cf. kv <t>vyfj, Plat. Lach. 182 B et saepe. 

kv 7iwi, 65 Pind. Pyth. VIII. 32, to 5' kv iroai ijlol rpaxov /trco Ttov xpeos, 66 
quod praesto est vel proximum. Soph. Ant. 1327, tclv ttogIv /ca/cd, 
'before our feet,' 'claiming our immediate attention,' so Eur. Andr. 
397; cf. Ale. 739, ?7pets 8k, rovv iroalv yap oiarkov, /aTeixoip-ev. 67 Hdt. 3. 
79, /cat apa '<ekt€lvov . . . rbv kv iroo~i ytvopevov, 'who was close at hand' ; cf . 
Thuc. 3. 97; Plat. Theaet. 175 B, rd 6' kv iroaiv ayvocbv, 'every-day 
matters,' cf. Ar. Pol. 1263. a 18. 68 

kv tcq 7roTco, like kv o'Lvo) supra, q. v. Plat. Prot. 347 C, dXX^Xots 
. o-vvelvcu kv rw ttotco ; (pi.) Isocr. I. 32, rds kv tols ttotols gvvov- 
aLas ; cf. kv olvco Plat. Legg. 652 A. Aeschin. I. 168, cbs kv too tvotlo 
[qpuv\ KLdap'tfoL ; II. 47 (pi. w. art.), cf. kv ttotols Arist Eth. N. 1114. a 6. 
Cf. 7rapd ttotov Xen. An. 2. 3. 15; Symp. 8. 41; Epicrat. 5. 2. K.; 
Antiph. 124 K. 

65 Diels, Vorsokr. 2 p. 5. 30, rd h iroaiv, 'things at your feet,' nearly or quite 
literal. (To Thales who had fallen into a pit while looking at the stars: crv 
yap, 5) QaXrj, rd kv iroalv ov bvvdfxevos idelv rd eirl tov ovpavov o'Lei yvcoaeadai;). 

66 v. Gildersleeve ad loc. kv iroai, 'on my path,' as efXTroSdov 'in my way'; kv 
is more forcible than wapa (cf. to irap iro86s. Pyth. III. 60; X. 62), irpo (Is. VII. 13), 
or irpos. Cf. also wapx^pos, Bacchyl. XIII. 10, v. Jebb. ad loc. 

67 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 314, a 8' kv iroaiv vp.lv opwpev, 'the obstacles which have 
arisen in your path'; so ib. 835; cf. Anth. P. 5. 30. 4. 

68 For expression 'every-day matters,' cf. Arist. Eth. N. 1096. a 3, kv rols kyuvicXioLs 
tiprjTai,, 'in every-day discussions or writings,' cf. Ar. de Caelo 279. a 30, kv rols 
kyuvuXiois <pL\oao4>rjp.aai. 



PART V kv 



153 



kv irpo/jLcixoLcn, Horn. phr. v. supra, p. 137, Tyrt. 8. 30, kolKos S' kv 
irpofiaxoun ireadov. Cf. kv ttpojtols in Homer, v. p. 137. 

kv (tto/jlclo-l, Theogn. 240, iroWcov Keifxevos kv arofxaaLv; Hdt. 3. 157, 
iravres Zcoirvpov elxov kv uto\xcl(Jl alvkovres, so 6. 136 (of blame). Cf. 
ava arofxa, 8lcl GTOjia, ctto/jlcltos , yXcoaarjs ex €LV - Different is Ar. Ach. 
198, Kav to) GTopiCLTL \kyov<TL, 69 on my palate.' 

kv tcl4>ols, Aesch. Eum. 767, avToi yap rj/xels ovres kv Ta<pois rore 
'though dead and buried' (slightly idiomatic). Cf. Sept. 818, 
e^ovat, <5' r,v \a(3cc(nv kv ra4>f} x^ova. 

kv TLfifi, (idiom, force very slight, if felt at all), Aesch. Pers. 166, 
kv TLpifi u'efieiv is a little plastic; cf. (w. adj.) Plat. Legg. 647 A (cf. w. adj. 
Horn. II. 9. 319, kv 8e Ir} TLfxfi r)p,ev nands r]8e nal ka6\6s.) Soph. frg. 751 
(pi.) ; Hdt. 1. 134, kv Tiny ayeadai ; so 2. 83 ;cf . Plat. Rep. 538 E, d judXtcrra 
y\yev kv TLfiy. Hdt. 3. 3, Kvpos kv aTLfxiy ex € h tt]v 8e clt Alyvirrov kiriKT^TOV 
kv TLfxr} rideTat (for kv drtfjiLr) cf. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51,) cf. An. 2. 5. 38, 
(w. adj.), cf. Dem. 1400. 36. Cf. Philemon, 199 K., /3ou\ou yovels 
irpooTLarov kv rt^ats ex^v. Cf. exw kv, elvai kv w. abstractions, pp. 193 
fi\, 197 f. Cf. tech. phr. p. 167 for oi kv rivals. 

kv rpoiroLs c. gen. Aesch. Eum. 441, kv tpotols 'I&ovos 'in the manner 
of,' i. e., 'like,' so Ag. 918, yvvcuKos kv rpoirois ; cf. (sing.) Plat. Legg. 
807 A, kv rpoircc fioaKrjfjLCLTos eKaarov iriaivoixevov . Cf. adv. acc. c. gen. 
Aesch. Ag. 390, naiiov 8e xgAkou rpoirov. But kv too eavToov rpoTco Thuc. 
7. 67 and kv oloo rpoirco KarkaTrj id. 1. 97 are not idiomatic. 

kv 4>6.€l, lit. in Horn, 'in the daylight,' II. 17. 647; Od. 21. 429, 
etc., v. supra, p. 140. Cf. eis 4>aos, p. 90, kv <t>aei, Pind. Nem. IV. 38, 
'in broad day'; frg. 203 (Schroeder). Aesch. Cho. 62, pottj 5' kirivKo- 
irel 8Uas /raxeta tovs fxev kv </>det opp. to rd 5' kv /xeratXM^ ckotov. 70 
Eur. H. F. 517, el fxi] 7' bveipov kv </>dei tl \evaaop,ev, cf. frg. 534, to 
p.ev yap kv <£>£>, to 8e /card cfkotos KaKov. Eur. Hec. 167, ou/cert fioi jStos/ 
ayacrTbs kv (/>dei, pleonastic and transitional to the fig. use for life 
itself freq. in the drama, so id. Phoen. 1281, ov/jlos kv 0dei /3tos. 'In 
the light' in the sense of 'in life,' usually = 'alive' : Soph. Ph. 415, 

69 V. Schol. kv rep rffxereptp arSfmrL, yevaafAevaiv rj/jicbv, p.6vov ovyl 4>covf]V acpLaaiv, 
cf. Schomann, Opusc. IV. pp. 180, 181; Sobol. Praep. p. 15; Edd. Merry, Rennie, 
Starkie. The second interpret, given by the Schol. cannot be right. 

70 Cf. kv (tkoto) as contrasting phr. recurring frequently without art. (lit. but 
slightly familiar), Aesch. Cho. 285, opuvra \ap,-wpbv kv gkotco, Soph. O T 1273, 
Ant. 494, Eur. Rhes. 571, Ar. Ach. 1169, Pax 691 (quite lit.); Lys. 72; Xen. 
Hell. 4. 5. 4; Cyr. 1. 6. 40; 2. 1. 25, tiairep kv andrec ovres ; Plat. Phaed. 99 B, ^Acu^- 
res . . . &<nrep kv <tk6t€l (cf. Ar. Pax 691 supra); Dem. 1396. 24, kv cKoreL kclI 
7T0\\fj 5v<rK\dq.. 



154 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



cos /jl7)K€t bvra Ktlvov kv 4>aei voei, cf. 1212; Eur. Hec. 415, to dvyarep, 
r^iels 6' kv 4>aei dovkevaojiev ; (c. Aios, Hec. 707, cvaer bvra Atos kv q>aeL); 
1214; Hel. 530 71 ; El. 1145; Suppl. 200; Ion 726; Phoen. 1339. 

kv xapin, cf. kv rjdovfj supra, p. 148; els, p. 128; Xen. Oec. VIII. 10, 
koI kfioL, kdv tl curd), kv xdpin dtdbvai 'for my gratification'; cf. Plat. 
Phaed. 115 B, on dv act iroiovvres vp.eh kv x&P LTl P-dXuara iroiolfiev \ 
kcll vp.lv avrols kv xdpiri TroLrjaere drr av -KOivje ; cf . iurther, 
Theocr. 5. 69, iifyr' eye, Mbpaoov/kv x- KpLvrjs, 'do not decide from parti- 
ality to me.' But Plat. Legg. 796 B (pi.), kv y^dpiav irapakapfidveiv, 
'gratefully.' 

kv xuph X^polv, x*pvi\ a. 'to have a matter in hand,' i. e., 
'to be engaged in' (like hid x^pbs exeiv supra, cf. ets, p. 92). 
Sing., dual, and.pl. all occur in this use. Soph. Ant. 1345, irdvra 
7<xp/Aexpia rdv x e P°^- 72 Hdt. 1. 35, exovros 5k ot kv x e P< JL T °v 
ircudds 7ov ydpov, so 7. 5, rd irep kv x e P°"t ^X € ^. An interesting case is 
Dem. 303. 226, en piepvrjp.evuv vpojv nai p.bvov oi'K kv rals x e P a " LV eKacr 1 
kxbvruv. Cf. Dion. H. de Thuc. 1; id. 8. 87, rov kv xtpvlv bvra rcb\epov, 
cf. Eng. 'they have a war on their hands'; ib. 21, 6 kv x e P°"t irepLrei- 
Xtcpos. So (sing.) Plat. Theaet. 172 E, kv x eL P >L TLVa oLkt]v exovra. 
Cf. Eng. id. 'I have a trial on hand,' 'I have a great deal on hand/ 
but Eng. 'to be on hand,' i. e., at a given time or place, has no parallel 
in Greek. Cf. Plut. Alex. 13. b. Of a battle, 'hand to hand,' 
'in close combat,' Lat. cominus (cf. es x e ^pas k\6elv, etc., supra, p. 91). 
Thuc. IV. 43. 2, koll r\v rj fidxv Kaprepd /cat kv x^P^ irdaa, so 43. 4; cf. 
57. 3, 6aoL pi] kv xtpo't' dtecjiddprjaav as manv as had not fallen in battle', 
implying a hand to hand conflict; 96. 3; cf. III. 66; V. 3. 2; 10. 10; 
72. 3 c. dat. kv X epo-L tlvl ; VII. 5. 2; Xen. Hell. 4, 6. 11 c. gen. c. But 
Eur. El. 610 (w. art. and possess.), kv x* L P'- T V °V ^dvr exeis 'in your 
hand,' i. e., 'in your power'; 73 but El. 506 merely lit. and iocal> 
6v tot kv x^polv ex^v/avbvqT Wpe^pas ; while Suppl. 69 also lit. is a 
Homericism, o'Lurpa de -waax ^ hereto /rov kpbv iralda rakaiv 1 kv x«pi 
delvai (cf. supra, p. 137f.); cf. Soph. O C 1699, birbre ye kol rov kv xepolv 

71 Pearson thinks the expression too pleonastic if thus interpreted, and sug- 
gests that kv <f>aei may go with (frrjo-L and = palam, but the usual translation seems 
preferable. 

"Frequently translated 'everything I am engaged in,' i. e., all my life, 'has 
turned out wrong', but Jebb sees a dramatic blending of the literal with the 
figurative sense, 'all is amiss with that which I handle,' as Creon still touches the 
corpse of Haemon, a visible proof of the truth of the wider fig. meaning. 

73 Cf. Lat. Plaut. Trin. 104, est mihi in manu, 'it is in my power.' Merc. 
628, tibi in manust quod credas: ego quod dicam, id mihi in manust, but in Latin 
this phrase may have a technical association. 



PART V kv 



155 



Karelxov 'I held him in my embrace.' Eur. Ion 631, ov (puXcc \poyovs 
k\v€lv I kv x e P a <- ca^oov okftov (not quite lit.). Soph. frg. 808, opyri 
yepovroz, chare p.a\daK7] KOTcls/ev x eL P L drjyei, ev rdxei 5' dp.(3\vveTaL. 74 

kv xP e ' L $> usually c. gen. Aesch. Sept. 506, deXow /e£icr rop-qo at [xolpav 
ev xP e ' La TVXVS, 'right willing he to question destiny in fortune's trial.' 
Soph. Ai. 963, Bavovr c.v oi'^^eiav ev xpeia 8op6s 'in the need or stress of 
war,' cf. Plat. Legg. 796 C, but of need in a different sense, Soph. Ph. 
1004, kv xp^a 0iXr/s vevpds, 75 i. e., 'lacking his bow.' Critias El. 1. 8 
(Anth. Lyr. p. 134) ev tivi xpeta 'in some need.' Isocr. X. 55, tuv \±h> yap 
aWcov, wv dv ev xP e ^a yevoo^eda. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 8, a ov fibvov ev xP e ' La 
ovtcl ev4>paiveL (absol. without modifier here and below Dem. 141. 37); 
also, in need of some one or something, Plat. Rep. 566 E; 
ib. 372 A; Legg. 630 E; (rare use of pi. in this sense) Rep. 373 D, 
iarpccv kv y^pdais eacpieOa ; Dem. 141. 37, epw 6' virep tccv ev xP e ' La Sokovvtcov 
eZvac Tporepov ; 166. 1 ; cf. 142. 42, toIs d' ev evbela. Cf. also Ar. Pol. 1258 a . 
15; Eth. N. 1133 b . 7. But xpeta has a different force in Plat. Phaed. 
87 C, liaolt'iov kv ycpe[a re ovtos kol cbopovpievov, 'in use,' cf. in pi. Soph. Frg. 
742, Xdpxei yap ev xpetatcrt^ cbairep . . . x a ^ K °s 'is made bright by 
constant use'; cf. (w. art.) Plat. Legg. 652 A. Cf. els, p. 123. 

ev x^pa, local but idiomatic: 

Bacchyl. V. 80, aradi t ev x^pa, 'stay where thou art,' similar to II. 
23. 349, kvl x^PV ^er r 3 'he sat down in his place' (v. supra, p. 138) ; 
cf. (without prep.) Aesch. Ag. 78, "Ap??s <5' ovk evi x^pa, 'and Ares is 
not in his place'. 76 Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20, ev x^pa Ztlttov eKarepuv, 'they 
fell fighting at their posts,' semi-tech, military term, cf. kv rd£ei; 
ib. 8. 39, Cyr. 7. 1. 23, dXX' avrov kv x.dopa arpacp-qvat, 'gave them a signal 
not to advance further, but to turn there where they were'; cf. pi. 
w. art. An. 4. 8. 15. Cf. /card y^copav [x'eveiv Thuc. 3. 22. 6; 4. 26. 1 et al. 
Cf. kv ravTco infra, p. 160. Cf. kts, p. 92. 

kv \pi]4>cc \eyeuv, lit. 'to reckon by the pebble,' i. e., 'count up accu- 
rately,' Lat. ad calculum recensere, semi-tech. Aesch. Ag. 570; cf. Ar. 

74 It may be questioned how far the antithesis with the adverbial kv raxei 
should be insisted upon here. 

75 Jebb notes this use of the prep, as the kv of circumstance, denoting the con- 
dition in which one is, cf. Soph. O T 1112, kv . . . yhpa; Ph. 185, kv t 
obvvais 6iJ.ov/\LfjL6p t ; Ai. 1017, kv y-qpa fiapvs and many others. 

76 So the MSS. Weil following an emendation of O. Gilbert reads "Apeccs 8' ovk 
h>i xwpa ; the text is extremely doubtful and nearly every editor has a different 
emendation. 



156 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Vesp. 656 dat. pi. without prep. 77 Cf. Eur. Rhes. 309, ev \f/r)4>ov \6yco / 
deadou (cf. other phr. deudai ev \6ycc c. gen. v. supra, p. 149). 
b. With adjectives: 

ev a^dovois, Xen. An. III. 2. 25, ev a$6bvcis fiioreveiv 'to live in plenty', 
(cf. Eng. id. 'to live in clover'); cf. IV. 5. 29, eKOLji-qQ-qaav ev -waaiv cu/>06- 
vols (v. sub tols); (compar.) V. 1. 10, virapxovTov evBabe ev a^dovccrepous 
7r\eva6fjLeda ; Dem. 312. 256, ev cufrdovoLs t panels ; (for an expression of 
similar meaning, cf. rjfieis ovk ev x\t8jj redpawieda, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 54.) 
cf. els, p. 109. 

ev dwaru), cf. Kara, eis p. 113, en p. 75; Pind. Py. IV. 92, '64>pa ns tcov 
ev dvvaru) (f)ikoTa.Tcov eTTL\J/aveLv eparai, 'within their power'; Dem. 1464. 

7, jxoXkov 5' ovb 1 ev bwarto. 

ev Kadapu, Kadapols, varies from the mere omission of a noun like 
totco or x&PV to a well-defined idiom. Pind. 01. X. (XI.) 46, ev Kadapco 
of a space clear of trees, in patenti loco, like the Homeric usage, II. 

8. 491 = 10. 199, cf. 23. 61, v. supra, p. 138. But Soph. O C 1575(id.), 
ev Kadapu firjvcu 'to leave the way clear'; 78 Ar. Eccl. 320, ev Kadapu 
(sc. totto)). In Plat. Rep. 520 D, oUelv ev raj Kadapu refers to the region 
of the Ideas. 79 Cf. use with nouns, Pind. 01. VI. 23, Ke\evdu r' ev 
Kadapq./fiaao<j.ev ok\ov 'on an open road'; Plat. Phaedr. 239 C, ev ^Xtcp 
KaBapu 'in the open sun,' opp. to cma ; cf. Theocr. 26. 5, ev nadapQ 
XeijudVi; cf. w. bia Hdt. U 202, etc., v. supra, p. 19. Plural: Plat. Legg. 
910 A, ev re Kadapols ibpvop,evovs, etc., (v. Stallb. either a. =ev nadapu> 
or b. = ev re Kadapols totols Kai ev avoaloLs, h. e. omnibus loots promiscue, 
nullo facto discrimine. Stallb. prefers b). Cf. further ev viraldpu 
v. infra. 

ev fxeao), jdeaots, etc., frequent in various uses, often merely lit. and 
spatial, but also idiomatic, temporal, and adverbial. 1. For pur- 
poses of comparison, the following literal, spatial uses are noted: 
a). In agreement with a noun, Soph. Tr. 803, ev fieaco ena^ei; 918 
(pi.); 423, ev nearj . . . ayopa; also freq. w. art. Xen. An. 2. 1. 11, 
etc.; Plat. Phaed. 108 E, ev iieau rq} ovpavQ, cf. 109 C, etc., etc. b.) c. 
gen. Pind. Nem. V. 23, ev ii'eaais . . . Mouaav ; Aesch. Cho. 145, 
ravr ev fieao? TidrjfXL rrjs nanrjs apas ; 80 Eur. Hec. 1150; Phoen. 583; 

77 L. and S. give it the same meaning, but cf. comment on the passage sub 
&7T-6 x«p6s supra, p. 39, n. 14. 

78 v. Jebb. ad loc. h nadapw virtually = eiaroSdiv. 
79 v. Adam ad loc. 

80 L. and S., 'interpose as a parenthesis,' but the accompanying text is cor- 
rupt, and the line is endlessly debated. 



PART V kv 



157 



frg. 307. 2 (pi.); 81 Ar. Av. 187, cf. 1005; Hdt. 1. 181 (bis); Isocr. IV. 42; 
Xen. An. 3. 1. 2; Plat. Hipparch. 228 D, 229 A; Rep. 427 C, etc., 
etc. In the middle contrasted w. the end (sc. 8clktv\ov) Rep. 523 D, 
E; cf. Legg. 745 B; kiriv. 991 A; midway in a class of things, Plat. 
Phileb. 35 E, 36 A, etc.; in the middle between two things, Eur. frg. 
451, kv peuco rod ovpavov re /cat x^ovos ; Hdt. 3. 11 (of the space between 
the two camps); 4. 73; Xen. An. 2. 2. 3 (of a space between two 
groups of persons) ; 2. 4. 17, 21 'between' two places; 5. 2. 27; 6. 4. 3 (w. 
k6lt(il lit. 'is situated' with no such connotation as w. /cetrat below An. 
3. 1. 21, etc.); Plat. Phaed. 102 C, ev peace cov dpcporepcov, so Rep. 359 A; 
Parmen. 149 A; in the middle between two persons, Euthyd. 271 A, 
kv peace 6' vpcov, 'between you' (slightly id.), so 274 C; between two 
things, Rep. 547 D; 583 C; Tim. 32 B; 35 A (bis); Dem. 69. 14, etc.; 
in the middle as compared with the beginning and the end, often 
absol. Theogn. 3, irpcorov re /cat vararov ev re pkaaoiaiv 'I will sing of thee, 
first, last, and in the middle'; Soph. O C 583 (slight phr.), rd \oL<t6l } 
cure! tov /3tou, rd <5' kv peace /rj Xijariv 'iaxeis r) §t' ovdevos icoiel. (Cf. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 2. 3, ot kv peace, local and lit.); similarly of a middle class, 
Eur. Suppl. 244 (phr.), Tpi&v 8e poipcev rj V peace ace^eu 7r6\ets ; Plat. Rep. 
572 E (phr.), rats kv peace raurats kindvpiais 'these moderate desires'; 
(lit. local use Hdt. 2. 126; Xen. An. 1. 7. 6; Cyr. 7. 5. 5; cf. Plat. 
Rep. 587 C; Tim. 53 E). 

2. Metaph. c. dat. of two persons only: Eur. Her. 184, fip.lv oe/cat 
ra>5' ovb'ev kvriv kv pkacp S2 (idiomatic), cf. Eng. 'there is nothing between 
us', in the sense 'we have nothing to do with each other'; so Ion 1284, 
rt o' kuri ^otjSw aoL re kolvov kv peace (note pleonastic kolvov). Cf. w. 
ets Tro. 54, epepec 8e aol / kolvovs kp,avry r els peaov \6yovs ; ks pktrov applied 
to two persons only goes back to Horn. II. 23. 574, v. p. 84, where, 
however, there is the added thought of the impartial judge standing 
in the midst, ks pecraov ap^orepois = impartially'). 

3. Absol. usually more or less idiomatic: a. In the middle or 
midst as of a company, 'to speak in the midst' or 'stand in the midst 
to speak,' a frequent phr. from Homer on, cf. also ets : Pind. Py. IX. 
119 (pi.); cf. Is. VIII. 32, etc. Eur. Hec. 531, naycc Karaards elwov kv 

81 Cf. (w. gen. implied), Eur. frg. 385. 4, kv nk<r<a (the middle of the circle of the 
letter 9), and 6, kv ukaats (of the horizontal line between the two perpendiculars 
of the letter H); ne<rq> and ixkaais here keep the natural distinction of the gender 
and number of their antecedent nouns, but this is not always maintained. 

82 v. Pearson ad loc. Murray alone of recent editors retains kv /ikpei of Lauren- 
tian and Palatine MSS. Comparison with Ion 1284 favors kv n'eacp. 



158 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



fxeaois rade, so I. A. 1563 (sing. w. no apparent distinction); cf. Hel. 
944 83 , olKTpbv ixh> ot irapovres ev /aeaco Xoyoi, 'piteous are the words just 
spoken in our midst'; cf. els ji'ecrov Suppl. 439, Hel. 1542 v. supra, p. 93. 
Cf. also 6K (leaov, Eur. El. 797, v. p. 55. b. Absolutely, 'in the 
midst' or 'in the middle,' Xenophan. 1. 7 (pi.), so Pind. Py. IV. 224; 
Soph. El. 733 (sing.). But in Thuc. V. 59. 3 almost technical as a 
military term, ev picrw be aireCkr/ixjievoL fjaav ol 'Apyelou, 'the Argives 
were now surrounded by their enemies'; cf. Dem. 69. 14, ev fieaco X??0- 
deis c. gen. This sometimes becomes = 'between,' Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 17, 
cos <5e Tptoiv 'in -wk'edpuv ev fieaaoj ovtcov, 'there were three plethra between 
them,' i. e., 'when they were still three plethra distant from each 
other'; id. 7. 2. 10 (sc. avrovs) kv fieaco elxov 'they had them in their 
midst'; but simply, 'in the middle' compared with 'above and below' 
or 'in front and in the rear', Mem. III. 1. 7, 8, 9; cf. Plat.Rep. 584 D; 
Xen. An. 2. 4. 22, rd 5' ewLT^beia exoiev kK 7-775 ev pteacp x^pas ; as technical 
military designation of the centre of the line of march, Xen. An. 3. 
3. 6 (cf. Mem. 3. 1. 8), but c. gen. An. 4. 3. 15; absol. Plat. Soph. 
246 C; Phaed. 97 E (bis); Rep. 531 A; 620 B (pi.); Tim. 62 D; Critias 
116 C; Legg. 893 C, etc. 84 But Rep. 558 A, avaarpe^ofikvajv kv ix'eaw 
'walk about in the midst,' i. e., 'on the streets,' 'in public;' cf. w. 
same verb, Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 16, ev rco cfravepcp ava<jTpe<fcop.'evovs. c. = 
'intervening,' ev n'ecrw a real phr. in this use: Soph. El. 1364, rovs yap 
ev fxeaa) \6yovs, 'the intervening story'; cf. Eur. Med. 819, irepLcraoL 
iravres ovv fxeaco X6701 ; cf. Eur. Hel. 630, iroWovs 6' ev juecco \6yovs exuv/ 
ovk oW oto'lov TTpcbrov ap&jjLcu tcl vvv, 'having a long story to tell of 
what has happened in the time between'; 85 of intervening time, 
Aesch. Suppl. 735, wnos 5' ovbev ev /jLeau xpovov ; Eur. H. F. 94, 6 6' ev 
fxeaco xpovos, so Ion 1393; Phoen. 589; cf. Or. 16, rds yap ev /xecrco aiyo) 
rvxas; Dem. 299. 215, rav ix'eaw TrapaXeLwoo ; 995. 4; cf. the elliptical 
phr. Aeschin. 3. 71, w£ ev /decry, 'night intervened.' d. Of setting 
something up in the midst as a prize, developed from a half technical 
usage in Homer, II. 18. 507 (pi.) pp. 10, 138. Cf. ets pJeaov, 23. 704, 
v. supra, pp. 10, 84, 94; Theogn. 994, ei 6eLr]s . . . / aB\ov 5' 
ev fieaacp; frg. Anth. Lyr. (Bergk-Hiller) p. 307. 36, ov yap ev 
jjLeaaoicn /celrcu 5copa 8vcrp,axv Ta Moucrav /twtltvxovtl 4>'epeiv. Bacchyl. 
XIV. 53, d\X' ev fxeaco Ke It ai Kixelv /iraaiv avdpcoiroLS AUav idelav, 'it is 

83 v. Pearson ad loc. Hel. 630 may partake of this meaning applied to two 
persons only, 'having much to say in your presence,' but v. infra sub. c. 
84 Cf. Antiphanes 13 K., ava \xk.aov (Kock: avrl rod kv likacp). 
85 But v. supra, Pearson ad Hel. 944. 



PART V kv 



159 



open to all men,' like a prize proposed in a competition for which all 
may enter. 86 Xen. An. 3. 1. 21, ev peato yap fjdrj nelr ai ravra ra ayaOa 
ad\a birbrepot dv tj/jloov dvbpes ap.eLvoves Coaiv ; Dem. 41. 5, on ravra p,ev 
kanv diravra ra x^pl' ad\a rod iroXepov Kelpev' ev peaco. S7 Probably 
associated with this and certainly with the idea of the middle is the 
conception of the impartial judge standing as umpire, Soph. Tr. 
516, iibva <5' evkenrpos ev /aeaco Kvirpts pa(38ovbp.ei, %vvovaa (cf. supra, 
els i*k<TOP, II. 23. 574); Ar. Pax 1118, Kelrac ev /xecrco really means 'they 
are open to everybody,' 'everybody has an equal right to them' and 
is doubtless a reminiscence of the same Homeric custom and phrase. 88 
Cf. ev Koivop irdat scelad at, infra, p. 189. 

4. Of time, Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52, rjvlKa 6' -qv ev p,ecru vvktcov, 'mid- 
night'; Oec. 16. 14, ev peace rib B'epei koI kv fxearj rfj r)jxkpq, 'in mid-summer 
and in mid-day.' 

5. Adv. phrase kv pceaco elval nvos 'to stand in the way of some- 
thing,' very idiomatic. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 26, rl 5', ecprj, ev fieaco earl rov 
avp.pel^ai ; Dem. 682. 183, ovbev dv r\v ev p.eaco iro\ep.elv rjpds irpbs Kap- 
biavovs. 89 Cf. £k fxeaov. Cf. as allied phr., ev rw p,era%v, Plat. Tim. 
66 E; Dem. 1392. 13; cf. Isocr. IV. 70. 

ev iravrl, irdcn, etc. : ev iravrl elvai, Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 29, ev iravrl -qaav p,y], 
'they were in extreme fear lest'; Plat. Symp. 194 A, ev /cat judX' av 
4>o(3olo Kai ev iravrl eirjs ; Euthyd. 301 A, Kayco ev iravrl eyevbji-qv virb 
diropias, 'I was at my wits' end'; cf. c. gen. Thuc. VII. 55. 1, ev iravrl 
brj ddvplas fjaav, 'they were in utter despair'; Plat. Rep. 579 B (cf. 
579 A), ev iravrl KaKov (av) eirj 'in utterly evil plight,' so Aeschin. I. 62. 
Cf. elvat, yiyveadaL ev infra. Different, but with slight id. tinge is 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 27, ev iravrl ir\eoveKrrjv rccv iro\ep.lwv 'in everything'; 
ib. 2. 2. 22, os ev iravrl piaarevei, ir\'eov eyeiv ; cf. 7. 5. 61 al. 

ev irdo-i: cf. Horn. Od. 2. 194; 16. 378 supra, p. 139 'among all;' 
Hdt. 7. 8, tv a yvccp:as re irvd-qral acpecov Kal avrbs ev irdai elirj} ra deXeu ', 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 18; Dem. 983, 59; 991. 22. 90 Cf. Plat. Rep. 500 D, 

86 v. Jebb ad loc. 

87 But KeiTai kv jueo-oj Aeschin. III. 248 has not this meaning. 

88 Cf. Ter. Phorm. Prol. 16, in medio omnibus/ palmam esse positam qui artem 
tract ant musicam. Cf. Alciphro Ep. II. 3, kv /xkau) Keiaerai. 

89 L. and S. cite in this connection Theocr. 21. 17, ovheis 8' ev /xeaaw yehcav wkXev, 
but it seems unnecessary to give it so colloquial a turn. Cholmeley, 'there was 
no neighbor at hand,' v. ad loc. 

90 Cf. kv irp&Tois, irpoiiaxouri and other phr. in which €c = 'among.' But Dem. 
302. 221, 5td ravr kv iraaiv kfiavrov erarrov £ in all respects.' 



160 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



dLa(3o\rj <5' ev Tacn ttoWt], 'but there is plenty of slander everywhere.' 

There is probably some idiomatic feeling in such phrases as 
ev iracnv d^Oovois, 'in all sorts of comforts,' Xen. An. 4. 5. 29;sofreq. 
Plat. Gorg. 523 B, kv irdcr V evbcupovia, etc. Cf. Xen. Hell, 6. 2. 24, ev 
iraarj ddvpla, etc. Cf. ev irdcnv dyadols, i. e., 'flourishing', Pherecr. 108. 2 
K., and the play on this familiar phr. in Ar. Vesp. 709, e^wv kv irdcn- 
Xaycpcis, 91 'on nothing but hare's meat,' which is again parodied in Ach. 
1026, ev irdat /3oXltols. 

k v irpuTois, 'among the foremost,' 'the first,' goes back to Horn. v. 
supra, p. 137, but later loses the military association usual in Homer. 
Aesch. Pers. 443, tLgtlv ev wpcorois del ; Soph. El. 27, kclvtos ev tp&tols 
eirei ; but easily, like Lat. in primis, imprimis, comes to mean 'above 
all,' 'especially,' 'greatly,' cf. Hdt. 8. 69; Plat. Rep. 522 C, 6 
ev irp&TOLs dvdyKT) pa.vQd.veiv, 'which every one must learn among the 
first things' (Jowett: 'among the elements of an education'); Legg. 
753 C, rd he t&v wlvclkLoov Kpid'evra ev irpurois ) 892 B, ovra. ev -jvpurois, C, 
\pvxn 5' ev Tvpurois yeyevrjpevr] ; Isae. VII. 40 (bis); Aeschin. 1. 4, a peWoo 
ev TpcoroLs \eyetv, = in principio. Cf. kv tols irpcoroL Thuc. I. 6. 3; 
VII. 19. 4; VIII. 89. 2, etc., v. infra, p. 204. Cf. ev vardrois. 

ev vardroLs, 'among the last,' Soph. Tr. 315, taws /yevvrjpa twv 
eneldev ovk ev vardrois, cf . Eur. Ion 1115, ped'e^eis 6' ovk ev vardrois kclkov, 
where vardrois is probably masc. not neut; cf. Eur. I. A. 1126, ndv 
vardroiai ndv p'eaoiai iravraxov ; cf . w. art. Ar. Ran. 908, ev rolaiv 
vardrois <j>pdaw. Plat. Rep. 620 C, ev vardrois,^ 2 ci. 619 E, ev re\evralois. 

ev 4>L\ol(tl, Eur. Ale. 630, our' kv 4>'i\oiai (neut.) arjv rrapovaiav Xeyco, 93 
'I do not count your presence as a friendly act.' Cf. phr. w. nQevai ev, 
etc., infra, p. 198. 

c. Pronominal: 

kv ravrw, Xenophan. 15. 1 (Diels, Vorsokr} p. 50), aiel 5' kv ravrw 
pipvei Kivevpevos ovb'ev, 'abides in the same place,' so frequently from 
this time on. Cf. kv x^P£, and /card x&pav p'eveiv, also els ravrov, ravrb. 
Epicharm. 2. 9 (Diels /. c. p. 90) Soph. Frg. 102. 3 (Nauck), ov yap 
ttot avTOiv obbev ev ravrco pevei ; Eur. Ion 969; Hel. 1026; Tro. 350; 
Ar. Av. 170; Vesp. 969; Hdt. 1. 5, rrjv dvdpwirr)ir)v . . . evdaipovLrjv 

91 v. Starkie: this is a Trap 1 virovoiav for kv iraaiv ayadols, as kv denoting a state or 
condition is generally used only with abstract substantives. Sobol. Praep. p. 23. 

92 L. and S. cite this as an adv. use meaning 'at last,' but 'among the last' is here 
also the more natural interpretation. 

93 F. G. Schmidt's emendation to ve/xoo adopted by Nauck in Teubner ed. seems 
quite unnecessary in view of the many cases of Xeyco ev in this meaning. 



PART V h 



161 



ovbafxa ev toovto} /mevovaav ; Thuc. VII. 49. 3. Cf., but not w. pkveiv, 
Thuc. IV. 35. 1; V. 7. 2; VII. 87. 2; VIII. 78. Cf. as variant Eupolis 
356 K., ixkvei be xpw' ovbev ev Tai)Top pvdp,oo. Xen. An. 1. 8. 14, ev too 
avrw jikvov ; cf. 3. 1. 27, c. eLfxL and dat., Lat. adv. una; cf. Plat. Gorg. 
490 B, eav ev too clvtoj Zop.ev, ooawep vvv, 'let us suppose ourselves to be 
together as we are now'; cf. ib. 465 C, D; Prot. 336 A; Lysis 206 D; 
cf. Legg. 898 A, B. Rep. 551 D, olkovvtcls ev too avTo'o (although 
7r6Xis has just preceded, and might naturally have been made the 
antecedent); Aeschin. I. 43, 146. In Plato of an argument that 
'goes around in a circle,' Euthyphro 11 C, to yap wepuevai tovtols 
tovto tcai pir) n'eveiv ev too avTop ; Phaed. 86 E, ep.ol yap 4>aLveTaL ert ev too 
avToo 6 \6yos elvat) Euthyd. 288 A; but cf. Tim. 40 B; Parm. 139 A 
(five times, cf. ib. ev too, tivi). Cf. Phaed. 90 C, xpovov ovb'eva ev 
ovbevl p.evei. Cf. further, Eubul. 74 K., ev too yap aura) wavd' bpiov 
iroo\r)aeTai/ev Tats 'Adrjvats, Aelian Varr. Hist. XIV. 42, fr. 95 Hg. 
(ap. Xenocrates), ev Tamoo . . . afxapTavetv 'in the same way 
. . . as,' i. e. equally.' 
d. With participles: 

ev apAfiovTL, Pind. Nem. XL 42, per vices, alternatim, 'by turns' = 
adv. a/jLCifiadLS. Cf. ev /jtepei, p. 179 ff. 

ev najiovGLv, Aesch. Suppl. 231, Zeus aXXos ev napovaiv, 'among the 
dead' (half way toward becoming a phr., does not recur). 

ev too ovtl, Plat. Cratyl. 413 E, \xaxnv 5' eXvai ev too ovti, 'in the 
world of existence'; Theaet. 176 E, -Kapabeiyp,aToov ev too ovtl eaTooToov,— 
in rerum natura, etc. v. also infra adv. temporal phrases. 

ev too TeT ay ix'evoo, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 37, ovtol be 6w\o(j)6pov \xiv Ta^eoos 
CLToKeXvaovTaL, a be eirLaTavTaL, too fiovkopievoo fiiadov virrjpeTOvvTes ev too 
TeTayii'evoo eaovTat ; cf. Xen. An. 3. 3. 18, 'at the appointed post.' 
This phrase also occurs in three Athenian \prj4>lafxaTa, Dittenb. 
Syll. 2 33. 47 ( = Hicks and Hill, Manual Gk. Inscrr. 60. 48), 4>v\6lttovt6s 
Trjv <7<j>€Tepav avTOov ev tool TeTay\x'evooL ovtoov.^ Ditt. 108. 48 ( = H. and 
H. I. C. 123. 48), 95 elvaL be QealTrjTOV . . . irpaTTOVTa o tl av bvvt]TaL 
ayaBbv tool brj/jLooL tool 'Adrivaloov ev tool TeT ay fxevooL. So Ditt. 129. 63 
( = H. and H. 140. 63). 

94 v. ftn. ad loc. also Koehler in Mitth. des arch. Inst, in Athen. II. p. 209, who 
concludes that kv tu> reray ixkvu> elvat iroiovpra tl does not differ essentially in meaning 
from raxdyvai iroielv tl. 

95 v. ftn. ad loc. 



162 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



77. Imprecations and Curses 
Theogn. 833, -wavra rao' kv nopaneacn kclI kv <£#6pcp, kv of circumstance 
or condition, cf. elvai kv. Cf. ks Kopattas, els 4>d6pov, etc. Aristoph. 
et at. p. 96 f. This seems to be a solitary case with kv, 'everything 
has gone to destruction,' as if all maledictions had been brought to 
fulfilment. 

III. Proverbial 

&XX' kairepei/ripus kv a<77rt5t ^eviaai ere /3ouXopat. 96 Com. Frg. Adesp. 
420 K. 

/5ous kv auXtco, Cratinus. 32. K. 97 

ev (3vda Democr. frg. 117, Diels, Vorsokr. 2 p. 407. 4, kv fivdu) yap 17 
dX??0eta, 'in the depths,' the famous saying of Democritus of truth 
in the bottom of a well, but no word is used for well and the expression 
is idiomatic and prov. Cf. kv 4>pkaTL infra, p. 163. Cf. Ar. Eq. 609, 
deiva 7', co Hoaetdov, el pr7<5' kv (3vdu> bwqaopai, / ' pvhje yy ju?;t' kv daXarrr} 
dtacpvyelv tovs linreas (cf. 607 kn (3v8ov); 9& kv fivdep Ran. 247 (cf. els fivObv 
Treaelv, Soph. Ai. 1083 et at., v. p. 88); cf. Menand. K. 536. 10. 

kv rols kp.avTov biKTvois aXcbaopat Com. Frg. Adesp. 560 K." 

ev rco KCLT7]\cp, Plat. Com. 174. 4 K., vplv yap ovdev, Kadairep 7] irapot- 
pta /kv rco /ca7n'/Xco vovs kveivai pot <5o/cet. 100 

kv rco Kapt KLvdweveiv, 101 Eur. Cycl. 654, 'to try the hazard on a 
Carian' (since the lives of Carians, who hired themselves out as 
mercenary soldiers, were supposed to be worthless and cheap); 
Plat. Lach. 187 B, aKoirelv \PV A"? owe kv rco Kapt vp.lv 6 k'lv8vvos iav8vvevr}- 
tch; Euthyd. 285 B, ooairep kv Kapt kv kpol earco 6 k'lv8vvos, 'on a cheap 
body like myself 5 ; 102 cf. Philem. 18 K., Cratinus, 16 K.; Polyb. 10. 
32. 11; Aristid. I. Panath. p. 163; taken over to Lat. Cic. Flacc. 

96 Zenob. 1. 65 (axnrep)' eiri tovtoov elprjTai, ot rots avrwv epyoLS rj Texvais XP^M^ot 
tovs c()L\ovs evepyerovcriv, irapoaov oi 77/ocoes to iraXaiov evoirXoL ovres e£evL£ovTO, iudicavit 
Meinek. Philol. XV. 539. 

97 Kock: Hesych. irapoip-La eiri rebv o.xpwi~oov, so Suid. v. Diogen. 3. 70 et Apostol. 
5. 10, j3ovs ev auXia? yepcov, eiri tcov 8l aad'eveiav riavx^ovroov . Longus 4. 18, 3, ov8' 
el peXXco (3ovs ev avXLo? KaTaheLireadcu, etiam de eis dici qui suis cari esse desierunt 
docet Villoison. 

98 Cf. ev fikvOecriv dX6s, Ar. Ran. 666, a Homeric phr. II. 1. 358. 
"Macarius 3. 85, eiri Ttov virb twv idLuv iravovpyLcov akiaKopLeviov. 
100 So Kock. Kairr}\ov Casaub. Didot ed. translates by apud cauponem. 
101 KivSweveiv ev is a half tech. legal term of what is at stake in a trial, v. infra, 
p. 165. 

102 v. Schol. Platon. Bekk. 322, Zenobius 3. 59. 



PART V kv 



163 



27. 65, nonne hac vestra voce volgatum est, si quid cum periculo experiri 
velis, in Care id potissimum esse faciendum? 
kv Keep t'ls rjpkpa ; Crates 29 K. 103 

kv Aids kt]tols apovadcu pbvov ev8a.Lp.ovas okfiovs, Soph. frg. 297 
(Nauck). 104 Com. Fr. Adesp. 721 K., \v\vov kv p.earjpf3pLa. (airreLs). 105 

kv ovvxl o 7rr]\ds yiyveTai, i. e., the model stands the test of the nail, 
like Horace's /actus ad unguem cf. Sat. 1. 5. 32; A. P. 294, because the 
sculptor tries the niceness of the finish by drawing his nail over the 
surface, Plut. 2. 636 C, cf. Verg. 2. 277 in unguem; Pers. 1. 64, (v. 
Conington-Nettleship ad loc.) cf. <5id, p. 20. 

kv tw irldco, Plat. Gorg. 514 E, to \eybpevov drj tovto kv rw tt'lQco ttjv 
Ktpafielav kirixcipeiv pavdaveiv. Cf. Laches, 187 B; Ar. Frg. 469 K. 

h irvdpkvi, Hes. Op. 369, 3ei\r) 5' kvi TrvBpevL </>et<5co, 'tis a sorry thrift 
at the bottom.' 

Ar. Vesp. 480, ov ye p-qv oi><5' kv aeX'ivcp aovariv odd' kv — ir^ydvcp, 
'and still the business has not yet "come to the parsley," no, nor 
to the rue,' (Starkie) i. e., 'tis scarcely begun yet. 106 

arrjvaL kv rpibbw, 'to stand at the cross-roads,' of a person in doubt, 
Theogn. 911; Plat. Legg. 799 C, eras 5' av KaOairep kv rpiodco yevbpevos. 
(Paroemiogr. kv TpioSa? ei/d). But k Tpibbov dirt, id. v. k p. 56. 

Anth. P. 5. 8.5, Nw o 6 p.ev opiaa (fyqaiv kv vdari nelva Qkpeadai/ 
(hence he is no longer bound by them). Cf . eis vdoop, olvov, p. 98. 

kv 4>pkaTi } Plat. Theaet. 165 B, to \eybpevov kv </>pean avaxbpevos, 
cf. els 174 C, v. p. 98. 

kv xpw, 107 Soph. Ai. 786, tjvpel yap kv xp4> tovto pi) x a ' l P eiv Tiva, 
'shaves close,' 'touches the quick,' (Jebb: 'this peril touches too 
closely for our peace'); Thuc. II. 84. 1, kv xpu aet irapaivWecvTes 'sailing 
past so as to shave or graze' 108 (for metaphor cf. Verg. radere iter). 

103 Leutsch, App. II. 61, kirl rebv ayvoiarojv. OvbeU yap olbev kv Keep t'ls r, rjukpa, 
6ri gi>x kaTacnv ai 17/xepcu, dXX' cos enaaroL dekovaiv, 'ayovcriv. 
104 v. Leutsch, App. VII. 16 d. 

105 PIlOtius: 'ewi roiv kv Kaipw aveTTLTrjSeLco n ttolovvtcov . 

1C6 Usually explained as by Schol. V. from the custom of planting parsley and 
rue as garden borders, but Schol. R has a different explanation, wapoaov rd (3pk<t>rj 
yevvridevra efflvs [kv] aeKLvois krLdeaav, preferred by Starkie, q. v. Leutsch, App. 
IV. 38; Apost. 13. 47. 

l07 kv xpot is used by Homer literally of the weapon buried 'in the flesh/ II. 
8. 298; 15. 315, cf. 23. 286 (crco kv xpot), also other preps, w. this noun w. similar 
lit. force (&7r6, 5td, e/c, k-n-L, irepL.). 

108 Later this develops further idiomatic uses: cf. Plut. Thes. 27. 2, ov8k t^v 
p.axnv avvr^av kv xpq of fighting hand to hand; Luc. adv. indoct. 3, ?j kv XPV cvvovcia 



164 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



But Hdt. 4. 175, Keipovres ev xp°' L ' of shaving the hair close, so Xen. 
Hell. 1. 7. 8, and often later. Cf. Pherecr. 30 K. Cf. prep. cpd. 
Archil. 38, eynvri nenap/jLevos. 

IV. Technical 

1. Military: 

ev aairiaLV, Eur. Suppl. 572, ev aairlatv aoi wp&ra KLvdwevreov 'in 
battle,' 109 cf. w. irapa, eirl. But Pherecr. 145. 11 K., nadairep ev reus 
aairiaLV ('in the shields as mirrors') 110 /dpto-rep' avrov (paLveraL rabe^La. 

ev KaToXoyo), commonly, the list of those liable to serve in the 
army, Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 9, ot ev to} narakbyu et al. Cf. w. other preps. 
Ar. Eq. 1369, evreBeis ev KaTakbyoo, 'the register of citizens.' 

ev fxeruTcp, 'in line,' Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 23, irapera^avro ev pLerooro) ; 
Cyr. 2. 3. 21; cf. 2. 4. 4; 4. 2. 27; 5. 3. 36; 41. cf. €^s p. (tt^cu Cyr. 
2. 4. 2; p. 99, evri 2. 4. 3. 

67rXots elvaL, 'to be in,' i. e., 'under arms,' Eur. Bacch. 303, 
arparov yap ev 6t\ols ovra kolttI ra^eaLV ; Ar. Ran. 1532; Hdt. 1. 13; 
Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38 (w. art.); An. 3. 2. 28, 'iva cos TrXelaroL pev ripoov ev 
rols o7t\ols ooaLv ; cf. 6. 1. 11; Ages. 1. 33; Hiero 2. 13; 10. 7; cf. (w. art.) 
Reip. Lac. 11. 1. 3; Plat. Crat. 406 D, ev ottXols paxeadaL ; cf. Lach. 
178 A, 179 E, 181 C, 182 B, 183 B, 185 C, 190 D; Euthyd. 271 D, 
273C, E; Gorg. 456 D; Legg. 795 C, cf. 833 D et al. Lycurg. 37; 
Dem. 287. 177; Aeschin. III. 140; Ep. 11. 7; Dinarch. I. 79, etc. Cf. 
els, eiri, irapa. 

ev irXaLaLop, Thuc. 6. 67, ev irXaLalcp rerctx^at 'to be drawn up in a 
square'; ib. 7. 78; cf . Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 4; Ages. 2. 2;cf. An. 1.8. 9 w. 
modifier. 

ev tcl&l, v. infra, p. 181. 

ev 0u\a/q?, 4>v\aKals, 'on guard,' 'to hold or be under guard,' peri- 
phrasis for 4>v\aTTeadaL. Theogn. 439, ds tov epbv pev ex €t voov * v 

of close acquaintance; cf. in Lat. Pers. Sat. 3. 30, ego te intus et in cute novi; c. 
gen. 'close to,' Plut. 2. 345 A, kv xpy tov dcopanos) Luc. Hermot. 5, kv xpv r y* 7V* ) 
absol. kv xpv pure adv. (also written kyxpy or eyxpw) 'near at hand,' 'hard by', 
Plut. 2. 925 B, kv XP& kcu axedov) Luc. hist, conscr. 24 (v. Passow for additional 
references). 

109 Cf. sing. Com. Fr. Adesp. 451 K., avrjp api<rTos raXKa irXrjv kv acriridi. 

110 This seems the reasonable interpretation, but it is a disputed passage, 
v. Meineke ad 2. 239 for discussion of translation frequently given (and adopted 
in the Didot ed.) in ordinibus militum. For the shield as a mirror cf. Aesch. 
frg. 393 N.; Ar. Ach. 1298; Ap. Rhod. 1. 746, to 5' avriov aTpenes avrcos /xaXmrj 
8e'ucr)\ov ev acnribi Waiver ideadai, 'and her likeness opposite, clearly reflected in the 
bronze shield, was manifest to behold' (Mooney). 



PART V kv 



165 



\a.Kfi<nv ; Find. Py. IV. 75, tov fiovoKprjTida iraVTQis kv (frvKana ax<cQk\xtv 
p.eya\a, = Lat. cavere. Aesch. Pers. 592, ov8' en y\coaaa (3poTolaiv/kv 
<frv\ a/cats. 111 Hdt. 1. 24, 'Aplova kv (frv\anfi exw, cf. 160; 5. 77. 3; cf. pi. 
Hdt. 2. 99, c. adj. mod.; 3. 152; sing. 7. 207; 208; 8. 40; cf. 7. 203; 
cf . extension of this phr. to the particular language or dialect of a 
people, Hdt. 1. 57, tovtov (i. e., tov y\coaar]s x a P aKT lP a ) ex ov(ri ' ev <l>v\aKrj. 
Thuc. II. 13. 7, to 5' kv 0uXa/q7 r\v r)ixio~v tovtov, 'of this half was 
under guard'; cf. (w. adj.) IV. 55. 1; Dem. 300. 215; Thuc. IV. 14. 
5; 38. 4; VIII. 51. 1; Xen. An. 4. 5. 29; Dem. 249. 73. 

Slightly technical: kv (frovals, used only in pi. (except in Suid.) 
The phr. goes back to Horn. II. 10. 521, kv apyakerjcn (frovfiaiv (cf. 15. 633, 
a(i(fri cfyovfiaLv). Pind. Py. XL 37, dr)Ke t MytaOov kv (frovals (periphr. = 
(povevetv); Aesch. Ag. 447, tov 5' kv (frovals koXus ireuovT ; Soph. Ant. 
(the only play of Soph, in which it occurs) 696, kv (j>ovals /ire-KT&T 
'fallen in bloody strife'; 1314, ito'lco 8e KaireKvaaT kv (frovals Tpowco', 112 
(cf. 1003, (frovals, 'murderously,' the only case in Att. without prep.); 
Eur. El. 1207, ebei^e {jlclo-tov kv (frovalatv ; but Hel. 154 w. modifying adj., 
aireGTL be/. . . kv (frovais drjpoKTovois. Cf. (w. art.) Hdt. 9. 76, 
ert kv ryei (frovfjcu kbvTas, 'in the act of slaying'; Ar. Av. 1070, kv (frovais 
6\\vt at, (in a mock tragic passage in parody). 

2. Legal: 

kv ahia, Soph. O T 656, kv curia . . . fiaXelv, 'to lay under an 
accusation'; 113 cf. [Plat.] Ep. 7. 341 A, cos ixrjhk-KOTe fiaXelv kv afrLa tov 
Seucvvvra dXX' clvtov aMv, 'so that he may never blame his teacher, 
but only himself; cf. kv ahla excw, 'to hold one guilty,' 'accuse,' Hdt. 
5. 106, opa /JLY) e£ vaTeprjs aeuvTov kv aWir] axil*) so Thuc. I. 35, (v. also 
infra sub exetv kv, p. 197 f.); cf. cV curias ex&>v (v. supra, p. 31); cf. Hdt. 
8. 99, MapdovLov kv ahLri TidkvTes ', Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 6, ovtco yap ^/ciot' civ 
t uev ae olp.ai kv aWla elvai. 114 Cf . elvai kv w. abstractions, v. infra, p. 193 
ff. 

Semi-tech, from the courts of what is at stake in a trial: Soph. 
O C 564, rjdXrjaa Kiv8vvev/j,aT kv to^o? napa, 'at the risk of my own life'; 115 

m Cf. Eur. H. F. 201, kv evfyvkanTco 5' kari, 'he is on his guard,' only a little more 
than a local use, practically = 'he is in security,' cf. elvai kv acrcpaXel and other 
neut. adj. w. elvai kv, v. p. 183 ff. 

112 v. Jebb. ad loc. 

113 v. Jebb ad loc. who considers the phr. equivalent to k/xfiaXeiv alrLa, and com- 
pares k/jfiakeZv eis <Tv/j.<j>opas, Antiphon III. B 5 10, ks Ypa0ds, els exOpav, Dem. 248. 
70, also Eur. Tro. 305, eis kfx alriav PaXy. 

114 Hence the tech. phr. ol kv atria Dem. 631. 36; Ep. II. 1471, etc. 

115 In Homer 'staking their lives' is wapdep-evoL /ce^aXds, \pvxo-s. Od. 2. 23; 3. 
74; 9. 255; II. 9. 322, \pvxw TrapafiaWopevos (occurs also later). 



166 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



cf. Lys. II. 63, kv rots o-copacu rots eavraiv KLvbvvewavTes. Isocr. XVIII. 
3. kv TpiaKovra opaxpats KivbvvevovTa ; cf. Dem. 601. 26, kv x^Xiats (sc. 
opaxpats) 5' 6 tivbvvos, so 701. 3. Plat. Rep. 424 C, ev\a(3r)Tkov cos kv 
6Xco KLvdwevovTCL, 'as endangering the whole state'; Laches 186 B, 
kv eralpcov avdpcbv vieui KLvdwevetv ; cf . prov. kv rco Kapt Kivbvveveiv supra, 
p. 162. 

In the Orators: 

Andoc. I. 4. 26, kv rco epco Xoyco St5co/u rco (3ov}\op.evu 'in the time allot- 
ted to my speech,' so I. 5. 35, 55; Aeschin. II. 59 also with same 
meaning, kv rco epco vban Dem. 274. 139; 359. 57. 

3. Of forms of punishment: 

kv /cXotco, Xen. Hell. 3. 3. 11, tov TpaxyXov kv kKo'llo naaTiyov/ievos 
(a sort of pillory). Cf. Cratinus 115 K., kv rco kv^uvl tov avxkv' %%(jsv. 

kv £uXcp, Ar. Eq. 394, kv £uXco drjaas, 'binding in the stocks'; w. art. 
367, 116 705; cf. Hdt. 6. 75; Andoc. I. 92; Lys. X. 16; pi. Andoc. I. 45. 

4. From the field of politics and government: semi tech. 

kv apxv, dpxats, Thuc. II. 37. 3, ot kv dpxj), 'those in authority', Isae. 
VII. 34, kv apxv t€ j deapodeTrjaas, cbs kyevbpvqv ouk dot/cos ovbe irXecveKTrjs, 
r)7rLcrTaTQ (jcufrCos, 'in office,' but usually only in pi. w. this meaning; pi. 
'in sway,' 'in power,' Soph. Ant. 796, rcbv peyaXwv irapebpos kv dpxats/ 
Qeapuv 117 ; Eur. Andr. 699, aepvoi tV kv dpxats ripevou /card tttoXlv ; Or. 897, 
6s av 8vvr}Tcu ToXeos ev r apxo.laLV fi ; so Thuc. VI. 54, cf . Ar. Pol. 1302. b 7, 
ot kv rats dpxats, of being 'in office,' 1299. b 3; 1305. b 3. Cf . Ar. Eth. N. 
1095. b 21; 1158. a 28, ot kv rats e£oucuats, 'those in power, in office'; 
id. Rhet. 1384. a 1. oi kv d^tcbpart Ar. Eth. N. 1123. a 2, b 19, 1124. b 19, 
also pi. 1126. b 36, rots kv d^tcbpacrt /cat rots tvxcvctl. Cf. Infra, kv bvvapei, 
kv reXet, kv rtpats. For the more frequent use of kv apxfi 'in the 
beginning,' v. p. 173 f. 

kv bvvapet, ot kv bvvapet is half tech., like ot kv dpxats, reXet, rtpats, 
etc. Thuc. 3. 93, ot re GetrtraXot kv bvvapet ovres rcov raurft xcoptcov (nearly 
periphrasis for verb, note dependent gen.); cf. Hyper. I. frg. VII. 
XXVII. 21 (Blass emendation), /cat tovs kv bvvapei bvras kv rats iroXeaiv 
/cat Trpoeo~TcoT as ; Lysias XXIV. 25, kirl tcov tplclkovtcl yevopevos kv bvvapei \ 
Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 5; Dem. 174. 29. But in Plat. Rep. 328 C it has none 
of this official sense, but is equiv. to a pred. adj., governing a gen. 
as in Thuc. 3. 93, supra, ei pev yap eycb ert kv bvvap.ei rjv tov paotcos Topevev- 
dai irpbs to aaru, 'if I was still able easily to go to the city,' cf. elvau kv 
infra, also other preps, w. bvvapis. Cf. ev cWarco 'within my power' 
supra, p. 156. 

116 v. Blaydes ad loc. cf. w. adj. Hdt. 9. 37. 2. 

117 For discussion of the text, which is very likely corrupt, v. Jebb ad loc. 



PART V h 



167 



Similar in meaning is, ol ev roh icpaynaaiv, Thuc. III. 28; Dem. 
125. 56; Ar. Pol. 1307. b 9, 'those engaged in the affairs of state,' 
'the public men.' Cf. elvai ev wpoedpla, in the office of irpoedpos, Ar. 
Pol. 1292 a . 9. 

ev reXet, ol ev reXet, cf. ol ev apx^s, bvvapet, wpaypaaLv, ripais. Soph. 
Ant. 67, 118 rots ev reXet fiefiuaL, 'those in supreme power,' 'the magis- 
trates'; elsewhere ol ev reket alone, Soph. Ai. 1352; Ph. 385; 925; cf. c. 
elvcLL, Hdt. 3. 18; 9. 106. 3; Thuc. I. 10. 4, e& twv ^aaCkkccv /cat ruv 
poXiara ev reXet, 'the principal officers,' cf. I. 90. 5; II. 10. 3; III. 
36. 5; IV. 65. 2; V. 60. 1; VI. 88. 10; VII. 73. 1; VIII. 50. 4. But Eur. 
Bacch. 860, 6s irecfyvnev kv reXet deds/deivoraTos, not 'in authority/ 
although it might easily be mistaken for that meaning, but 'in the 
end'; 119 Hdt. 9. 7. j81, relxos vplv 8ia rov 'ladpov eXavvopevov ev reXet ecm 
'is in completion,' i. e. 'on the point of being finished,' cf. elvai kv 
infra. Probably also slightly colloquial tone in Hdt. 1. 31, dXX' kv 
rekei tovto) eaxovro (of the death of Cleobis and Biton). Cf. oid, eis 
w. reXos, pp. 23, 112. Cf. Eur. I. A. 19, rovs 5' ev npals r/aaov ^Xco, 
of men in office or power. 

5. From the field of Rhetoric and Logic: 

ev btaipeuei : early use of this phr. which later became tech. in 
Rhet. and Logic, Aesch. Eum. 749, Tepwa^er opdus e/c/3oXds \pr)<fiwv, %evoi, 
/to pri abmelv aepovres 'ev haipeaei, 'in the division,' i. e., in the reckon- 
ing of the votes on either side. Cf. later Aristot. Top. 120. b 36, 
ev TTj avrfi Siatpeaei, i. e., in eadem categoria, cf. viro c. acc. ib. 12 l a . 6; 
Metaph. 1054. a 30, ev r# biatpeaei tcov evavTcoiv ; Meteor. 330 b . 16, 
HXaTO)v ev rats dicapeaeaiv. Its general meaning in the theory of 
logic = 'in the process of logical division.' Cf. w. other preps., Plat. 
Proleg. II., en oiaipecrecos irpoeKOoopev v. p. 58. Cf. /car' eldrj biaip'eveuv 
Plat. Soph. 264 C; /car' etSrj cHaipecrecos 267 D; later, /card bialpeo-iv is used 
as a grammat. term 'divided,' opp. to /card crvvderov, Ath. XL 492 A. 
But cf. €7rt Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 55, 'to the distribution of booty.' 

6. Commercial: 

A late phrase is ev 7rapa/cara^/cr/ bodrjvcu 'on deposit,' Polyb. 5. 74. 5. 
Tech. phr. of valuation: Dem. 877. 7, Tqv oidav ev cWxiXiats Trpocre- 
£eis ; cf. 1036. 27, 28; also 876. 3, kv cS. Cf. d™, k. 

n8 v. Jebb ad loc. for Pefi&cri ev, etc. 

119 Cf. Cholmeley ad Theocr. 22. 148, kv rk\ei here = r£\«os. 



168 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



7. From the field of athletics: 

A late use, semi-tech, of wrestlers, ev XajSats elvcu or yev'eudai 
'to be at grips, grapple closely,' Plut. Eum. 7; 2. 979 A; cf. els Xa/3as 
7)Keiv id. Lucull. 3. 

8. Musical: 

Semi-tech. Ar. Vesp. 582, ev cf>op(3ei,a roiui diKaarals e^obov rjiihrja' 
clitlovgiv of a flute-player 'with his mouthpiece on he plays a quick 
march for the jury as they file out of court' (Starkie). 

V. Elliptical 

Sc. dofxct), 86ijiol<ji, olko), olida, lepco, or similar word. 120 Cf. Horn, 
p. 140. Most frequent is ev klbov Aesch. Suppl. 416; Ag. 1528; Ar. 
Ran. 774; 121 Pherecr. 81 K.; Xen. Oec. 21. 12; Plat. Crito 54 C el 
saepe (twenty-one or more times); 122 Isae. II. 47; Philetaer. 18 K. 
Hyper. VI. kmra^. XII. 35, XIII. 39, 43; Dem. 732. 104; 786. 52, 53. 

120 Brugmann, however, (Grundr. d. vgl. Gr. 2 Bd. II. Teil II, §517, S. 610 sq.; 
Griech. Gr. 3 395), and others following him (e. g. K. Meister IF 18. 148 sqq., 
Giinther IF 20. 94 sqq.), on the ground of the use of different old prepositions 
with the Genitive in the idg. languages, believe this explanation insufficient and 
consider the Genitive not as dependent on an omitted noun, but originally a real 
Gen. of place, to which the local adv. came to be attached, thus fusing two expres- 
sions of different origin. Accordingly e/jiiro8<x>v is supposed directly to represent 
hv Ttob&v ("im Bereich der Fiisse"), and not to have arisen on the analogy of 
€K irobwv. This also explains els c. gen. in such phrases (v. p. 84, pp. 103, 104) 
and e£ as in Od. 18. 299; (p. 50); be SiSatrK&Xav Plat. Prot. 326 C (v. p. 60); 
Ar. Lys. 701, e/c tlov yeiTowv (v. p. 60). (Brugmann, Gr. Gram. 3 395, "Man 
konnte einst 'AlSao elvai 'im Bereich des Hades sein' sagen, u. s. w. Zu 'Al8ao 
trat nun hp geradeso wie zum Lok. u. zum Akk. und ev beim Gen. wurde in gleicher 
Weise wie beim Akk. als Zielkasus nach e£ zu evs (els) erweitert"). Meister, while 
admitting that in many cases it is easy to infer an ellipsis, cites Cretic dialect 
inscrr. in which he believes it difficult to supply such a word as would be likely to 
suffer ellipsis. He argues further that the later development of some of these 
phrases does not indicate that an unexpressed word was in the consciousness of the 
speaker. In Ion. inscrr. the same expressions are found with the case the prep, 
regularly governs, e. g., rdv 8e hp 'AttoXXcovl ; so in N. T. hv ru ady and els (but MSS. 
vary) adrjv (in Horn, hp and els "Aidov only), v. further Meisterhans, Gr. d. att. Inschr. 
S. 214 §85. 18 w. ftnn. 1720, 1721, for citation of like cases in Att. inscrr., con- 
fined to fixed uses like the names of Attic sanctuaries and of Attic communities, 
e. g., Aeoovi8r]v eav tls hiroKTeLvQ ev rcbv iroXeoov &v 'ABrjvaloL Kparovai, rrjv Ti/xcoplav elvai 
Kadairep eav tis ' ' Ad-qvaiuv airodavrj CIA IX. 1, c, 27, c, 14 seqq. (time of Pelop. war), 
etc. 

121 v. Sobol. Praep. p. 11. 

122 Plat. Phaed. 68 A, 70 C, 71 E, 85 B, 107 A; Cratyl. 395 D; Symp. 192 E; 
Gorg. 493 B, 525 B, C, E; Meno 100 A; Rep. 330 D, 366A, 386 B (Ms), 392 A, 
596 C (86fxoi<Ti expressed, 386 D ap. II. 23. 103); Legg. 727 D, 881 A, B. 



PART V kv 



169 



Sc. lepu : kv TLvOLov, Thuc. VI. 54. 6, 7; Isae. V. 42. 17 kv Auovvaov 
kuckriala, Thuc. VIII. 94. l;Dem. 517. 9; Aeschin. II. 61; cf. III. 52; 
ev Aiovvaov rpaywbovs, Dem. 58. 7; cf. Lycurg. 136, 137, kv tu tov Aids 
tov owrjjpos (note omission of tepcu, expression of art.). Sc. or 
oikgj: kv Kparivov, Ar. Eq. 400; kv ircudoTpLfiov ib. 1238; Nub. 973; 
ev rosy drjpiiovpyoov Lys. 407; kv aWoTpioiv Thesm. 795; kclv Qe<rp,o<t>6poLV 
ib. 83; kv K\ccwl8cov Eq. 79 (sc. fo^uw); kv Xelpuvos Eur. I. A. 926; but 
kv riveTepov Hdt. I. 35 ; VII. 8. 5 (i. e., 'in our country') ; sc. dopy: ib. I. 36, 
kv Kpoiaov; kv KidaptaTov Plat. Theaet. 206 A; Charm. 160 A; kv ypap,- 
IxaTiarov ib. 159 C, 160 A; kv didaanaX^v Alcib. I. 110 B; Legg. 834 D; 
kv 'Apl<j)povos Prot. 320 A; kv irarpos, Soph. Frg. 524. 3 (Nauck). kv 
irarpos, kv kirirpbirov Menex. 249 C. Cf. Isocr. XII. 165, rots re /jltj 
8vvafj,kvoLS kv rats avrcov ^rjv ; Andoc. I. 144, p,kroLKOv (elvat) kv rfi tcov 
tt\7](tLov (sc. iroXecn, 7r6Xet). Cf. els, U, pp. 84, 103, 104, 50, 59, 60. 

kv yeuTovoiv, very idiomatic, of living 'in the neighborhood,' 'next 
door,' c. dat. or gen. Antiphan. 212 K., kv yetrbvoov clvtco KaroLKovcrrjs 
(Meineke reads ec); Lycurg. 21, d\X' kv yeLTovcov rr/s kKdpe^darjs avrov 
irarp'tdos veroLKoov ; Dem. 1249. 10, on ro x^piov to kv yecrovcov (jlol tovto ; 
Menand. Perikeir. 27 (Capps), kv yeiTovwv 5' oUovaa radeXcfrov, cf. id. 
frg. 853 K. Cf. further Luc. Philops. 25 c. dat.; Icarom. 8, el kv yet- 
Tovwv karl rd doy.uara 'of like kind.' Cf. e/c, p. 60. 

kv avrov, etc. Ar. Vesp. 642 123 very idiomatic, kclgtiv qvk kv avrov 
(sc. okia or oi'/cco), 'he is not in his right mind'; so also (if the text may 
be trusted) Menand. Samia 128 (Capps). 124 Cf. Ger. "Ich war 
ganz aus dem Hauschen" i. e., 'out of my senses' (Starkie). Cf. also 
Lat. esse apud me, te, Ter. Andr. 408, 937, Phorm. 204; redire ad me 
'to recover my senses,' Andr. 622, Ad. 794. Cf. also Hor. S. 2. 3. 
273 penes te es? The allied idiom Xen. An. 1. 5. 17, 6 KXeapxos kv 
eavroo kykvero, 'came to himself,' 'recovered his senses,' although not 
elliptical is so closely related to these phrases as to be best classed 
with them. 

123 v. Starkie ad loc. 

124 v. Capps ad foe. who cites Soph. Ph. 950, vvv %r kv aavrov yevov ; Plat. Charm. 
155 D, ovukr ev e/xavrov ) Hdt. 1. 119, ovre kt-eirXayri kvros re ecovrov yLvercu; but this 
reading of Soph. Ph. 950 is based on one MS. (Par. A) and on Ar. Vesp. 642; 
most edd. read kv aavrco (v. Jebb. who would do away with this phr. even, in 
Ar. where he prefers to read either W avrov or kv avrop on the ground of Xen. An. 
1. 5. 17 (v. supra), or the gen. of the reflex, in Soph. O C 660 and Dem. 26. 30, 
8el 5?) v/jlcov avrcov 'kn icat vvv yevofievovs) . In Plat. Charm. 155 D the 

text also varies, Hermann, oiker' [en-'] k/xavrov rjv, others, kv efxavrcp which Jebb ap- 
proves, kv k/xavrov, however, has good MS. authority here and Stallb. contends 
for it and its support of the gen. in Soph. Ph. 950. 



170 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



VI. Temporal 

ev is used of time within or during which, in the course of which, 
(v. xp° v v), most frequently to designate the time, i. e., time when. 

a. Phrases for day and night, time of day, season: 

ev ??pepa, 'by day,' 'in the day-time,' Pind. 01. I. 6, ev apepa; 
frg. 107 (74). 2; cf. pi. 01. II. 68, Bacchyl. XII. 163, iravpais x 6pov 
d\a[Trlvas t ev / ap,'e\p[a]is 'in a few days'; 125 ev -qu'epa Aesch. Eum. 105; 
Eur. Bacch. 488 paralleled by pe0' rjpepav and contrasted w. vvktup; 
id. Tro. 446, wktos, ovk ev fip,epa; m Thuc. VII. 44. 1 'in the day-time' ; 
Diphilus 100 K. et at. But Dem. 379. 123, et yap kv w'epq tto\lv fjpei, 
5vo /cat elKoaiv eiauv apidyoo, 'within a day,' nearly = 'each day.' '/?pepa 
omitted: Pind. Py. IV. 132, ev e/cra ; Eubul. 3. K., vvv onus rrjv vbxB J 
oXrjv/ev rfj <5e/car# tgv ircudiov xopeucere, i. e., on the child's name day. 
kv rri varepalq Wpepa easily supplied from preceding clause), Plat. 
Prot. 318 A. ev rfi irporkpa tuv kiiKK^a'aov 'on the day before the ec- 
clesia,' Aeschin. III. 69, etc. 

kv wktl, Pind. Is. III. 54 (IV. 36), b\plq/ev wkt'l 'late in the night,' 
'about dawn'; Aesch. Ag. 653 'in the night-time'; cf. Soph. Ant. 16; 
id. Tr. 149, Xafirj r ev wktl </>poimcW pepos, 'she takes her portion of 
anxious thoughts in the night,' 'at night'; cf. Thuc. II. 3. 4; IV. 68. 
2; VII. 80. 3; Xen. Hell. III. 5. 21; VI. 4. 26; Symp. I. 9; Cyr. III. 
3. 26; V. 3. 56 ; m ev wktl (3ov\as Menand. frg. 733 K. ubi v. nn. 

ev ev4>p6vr), 'in the night', euphemism, lit. 'in the kindly time/ 
Aesch. Ag. 522, (pecs ev evcppovrj cpepcov, 'bringing light in darkness'; 
Eur. I. A. 1571, to \aparpov etXtcrcroixr' ev evcppovrj cpdos (of Artemis); 
Rhes. 617, 825. Cf. /card, Aesch. Pers. 221; Soph. El. 259; Eur. 
Rhes. 736; periphrasis Eur. I. A. 109, /car' evcppovrjs ctklclv. 

kv 6p(f>vq, noctu, i. e., 'in the darkness' = 'at night,' Pind. 01. I. 73; 
XIII. 70; cf. pi Pyth. I. 23; Eur. Ion 955; Rhes. 69, 587. Cf. h' 
6 P (j)vr]s Eur. Suppl. 994; Rhes. 697; 774 (w. adj.); but H. F. 352, 
es 6p<t>vav of the nether world. 

ev aeXrjvfl 'in the moonlight,' Thuc. VII. 44. 2. 

ev rjXLa) re /cat irviyei, Plat. Rep. 422 C (J., 'under the heat of a scorch- 
ing sun'); cf. Phileb. 26 A, ev ye x^pwcrt /cat Trvlyeai. (Cf. also 5ta, 
5ta /cauparos re /cat irviyovs, Rep. 621 A). 

125 Cf. Xen. Mem. III. 13. 5, kv irevre r) ^ $/t4paw ; similarly An. IV. 8. 8; Hell. 
II. 4. 21, kv 6kto3 ixriCLV, etc. 

126 Cf. kv ixeawfipiq. 'at noon-day,' Thuc. VI. 100. 1; Xen. Hell. V. 4. 40; Plat. 
Legg. 897 D et al. Aesch. Suppl. 746, kv fiecrrju^pias/ daXxei is not a periphrasis for 
this, but more like instrumental kv. 

127 Cf. periphrasis Eur. Rhes. Ill, ev Karacrraaei wktos 'in the night-time.' 



PART V kv 



171 



ev ayopa w\r)dovTos oxXou, Pind. Py. IV. 85 128 = pr. ayopds ir\ri- 
dovarjs, the forenoon from 10 A. M., Hdt., Xen., etc. Cf. also ev 
ayopa TrXridowy, Thuc. VIII. 92. 2; Plat. Gorg. 469 D, etc. 

ev 6'epei, Thuc. IV. 27. 1 ct saepe. 

ev xewwL, Pind. Is. II. 42, ev be xtwuvt, 'in winter'; cf. Aesch. Ag. 
969; Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8; w. art. Cyr. 8. 8. 17; 129 'in wintry weather/ 
i. e., 'in storm,' in pi. Plat. Legg. 961 E, contr. w. evdLcus, v. infra; 
cf. fig. use, Soph. Ant. 670, bopds ev x^P-uvl 'in the storm of battle.' 
Also kv \pvx eL ) 'in winter-time,' Soph. Ph. 17. Associated w. ev xun&vi, 
but not strictly to be classed as temporal, more often indicating rather 
circumstance or condition, ev evdia, Aesch. Sept. 795, ttoXis 5' ev ebbla 
re koX k\v8o)viov /woWalai ifK^yals avr\ov ovk ede^aro ; Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 14, 
ev evdia xeijuwva iroiowiv ; cf. An. 5. 8. 20; Plat. Legg. 961 E, ev ye 
Xei/icoct koX ev evbiaus (v. supra). 

b. W. xpovcs expressed or understood: Bacchyl. VII. 45, ev oKlkl 
Xpbvu (Jebb: ?)Xi£ = 'of the same age, ??Xi£ xpovos, here is 'a time of the 
same duration,' 'an equal space of time'). Pind. Py. IV. 291, ev be 
xpbvco, 'in time,' 'after some time,' so 258, (cf. without prep. 78); 
cf. frg. 147 (114); Py. III. 96; VIII. 15; Aesch. Suppl. 138, h xpbva 
'in course of time'; 938; cf. Cho. 1041; Eum. 498, p.eravdis ev xpbvy, 
Ag. 857, ev xpovoo <5' a.Tro<f>OLvei /to rapfios avOpcoirGLcnv ; (cf. 463 without 
prep., 'the black Furies in time,' 'though late'). Soph. O T 613, dXX' 
ev xpbvu yvooaei Tab 1 cuj^aXcos ; Eur. Andr. 782; Plat. Theaet. 186 C, 
jjibyis Kal ev xpbvu ; Phaedr. 278 D, 'in the course of a long time'; cf. 
Aesch. Ag. 610, ev /j,r)Kei xpbvov, so Soph. Tr. 69, 130 w. which, cf. 
Aesch. Suppl. 56, yvkatTcu be \6yovs tls ev ixanei 'in due course of time' 
(temporal without gen. only here). Cf. ev xpbvcc /xa/cpw, 'after a long 
while,' Soph. O C 88 ; 131 Ant. 422, El. 330, Ph. 235; but Eur. Or. 980, 
'in the course of a long time,' not 'after'; cf. Eur. Hipp. 375, vvktos 
ev iiaKpw xpovu 'in the weary hours of the night,' and the parody 
on it in Ar. Ran. 931; Eupolis 356 K. ev [AiKpu (sc. xpbvcc), Eur. 
Tro. 1040, ttovovs t ' kxai&v airobos ev ixucpoo fianpovs /davow' ; Xen. 

128 Gildersleeve explains this as Gen. of time, from which springs the Gen. 
absol. w. pres. ptc. 

129 For use of other preps, and other cases as variants, v. L. and S. sub x«m^; 
the gen. with and without art., 816. c. gen., ace, with and without art., are used 
with slight difference of meaning. 

130 Cf. Plat. Legg. 683 A, kv xpbvov twos (JL-qKeaiv airXeroLS for /jl-qku C. gen. cf. 
Thuc. 4. 62, kv ix-qnei \6yoiv SieXOelv. 

131 v. Jebb. ad loc. for kv in such phr. as kv iroWu), na/cpco, 6\Lyo), /3paxeZ xpovc^, 

etc. 



172 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Cyn. 5. 32; Eq. 8. 7; cf. kv cucapeZ xpbvoo, Ar. PI. 244; Com. Frg. 
Adesp. 370 K.; Plat. Apol. 19 A, ttjv dta^oX-qv, fjv vpels kv rroXXoj xpbvco 
eax^re, ravrrjv kv ovtoos 6X170) xpbvop ; so 37 B, kv 6X170) xpbvoo 'within 
a short time'; Phaed. 58 B, kv iroWo) xpbvoo; Phaedr. 228 A, kv rroXXo) 
Xpova) Kara axoMjv ; cf. Rep. 409 B, etc. Cf. further Soph. O C 551, 
ev re tw xpbvco ; O T 1030, to) ror' kv xpbvo) ; Andoc. II. 21. 12, kv to} Tore 
Xp6fo>; Plat. Critias 111 E; Legg. 679 A; 683 C; Ep. 333 C; 339 D; 
345 D; 355 E, etc.; Soph. Ph. 1224, kv tw irplv xpovy ; Thuc. IV. 41. 3, 
etc.; Karairep kv to} irpoade xpbvu, 'just as in the former time'; Hdt. 9. 
26. 6, 132 kv to} pera^v xpbvoo, Plat. Rep. 450 C (but not temporal, Tim. 
66 E, kv to} pera£u tovtcov, i. e., air and water, v. supra sub kv pkarjfin.); 
kv yap to} kiribvTL xpbvo), Plat. Symp. 219 B. 

Cf. kv 6X170), temporal, Pind. Py. VIII. 92 = brevi; Thuc. IV. 55. 3, 
'within a short time'; Plat. Apol. 22 B; 133 similar is Act. Ap. 26. 28; 
Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 12 might be either of time or space, rore yovv ovtois kv 
6X170) ttoWol eireaov. For spatial uses of kv 6X170) v. infra, p. 190. 

c. Expressions for various periods of life: 

kv yaXcLKTi, yaXa^L, Eur. H. F. 1266, It kv yaKaKTi r' ovtl 'when I was 
still at the breast'; cf. Plat. Tim. 81 C; Legg. 887 D, kv ya\a& rp€<£6- 
pevoi — kv 7aXa£i 6vTes. m 

kv TpocfralaLV, Aesch. Sept. 665, our' kv Tpo<j>al(7LV, our' kcprjfirjaavTa 7ro), 
'while in the nursery,' opp. to 'coming to early manhood;' 666, our' 
kv yevelov ^vWoyfi TpLx&paTos 'in the first harvest of a beard.' 

kv (Ilotov rrporeXetots, Aesch. Ag. 720, 135 'in the prelude,' i. e. the 
beginning of life' (fig. from preliminary sacrifice offered before mar- 
riage or any important undertaking). 

kv ircualv elvcu, 'in childhood,' Plat. Rep. 494 B, eWvs kv -Kaiuiv; 
Aeschin. I. 157, toov kv irai<jiv en koll vvv ovtoov ; II. 99, kv iraLal pev yap 
&v . . . kK iraldoov de airaWaTTopevos . . . avrjp 8e yevopevos 
(cf. €k); cf. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 6, kv Tauai kv veavlanoLs, 

kv avbpaui, so Plat. Rep. 413 E, but 431 C, kv natai 'among children/ 

132 For usages of this kind w. xpbvoo in the Orators, v. Lutz I. c. p. 30. 
133 Cf. also kv jSpaxei*, Hdt. 5. 24. 3, etc., v. infra, p. 187. 

134 v. Stallb. ad loc. who cites also Aelian V. H. VIII. 8 where it is used fig. 
of the art of painting, rrjv rexv-qv ypafyinriv . . . rpoirov riva kv cnrapyavois 
Kal yaXa^v ovaav, so also X. 10. Such an extreme development of an early prep, 
id. is characteristic of late writers, kv awapyavois goes back to Aesch. Ag. 1606, 
Cho. 529, 755. 

135 Cf. Ag. 65, 8iaKvaiop,evr)s t kv wpoTeXeloLs/ nafianos 'in the beginning of the shiv- 
ering of the spear,' i. e., 'in the preliminary conflicts.' 



PART V ev 



173 



cf. 433 D, etc. Sing, in Marc. Aur. Ant. 1. 1, /cat to ypaxf/aL duaKoyovs ev 
7rat5t, 'when I was a child.' 

ev rfi veoTrjTi, 'in youth, Plat. Rep. 329 A, etc. Cf . ewL c. gen. and e/c. 

Expressions for the prime of life: 136 

ev rj(3r}, Eur. Cycl. 2, vvv x&t' ev 77/377 tov/jlov r\bd'evei depas ; frg. 284. 10; 
Aeschin. ep. 11. 7, etc. Cf. Eur. Ale. 316, rjfirjs ev aKp.fi, w. wh. cf. 
Xen. Cyr. VII. 2. 20, ev anpfi rov /3tou; 137 Reip. Lac. 1. 6, ev d/c/xais t&v 
vupaTuv tovs yapovs iroieZadcu, and (also pi.) without gen., Isocr. VII. 
37, ev ravrais rals annals, cf. eis aKprjv ekdwv, Eur. H. F. 532. 

ev ifKiKLa = ri^ri, of the flower or prime of life, from about seventeen 
to forty-five: Pind. Py. XL 51, ev dXi/da 'in my life's bloom'; cf. Nem. 
9. 42, ev dXi/aa irpoora. ev ipu/da elvox 'to be of age,' of women, Plat. 
Rep. 461 B, toov ev rfkidq yvvaiK&v ; of men, 'of age for service,' Thuc. 
VI. 24. 3, oi ev tv frcda, so VIII. 75. 3; Xen. Hell. I. 6. 24; cf. Mem. 
IV. 2. 3; Plat. Charm. 154 A, dXX' ovtoo ev ^Xi/da rjv, 'he had not yet 
come out,' cf. B; Lach. 200 C; Legg. 924 E, eav ev 77X1*10, irpbs dXXi^Xous 
u<nv; Isae. II. 6; Aeschin. I. 63, 155; Dem. 17. 28; 42. 7; 141. 40; 
287. 177; 361. 65; cf. 545. 95, kaTpaTevpevos awaaas rds e^ 138 rj\iida arpa- 
reias, etc. Cf. Plat. Ep. 316 C, ev ifkiKia peay re /cat KadeaTr]KvLa. m 

ev copa, Plat. Meno 76 B, ecos av ev cbpa &<tl, 'while they are in their 
prime'; Rep. 474 D, iravres ot ev cbpa ; cf. 475 A; Phaedr. 240 D. But 
ev &pa also adv. v. infra, p. 183. But ev cbpcuw . . . jStou, Eur. 
Phoen. 968 refers to old age, although a similar expression might have 
been used for the bloom of life, avrbs 6', ev oopaLco yap earap-ev fiiov,/ 
dvrjcweiv eTOtpos iraTpldos eic\vT"qpiov. U0 

Of old age, ev ru> yrjpa, Plat. Rep. 329 C et at. 

d. General phrases of time: 

fr[a£|«w], in all their life- time,' Bacchyl. XII. 61. 141 
ev apxy, apx^ls, sing, 'in the beginning,' also rarely pi. v. infra. Cf . 
e£, card ; /card w. pi. Eur. Med. 60, ev apxfl Trypa Kovdeiru peaol. Thuc. 
136 v. Aesch. Sept. 666 supra, p. 172. 

137 Later than 7?/3?7, about forty, the prime of strength and achievement, rather 
than of youthful beauty. Cf. ev aanrj elvai, Thuc. IV. 2. 1, irplv tov olrov elvai kv 
a.K{ifi, 'before the grain was ripe'; but cf. ctt' d/c^s et/xt . . . idelv, Eur. Hel. 
897, 'I am on the point of seeing.' 

138 So the MSS. Blass cum Apsin. &/>' r/XiKias. 

139 Cf. Thuc. II. 36. 3, ot vvv en ovres /zaXtcrra ev rjj Kade<TT7]Kvia ifAi/ap, 'those of 
middle age,' as above. 

140 Elliptical, and a disputed passage; although dv-qaneiv belongs directly w. 
ctoijuos it is felt also w. kv cbpcuoj . . . /3Zou, 'in a ripe season of life,' i. e., 'my 
time of life is ripe to die.' 

141 For text see edd. ; Jebb, etc. 



174 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



I. 35. 5, oxnrep ev apxxi vireliropev ; Isocr. IV. 40, ot ev apxxi 
eyKa\kaavT6s = qm primi; VI. 103; XII. 21, 239, 266; XIII. 1; XV. 
63; XIX. 46; Plat. Symp. 197 B; Phaedr. 237 C c. gen.; 253 C, 258 A, 
266 D; Alcib. II. 140 D, 148 B; Euthyd. 291 B; Prot. 344 C; Rep. 
453 B; Tim. 28 B; Legg. 792 C; Dem. 213. 8; 215. 14; 397. 178; 441. 
311; 522. 23; 644. 74; 734. 108; 973. 23; 1098. 60; 1109. 26; 1415. 46 
et al.; pi. Plat. Legg. 671 A, /cat oirep 6 \6yos ev dpxats e^ovKrjdj} ; Ep. 
344 B, oirep ev dpxats elirov. For ev dpxats 'in power,' 'in office, ' v. 
supra, p. 166. 

ev yapu, 'at the time of her marriage,' Bacchyl. XVI. 115. 

ev eiprjvr), often in 'time of peace,' but sometimes = adv. 'peace- 
fully,' Bacchyl. V. Col. 11. 200, cf. XII. 188 (Jebb). Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 
22, e£dv 5' rjplv ev elpi]vr} ttoKlt eveadcu, cf. 3. 2. 9; 4. 4. 1; 5. 1. 13, oivwep ev 
eLpyvrj; Plat. Theaet. 172 D; Symp. 189 B; Lach. 179 C; Rep. 333 A 
(bis) U2 ; cf. 575 B; Legg. 640 B; Dem. 390. 156, etc. Cf. ev iroXepco, 
supra, p. 152. Cf. also ev airovbals, Thuc. III. 56. 2, KaraXapfiavovTas 
ev awovbals /cat vpou'en iepop-qvla, 'trying to seize our city in a time of 
peace and further at a holy season'; Thuc. VII. 18. 2, ev awovbals 
'in the time of truce' et al. 

ev rfi povfi, Xen. An. 5. 1. 5, 6a a poi ovv bonel /catpds elvai irotelv ev rri 
povfi, ravra epo) ; w. the verbal noun cf. artic. inf. An. 3. 3. 12, €7rei5?) 
e6opoiv rjpas ev tw peveiv kclkus pev waaxovTas. 

ev rats <f>vyals, Ar. Eccl. 243, ev rats 4>vyals perk ravbpbs wkt]^ ev ttvkvL, 
'at the time of the flight' (of the country people of Attica into the 
city in the Pelopon. war), here used with a familiar tone; note also 
pi. for sing., as ev be'nrvois Soph. O T 779 supra, p. 151 n. 60, cf. sing. 
ev (frvyfi v. ev iroXepu, p. 152. 

e. Pronominal: 

ev rube, Eur. Phoen. 1429, ev rube prjTrjp 17 rdXat^a irpoo-ir'iTvei, 'at 
this moment'; so 1465, but the text is doubtful. 

ev ToldL, Hdt. 2. 161, e7r' erea irevre /cat et/cocrt ap£as, ev rolai 
re, 'within, during these years.' 

ev oo-a), 'while,' or 'until,' v. infra, p. 203. So also ev v. p. 203. 

f. W. participle in adverbial force: 

ev rep vvv TrapaireTTTCOKOTi, Plat. Legg. 857 C,cos yeev rco vvv irapaireT- 
to)kotl \eyetv, 'as I may say in passing.' 

142 But Rep. 372 D=adv. 'peacefully,' 'quietly,' so prob. Ar. Pax 439, kv dp-hvjj 
diayayelv rbv fiLov, v. Sobol. Praep. p. 23. The two meanings are so closely asso- 
ciated as to make distinction sometimes difficult and some of above passages may 
be better adv. 



PART V kv 



175 



ev to} iraparvxovTi, Thuc. III. 82. 7, 'in a favorable opportunity,' 

1. e., 'when chance offered'; V. 38. 1, i\ p.i]v ev re ra irapaTvxbvTL ap.vvelv 
rw 8eo/ievop, 'to defend the one in need as circumstances required,' cf. 
irpbs to Traparvyxavov, Thuc. I. 122. 1. 

ev too TrapecTTCOTL, Plat. Rep. 452 B, yeXolov yap 'av, oos ye kv too irapea- 
tcotl <j>aveirj } 'at any rate under present conditions.' 

ev too irapbvTi, very frequent, sometimes, 'under present circum- 
stances,' more often, 'for the present,' 'now,' 'at present/ 'at the 
moment.' Frequently an intruding 8k, so 5' oiiv, occasionally yap, ye ; 
also used w. modifying temporal adv., rore (Thuc. 1. 95, 7), most 
often w. vvv (Plat. Phaed. 67 C opp. to kv too eireiTa; Cratyl. 400 C, 
etc.). Also used adjectively, Plat. Menex. 240 D, ttjv ev too irapbvTi 
(TooT^piav). Cf. 6K toov irapovToov supra, p. 74; also irpbs. In late Greek 
kirl tov irapbvTos 'for the present,' also occurs, ev too irapbvTL, Hdt. 1. 88; 

2. 161, 172; 3. 75; 8. 14. Thuc. twenty-eight times or more, 143 I. 
95. 7, Kal o~(J)'l<jlv ev to} TCTe irapbvTi eTrLTrjdelovs. Andoc. I. 1. 5; IV. 29. 1; 
Lys. 30. 25; frg. 75; Isocr. about eighteen times, 144 VI. 15, ev yap too tt. ; 
Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 12 (kv 8e to) tt.): Symp. 8. 4; An. 2. 5. 8; Cyr. 3. 1. 29; 
4. 5. 15; 5. 4. 30; Plat, saepe, fifty-five or more times; 145 Phaed. 73 A, 
ov yap C(f)b5pa kv too wapbvTL p.ejivr}p.aL) 76 B, ovk e\oo . . . ev too tt. 
eXeadat 'at the moment'; Parm. 135 C, ev ye too tt. ; Phileb. 20 A, oov p.i] 
bvvalfied' av Ixavqv awcKpicriv ev too tt. hihbvai vol, 'at the moment,' 'off- 
hand,' cf. Charm. 158 C et al; Hipp. Min. 372 E, vvvl 8e ev too t. 'for the 
moment'; Menex. 248 B, et del TeXevTav ev too tt. 'now'; Rep. 532 D, 
kv too vw tt. et al.; Tim. 50 C, ev <5' ovv too -it. ; Aeschin. II. 118, 122; 
Dem. 193. 12; 196. 22; 232. 21; 286. 176; 427. 269; 527. 40; 1169. 7; 
1236. 3; 1250. 12; 1422. 2; 1439. 2; 1444. 1; 1458. Hyper, frg. 71, 
etc. 146 

143 Thuc. I. 32. 3, 41. 1, 132. 1, 136. 4; II. 62. 2, 63. 2, 64. 5, 88. 1; IV. 1. 3, 11. 4, 
59. 4, 64. 5; V. 11. 1, 41. 2, 63. 4; VI. 18. 4, 24. 3, 29. 1, 35. 2; 88. 1, 2; VII. 42. 3, 
75. 6; VIII. 1. 2, 48. 7, 53. 3, 71. 1, 87. 4. 

144 Isocr. II. 26; V. 153; VI. 15; VII. 38; VIII. 18, 121, 142; IX. 80; XI. 2; XII. 
4, 61, 103, 128; XV. 55, 164, 231; XVI. 39; Ep. 7. 10. 

145 Plat. Crito46 C, Phaed. 67 C, 73 A, 76 B, 91 A (bis), 95 E, 114C, 115 C, Cratyl. 
400 C, Theaet. 158 B, 188 A, 197 A, 200 D, Soph. 260 A, Pol. 277 D, Parm. 
135 C, Symp. 176 E, 177 C, 193 D, 200 C, D, Phaedr. 230 E, 252 A, Charm. 158 C, 
Euthyd. 287 B, Meno 71 C, Hipp. Mai. 297 E, Hipp. Min. 372 E (bis), Menex. 
240 D, 248 B, Rep. 379 A, 392 A, 398 C, 435 D, 454 A, 509 C, 532 D, 536 B, 
584 B, 611 C, Tim. 38 B, 43 C, 50 C, Legg. 642 A, 696 A, 754 B, 768 D, 770 A, 
838 A, 887 B, re P l iperijs 376 A. 

146 Cf. es rd irapovTa Arr. Anab. 1. 13. 5 et al. Ib. 5. 22. 5, p.a\i<xTa rrpbs to. ira- 
povTa kv naipcb ol ecfraivero. 



176 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



g. With articular adverb without xpovoj ' 

kv rep apTL, of time just past (aprt more commonly of the present, in 
late writers also of the future) : Plat. Meno 89 C, dXXd (sc. I fear lest) 
fjirj ovk kv rep apn jibvov 5er) clvto bonelv /caXcos Xeyeadau, dXXd /cat kv rep vvv 
/cat kv rep eVetra. 

kv to) avrUa, Thuc. III. 82. 7; IV. 108. 6; VII. 42. 2; VIII. 27. 5, etc. 
kv rep eTretra, Plat. Meno 89 C (supra); Rep. 498 A; cf. Phaed. 67 C. 
kv rw vvv, Plat. Meno 89 C {supra); Phileb. 23 D; Legg. 643 A, 
685 A, 752 B. 

kv rep Trapaurt/ca ; Thuc. II. 11. 7; VII. 71. 7; Xen. Cyr. II. 2. 24; 
Plat. Phaedr. 240 B; Rep. 558 A, 'for the moment.' 

kv rco rore, Thuc. I. 92 ; III 36. 6, rep re b-qjioi wapa irdKi) kv rep rore iriQavoo- 
raros; IV. 12. 3; VIII. 86. 5; Andoc. II. 21. 14, 15; Plat. Phaedr. 
241 A; Legg. 678 E; 699 D, etc. 

h. W. artic. adverb partly temporal, partly spatial, kv rep, rots 
Tpoadev. Temporal: mainly in Plato, commonly 'before' of an ear- 
lier point in the discussion or argument: Plat. Theaet. 200 E, Polit. 
265 A, 6-?rep kv too Tpoadev eXeyopev et saepe; Phileb. 25 C, 32 B, cf. 35 A, 
'neither now nor before,' p^r' kv rep vvv xp° v °? • • • M^ 7 "' ' ev T V 
Trpoade; Phaedr. 255 A, 273 A; Charm. 162 C; Lach. 193 D; Meno 
93 A; Rep. 423 C, 502 D, 519 C, 521 E, 533 D; Legg. 778 B, rijv 

vkav /cat doiKrjTov kv rep Tpoadev ttoKlv, 'heretofore,' 'formerly,' 
cf. Ep. 345 C. Plural: kv rots Tpoadev may usually be explained by 
supplying elprjjjLevoLs, but is so familiar in Plato that the ellipsis was 
doubtless forgotten: 147 Plat. Phaed. 86 E, 94 C; Cratyl. 410 D, 438 
A; Theaet. 182 B, 191 E, 193 D, 197 D, 199 C; Soph. 264 D; Polit. 
302 E; Phileb. 39 D, 41 B, dXXd /jltjv elirop.ev . . . oXuyov kv rots 
Tpoadev, 'a little while since,' a pure adv. no different in meaning from 
epiTpoadev alone in 41 D; cf. Theaet. 207 B, kv rots irpoade; Alcib. I. 
134 D; Gorg. 481 B (intrusive ye, so also elsewhere), 489 B, 492 A; 
Meno 98 A; Rep. 391 E, 465 E, 478 D, 485 B, 576 A; Tim. 40 B, 64 B, 
65 C, 67 C, (cf. 67 C, kv rots varepov \exB r qaop.evois which might have 
developed into a similar phrase, omitting the ptc. if it had been 
frequently used); Critias 110 A, 113 B, Minos 321 B; Legg. 707 D, 
709 E, 733 C, 797 A, 896 C, 918 A. Cf. kv rep 'kp.7rpoadev, Plat. Euthy- 
phro 15 C; Crito 46 B, 49 A; Phaed. 108 A; Prot. 328 E; Gorg. 477 C, 
etc. kv rots epirpoadev, Isocr. XII. 191; Plat. Apol. 28 A; Phaed. 
86 E, 103 D; Cratyl. 394 D; Polit. 279 B; Euthyd. 279 D; Prot. 
326 E; 332 E, 359 E, 361 A ; Gorg. 473 A; 513 E; Rep. 502 B, 507 A; 
147 Thirty-seven or more times. 



PART V h 



177 



Legg. 881 B. Spatial: Thuc. VI. 67. 1, ev too irpbadev, 'in the van'; 
VII. 78. 4 (sc. x^ptw) 'in the country which lay before them'; cf. 
78. 5, 81. 3; Lysias XIII. 37 c. gen., 8vo 8e r paired 'at ev too irpbadev toov 
TpLaKovTCL eKelad-qv 'there were two tables set before the Thirty'; Xen. 
Hell. 7. 2. 7 c. gen., ol iroXepiot epaxovTO ev too irpbadev toov els ttjv ttoKlv 
(f>epov<rcov irvhuv ; so Cyr. 5. 3. 52; but ib. 57 without gen. 'because 
the enemy were in front'; Plat. Prot. 315 B (c. gen.), eu\a(3ovvTo 
fj.r}8kiroTe epiroboov ev too irpbadev elvai UpooTaybpov, 'in front of Prot.'; 
Rep. 614 C opp. ev too oinadev, 'in front' and 'behind,' here usually 
translated 'on their foreheads' and 'on their backs.' W. ev too irpbadev 
loc. cf. other adv. phr. of direction infra, p. 192. 

VII. Adverbial 

a. With nouns: 

ev a'iaa, Aesch. Suppl. 545 148 'fitly,' 'duly' (Schol. ev elp.app.kvri) 
cf. ev polpa, infra, p. 181. 

& a-PXV, v - su b temporal phr. p. 173 f. 

ev acxoXia, Plat. Theaet. 172 D, oi 8e ev dcrxoXta re ael \eyovcn 
(cf. and contr. eiri axoXrjs just preceding); Rep. 406 B, ev dtrxoXta 
. . . iravTwv, cf. ev w. abstractions infra. 

ev 8eovTi, ev tw h'eovn, Hdt. 2. 159, ev too beovn, Lat. opportune, 'in 
good time'; so, without art. Eur. Ale. 817, ovk fjXdes ev h'eovri de^aadaL 
86poLs; so, (w. neg.) Hipp. 923; (affirm.) Med. 1277; Or. 212, cos r;8v 
p.QL irpocrrikdes ev 8eovrl ye ; so in Diels, Vorsokr. 2 644. 25; 645. 1 (w. art.); 
Ar. Pax 272; Thuc. II. 89. 8; Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 20 (w. art.). Plat. Rep. 
414 B; Trept 8t,Kalcv 375 A (w. art. four times, so also ib. B); Dem. 
271. 133, ev oh 8'eovTL', Prooem. 52. 1458, evSeovn; Isocr. III. 19, kv too 
8'eovTL. Cf. els 8'eov freq. w. the same meaning, v. supra, p. 110. Cf. ev 
KCLLpu, ev KaXco, pp. 178, 188 f. Cf . Com. Frg. Adesp. 248 K, Xrjpels ev ov 

8k0VTL KCLLpCp (bChotJofywv . 

ev 8t]po(tlols opp. ev 18Lols, U9 Plat. Legg. 910 E et saepe. Cf. sing, 
without prep. Thuc. I. 141; 3. 45 et al.; ev too 8rjpoaLoo of the public 
treasury Andoc. 1. [79]. Cf. en Andoc. 1. 41, 92, etc. Cf. ev kolvoo, 
etc., infra, p. 189. 

kv 8U V , Lat. iuste. Pind. 01. II. 18; VI. 12; Nem. V. 14; Py. V. 14 
(cf. ev aXadeia Ol. VII. 69; /3ouXcus ev bpdalai Oi. II. 83); in Aesch. Ag. 
1615, ev blur} is ambiguous and may mean either 'justly,' or 'before the 
court' as in Cho. 987; Soph. Tr. 1069 'justly,' so Ar. Eq. 258; Nub. 

148 This is the MS. reading, but Tucker rejects it. 
149 Cf. Ka.r I8lav 'in private,' 'privately' Plut. 2. 120 E. 



178 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



1332, Kcnrocpavo) ye vrj Ata/cos kv Ukti <r' ervwrov, so 1333, 1379, cf. 1380 
where adv. 8lkcl'lcos is used in precisely the same way in the same 
connection; Pax 628; Thesm. 830- Vesp. 421; Plat. Euthyphro 4 
B (bis); 6 A; 150 Cratyl. 419 D; Soph. 220 A; Phaedr. 266 A, 275 E, 
277 D; Rep. 475 C, 478 E, 605 B; Tim. 62 D; Legg. 682 D balanced 
w. adv., ov KaXtis ou<5' kv 5lk V ; 768 A, 777 E, 929 A (bis), 945 D, but 
949 A 'in a law-suit.' Cf. kv vo/jlols infra, p. 182. 

kv fjavxlg., 151 begins in Horn. h. Merc. 356. Eur. Or. 1284, ri p-eWed' ol 
Kar oIkov kv fiavxlq* / a<f)a.yia (potviaaeiv ; cf . infra other cases of transference 
of local meaning to an abstraction, p. 196. Eur. frg. 775. 56, exw 
XPV /(JTOji kv fjavx't-CL', but Hdt. 5. 92. y.,rovro elxov kv rjcrvx'^V) 'kept it 
quiet,' i. e., 'did not speak of it'; 5. 93, elxov kv rjavx'^v <?4>kas clvtovs, 
'they kept quiet,' i. e., were silent; Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 8, 6 Kplruv kv 
rjorvx'ia yv > Plat. Phaedr. 229 A, kv rjavxlg. KaOi'^ub^eda. ; Rep. 575 B, 
kav <5' kv eip'rjvr} re nai fjavx'ia ykvcovrcu ; Dem. 143. 46, 76 5' kv rjavxlcL 
Siayeiv ; 152 but Thuc. 3. 12, kv rfi ijavxiq- 'in time of peace' opp. toe*> rw 
iroXepo). Cf. C. 8lcl, kirl, Kara, perd. Cf. 8l fjavxtys elvai 'to keep quiet,' 
Hdt. 1. 206, etc. Cf. w. adj. Soph. O C 82, kv yavxy 'in quiet case' 
nearly = rjavxus. But in O C 197, kv rjavxcia is an adj. and belongs w. 
jScuret (3aaiv 'appoaai two verses below. 153 

kv Katpw, Lat. opportune: cf. eis p. Ill, kiri, Kara, irapd c. dat., irpos, 
uvv (late). 154 Pind. frg. 168 (150). 5, r\v StaKplvau l86vtol iroWds kv naipQ) 
Xpbvos ; (cf . Kara Ko.tpov, Pind. three times, so naipbv alone Py. I. 80; 
opp. 7rapa aoxpbv three times); Bacchyl. (Jebb) frg. 21, wpdaaovras kv 
KCLLpto 'faring opportunely,' cf. ev TrpdrreLv; Aesch. Pr. 379, 'in season'; 
Soph. O C 809, ravra 6' kv Kcupw \eyeis ; Eur. Bacch. 1287, cos kv ov 
Katpco xdpet ; Rhes. 443, rfKBov kv Kcupio ; frg. 745, 6 yap kv /caipaj pbxOos — 
Kalpcos; Ay. Ran. 358; Democr. frg. 229, Diels, Vorsokr. 2 426. 7; Thuc. 
I. 121; 155 IV. 59. 3, m b 'unseasonably'; V. 61. 2; VI. 9. 3; 

Andoc. I. 145; Isocr. III. 50; IV. 9; Ep. 3. 3; Xen. Hell. 4.3.2, kv 
Ktupco yevaro ; 5. 1. 18; 7. 4. 8; cf. c. gen. Apol. 7., kv Kcupco rr/s ^Xueias ; 

150 But Apol. 38 E 'before the court,' ovre yap ev Ukti ovt' ev iroXk/jLio. 

151 Cf. metaph. use of yaXrjvr) the stillness of the sea for calm, quiet, Soph. El. 
899, cos 8' ev yaXrjvr] iravr' ebepKoixrfV tottov (sc. ovtcl), 'but when I saw that all the 
place was in stillness, i. e., was quiet.' 

152 Contr. ev rapaxfi yLyveadai. Dem. 144. 51. 

153 kv rjavx't-a MSS. : corr. Reisig. 

154 0pp. to cltto, iivev, Trapa C. ace, irpo. 

155 Thuc. III. 56. 5 looks a little like a phr., but is not, ev naipols oh airdvLov rjv 
rcbv 'EXXrjvwv Tiva. aperrjv rfi Hep£ou 8vvap.ei avTira^acrdai, 'at a time when it was rare, 
etc. 



PART V kv 



179 



An. 3. 1. 39, -wavy kv Kcupco ; Cyr. 3. 3. 8, ot kv rco /caipco tovol ; cf. 6. 1. 38; 
cf. Plat. Crito 44 A, KLvbvveveis kv /caipaj rua ouk kyelpal pe; kv naipCo, Soph. 
• 260 A; Polit. 307 A; Rep. 370 C; cf. Legg. 916 D; "Opoi 413 E; wepl 
fonalov 375 B (w. art.); Dem. 27. 30; 260. 102; 1169. 7, cf. ev K a\y, 
5eovTL. 

ev Ke^aXalcc, Ke0a\cucus, cf . c. 8lcl, kiri. ev alone or cbs ev ; cf. w. 
nearly the same meaning, cbs ev rvirw, ev tvtoo, tvttw eiirelv : 'to speak 
in summary, summarily,' 'to sum up': sing.: Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18, 
to irX^dos rjfjLLV irpwrov elire ev KecbaXaLco ; cf. Plat. Soph. 232 E; Symp. 
186 C, cbs ev Ke(f>a\alco eiirelv et al.\ 196 E; Phaedr. 267 D; Euthyd. 
280 B ('we agreed in general that this is so'); 281 D; Hipp. Min. 366 
B; Ion 531 E; Rep. 522 C; Tim. 52 D; Ep. 312 C; Aeschin. I. 177; 
Dem. 108. 76; 507. 163; 640. 63; 701. 5; 1483. 37, etc. PL: Thuc. 
VI. 87, kv Ke<f)a\aLoLS viropvrjaavTes ; Lys. XIII. 34, vp.lv ev KecfyaXaioLS 
airodeit-ew : Isocr. II. 9, ev Ke6a\aLoLs . . . irepL\a(3oopev ; Xen. Ages. 

II. 1; Plat. Phaedr. 228 D, ev Ke^aXaioLs k<t>e£ijs Ueipi) Tim. 19 A, 26 C; 
Dem. 845. 7, vvv 5' cos ev Ke^aXalois a/cjj/coare. Cf. Plat. Rep. 414 A, 
cbs ev tvttco, pi] 8i aKpipeias eiprjcrdai, 'in outline,' 'in general'; so Ar. Pol. 
1323. a 10. V. infra, p. 208. 

ev Koapu, 'in an orderly manner,' Plat. Prot. 315 B; cf. Symp. 
223 B, ovKen ev Koapco ovdevl ; Legg. 898 B, ( u^5' ev Koapto p^5' kv rd^et ; 
but cf. Dem. 1400. 36, kneivois ravr 1 av elf] pokier kv Koapco kgI ripri, 
'this would be the greatest credit and honor to them.' Cf. ev ra^ei, 
infra, p. 181. Cf. Kara kogixov ; cf. use of dat. adv. Koapw without 
prep. Aesch. Ag. 521. Cf. as p. 111. 

kv kvk\g?, Ar. Av. 118, 'all around,' 'round about'; Lys. 267; Plut. 
679, 708 (cf. without prep. kvkXco Thesm. 662); Soph. Ai. 723; Thuc. 

III. 18. 4; c. gen. 74. 2 156 ; Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 8; Plat. Soph. 286 E etal; 
Prot. 315 B; Tim. 63 A; Critias 117 E; Metagenes, 6. 11. K.; Eubul. 
108 K., ev be kvkXo). Cf. els p. 111. 

kv pe\eu 4>6eyyea6cu, 'in tune,' 'harmoniously,' Plat. Soph. 227 D; cf. 
irapa piAos id. Phileb. 28 B, Legg. 696 D 'out of tune,' 'inopportune- 
ly,' cf. Pind. N. 7. 69. 

kv pepei, polpa, ra^ei are classed here because of their adv. uses, 
since in general it has proved more convenient to place together the 
various uses of the same word. They are grouped together because 
of their similar use c. gen. : 

kv pepet, Lat. vicissim, per vices: Aesch. Ag. 332 'in turn,' i. e. 
'one after another,' 'by turns,' 'in succession'; so 1192; Cho. 332, 

156 Thuc. III. 74. 2, kinvnrpacri rets oULas ras kv kvk\u> ttjs ayopas. 



180 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



k\v6l . . . vvv kv p\epei\ Eum. 198, 436, 586; (not in Soph.); Eur. 
Andr. 216; Hec. 1130; Her. 182; Cycl. 180;Rhes. 473 (cf. Or. 452 w. 
art. kv rco fikpei 'in one's turn,' so Hdt. 5. 70); Phoen. 1433; Ar. Vesp. 
1319, 'one after another' = Kad' 'haarov, but Av. 1228, aKpoarkov vp.lv 
kv p.kpei riov Kpeirrovccv 'you in your turn,' similarly with the article 
apparently metri causa Lys. 540; so Ran. 32 'in your turn', 497 'in 
my turn.' Diels, Vorsokr. 182 fr. 26 Empedocles, kv pkpei; Hdt. 1. 
26; 7. 212; cf. kv rto p'epei 5. 70; Thuc. IV. 11. 3, kv ru piepei 'by turns,' 157 
so VIII. 86. 3; without art. 93. 2; (w. art.), Andoc. I. 16. 123; 
without art. Lysias II. 33; Isocr. IV. 96, 164; Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 5; 
7. 1. 14 (bis); An. 3. 4. 23, kv rio p.kpei 'each in turn'; 7. 6. 36, kv rio p.. 
kclI irapa rb iikpos 'in and out of turn'; Cyr. 2. 3. 18, kv pikpei; Plat. 
Theaet. 179 E, 189 E, 190 C; Cratyl. 410 D; Soph. 242 E; 252 B; 
Pol. 265 A; Symp. 214 B; Prot. 347 D, kv p'epei . . . Koafxlw, 
Gorg. 474 A, B (w. art.); 496 B (ter); often strengthened by enaaTos 
as Rep. 520 D, Uacroi. kv p. ; so 540 B, 577 C, 581 C; 615 A, 617 C; 
Legg. 819 B, kv p.epei Kal kcpe^rjs Kal cbs irecpvKaai yiyveuBai ; 876 B, e/cdre- 
pov kv p..; so 947 B et al.\ Parm. 150 A, kv 6Xco . . . kv pkpei; 
Demodoc. 383 E; Isae. IX. 24; Aeschin. II. 41; III. 2, 4; Dem. 
25. 24; 907. 1 (w. art.). Nicomach. 1. 40 (K. Ill p. 387); Com. 
Frg. Adesp. 568, 1249 K, kv rio p,'epei. But kv p.kpei c. gen. and a verb, 
rid'evai, iroieiadai, Karadeadai, Xafieiv, etc., is almost a periphrasis, 'to 
put in the category, the class of . . .', 'to consider as,' so kv p,o'ipa, 
kv p,ep'ibi, kv rd£et, kv \byio ridevai, iroeladai q. v. Also w. elvca or without 
vb. 'in the category of, Isocr. IX. 24, rjyovpikvovs ovx olbv r elvai 
rbv roiovrov tt)v cpvaiv kv ididorov p.'epei dtayayelv ; Plat. Rep. 347 A, 
cos kv ixiadov p.epei elprjKas (rrjv fopi'iav) ; 348 E, et kv aperr\s Kal aotblas 
rldrjs pikpei rijv adudav ; cf . as variant 349 A, kweid-rj ye /cat kv apery avrb 
Kal crocpLa krokpLrjaas delvai) 370 B (no verb), pirj kv irapepyov pikpei (cf. 
kv rrapepyio p. 182); 424 D, cbs kv 7rat5tas ye p.'epei; Aeschin. I. 126, 
kv cKicpp:aros pikpei 'by way of a joke'; 158 ib. 151, kv evxys pikpei rbv 
epicra -woioviievos 'as a prayer'; Alexis, 240. 2. K, chare p.r\r kv avdpiorrov 
pikpei 1 'mt' kv 6eov %r\v ; Hyper. V. 10, kv irpGudriK^s /xepet 'as an appendage,' 
SO Dem. 154. 8; 159 3 7 . 31, kv vir-qp'erov Kal TpocrdrjKrjs pikpei yeyevqade, 

157 Cf. Pind. kv apeifiovTi supra, p. 161. Cf. kv irepirpoirfi, 'by turns,' 'one after 
another' (lit. a turning about, changing) : Hdt. 2. 168, Tabe 8e ev wepiTpoiry knapirovvTo 
'they reap the fruit of these lands in turn,' so 3. 69. 

158 So Diog. L. II. 111. 

169 Cf. Dem. 22. 14, S F B, kv pkv irpoadrinri nepLs, vulg. irpoadriKrjs p.'epei, Rehdantz- 
Blass, Gram. u. Lexik. Index S. 71, vielleicht kaum zu sichern durch kv TrpoadriKy 
yeveadwv, Aristeid. 1. 663 Dind., kv irapaKaTadrjKy v raXavra Polyb. 33. 12. 2. 



PART V kv 



181 



so 175. 31; cf. 207. 19, kv Karriyoplas pepet ToieladaL; cf. 286. 176, 
avrols cbs kv rfi roov kxQpwv obviv pept<5t ; cf . 323. 292, kv rco rcov kvavrlmv pepet 
Teraxdcu; 465, 27, blbor kv rtprjs pepet tclvtcl, 'as an honor'; cf. 568. 
165 ; 160 cf. 166 (vb. expressed), rovr kv evepyealas apidji-qaei pepet; 161 
638. 56; 668. 148 (bis), ov rLdrjpLL kv ddLKrjfxaros pepet. 162 Dem. 23. 18, 
kv ov8evds elvcu [ikpei rov rotovrov, 'such a man was as no one'; 163 1095. 
64, kv reKp-vpiov ,ukpei woLeladaL ; cf. rlBeadaikv, p. 198, 7rotet<j0at kv, p. 197 f. 

kv potpa = adv. as in Horn: II. 19. 186; Od. 22. 54, 'rightly,' 'fitly,' 
cf. Kara fxolpav in Horn., Plat. Legg. 775 C. But more commonly c. 
gen. like kv pepet Plat. Phileb. 54 C (w. art.), kv rfj rod ayadov polpa 
kKeZvo kan 'is to be considered in the light of a good,' i. e., 'as a good'; 
Dem. 639. 61, kv woXepiov poLpa; c. cos or (hcrirep Plat. Legg. 656 B, 
ipeyy 8e ojs kv Taidids potpa, Lat. tamquam per lusum. cf. Rep. 424 B; 
cf. Plut. de lib. ed. 6 E, dXX' cbs kv 4>app,aKov fiolpa rovro iroi^rkov earl, 
'by way of remedy'; Luc. Zeux. 2. 840, cbawep kv Tpoad-q.K^s ,uolpa (cf. 
supra kv irpoudrjKiqs fiepet). 

kv rd£ei has three uses: a. most frequently quasi- technical as a 
military term; b. equiv. to adv. like kv K6ap,co supra; c. metaph. 
c. gen. 'in the rank of,' 'position of like kv ,uepet, kv (xoipa c. gen. 
(a.) 'in battle array,' 'in order,' also 'at his post' in the line of battle. 
This is really an adverbial use and the transition from the military 
sense to the general meaning 'in order,' is so easy that sometimes it is 
difficult to draw a sharp line between them. Thuc. IV. 72. 2; V. 
66. 1; VI. 34. 4; VII. 78. 1; VIII. 69. 1; Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 42; 4. 43; 
7. 2. 22; Oec. 8. 8 (quater); An. 5. 1. 2, kv ra&i &v 'in line of battle'; 
4. 24, 8. 13; 7. 1. 22, dkade ra 6ir\a kv ra£ei cos rdxtcrra, 'in battle array'; 
Cyr. 3. 3. 57; 4. 2. 24, 33; 5. 2. 1, 3. 1, 53, 57; 8. 3. 34; Plat. Lach. 
182 A 'in battle array'; 190 E, kv rrj rd£ei pe^co^ 'remaining at his post,' 
so 191 A; Dem. 558. 133, 'in battle array'; but 331. 320 'each at his 
post'; 1394. 24 (bis) 'at their post'; 164 but Plat. Rep. 617 D, 620 D 
'in order' of orderly succession; Theaet. 153 E, 'in order' may con- 
tain a suggestion of the military notion 'at its post,' 'in its appointed 
place,' i]8r] yap av e'67 re Stjttov kv ra^ei /cat p\evoi /cat ovk av kv yeveaec yiy- 
vouro; Legg. 898 B, p?7o' kv /cocrpcp pt/o' kv rd^et; 165 637 E is a clear case 

160 Cf. as variant, Dem. 650. 89, ev Soopeias rd£ei. 

161 Rehdaiitz-Blass cf. Cic. Phil. 11. 1. 3, mors in beneficii parte numeretur. 
152 Rehdantz =Hyp. f. Eux. c. 36. 25, kav ra . yeyovora kv abiK-qixaTi 

\f/7]<f>Laricr9e elvai. 

163 Cf. Paus. 10. 28. 4, xP V(J ov ixkv nal apyvpov kv ovdevos fxepidc eiroirjcravTO. 
164 Cf. ptc. phr. kv too Teray/jLeva) supra, p. 161. 

165 Cf. without prep, as a military term, Koo-fxui /cat Td£et, Thuc. IV. 126. 6. 



182 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



of the (b.) adverbial use, xp&vtm *at ^ats aXXats Tpv<f>als . ev 

rat-ei 8e fjidWov tovtcov 'in a more orderly manner;' here it has become 
a pure adv. and is compared by means of the adv. modifier pdWov. 
(c.) c. gen. Dem. 229. 13, ev eTrjpeias rd£et, 166 'by way of insult'; 481. 
81. r)\6ev ev exdpov rd£et 'he came as an enemy'; cf. 246. 63; 650. 89, 
ev 8copeias . . . rd£et (cf. ev pkpei 568. 165); (w. art.) Hyper. III. 
XL. 30, ibicorrjv 5' ovtol KpLvets ev rfi rod prjropos rd£ei. 

h \xerpco, Plat. Rep. 380 C, 601 B; Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21, etc. Cf. 
ev tco ii'erpco, Aeschin. I. 141; ev rots p'erpois, Isocr. XV. 47. Cf. ev 
pvOpcp, infra. 

ev fjLoipa, v. supra, p. 181. 

ev vofjLois, 'according to the laws,' 'legal,' 'legally,' Plat. Critias 
121 B; (w. art.) Lycurg. 1; Dem. 504. 154 et al. But cf. Plat. Prot. 
327 C, tcov ev vofiois /cat dvOpccnrois redpapu'evcov (J., 'those who have been 
brought up in laws and humanities'). Cf. ev Wei. 

ev re 7rat5taZs /cat ev airovdais, 'in jest and in earnest,' Plat. Legg. 
647 D; Cratyl. 406 C, ev 7rat<5ta 'in jest,' but Legg. 798 C, ev rah 
iraibiah 'in their games.' Cf. /card c. pi. Legg. 732 D; cf . a7rd o-irovbris 
'in earnest,' 'seriously,' II. 7. 359; 12. 233, so p.erd (rwovdrjs, cf. opp. ev 
rats 7rat5tats Xen. Symp. 1.1. 

ev irap'epycg, 'as a bye-work,' 'a secondary, subordinate matter,' 
Lat. obiter, Ger. nebenbei. Soph. Ph. 473, dXX' ev -irap'epyco dov fie 
(very idiomatic), 'give me a passing thought' (cf. infra, riBeuQai ev 
p. 198) = ev irapepyov [x'epei, Plat. Rep. 370 C; Eur. I. T. 514, cos ev 
Trapepyco rrjs ep,rjs 8vair pastas ; cf. Thuc. 6. 69. 3 (L. and S. SC. Wevro)', 
Plat. Theaet. 184 A, etre rts ev irapepyco aKtyerai ; Symp. 222 C, cos 
ev irapepyco 8r) \eycov eirl reXevTrjs avrb WrjKas ) Tim. 89 E, to 5' ev Trap- 
epyco . . . eirofievos contr. 8i d/cptjSetas . . . 8ie\8eiv ; cf . Legg. 
921 D. Cf. k p. 67, first in Thuc. I. 142. 9. Cf. Arist. Pol. 1336. b 
24, ev Trapa8pop.fi iroieladai rbv \byov, 'cursorily,' Lat. obiter. So en 
■napobov, Arist. Coel. 306. b 27, G. A. 757. a 12. Cf. de sensu et sensili 
444. a 28. 

ev pvdpLco, cf. hv n'erpcp supra. Verg. in numerum: Xen. Symp. 2. 8; 
An. 5. 4. 14; 6. 1. 8, 10, 11; Cyr. 1. 3. 10; Plat. Rep. 397 C; cf. 
601 B; Legg. 670 B, fialveiv ev pvdpicp, etc. 

ev 8e (nrov8fi, 'in haste,' Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 13, so dat. adv. without 
prep. Cf. oid Eur. Bacch. 212. 

166 Cf. Com. Fr. (Kock I 672) Ameips. 9, /car' kir-qpeiav 'in a spirit of wanton 
insolence,' 'insolently.' 



PART V kv 



183 



kv axtpv, 'in a line,' 'continuously,' 'uninterruptedly,' Pind. Nem. 

I. 69 ; 167 XI. 39; Is. V. (VI.) 22. a X epos found only in this phrase. 168 
Cf. epic adv. e7rtcrxepcb. 

kv rd£et, v. supra, p. 181 f. 

kv rdxet, conjestim, Pind. Nem. V. 35; Aesch. Pr. 747 'at once'; 
Ag. 1240, 1448; Soph. O C 500; Ai. 804; El. 16, 387; frg. 808; Eur. 
El. 641, Trapeorai 8' kv rd%et 169 doivrjv e7rt ; Ar. Vesp. 1439; Thuc. I. 79, 
ToXe/driTea elvai kv rd%et ', 86, TLfiwp7]rka kv rdx^t /cat wavrl adkvei ; 90. 5; 

II. 101. 5; III. 29. 1; IV. 106. 1, 123. 4; V. 57. 1, 64. 1; VI. 33. 3; 
91. 4, 92. 1; VIII. 95. 2 (cf. in same sentence /card rd%os); Xen. Cyr. 
6. 1. 12; Ages. 1. 18, et at. Cf. airb, otd, ets, /card, p.erd, avv w. this noun. 

kv reXet, Eur. Bacch. 860, etc., v. supra p. 167. Cf. kv rekevrri ; 
cf. w. other preps, v. ets, pp. 86, 111. kv reXeurg, Pind. O. VII. 27, 
tovto 5' CLfjLaxavov evpelv, /otl vvv kv /cat reXeura (frepTciTOV av8pl tvx^v. 
But c. gen. without idiomatic force, Aesch. Sept. 937, veUeos kv reXeurci, 
cf. 578. Cf. kv reXet; cf. w. other preps, v. ets, pp. 86, 112. 

kv tvxV) Aesch. Ag. 685, yXooaaav kv ruxct vkp,uv 'guiding the tongue 
by good hap'; 170 Eur. Hel. 1374, /cdXXtara 8i) rd5' r)p7racr' kv tvxv noais 
'in good fortune'; Thuc. IV. 73. 3, ovk av kv tvxv yiyveadcu a^iatv, 
etc. Cf. airb, 8ia, Kara. 

kv copa, Lat. tempestive, 'in due time,' 'in good season,' (first in 
Horn. Od. 17. 176, v. supra, p. 140); Pind. 01. 6. 28; Hdt. 1. 31; 
Ar. Vesp. 242, 171 689; Pax 122; Nub. 1117; Eccl. 395, ovtus kv o>pa; 
cf. Xen. Oec. 5. 4; Plat. Phaedr. 240 D. But cf. c. gen. of vp, Nub. 
1008, fjpos kv &pa, 'in the spring-time,' so with other names of seasons. 
Cf. also p. 173; cf. ets, p. 107. 

b. With adjectives: 

1. A frequent and interesting use is kv c. ecrrt, expressed or under- 
stood, and a neut. adj., e. g., 'it is opportune, easy, holy, safe,' etc., 172 
a favorite usage of Euripides. Soph. El. 384, vvv yap kv /caXw <j>povtlv, llz 

167 But v. Fennell ad loc. for discussion of MSS. reading. 
168 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 912, b>a X ep&, etc. 
169 Text doubtful. 

170 But Soph O T 80, slightly different, &va£ "AiroWov, ei yap kv rbxv 1* T v/ 
ao3Tripi fia.Lt} \ap.irpbs &airep ofifiari, Jebb: kv tvxv nearly =^erd rvxrjs, 'invested by,' 
'attended by.' 

171 Apparently here either 'exactly at the season,' or 'early in the morning.' 

172 A characteristic group of these phrases will be discussed separately, but 
others will be cited under specific adjectives. 

173 Schol. evuaipov; so Soph. Ph. 1155 Ka\6v = Kaipiov, O T 78 ets Ka\6v = Kaiplios 
Jebb. 



184 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



'now is the time to be wise,' so Eur. Her. 971, ovkovv er eorlv ev /caXw 
bovvat bUrjv; cf. Ar. Eccl. 321 (a difficult case to distinguish, but 
probably of time and idiomatic); Plat. Rep. 571 B, Ovkovv, i] 5' 6s, 
er' ev kcl\u) ; cf. p. 188 f. Eur. I. A. 969, ev evjiapei re bpav re koli (jltj 
bpav xaXcos (sc. eon), 'it is easy'; 174 Eur. Hel. 1277, ev evoefiel yovv vo/iL/xa 
fjirj Kkeirreiv veKpcov, 'it is holy,' i. e., 'it is a matter of piety.' A rare 
and peculiar instance of the same idiom is Eur. El. 550, aXX' evyeveis 
fj.ev, ev be Kt^b-qXcc rode, 'but this may be false.' To be compared with 
these phrases, 175 is Soph. Ant. 1097, to t eUadelv yap beivov, avrioTavra 
be/arr) 7rard£cu Ov/jlov ev beivw irapa. (Jebb: 'tis a dire choice.') 176 Cf. 
further ev abr)\orepoj Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 8; (v. abrj\o)), ev airopw Democr. 
frg. (v. p. 185, airbpoS), ev aa4>a\el q. v., ev loco Eur. I. A. 1199, etc. 

2. Adj. c. woLeZodcLL ev, Tideodai ev, etc., 'to hold, regard, consider 
a thing in a certain way.' For similar phr. w. nouns v. infra, pp. 197, 
198. Soph. Ph. 498, robfibv ev opuKpo} n'epos / Tvoiovpievoi 'holding in slight 
account'; 177 Hdt. 1. 118, oik ev eXa<£pw eiroievix-qv, 'I did not count it a 
light matter,' i. e., 'I bore it ill'; but 3. 154, 'counting it a light matter, 
i. e., making light of it, he maimed himself,' h eKa^poj -KOL-qoap.evos. 
Soph. Ph. 875, iravra tolvt ev evx^pel/Wov, 'thou didst count all these 
things easy'; Eur. Hec. 806, tovt otiv ev aloxPV B'ep.evos, 'counting this 
shameful.' An interesting variation of verb, and of number from 
sing, to pi., is seen in Soph. O T 287, dXX' ovk ev apyols ovbe tovt 
eTpaZafjLTiv. It appears as if this phr. started with 'I did not fail to do 
this,' 'did not leave it among the things undone' and was fused with 
such idioms as those cited above, 'I did not treat even this as a neg- 
ligible thing.' 178 

174 Cf. Lat. in promptu est, Tac. Agr. 19. 5, Ov. M. 2. 86; 13. 161, but Tac. H. 
5. 5. 2 'in readiness'; cf. Theocr. 22. 61, ev kTol^[k(jTl\. Cf. Ar. Meteor. 356. b 19, 
ev TrpoxeLpcp yap tovtov r-qv airiav ibelv (sc. eo-ri), 'it is easy.' Cf. also Lat. Plaut. 
Capt. 336, in proclivi, Ter. Andr. 701; but ex proclivo, Plaut. Mil. 1018. Cf. 
other cases of this Gk. idiom in Tac. in aperto esse, Agr. 1. 2; 33. 5; Hist. III. 56; 
in ambiguo fuit, Agr. 5.3. 

175 Cf. further Epicur. Sentent. select. 1 ap. Diog. X. 139 (p. 71 Us.)R P §469, 
a, ev acrdevel yap irav to tolovtov, 'involves weakness'; cf. superl. (w. art.) Thuc. 
III. 52. 3. 

176 Jebb's explanation seems to be the right one: 'it is open to me as a dread- 
ful alternative,' lit. as a thing in the region of to 8eiv6v, a fusing of -Kapeoriv and 
ev 8eivu> earw. For textual conjectures v. Jebb crit. n. But ev heivCo ovra Thuc. 
VII. 8. 1 (pi.); 48. 4 (pi.) means simply 'being in danger,' so Xen. An. 2. 3. 22; 
3. 2. 10 (pi.), Kav ev deivois &<ri. 

177 But cf. without Troielo-dai, Theocr. 22.212, ovtco TvvdapLdaLs Tro\ep.^enev obn 'ev 
eXa^pw. Cf. Lat. in levi habitum, Tac. H. 2. 21; Ann. 3. 54. 

178 So Jebb, q. v., for use of irpao-creadai (midd.) and apyols. ev apyols occurs only 
here. 



PART V ev 



185 



3. Other adv. phr. with adjectives: 

ev dbrjXcp, Lat. in obscuro, Antiphon V. 6, rd ev dbr}\u> 'tr bvra 

'being uncertain'; cf. (compar.) Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 8, evO' 

kcll rots 7roXe/xtots ev dbrjXoTepco 6 rt irpaTTOLro 'where the enemy were 
more uncertain as to what he would do'; Thuc. 1. 78, biroTepus earau 
ev dbr}\co Kivbvvever at; Plat. Rep. 460 C (v. sub airopprjTco). Cf. e£, p. 69. 

ev aiaxPV, v. supra, p. 184. 

ev aiJLrfnafiriTrjaLiJLU), Dem. 274. 139, ou/cer' ev djjL4>L<7(3r)Tr)aLp:cp rd irpayfxar 1 
rjv, 'doubtful.' 

ev dp0i/36Xw, Thuc. II. 76. 3, Kal ev dp^ijSoXw ua\\ov yLyveadai, 
'they would be more exposed (or attacked) on both sides,' i. e.,= 
Eng. 'between two fires'; cf. Aesch. Sept. 298, rot b' W dp<pi/36Xoi<ni/ / 
loltttovui 7roXtrats/xepMa5' oKpibeouav 'on either hand'; but cf. Luc. 
dial. mort. 1. 1. ev dp</n/36Xa> vol Itl 6 yeKoos i\v 'your laughter was doubt- 
ful,' like ev dfi4>L(j(3r]Tr]alfjio). Cf. els Thuc. IV. 18. 

ev aTToppvTOj, 'in secret,' 'secretly,' Andoc. I. 45 ; 179 II. 19, 21; Lys. 
XIII. 21; Plat. Theaet. 152 C; Rep. 460 C, ev airopp-qru re Kal dbrjXcp 
(sc. totco); Dem. 1372. 80; 179 Xen. An. 7. 6. 43, ev diropp^Tco woLrjaa/jLe- 
vos 'forbidding him to speak of it.' Cf. (pi.) Plat. Phaed. 62 B; Arist. 
Oec. 1348. b 1, X670US eiroL7]<7 clto . . . ev diropp^TOLs ; id. frg. 612. 
1581. a 42, ev diroppiiTOLs fyvharreiv 'to keep as a secret.' Cf. bid, p. 26. 

ev cnrdpcp, frg. Democr. Diels, Vorsokr. 2 388. 12 (R P, §204), 
ererji olov enaarov yiyvoxjaeiv ev dirbpooi earl 180 (cf. neut. adj. c. eari 
supra, p. 183); Thuc. I. 25. 1, ev dirbpco eixovro deudai to irapbv, 'they 
were at a loss how to manage the present conditions'; III. 22. 6, 
dXX' ev dirbpco rjaav eUdaat to yiyvbjievov, cf. ev diropLa exeadat, elvai, 
p. 193. But Thuc. II. 62. 5, ek-wlh . . . ev too dirbpco 17 laxvs 
(sc. eo-ri). But (pi.) Xen. An. 7. 6. 11, duovcov (17ms) ev dirbpoLs elvai, 
'hearing that you were in great straits,' so Cyr. 1. 6. 3. 181 

ev dirpoaboKrjToo, with e£ air poaboK7]Tov supra, p. 69, cf. Luc. Tox. 
41, el Kal ev too dirpoaboKrjTOO TOTe virepeaxov '. 

ev dpyols, v. p. 184. 

ev to) dadeveaTaTcp, Thuc. III. 52. 3, c. elvcu, 'already they were in 
the last stage of weakness' (so Smythe, who compares Dio C. lxxiv. 

179 Lutz overlooks these cases and states that the expression is found in the 
Orr. only in Andoc. II. 19, 21 and Lys. XIII. 21. 

180 Ap. Sext. Math. VII. 137, jLvdoaKeiv kv airbpoo kari 'it is difficult to know.' 

181 Cf. Alex. 234 K., evirbpovs/ev rots airdpots, but texts differ; another reading is 
ev-iropovsj/ev 8' airopiats (SKkirovTas ds adXioorepovs. 



186 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



12. 52, ev tw aadevearaTO) eyevovTO, Paus. IX. 7. 6, es ro aaBevkoTaTov 
TrporjxGriaav.) 

ev aa<t>a\ei, cf. other adj. c. elvai, yiyveadai ev and similar verbs. 
ev aufyaSel means a. 'it is safe,' cf . supra neut. adj. c. eori, p. 183 f. 
b. More frequently, 'in safety,' 'in a safe place, occasionally 'in time 
of safety.' c. c. gen. of artic. inf. usually w. neg., 'safe from,' etc. 
It is used both w. and without art., but the latter twice as frequently. 
Xen. has compar. three times and superl. twice without art. (a.) Eur. 
Hec. 981, x w P e ^r'' ev a<j(f)a\ei yap r)5' epripia ; I. T. 762; Hipp. 785, 
rd 182 7roXXd Tpaaaeiv ovk ev aa^aSel |3tou 'to act the part of a busybody, 
i. e., to be officious, is not safe;' here the idiom is confused by the use 
of (3lov so that it seems to be a cross between two uses, 'is not safe' 
and 'is not in safety of life'; Thuc. I. 137. 4, eireibi) ev too aacf>aSei fxev 
kfwL, eKeivu} 8e ev eiruavbvvco itclSlv r) aircKo/jubr) eyLyvero, 'was safe for me, 
but dangerous for him'; Andoc. II. 21, kdei-a/jLriv 5' av clvtI ttclvtuv 
Xpy]^ ar<jiV elveu ev aacpaXel 4>paaaL irpos vp.as a kclI rfj (3ovS.fi ev airoppriTO) 
eiar,yyeCSa ; cf . Antiphanes 204. 14 K. Dem. 388. 152; 425. 262, ecos 
olv €t' ev aa^dSel, (fyvSa^aade 'while it is still safe', but a personal verb 
might be supplied = 'while you are still in safety.' Cf. Xen. Hell. 7. 
5. 8 (compar.) 183 (b.) Eur. Her. 397, iroia . . ./kv aa<f>a\el re 
T7iab J tdpvaeTCLL x^ovos, 'in safety,' 'safely'; Thuc. IV. 126. 6 = 'in time 
of safety,' 'when there is no danger'; VIII. 39. 4, o>s ev aacpaS.el ovres 
(personal, 'in safety,' i. e., 'safe'); 184 similar are Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 28 
(with article); 7. 4. 21; An. 5. 6. 33; Cyr. 6. 1. 23; Ages. 2. 13 (w. 
art.); Cyr. 7. 1. 21 (comp.), so An. 3. 2. 36 'in a safer position'; 
(posit, w. art.) An. 4. 7. 8; Cyr. 7. 5. 6; 8. 7. 27; Cyr. 7. 1. 16 (superl.); 
so An. 1. 8. 22; Plat. Legg. 892 E, 893 A; Hyper. VI. XL 31, kv r£ 
aa4>aSel yeyevyjcrdaL (cf . ev aa<pa\ela III. XLV. 36, some texts ev d(70aXet). 
Cf. ev exvpu infra, (c.) Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 31 eidoTes otl ev dc^aXeZ eiai 
tov prjdev iradelv 'safe from suffering anything', ib. 2. 4. 13, ev aa^dSel 
elvat tov /jlt) avros ye viroxelpios yeveudai) cf. Menand. Samia 25 (Capps), 
the same constr. in the affirm., ev aafyaSel/elvai vo/dLaaaa tov \aSelv 'safe 
in talking'. (Capps: 'the gen. defines the scope of the safety'). 

kv acfravel, opp. ev tcc (fravepoo infra, p. 191. Thuc. I. 42, ev acfravel 
'£ti k€itcu; 138. 3 (w. art.), so III. 23. 4; VII. 75. 4, irepi tuv ev acpavel 

182 L. t6. 

183 This might be either 'where it (i. e., the camp) was safer' or 'was in a safer 
place,' but the parallelism with kv MrjXorkpco indicates the neut. adv. use, tvd 1 kv 
aa^aXearkpcp re t\v rj el e£co kaTpaToirebevero nai tols 7roXe/xtois kv aSrjXoTepco 6 tl irparTOLTO. 

184 Cf. Hiero 2. 10, 6 5k rvoavvos ov8' kv aKivdhvco kariv. 



PART V ev 



187 



dedioras ; but Plat. Legg. 954 D, eav S' . . . ev a^avel KeKTrjraL, 
'secretly'; cf. Lat. Liv. Praef. in obscuro sit. Cf. w. noun Antiphon 
5. 59, crv <5' kfxe ev cxfravei Xoycc ^reis airoKeacu. Cf. e/c, p. 70; els, 
p. 113. Adv. acpavccs. 

ev fipaxel, ^paxecn, (3paxvrepoLs, (SpaxvTaTcp, (3paxvTaroLs : Pind. Py. 
I. 82 'in brief compass' (sc. \6yco or pu#co, although the phr. is appar- 
ently so well established as not to need the expression of the noun) ; 
Pind. also has superl., Is. V. (VI.) 59, eiprjaeTaL ira k ev fipaxlvroLS ; 
Aesch. Pers. 713 expresses \6yco, — iravra yap, Aapel, aKowy pvOov ev 
ppaxel Xo7oj; 185 Soph. El. 673, ev (Spaxel £vvdeis \eyo) 'in brief com- 
pass'; but O C 586 must be taken in connection with the following 
line, 9H. dXX' ev fipaxei drj rrjvde p/ e^cureZ x&P LV - /OI. opa ye /jLrjV oh 
(TfjLLKpos, ovx, ay<hv ode, 'But this is a small favor which you ask of 
me,' i. e., is in small compass.' 'Yet see, this contest is no slight 
one.' 188 O C 1581, offl 6 fxvdos ev fipaxel/fypaaai irapeaTiv. Eur. Hel. 
1522, cbs av ev (3pa X et fxadys ; Suppl. 566; I. A. 829; Or. 734; frg. 28, 
the same lines assigned to Eur. in Ar. Thesm. 177, bans ev fipaxel/ 
woWovs /caXcos olds re avvrepweiv \6yovs ; Xen. Ages. 7. 1, cos ev fipaxel 
elirelv ; 187 Dem. 1459. Prooe. 53. (cf. Eur. Phoen. 917, ev (3paxeZ \6ycc, 
Suppl. 478, e/c (SpaxiovGov). ev fipaxecn, Dem. 258. 95, bie^ekdelv, /cat ravr 
ev Ppaxw ; 304. 229; 594. 3; 703. 10. ev /Spaxurepois, Plat. Prot. 334 E; 
so Gorg. 449 B. 188 ev ^paxvrarco, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15; 8. 2. 5, rbv ev 
fipaxvTaTco biaTp'iftovTa. ev (3paxvraTOLs, Antiphon I. 18, cbs ev fipaxvTCLTOis, 
(sc. \6yoLs); so Dem. 1009. 5. (Cf. 8lcl fipaxeccv, etc., p. 26 f. Also 
corresponding adv. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 5, /3paxecos aToXoyeZadai. Cf. 
also in similar meaning, ev oXiyots, eXaxicn-cp, eXayjarois) . 

But temporal, Hdt. 5. 24. 3, ev (3paxeZ (sc. xp<W>); so Thuc. III. 
46. 2, ev fipaxvTCLTcp ; cf. Plat. Symp. 217 A, cocre -Koi^r'eov elvai ev 
iSpaxet o tl KeXevot Xo)Kparrjs. Cf. ev 6X170;. 

ev 8eLvcp, v. supra, p. 184. 

ev eXa0pco, v. supra, p. 184. 

ev eXaxtaTaj, eXaxtcrots, Hdt. 2. 24, cos p!ev vvv ev eXaxtcrco cfyXcocrcu, 
cf. ev (3paxel, jSpaxurdrco, etc., supra, so pi. Isocr. V. 154. But purely 

185 But M has xpovc? which Sidgwick retains. 
185 v. Jebb ad loc. 

m Cf. Diels, Vorsokr. 2 605. 4. Antiph. fr. 91, e/x fipaxel olvtl tov drAws /cat ev 

188 For similar thought expressed by h> and an abstraction, cf. Plat. Prot. 335 B, 
/cat 'ev txoLKpo\oy'ia /cat kv (3paxv\oyLq. olds r el avvovcrlas ToieZadcu. 



188 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



lit. local use Thuc. VII. 70. 4. (Cf . kv 6\Lyo) in same sentence) ; cf. 
Isocr. I. 40. 189 

kv kfi<f>avel, Thuc. 2. 21. 2; Xen. An. 2. 5. 25. Cf. ets, p. 113, 
e/c, p. 70. Like kv too (f>avepcp, q. v. Adv. ep</>az>cos cf. /carac/>ayei, etc. 

kv kir-quboo, Xen. An. VII. 6. 8, /cat kv kirrjKooo dar-qua exoov €pp,r]vka. 
Cf. ets kirrjKoov, v. supra, p. 113. Also later, k% kirrjKoov, Luc. Contempl. 
20; ets id. conv. 21; ets c. superl. and art. Icarom. 23, v. p. 113. 

kv kiTLKLvdvvo), v. supra, p. 186. 

kv kirnrkbop, v. infra, p. 191. 

kv eupapet, v. supra, p. 184. 

kv evaefiel, v. supra, p. 184. 

kv ev(j>v\aKrw, v. supra, p. 165, e^ (/wXa/q?, ftn. 111. 
e*> euxepet, v. supra, p. 184. 

ei> exupto, allied to ev dcrc/mXet q. v. p. 186, Thuc. VII. 77. 6, 77677 
wpt^ere ev rco exupco et^at, 'in safety'; Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 27, to kv kxvpoo 
elvai) cf. Oec. 9. 3; Cyr. 1. 6. 26, Tama 7retpcope0a cos ei> ex^pcordrcp 
7rotet0-0at. Adv. exi^pcos. 

7](j\)\(jo, v. supra, p. 178. 

e*> OapaaXkco, Thuc. II. 51. 6, 5td to irpoeibkvai re /cat aurot 77077 e*> too 
BapuoXkoo elvai ; Lys. XII. 94, upets I'w ez^ rco dappaXeop ovTes, so id. XXI. 
25. Adv. dappdXkoos. 

kv iaoiredoo, v. infra, p. 191. 

tVw, Eur. I. A. 1199, kv tVco 7ap 77^ roo', 'this would have been 
fair,' cf. neut. adj. c. ken, supra, p. 183 f. But Thuc. I. 133, 7rport- 
pL7]deLr) 8' kv tVo) rots roXXots toov btaubvoov airodavelv, 'he had been select- 
ed as a victim equally with many'; II. 53. 4, 7rd^ras kv taoo 
airo\\vp,evovs, 'all perishing alike' (cf . kv opotco in same passage) ; ib. 
60. 6, kv laoo Kai et; 61. 4; IV. 65. 4; VI. 78. 1; 87. 3; (w. art.) IV. 10. 
4; 106. 1; Xen. An. 1. 8. 11, rjavxy ev t0 "V KaL Ppabkoos wpoafiaav, 'they 
advanced evenly, i. e., in even line, in (equal) step, and slowly' (some 
commentators sc. firman, but it seems unnecessary. Note juxtaposi- 
tion of dat. adv., prep, phr., and adv. Cf. also in similar connection, 
adv. opaXcos ib. 8. 14, to pkv (3ap(3apLKov crrpdreupa opaXcos irpof\ei) ; cf . 
Cyr. 7. 1. 4; ib. 8, kv luoo tovtoo to lttttlkov exoiv avp,Trapkirov. Cf. card, 
p. 45, e£, p. 71, eiri, /card (Horn.), ets, p. 113. 

kv /caXaj, a. c. ecrrt impers. v. supra, p. 184. b. Temporal, like 
kv /catpto, dkovTL, etc., Lat. opportune, Eur. I. A. 1106, kv ko\oo a e£co 
86pLU)v/r)vpr)x , 'well met'; Or. 579, e*> ou /caXco p,ev kp,vr)(rdr]v Seoov ; 'in a 

189 But Ar. Eth. N. 1131. a 15, eurt 5e to to-of kv k\axl(TTois dvaiv, 'equality is between 
two things at least.' 



PART V ev 



189 



favorable place or under favorable circumstances/ Thuc. 5. 59, 4; 
60. 2; c. purely local: Ar. Thesm. 292, irov irov nade^ix ev ko\o} 
(sc. towcx)); so Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 25; 4. 3. 5; c. gen. 6. 2. 9, ev /caXco (bis) 
. . . ev /caXXicrrco) ; Ages. 2. 3; cf. Plat. Com. frg. 183 K, ev /caXco, 
'in a fine situation* (of the tomb of Themistocles) ; 190 Com. Fr. Adesp. 
340. 5 K. c. gen. (in a passage praising Athens) 'has a fine situation 
as regards climate.' 191 ev koXX'lovl, Dem. 185. 28, ovdafiov yap ev kcl\- 
Xlovl (tlo^oito tt) 7r6Xet, cf. els kcl\6v, etc., p. 113. f 

ev to) KCLTiMpaveZ, cf. ev to) (pavepo), kficfyavel. Adv. KaTa<j>avoos Xen. 
Cyr. 7. 1. 5, cos <5' rco KaTacfravel iravTes dXX^Xois ^ew^ro, 'visible.' 

Kevols, nearly = Kevoos, Soph. Ai. 971, irpbs tovt 'Odvaaevs ev Kevols 
vftpc^eTOi. 192 Cf. 5ia Kevrjs, p. 26. 

h Ki(38rj\o), v. supra, p. 184. 

ez> kglvo), 'in common.' a. In a fig. and id. expression, Pind. 01. 
XIII. 49, kyo> 8e fidios ev kolvco oraXets, (v. Gildersleeve). Idiomatic, 
Eur. Or. 27, eoo tovt derates ev kolvco o-Ko-welv, Eng. 'leave it an open 
question.' 193 b. Other adj. and adverbial uses: Eur. Ale. 265, oTs 
5ri irevBos ev kglvo} To8e, 'a common grief; frg. 362. 43, eKelvo 8' ov to 
ir\el(TTOV ev kolvco p.epos ) 901. 10, aKoxov ev kolvo) re Xvttjs r)8ovrjS r' ex eLV 
ptepos. Ib. 636. 2, kcll yap ev kolvo) ^/'eyeiv j diraaL Keladau 8vaTVX^s kovk 
evTvxes. Cf. Andoc. II. 20. 6 (w. art.); Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 8. Cf. Dem. 
331. 320, e^a/uXXou ttjs els tyjv rrarpicV evvolas ev kolvo) iracn KeL/jLevrjs. 
Cf. ev peaco Keladat, supra, p. 158 f. Cf. Isocr. VI. 3; Id. XI. 35, vvv 
<5' ev kolvo) tcov irpaypaTcov ovtcov ; Plat. Gorg. 490 B, rjplv fj ev kolvco 
7roXXd curia Kal ttotcl ; Isae. XL 50; Dem. 317. 273, dei 6' ev kolvco to 
aupepepov -q 7r6Xts irpovTidei aKoirelv. c. But with the art. and some- 
times without, ev kolvoo is used of the public treasury: Hdt. 7. 144, 
yevopevcov xpvpcltcov peyaXoov ev to) kolvco ; so Thuc. 6. 6. 3, ev to) kolvo) 

190 Cf. Rhett. Spengel I. 182. 8, XPV 5e toIs ev Tro\ep.oo Tekevr&aLv eis ra<t>r]v ti 
X^pLov Sr/LLoaiov ev KaXqj irpb rr/s irokeoos acfrcopia/jievov, 'in a fine situation.' 

191 Cf. further, Diels, Vorsokr. 2 II. 640. 25 Dialexeis, kv nahy not in the sense of 
'opportunely,' but 'in the category of beautiful things' (if the text is genuine = 
wpbs rjbovi]v.) Cf. Theocr. 15. 73, 74, daparei yvvaf ev /caAcp eifxes/ Prax. Kels &pas, 
Kr)ireLTa, c/nA' avdpoov, ev /caXqj e'Lrjs,/ cfyc/xe irepLcrreXXcov. (Lang): 'Courage, lady, all is 
well with us now.' (they are through the worst of the crowd). Prax. 'Both 
this year and forever may all be well with you, my dear sir, for your care of us.' 

192 ev rco Kevw, as nevbv with other preps., is used tech. of the void. v. Arist. on 
Leucipp. Diels, 2 p. 344. 25, etc. 

193 So Arist. Met. 987. b 7, afclaav b> kolvu ^relv. So in Lat. Cic. Coel. 20. 48. 
totnm in medio relinquam; Sail. Cat. 19, nos earn rem in medio relinquemns, i. e., 
'leave it undetermined.' 



190 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



/cat ev rots lepols ; cf. 6. 8. 2; 8. 1. 2; Ar. Eq. 775, cf. Eccl. 661; Dem. 
690. 209;Dinarch.I. 101 (bis); Arist. Pol. 127l. b 11; but Xen. Hell. 
7. 4. 34, publico in concilio, i. e., by the Ten Thousand. Also of 
the public treasury, without the art. Thuc. 1. 80 contr. w. e/c t&v 
18'loov ; cf. 1. 141. 3, oure l8La ovr ev kolvcd xPW aT ^ ^°" tlv clvtols 'neither 
have they private nor public money' (transitional bet. the two 
uses). For contrast 'in public' ... 'in private' cf. Dem. 464. 
24; also Andoc. IV. 33. 35, eycb to'lvvv ev re too kolvco Ke/cptppat rerpd- 
kls, IdLa re, etc. Cf. els, p. 114, dirb, p. 45, e/c, p. 72. 

ev %vvcp, allied to ev kolvco: Pind. Py. IX. 93 (101), ro 7' ev %vvu 
ireirovqixevov ev 'in the common interest,' 'for the common weal,' but 
frg. 124 (89). 2= in communi conventu. 

ev 6X170). a. temporal, v. supra, p. 172; b. spatial: Hdt. 8. 11, 
ev 6X170? irep aToXa^devTes (sc. x^Py), 'although they were shut up 
within a small space'; cf. 9. 70 (x^po) is here expressed); Thuc. II. 
84. 3, en vrjes ev 6X170) 77677 ovaai ; 86. 5, ttjv ev 6X170) vavfiax't-OLV ; cf . IV. 
26. 3; so 96. 3; VII. 67. 3; 70. 4 (cf. in same sentence and same use 
ev eXaxtcro)); Xen. An. 3. 3. 15, ev 6X170) 'within a short distance.' 
c. But pi. sc. X6701S, Hdt. 4. 36, ev 6X1701(71 7dp eyco 577X0)0-0), cf. supra, 
ev eXaxtoro), eXaxiorots p. 187 f, and ev fipaxel, etc., p. 187. d. But 
Isocr. XV. 155=Lat. in tenui re, 'in straitened circumstances,' 
6Xo)S fjiev ovv ovdels evpedrjaeraL tcov Kakovp,evcov aocfriarcbv rroXXd xPW aTa 
(TvWe^afievos, dXX' ot p.ev ev b\lyoLs. ot 5' ev iravv perptots (notephr. 'in very 
moderate circumstances') rbv (3Lov foaytxybvTes. e. Usually, however, 
ev oXlyois, 'one among few' = 'exceedingly,' 'remarkably,' Hdt. 4. 52, 
ebvra irorajjibv ev ohlyoiGi p.eyav ; 9. 41, 6s ev oKlyoicn Tlepaeccv i\v dvrjp 
doKLjjios irapa Eepijfl and later 194 . But Plat. Rep. 431 C, ev 6X1701S 
simply 'among a small number,' 'among few.' 

ev rco opaXw, v. infra, p. 191. 

ev opoto), Hdt. 7. 138. 1, ot "EWrjves ovk ev opoto) Tavres tclvtcl eiroievvTO', 
so 8. 109. 3 (cf. Toielo-dcu ev c. other adj. p. 184 and c. nouns p. 197 f.). 
Cf. Thuc. II. 53. 4, deccv 8e (frbfios 77 avdpcoTrcov i>6pos ovbeis awelpye, rd 
\xh> Kplvovres ev opoto) koll aefieiv /cat lltj e/c rov 7rd^ras bpav ev too) d7roXXi>- 
n'evovs (cf. ev too)); II. 49. 5, kcll ev Tq> opoto) KaBemrriKeL to re ir\eov kcll 
e\aaaov irorbv, 'equally' (Jowett: 'thirst, which was not in the least 
assuaged whether they drank little or much'); IV. 106. 1 (cf. ev rco 
iVo) in same passage); VI. 11. 1; 16. 4; 21. 2, 'to fight with equal 
advantages'; but VIII. 58. 7, ev opoto) KaraXveadaL 'to make peace on 

194 So kv 6\lyaLs Heliod. 3. 1; oXlyois, Plut. Lucull. 28. 13; id. Pomp. 10. 4; 
Galba 19. 2, etc., w. same meaning avv SXiyois €Trau>eOrjvai Plut. Galba 3. 



PART V kv 



191 



the same terms.' Allied phrases, but purely spatial; Xen. Hell. 
6. 4. 14, ov irdvv kv kTiire8a), dXXd irpbs bpOLco, 'not quite on a level.' 
Ib. 7. 5. 11, ev re laoiredcp fiaxeiadai ; (w. art.) Cyr. 1. 6. 41, note paral- 
lelism with e/c tov en4>avovs. cf. Thuc. V. 65. 4, kv tw 6/xaXco tyjv p.dxf\v 
iroieiadcu. 

ev wXeiovi, Thuc. I. 72, dXX' kv irXelovi aiceTTTeov. Cf. Hdt. 2. 25, 
cos 8e ev -wKeovi \byo) Srjk&a ai. Cf . ets, p. 96. e/c, p. 74. and use of other preps, 
c. irXelov. 

ev i]pkfxa Tpoaavrei, 'on a gentle slope,' Plat. Phaedr. 230 C. 
kv TTV/JLCLTO), Soph. C 1675, 'at the last,' i. e., 'at his death.' Cf. 
ev re\evrfi, p. 183; cf. II. 11. 65, kv Tru/xdrottu 'in the rear.' 
kv aixLKpQ), v. supra, p. 184. 

kv avvoirrcp, Aeschin. Ep. 1. 4, cbs 8e kv avvowTcp y\\xev r\8r] 'as we were 
within sight of land,' cf. e£ diroTTTov, Soph. Ph. 467 supra, p. 69. Cf. 
later kv airbirTu exeiv 'in sight' Arr. An. 2. 10. 3; cf. Joseph. A. J. 13. 
14. 2, eaTLcofxevos kv dir. in conspicuo loco. Cf. kv dwb\pei 

yivb\xeBa Anth. P. 9. 412; Strabo 256, etcu 5' . . . ev aTopei -Kauai. 

kv varkpu, later.' Thuc. III. 13; VIII. 27. 2; 68. 2. Cf. e/c p. 72. 

kv rco (jyavepu, adv. (pavepas, 'openly,' manifestly,' etc.; usually w. 
art., but without art. in the following instances: Thuc. IV. 73. 2, 
kv <f>avepa? e8ei%av ; Xen. Ages. 5. 7 (Lat. in propatulo, 'in the open'); 
also Aristot. Rhet. 1372. a 24; 1384. a 35; 1385. a 8; Isocr. II. 30, rds 
Tinas ev rco cf>avepco . . . y ly vofiev as ; but XL 27 , ev to is <j>avepols 
is different, a mere substantive use of the neut. adj.; kv too 4>avepo}, 
'openly' Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 43; 5. 3. 16; 6. 4. 16 (cf. kv nk™ Plat. Rep. 
558 A quoted above, kv fxeaco 3.b. p. 158); Mem. 1. 1. 10 (of Socrates) 
knelvos ye del fxev r\v kv rco <pavepo} (Lat. in propatulo)', An. 1. 3. 21,ou5e 
kvTavda rjKovaev ov8eis ev ye rco 4>avepo}, 'at any rate openly,' 'in public'; 
Cyr. 7. 5. 55; Eq. Mag. 5. 7. opp. ets to a8rj\ov ; Bern. 306. 235, ou5' kv 
rco Qavepti ^ov\evb^evos ; Aristot. H. A. 510. a 9; ib. 533. a 4; Poet. 1452 b . 
12. Cf. Lat. in aperto esse. Cf. dirb, p. 45, ets, p. 117, e/c, p. 73, 
also C. kiri, /card. Cf . supra, kv rco e\i$ave~i, /carac6a^et. 

c. With articular adverbs (v. also sub adv. phr. of direction) : 
kv rco irapaxpwa (wapaxpma itself a prep. cpd. for irapa to xPW a )> 
'on the spot,' 'offhand,' 'immediately,' 'for the moment.' Antiphon 
V. 73 (opp. to phr. kv rco kiriaxelv) ; Andoc. II. 22. 19; Xen. Cyr. 
2. 4. 13, cnreXduv kv rco ir. kv dacfraXeZ elvai ; Plat. Pol. 310 C; Phileb. 21 
C, r^s t kv rco ir. r)8ovrjs irpoairiTTOvaris, 'for the moment,' 'momentary, 
immediate pleasure,' Lat. in praesentia; so Prot. 353 D; 354 B; 
Menex. 235 B (bis) fiyovfievos kv rco ir. ne'ifav /cat yevvaioTepos /cat /caXXtcoj> 



192 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



yeyovkvai .... ae/jLvdrepos kv ra> w. ylyvonai, 'at once'; Rep. 
408 B, 455 A; Legg. 799 D; 915 D; Lat. ilico. Cf. airb, p. 45, eis, p. 
117, €K, p. 75. 

d. Adverbial phrases of direction: 

kv 5e£ia, Eur. Bacch. 943, but Cycl. 682 c. gen. kv de&a <rov ; Hdt. 
7. 217; Thuc. I. 24. 1; II. 19. 2; 98. 2; III. 24. 1; 106. 1; V. 71. 1; 
VII. 1; Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 11; 6. 5. 27; An. 1. 5. 1, 5; 2. 2. 13; 4. 3. 17; 
5. 2. 24 (Ws); 7. 5. 12; Cyr. 2. 1. 16 (w. art.); 2. 4. 2; 3. 2. 5; 7. 1. 3; 
Plat. Phaed. 89 A c. gen.; Phaedr. 266 A; Critias 110 E; Legg. 749 
E; 795 A, et al. 

kv apiurepa, Hdt. 7. 42; 217; Thuc. II. 81. 3; 98. 2; 100. 4; III. 
106. 1; VI. 62. 2; VII. 1; VIII. 101. 1 (cf. III. 107. 4, kv evccvvfico); 
Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 2; 4. 4. 11; An. 2. 4. 28; 4. 3. 16, 17; 5. 2. 25; 6. 1. 
14; Cyr. 2. 1. 16 (w. art.); 3. 2. 5; 7. 1. 3; Plat. Euthyd. 273 B; Critias 
110 E; Legg. 794 E; 795 A et al. 

kv T(jp avTLirepas, Thuc. VIII. 101. 2 c. gen. 

kv tlo avw, Plat. Rep. 614 C. 

kv tu kxheiva, Thuc. VII. 58. 1; VIII. 104. 5 c. gen. 

kv tw Karavrei, Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 37, 'down-hill' = adv. Karavra ; so 
aTo, p. 46, els, p. 118, €?rt Plat. Tim. 77 D. 

kv tw koltclvtlkpv, Plat. Lys. 203 B, Euthyd. 274 C, Tim. 62 D; cf. 
Prot. 315 C. Cf. pp. 76, 118. 

kv oinadev, Plat. Rep. 614 C, cf. kv rep irpoaOev, supra, p. 177. 

kv ru> irkpav, Xen. An. 4. 3. 11, 29. 

VIII. Periphrasis type 
Under this general heading are included a large number of uses 
of nouns with dvai kv, ylyveadcu kv and other colorless verbs, some of 
which are clearly periphrasis for which an equivalent verb may be 
readily substituted, others which are nearly but not quite periphrasis, 
and still others which are more conveniently placed here because of 
their use with this class of verbs. Some cases have been already 
noted under earlier groups. It is not always possible to draw a sharp 
distinction, thai kv with abstractions varies from periphrasis directly 
equivalent to a verb, or to an adverb, through less clear cases, to a 
mere transference of the local use to abstractions. With verbal nouns 
the preposition usually adds some evident force (e. g., dvai kv ir\w, 
kv dp/jifi 'on the point of sailing, starting, etc.). Certain other verbs 
occur frequently with kv in periphrasis and allied phenomena with 
more or less idiomatic tone. 



PART V kv 



193 



1. a. Abstractions with elvcu kv, ylyvtadai. kv, etc., 
kv apporrjTi, v. infra, sub oXaxvvr}. 

kv a&ucqnaTij Hyper. Eux. XXXVI. 25, eav . . . . rd . . . 
yeyovora kv aSucr/fiari \{/7](t)Laria8e elvcu = pred. adj. 

kv advpia, Thuc. VI. 46. 2, kv advplq. rjaav ; cf. VII. 55. 1, ei> Traz^rt 
<5t) advplas rjaavj (v. p. 159); Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17, advpia bvros </>t\ou 
'when his friend is in despair.' 

kv aXvg, Hdt. 9. 16. 4, -olai per kKelvov kv a'ivy kovvi Uepakoov ; cf. 
3. 74; 8. 112, kv a'ivr] peyiarj] kcov ; cf. kv 5i.a(3o\f] yevop.evos Lys. XIX. 34, 
cf. XXV. 6; Plat. Ep. 318 C. 

kv aicxi-vV' etc -,< v - a ^ so p. 196. Two striking and some- 

what peculiar instances in Eur. are Phoen. 1276, AN. aib'ovp.ed 1 bx^ov. 
10. ovk kv alaxvvg ra aa, 'your situation does not permit of shame' 
(probably slightly colloquial); so Ion. 1397, IQ. alya uv iroWri /ecu 
-o.poi.6ev r;add jjlol. KP. oik kv aLcoirfi rdpd. The nearest parallel to these 
expressions is I. A. 1343, ovk kv 6.(3p6t7]tl Kelacu wpbs rd vvv ireirTcoKOTa 
'thou dost not lie in luxury with reference to the present plight.' 
Editors also compare Phoen. 1265, ovk kv xopdais ovbe irap8evevp.a.(7L/ 
vvv (to 1 -pox^peZ baifiovoov KaraaraaLs. 195 But neither of these are exact 
parallels. 

kv dvayKj], Lysias 6. 8, vp.lv kv avayKr] kcrri (3ov\evaacrdaL ; Xen. 
Hell. 6. 4. 22, kv avdyKT] kykveade; cf. An. 2. 5. 21, kv avayKy kxopkvoov 
'constrained by necessity,' 'compelled, 1 et ah 

kv aJ-t&fidTL, Thuc. VI. 15. 3, u>v yap kv d£icopcm viro tccv darccv 
'being held in high esteem by his fellow-citizens.' Cf. kv bb^xi elvai, 
supra, p. 148 ; 196 cf. ol kv depart tech. p. 166. 

kv oLTropiq., cf. kv airopco, etc., supra, p. 185, 'to be in perplexity, 
doubt, difficulty, distress, straits': Hdt. 4. 131, Aapetos re kv cnroplricn 
elxero; 9. 98. 1, kv a-opty re elxovro 6 n iroikuaL ; cf. (w. adj.) Antiphon 
V. 65; Lys. XIII. 11 (like Hdt. 4. 131 supra); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 29, 
kv a-opla rjaav, cf. 6. 2. 8 (w. mod. adj.), so An. 3. 1. 2; [PlatJ'Ai*- 
Tepaa-aL 135 A; Lach. 200 E, Legg. 919 A; Euthyd. 306 D, kv airoplq, 
dpi, ri del avrols xPWaaBai. cf. Phaed. 108 C; Gorg. 522 B. Cf. 
as variant pi. without prep. w. verb compounded w. kv Hdt. 1. 190, 
Kip os 8e a-opiycn, kveixero. 

kv apxals, of being in power, in office, v. tech. phr. p. 166. 

kv drtpta, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51, v. p. 153. 

195 Powell translates kv here and in 1276 'there is no help in.' 
196 Cf, Plat. Phaed. 117 E ; kv eu^tua XPV reXevrav. 



194 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



ev p\a(3r], Thuc. V. 52. 2, oh i\v ev (3\a8ri reix^Okv, 'to whom the 
fortification would have been injurious.' 

ev bvvapei elvai, Plat. Rep. 328 C, v. p. 166. 

ev bvapevela, Soph. El. 1124, ov yap <hs/ev bvvpevela y oda eitaiTelrai 
rabe. 

ev Wet, Thuc. II. 64. 2, ravra yap ev Wei rfjde rfi iroXei wpbrepov re t\v 
'this was formerly the custom of the city,' cf. Diod. 13. 83. 4; cf. 
Aeschin. I. 25, 6 vvvl iravres ev Wet irpaTTOfxev; cf . Rhett. Graec. Spengel 
III. 59. 17, Kai yap 6 o~ g\olklo~ pbs e£aXkayrj rov ev Wei earlv, et at. 

ev evdelaLs, etc., Isocr. VIII. 90, our' ev evbelaus our' ev virepftohals 
ovres. 

ev eiridv/jLia, Plat. Prot. 318 A, ev eirtOvpLa &v ; Legg. 841 C, cf. 
pi. Rep. 429 D, cf. kv advpla supra. 

ev epri/jLta, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 19, dXXct Kai birbre ev eprjiiLa elev (opp. to 
bivbre virb tuv avdpojirccv bpcpvro); but with more idiomatic tone, ib. 
2. 2. 14, elra ev eprjpla 4>l\cov ava<pavf)s. 

ev evTradelrjai, Hdt. 1. 22, ev evTaBelrjaL ebvras 'enjoying themselves,' 
'making merry,' so 191; cf. 8. 99, avroi fjaav ev dvalrial re Kai eh-iraQe'i^ai. 

ev evpvxupla, Plat. Theaet. 194 D, ev evpvxupia ovt a, 'having plenty 
of room.' 

ev evfypocTvvais, Xen. Ages. 9. 4, ev peaais rats ev<f)poavv cus avaurp'e- 
(freadai. 

ev 6a\lr)aL, Hdt. 3. 27, riaav ev 8a\LrjaL, this noun has come to mean 
'festivities' in pi., (cf. Hes. Th. 65) but the phr. is allied to ev evira- 
deiflaL elvai, supra. 

ev 6avf.iaTL, duipari, Hdt. 1. 68, ev duipari r\v\ id. 3. 3; 7. 218. 2; 
9. 11; cf. 8. 135. 3, Kai rovs fxev ewopevovs tcov Q-qfialuv ev Qwpan exec^at 
cLKovovras (3ap/3apov yXaxjcrrjs ; cf. 7. 128 (w. adj., so 9. 37); Thuc. VIII. 
14. 2; but cf. Xen. Symp. 2. 1, cos ev davpLan; cf. ev davpan iroteladaL 
Plut. Pomp. 14. Cf. eis p. 122. 

ev Ovairicn, v. supra, ev evwadelrjaL. 

ev KaraGKevrj, v. TapaaKevf). ev Karaxpyvct-, Proleg. Plat. Phil. V., 
ei yap rjv ev Karaxpwec 'misuse' (of a word), ev vbaois, v. ireviq, p. 195. 

ev bvelbet, Plat. Symp. 189 E, ev bvelbet bvop.a Kel^ievov ; cf. cos ev 
bvelbet,, p. 208. ev ovaLa, Dem. 118. 30, ev ovaLa iroWfi yeyovcos. 

ev irapacrKevfi, Thuc. II. 80. 3, to pev vavrtKov. ev irapa- 

o-Kevri fjv 'was in preparation,' cf. 101. 2; VI. 26. 2; Aeschin. II. 103; 
cf. c. gen. Thuc. VIII. 14. 3 'in preparation for war'; cf. VIII. 5. 1, 
ev KaraaKevfi rov iro\euov ; II. 17. 5, oi pev ev tovtco irapaaKevris i\aav 
'they were in this state of preparation.' But cf. Plat. Gorg. 477 B, 



PART V kv 



195 



kv xPVVaTuv KCLTaaKevji (L. and S. 'in the matter of money'); ib. kv 
acopaTos KCLTaaKevfi. Cf. further, Ar. Rhet. 1382. b 3. 

kv irevia, Plat. Rep. 613 A, kav t kv irevla y'iyvr\Tai kav t kv vbaois. 
kv irbdcp, (periphr., idiom.) Soph. O C 1678, cos juaXwr' av kv irbdw 
Xd/3cus, 'just as thou mightest wish.' kv cndoTrrj, v. alaxvvrj p. 193. 

kv aKeipei, Plat. Legg. 858 A, dXX' avTovs kv aKeJ/ei yevopevovs. kv 
<TUTr)pLr} elvai, Hdt. 6. 104. kv Tipoipia, Plat. Gorg. 525 B, rrpocqKei 8e 
tclvtl tw kv Tipcopla ovtl. kv 4>i\iq, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 9, ecos en kv <j>i\La. 
kapev, etc. kv (f)povrjjj.aTL, Thuc. V. 40. 3, dXX' kv (ppovrjpaTi ovres rrjs 
TleKoTovv^aov rjyrjaead ai, 'aspiring to be leaders of the Peloponnese.' 

kv <f>povTi8i, Hdt. 2. 104, cos 8e poi kv 4>povt18i kyevero [to irprjypa], 
'as I was thinking of the matter,' but also of a person, Xen. Cyr. 
5. 2. 5., 6 pev 8rj Kvpos kv <j>povTi8i r\v ; cf. 6. 2. 12; Hell. 6. 5. 33; cf. 
Hdt. 1. Ill, fjaav 8e kv 4>povtL8l ap4>OTepoi aXKrjXoov ir'epi ; Diphilus 108 K., 
&v kv 4>povtl(tlv (note pi.). But cf. kv 4>povt'i8i deadac, 'lay to heart' 
Porphyr. vit. Pythag. 40 ( R P §94), like els 6v/jl6v (3a\elv, kv dvpu /5dX- 
\ea6ai, etc., v. supra, p. 149. 

kv x°P € £ais, v - aivxvvri, p. 193. kv \pv£ei, Plat. Tim. 85 D, alpaTos 
kv ipv^ei re ovtos, i. e., 'congealed.' kv oxfreXeia, Xen. Vect. 4. 35, Tama 
kv cb^eXeta eaTcu 'this will be useful, advantageous.' 

With these usages cf. Lat. Plaut. Trin. 278, Neque tibi ero in 
mora; Ter. Andr. 467, ne in mora Mi sis; Verg. Aen. 12. 10, etc. 
Cf. idiomatic and adv. uses of adj. c. elvai, etc., p. 183 ff. 

b. Similarly verbal nouns and expressions: 

kv KaTa\v,\peL, Thuc. III. 33. 3, cos 5' owcen kv /caraX^et k<fia'iveTO 
(sc. elvai), 'no longer did it appear within his grasp.' 

kv Kivr\(jei, Thuc. III. 75. 2, irevTe . . . vavs . . . fcara- 
\nrelv, cVcos -qaabv tl kv Kivrjaei oxflv oi kvavTioi, 'that the enemy might 
be less inclined to stir.' 

kv 6pp.fi, Xen. An. 2. 1. 3, kv bppfi ovtuv 'on the point of starting.' 
Cf. Arist. Rhet. 1393. a 3, kv bpp.fi elvai tov iroieiv. 

kv rco iradelv, Thuc. VI. 38. 2, wpiv kv no wadelv <x>pev 'before we 
suffer.' 

kv iravXri, Thuc. VI. 60. 2, ovk kv irav\rj k<pa'iveTo, 'there seemed to 
be no end of it.' kv TrepnraTco, Xen. An. 2. 4. 15, Itvxov kv wepnraTCj) 
6vtzs cf. els, p. 128. 

kv (TKeTy, c. gen. Hdt. 7. 172. 2, tva ... 17 avpTaaa fj 'EXXds 
tov TroXepov, 'in shelter, protection from,' so 7. 215; cf. 1. 143, f/aav kv 
GK'eirxi tov <pb(3ov. (Cf. Ael. N. A. 9. 57, kv aKewrj tov Kpvovs.) 



196 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



c. kv rexvy and allied phrases with kv of a pursuit or calling: 
slightly idiomatic, Soph. O T 562, tot ovv 6 pavTis ovtos yv kv Ty Texvy ; 
so Plat. Meno 91 E, rerrapd/copra 8e kv ttj Texvy ovtcl, 'he practised his 
profession forty years'; Prot. 317 C (Protag. of himself as a ao^taTrjs) , 
7roXXd ye eTr} ydr] eipl kv r# Tex v V ) Prot. 319 C, irepi pev oi>v <s>v olovTai 
kv Texvy elvai, 'matters of professional interest'; cf. Hdt. 2. 82, tuv 
*EXX?7J>coi> ot kv iroLrjaet yevbpevoi ; Thuc. III. 28, ol kv rots irpaypaaL ; 
so Dem. 125. 56; cf. ot kv reXet, etc., supra, p. 167. Isocr. III. 18, 
ot kv rats oXryapxtats /cat bypoKpaTiais (meaning the administrators 
thereof); Plat. Phaed. 59 A (et saepe) tbs kv c/>tXocroc/>ta rjpcbv ovtwv ; 
63 E; 68 C; Theaet. 174 A; Rep. 489 B; cf. 561 D; Epist. 311 E, etc., 
Legg. 762 A, twv kv rats 7€wp7tats. Really not different from the fol- 
lowing class. 

2. Local use transferred to Abstractions; (mostly kv of circum- 
stance or condition) : 

kv alaxwy, Dem. 736. 115, kv aiaxvvrj £r)v, but cf. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36, 
kv alaxvvy deuvoos exovTa) cf. also Eur. Phoen. 1276 v. p. 193. But cf. 
Eur. Suppl. 164, kv pev ataxwats ayco, 'among shameful things,' i. e., 
'I count it a shameful thing,' cf. Tldeadai kv. 

kv a^poavvy, Soph. Ant. 383, /cat kv cufrpoavvy KadeXovTes, 'taken in 
folly.' 

kv kXirLaLV, Soph. Ant. 897, kv eXirLaLv rpec/>co /c/rXt? pev tf^eiv 7rarpt 
(periphr. = /cdpr' eX7rtfa>); Eur. El. 352, kv ekirlo-iv tout' aadevrjs 
cf>evyuv avrjp, 'this rests on hope'; 197 Eur. frg. 412, kv eKTvlciv XPV roiis 
cocjyovs ex^v (3'lov; (cf. sing. w. elvai, c. inf.) Thuc. IV. 70. 2, \kyuv kv 
eX-7rtot elvai ava\a(3elv Ntaata^ ; cf. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 43; 7. 2. 10. 

kv rjavxla, v. supra, p. 178. 

kv kclkoZs, familiar phr. of traged)', Aesch. Ag. 1612, vfipl^eiv kv 
KaKolaiv ov crepco; but ib. 765 c. gen., ved/^ovaav kv /ca/cots fipoTcov/vfiptv ; 
Soph. O T 127, 'in our troubles; El. 308, ev tol /ca/cots, 335 198 cf. Eur. 
Ale. 772, apa tov %evov / (TTvyoo <5t/catcos, kv /ca/cots d4>Lypevov ; Hec. 663; 
but Soph. Ant. 495, x& Ta - v & kclkoZo-L rts/dXous, 'when one is caught 
in wickedness.' 199 Cf. kv Xvirats, etc., Plat. Rep. 429 D, to ev re 
Xu7rats ovtcl 5iao~co£ecrdai amyv /cat kv rjdovals /cat kv kiriBvplais /cat kv <£6/3ots. 

197 Cf. Shakespeare, Merch. of Ven. Act 1 Sc. 3, 'Yet his means are in supposi- 
tion.' 

198 Cf. further, Soph. El. 1056, 1287, cf. 1329; O C 592; Ai. 272, cf. 532; 1118, 
1151; Ph. 313, 471; cf. Ant. 463; 495; cf. 540, 1076; 1326; frg. 530. 3; 600; 842; 
866 (Nauck). 

199 But cf. Democr. frg. 173 (Diels, Vorsokr. 2 I. 417), ov binaiov kv kclkoZo-i rd 
roi&Se Kpiveiv, dXX' kv ayadolaiv cbv, 'to count as evils, among evils.' 



PART V kv 



197 



Cf. kv irbvu, irbvois and similar expressions: Pind. N. 10. 78, 
iravpoi 5' kv irbvco iriaroi (3porwv ; 200 Soph. O T 1205, kv irbvois ; cf. 1319, 
kv roaolabe irrjfxacnv, cf. O C 1358, kv irbvco ; cf. Thuc. VI. 34. 2; Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 2. 1, ovr kv ttovols ovr kv Kivbvvois, etc. 

Comparable also are some of the uses of kv kax^rois, Lat. in ex- 
tremis: Plat. Legg. 881 A, davaros p.ev ovv ovk eariv eax aT0V > °l 8e kv "Aibov 
rovroiai \eybp,evoi irbvoi en re rovrccv 201 eiai /jlclWov kv eoxarois, i. e., 'are 
far worse'; Dem. 287. 178, cos kne'ivLov bvrtov kv rols eo-xarots; but Plat. 
Rep. 523 D (sing.) is simply local of the end of the finger, kav re kv 
fxkaco bpaTOLL kav r kv kaxkrw. 

Cf. kv irkvdei, (cf. II. 22. 483, arvyepw kvl irkvde'i): Soph. El. 270, 
& bvadeov p.'iG7]p.a, uoi fxbvr] irarrjp/redvrjKev ; aXXos 8' ovr is kv irkvdei fiporcov, 
'hast thou alone lost a father, and is there no other mourner in the 
world?' but in 847, kcfravrj yap p,e\krccp / '&/xc6t rbv kv irkvdei, it refers to 
the dead man, 'an avenger appeared for the one in grief; Eur. Hel. 
1325, piirrei 5' kv irkvdei, / irerpiva Kara bpLa woXvvKpka' 'she flung herself 
in her grief,' etc. Cf. Plat. Rep. 605 D, '0/xi?pou . . . puixov- 
ix'evov riva rccv rjpcocov kv irkvdei ovr a) cf. 395 D, yvvalna kv 
^vp,(j)opals re Kal irevdeai Kal dp-qvois kxofikvrjv. Cf. kv avfufiopals, etc. 
Soph. Ant. 1229, kv rep avpicpopas bie4>daprjs 'in what calamity hast 
thou lost thy reason?' but here kv really = 'by' or 'because of (cf. 
causal and instr. kv ); cf. Soph. Ai. 314, Kavrjper kv tw irpdyp,aros Kvpol 
iror'e, 'I asked in what strange plight he was'; Eur. Hel. 1195, kv rep be 
kcZocu avfjitfiopas ; Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 4, kv avfi(f)opais yevofxkvccv ; cf . (sing.) 
Dem. 413. 230. 

kv airdvi, Hdt. 5. 58, nore kv airdvi (3v(3\cov 'in lack of papyrus'; 
cf. Dem. 389. 153, xPVVutwv r ' ' ev o-iravet . . . avrbv Karaarrjaeiv. 202 
Cf. Kadlarrj/ju kv, p. 199. kv rexvrj, etc., v. p. 196. kv xVP e ' ia j Thuc. 
II. 45, oocu vvv kv x^P^ta eaovr ai 'as many as shall be in widowhood.' 

3. Affinity of certain other verbs for kv in periphrasis and allied 
phenomena: 

a. Abstractions c. exeiv, iroieladai, etc., 'to hold, regard, consider 

as': Hdt. 9. 42. 2, kv abely be ov iroievp,'evLov to Veyeiv, 'not considering 

it safe to speak'; cf. 8. 120, cos kv abely kccv. Hdt. 5. 106. 2, kv atria 

200 Cf . Theogn. 79, iravpovs evprjaeLs . . . avbpas eraipovs / ttlcttovs kv xaAe7roIs 
irp^y/jLaaL yivop-evovs. 

201 The meaning of tovtwv is debated, v. Ast and Stallb. who contests Ast's 
interpretation and maintains that tovtcov refers to davaros, the pi. being used in a 
general sense, for which he refers to Matthias, Gr. Gr. §472. 5. 

202 Cf. adj. w. art. used as abstraction, Ar. Rhet. 1429. b 32, at roiavrai irpa&is 
kv tu> a-ravic? yeyovaaiv, oi'as 8e cv Xeyeis, ttoWclkis, 'are rare,' cf. adj. c. elvai kv. 



198 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



e\eiv) Thuc. I. 35 (v. sub legal phr. p. 165); Thuc. II. 59. 1, Kal tov 
fxev UepLKkea ev carta d\ov, cf. V. 60. 2, 4, 5; 65. 5; VII. 81. 1; Xen. 
Mem. 2. 8. 6, etc., Hdt. 2. 141, ev akoyiriuL e\eiv 'to have no regard, 
respect for,' cf. 6. 75. 3, avrb to akaos ev akoyLrj excov evewprjae; 7. 226, 
h aXoylxi iroLevpevov to tcov Mrjboov ir\f)dos. m Hdt. 3. 3, TOLwvbe p.evTOL 
ep,e iraLbcov p,rjTepa eovaav Kvpos ev a.TLp.Lr) exei, tt]v be drr' AlyvTTOv 

eiTLKTTJTOV kv TLjlTj TideTdL. h daVfJLCLTL TTOLOVpeVOS, Plut. Pomp. 14. Hdt. 

2. 1215, ev Kepbe'i iroLevp'evovs c. inf.; so 6. 13. 2 (Lat. Hor. lucro ap- 
ponere, C. I. 9. 15). Hdt. 1. 131, ev vopco iroLevpevovs c. inf. 'consider- 
ing it as legal' (v. also ev vo/iols, p. 182). Thuc. 4. 5, irvvdavopevoL 
ev oAtYwpta eiroLovvTo 'they took no heed,' so 7. 3. 1. Thuc. II. 21. 3, 
tov UepLKkea ev opyfj elxov, 'they were angry at Pericles,' so Dem. 14. 
16, 7ro\Ad/as vpels ov tovs ahlovs, dAAd tovs uardrous Tepl tqjv irpay- 
fxcLTOiv elirovTCLS ev opyfj iroLeiade. 20 * Thuc. II. 89. 1, ovk a&oov to. jui) 
beiva ev oppcobla exeiv. Hdt. 1. 88, ev irokkfi TpoprjdLr] elxe. Lys. IV. 
18, ev virokoyco rauras rds irpoKk'qaeis TOLeladai ; Aeschin. I. 10, ev TkelaTU 
viroxpLa iroLOvpevos. 

b. Tidevcu, TLdeadaL ev, 'reckon, regard, consider as.' The earliest 
case is Tyrt. 10. 1, our' ev \6yco avbpa TiQeip.fjv ap. Plat. Legg. 660 E, 'I 
would not consider a man of any account' (v. ev koyco, p. 149 f.); 
Aesch. Prom. 239, 6vt]tovs 5' ev o'Lktco depevos ; Soph. Ph. 473, dAA' ev 
irapepyco Bov pe (v. ev irapepyco, p. 182) ; 205 Hdt. 3. 3, rt^d ev tl/jlti TLdeadaL 
(v. ev TLp.fi, p. 153, opp. ev aTLplrj exeLv) ; 8. 99, MapbovLov ev olt'lj} TLdevTes 
(v. p. 165); Thuc. 1. 35. 3, ev dot/o^art BrjaovTaL, cf. Dem. 668. 148, 
ov Tld-qpi ev abLKr]paTos p'epeL (v. kv p'epeL c. gen. p. 180); cf. Xen. Mem. 
1. 4. 15, dAAd povov ae e^aLpovvTes ev apekela /carart^rat 'treat you 
negligently'; Plat. Rep. 349 A, ev dperfy avTo Kal ao(f>La eTokp-qcras delvaL 
'in the category of (a variant of ev p'epeL c. gen. p. 180) ; cf . Aeschin. 
III. 202, ev apeTfi tovB 1 vpccv prjbels KaraAoyt£ecr0co, 'let no one of you 
consider this a virtue,' 'impute it to yourselves as a virtue;' cf. Plat. 
Rep. 475 D, cos y' ev $tAoax></>ots TLdkvaL (tlvcl) ; Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 4, 
ovs ev rots c/>tAots Weaav ; cf. Plat. Lys. 223 B, /cat epe yap ev vp.lv TldrjpL 
'I reckon myself among you, in your number.' Menander, frg. 160 
K., av 5' aurds iroLf\s / TaireLvov avTo ( = to aov tuam condicionem) /cat TLdfjs 
kv pybevi Cf. ets Plat. Soph. 235 A, cf. 264 C, etc. 

203 Cf. other similar expressions c. iroieladat kv, w. adj. v. p. 184, w. X6ya>. v. p. 149, 
w. onoLco, v. p. 190. W. ex«f in periphrasis cf. Tac. Ger. 5, in pretio habent. 

204 But cf. Isocr. Ep. II. 11 (active) tovs 5' kxOpois kv kXirLai jueYaXcus Trotr}<reis, 
'fill the enemy with great hopes.' 

206 Cf. w. adj. Soph. Ph. 875; Eur. Hec. 806 supra, p. 184. 



PART V kv 



199 



c. KaB'iGTrinL kv : Trans, 'to bring into a certain state,' like els 
supra, q. v. Antiphon V. 61, kv dycovL /cat klv8vvco p,eya\cp KaracrT-qaavTL 

. enelvov ; Isocr. IX. 30, kv dacpaXeia Karaarrjaas ; cf . Hyper. III. 
XLV. 36, v., p. 186; Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 27, 29, ere ... kv klv8vvco 
Kadearavat contr. tovs (j>l\ovs kv aiavdvvu 206 KaBiardai ; Plat. Menex. 242 A, 
rijvde ttjv ttoXlv . kv iroXefico rots "EAA^ct KaTearrjae, etc. Intr. 

'to come into, virtually = to be in a certain state': Hdt. 7. 138. 2, 
€*/ deifACLTi. fxeydXcp Karearaaav ; 8. 36. 1; Dem. 471. 49, rous fxev kv klv8vvco 
Kadear^KOT as contr. rous 5' kv diraari KaOeardvaL doKovvras evbaiixovla, 
practically = etz^at. Cf. Menand. Perik. 165 (Capps) v. kv irokkixu, 
p. 152. 

d. kv voco exetv, frequent: 'to have in mind, intend': Hdt. 1. 10, 
27, 77; 3. 64; 4. 125; 6. 44, 48; 7. 157. 1; 8. 7. 2; 8. 8. 1; 9. 11, 52, 
93. 2; Thuc. IV. 8. 5; 22. 2; 85. 5; V. 45. 3, etc. Xen. An. 3. 3. 2; 
5. 13; Cyr. 6. 1. 3; Plat. Apol. 20 B; Crito 50 A; Symp. 188 E, 189 C, 
214 E; Alcib. I. 104 D, 113 C, 120 A, 123 C (bis), 124 A; II. 143 A, 
150 B; Euthyd. 272 B, E, 274 A, 282 D; Prot. 311 C, D; Rep. 344 
D (bis), 362 D; Legg. 712 B, et al. Cf. c. elvai instead of exeiv, Hdt. 
1. 109, rt croL kv vow eort irotkeLv ; 'what do you intend to do?' c. 
yiyveaOcu id. 9. 46. But voco exetv without kv, 'to keep in mind,' Hdt. 
5. 92 rj 1 ; Plat. Rep. 490 A, etc. Cf. kirl, Hdt. 1. 27, at ydp rovro Beoi 
iroi7](T€Lav kirl vbov vrjaLcoryaL k\6elv, 'would that the gods would put it 
into the minds of the islanders to come'; so 1. 71; 3. 21. Cf. also 
Kara vbov. Cf. w. kv voco ex^v, Hdt. 3. 78, ervxov rd dirb 
Upr]i;dcnreos yevbfieva kv (3ov\rj exovres. 207 

e. -KLTrreLv kv : Pind. Is. III. 41, kv vTrvco m ydp irkaev cf. old Eng. 
'fall on sleep'; so simply virvcp, Aesch. Eum. 68. Cf. also els, p. 126. 
iriTTeLv kv 'to fall violently upon,' 'to attack,' Soph. Ai. 375, kv 8' 
eklKetrcTL I fiovai /cat kXvtols ireacov at7ro\tots ; cf. Ant. 781. Cf. kirl, irpbs, 
also Horn. II. 13. 742. 

IX. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 
1. Instrumental: 

Aesch. Suppl. 935, rb velicos 6' ovk kv dpyvpov \afirj /eXvtrev 'in, i. e., 
by the taking of silver.' 

20 «Cf. fe tov &klv8{jvov, Thuc. III. 40. 4. 

207 Cf. nariiiievos kv dccKO}, 'sitting in council,' Hdt. 6. 63; 9. 94. 1. 

208 Cf. for kv virvcp, Hdt. 9. 44. 1, /ecu /jloXhttcl oi avdpcoiroi elvai kv virvci), also, 'in 
sleep,' 'in a dream,' Eur. I. T. 44; Plat. Rep. 476 C; kv toTs vttvols ib. 572 B; Isocr. 
IX. 21. 



200 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Soph. Tr. 886, arovbevros kv rofxa aubapov 'by the stroke of the 
sword that causes sorrow.' 

Soph. O T 654, kv opKu ykyav 'strong in his oath,' i. e., by means 
of,' 'in virtue of' = <5td tov opuov (half causal); 209 cf. Ai. 488, adevbvros 
kv itXovto), and for pi. Eur. Suppl. 1229, /cat rbvb' kv opkols £eu£o/xat. 

Instrumental and plastic: Aeschin. II. 76, bebepikvov kv irebaus, etal. 

Soph. Ai. 732, \riyei 5' epts bpap,oi>aa tov 7rpoc6orarco / avbpcov yepbvTcov 
kv ZvvaWayfi \6yov, 'the strife is brought to an end by the recon- 
ciling words of the elders,' 210 cf. without prep. Eur. Suppl. 602, 
5td bopbs eliras, rj \bywv ^vvaKKayals ; 211 but in a different sense of 
crvvaXhayal, Soph. O T 34, avbpcbv be irpurov ev re avfic^opals filov / Kplvov- 
res ev re baL/uLovoiv avvaWayals, 'in the dealings of men with immortals' 
contrasted with the ordinary chances of life. 212 

Cf. further for instr. ev : Soph. Ph. 1393, tL drjr' av 17/xeZs bpoopev, 
ei a'e 7' kv \6yois / irelaeLv bvvrjaofieda p.r)bev &v \e7c0 ; so id. 60, kv Atrats, 
'by prayers'; 102, kv boku> 'by guile,' etc. 

2. Circumstantial, but mainly causal, Thuc. VII. 16. 1., oVcos fxr) 
(jlovos kv aadeveia ToXanroipolr). 

Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 26, kv vvkt'l re /cat kv <f>b(3co aiubvTes ; etc. 

3. kv of attendant circumstance: 

Soph. Ph. 1134, aWov 0' kv peTaXXaya / m Tr6\vp.rjxb.vov avbpbs kpeaaeu, 
'in a change of ownership thou art plied, i. e., wielded, by a man 
of many wiles.' 

Eur. H. F. 932, 6 6' owed' avrbs i^vJaW kv arpocjyalaLv bppaTccv 
k<f>dapp:evos, 'with rolling eyes,' (<rvv might have been used, or no 
prep.) Edd. cf. Bacch. 1166, kv biaarpb^ois /ogctois. 

4. e^ = Lat. coram: 

Thuc. IV. 59. 2, kv elbbat 'in the presence of those who know,' 
(substantive use of ptc. without art. slightly idiomatic). 

209 Jebb: cf. without kv, Eur. Tro. 674, irXovrcp re navSpeia fxkyav, and for kv, 
Soph. Ph. 185, lv t bbvvais 6/jlov /Xijuw r oinrpos, 'piteous alike in his torments and 
his hunger.' 

210 Cf. Aesch. Ag. 482, eireiT /kv aWaya \6yov nap.elv, 'to suffer in change of 
report'; but the text is very doubtful; this is Klausen's reading, the MSS. put 
kv in the following line where Porson and others delete it. 

2U L. and S. quote this with prep, for which there appears to be no MS. authori- 
ty. It is possible that the preposition is used or omitted simply metri causa. 

212 Cf. without prep. O T 960, irorepa bokoiaiv, rj vbaov %vvaX\ayfj, 'by intervention 
of disease'; Tr. 845, okedplauri avvaWayals, 'in fatal converse.' 

213 Cf. in a different sense, of changes in nature, Epicharmus, Diels, Vorsokr 2 . 
I. 90 (B.2), 6 p.kv yap av£e6', 6 8k ya jikv ^divei/kv ixeraWayal 8k iravres kvrl iravra t6v 
Xpbvov. 



PART V kv 



201 



Ar. Nub. 892, rroXu yap paWov a' /kv rots rroXXotcrt Xkyccv clttoXo), 
'before this large audience' (Merry); so Eur. Hipp. 610, rd rot /cdX' 
kv iroWoiffi koXKlov Xeyetv. 

Andoc. I. 37, kv vplv rjaav ot Xoyot, 'in your presence.' Cf. kv Tcaat. 

Probably related to this in origin are such cases as, Lys. XII. 6, 
kv rots TpLCLKovra' at the meetings of the Thirty,' etc., cf. 69, kv rots 
avrov TroXtrats. 

5. Closely akin to ev = coram is what Jebb calls the forensic kv 
denoting the tribunal or company before whom one is judged. 

Soph. Ant. 459, tovtoov kyco ovk epeXXov, avbpbs oi>8evbs /(ppovrjpa 
belaaa\ kv Beolai ttjv b'ucqv boiaecv, cf. 925; so T 677, kv be tol(t8 j taos 
'but in the sight of these I am just'; and, more boldly, O C 1213, 
(TKatoavvav (pvXdaaccv kv kfioi (me iudice) KarabrfKos eurai) so, Eur. Hipp. 
988, ot yap kv (Tocpols , (fravXoL wap' oxXw povauioiTepoL \eyeiv ) ib. 1320, av <5' 
kv t knelvco kclv kpol <f>aLv€L KaKOS ; Plat. Legg. 916 B, b tab walked oo be ev tujl 
rcbv laTpcov ; Gorg. 464 D, el <5eot kv wauri biayoovL^eadat ; 214 Lys. XIII. 
35, 6 be brjpos kv to) bLKaarrjploj kv <5tcrx<-Xtots" kyf/rjcpLaro ; cf. Isocr. XVII. 
29, tovs d7o;pas tovs kv vp.lv ; Dem. 1303. 14, our' kbbd-q rj \f/fj<pos kv airaat,, 
'the vote was not taken in a full house'; so of submitting a case to 
or settling it by the arbitration of friends, Andoc. I. 16. 122, bin-qv 
5' kv tols 4>L\ols dovval pot t5>v ireiroiripevoiv ) Dem. 864. 2, kv rots 4>iKois 
biabtKaaaadai ra rrpos kp'e. 

6. e*> = Lat. penes, 'it is in one's power,' 'depends upon some one 
or some thing.' These expressions do not fall strictly under our 
definition of phrases, but the use of the prep, in other than a physical 
sense easily glides over into a prep. phr. and such cases must have been 
felt as familiar. 

Soph. O T 314, kv aol yap kap'ev 'we are in thy hand'; C 247, kv 
vp.pt yap cos deo) /nelpeda TXapoves ; cf. 392, 422, 1443; Ai. 519, kv aol 7rdcr' 
eycoye ao)$opai) Ph. 963, kv aol tcai to irXelv fjpas, ava%, /r}br\ Vrt 'it de- 
pends on thee'; Eur. Ale. 278, kv aol 8' kapev /cat £rjv /cat pi] (note personal 
use as in Soph. T 314; O C 247); I. T. 1057, /cat Tap kv vp.lv kariv; 
Phoen. 1250; cf. Med. 228. 215 An extension of this use with an ellip- 
sis of the verb is seen in Soph. O C 153, dXX' oi< pav ev y' kpol/irpoa- 
drjaei Taab 1 apds, 'so far as depends on me,' 'at least if I can help it'; 
cf. Eur. Hel. 996; 1425; I. A. 1273, kXevOepav yap bel viv baov kv aol, 
T6Kvov,/Kapol yeveadai) cf. 1379; Hdt. 3. 85; 6. 109. 3; 8. 60. a; cf. 

214 Cf. kv iraiblois Gorg. 521 E. 

215 But differently Eur. Rhes. 859, kv aol 8' 'dp apx&fJLeada ; 'should we begin with 
thee?' Lysias frg. 15, to 8k abv (ykvos) kv aol iraveraL. 



202 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Dem. 622. 4; Thuc. I. 74, kv reus vavai tqov ^Wtjvcov to. irpaypaTa kykr 
vero; m Andoc. I. 4. 39; Xen. Oec. 7. 14; Cyr. 8. 7. 11; cf. Plat. Prot. 
313 A; 354 E; Dem. 292. 193, kv yap rco dew to tovtov reXos f\v, ob*. 
kpol. 211 Cf. Diels, Vorsokr. 2 642. 2 (Dialexeis), ras aooTrjpLas kv xpvi^o.<tlv 
kovaas 'dependent upon money'; cf. Lysias XXVII. 3, birbrav kv 
XPwaaiv rj. 2ls Cf . Lat. Plaut. Capt. 670 et al. 

7. Of the object of the action or feeling: Soph. Ant. 551, akyovoa 
jjLev brjT,' ei yekco y' , kv aol ye\cc ; cf. Aesch. Cho. 222, d\\' kv KaKolai tols 
kfjiols yekdv 0eXeis, (usually kiri c. dat. in the sense of 'laugh at,' or dat. 
alone, also eis Soph. Ai. 79); cf. Soph. Ai. 1092, p.r) . . ,/elr avrbs 
kv davovaiv vfipiaTrjs ykvet, 'an outrage against the dead'; 1315, kv kpoi 
dpaavs. 

8. Idiomatic, a. Instead of k. A peculiar use is cited in some of 
the lexicons for Xen. An. 6. 1.4, t'lvlv kv ttot^pIw but most edd. read 
€tlvov kK Keparlvoiv Tcor-qpioiv and there seems to be no sufficient 
authority for kv. Xen. elsewhere uses kK, Cyr. 5. 3. 3, so Plat. 
Euthyd. 299 E, Rep. 417 A, which was the regular usage until later 
Greek. Ath. XL 476 C quotes Xen. An. 6. 1. 4 c. dat. without prep. 
Later kv is used like the common Fr. idiom, boire dans un verre, 
Luc. dial. deor. 6. 2, 6 5k r\rei kv avTw kKelvco (i. e., kKTrcopari) ttUlv ; de 
mere. cond. 26, ad kv apyvpeo rj xpwy viveiv ; also Diog. L. 1. 104. 
b. Xen. An. 5. 2. 15, Karadepevos ra oVAa kv x LT &vi ftbvov avefir] 219 
Cf. kv 0op/3etd, Ar. Vesp. 582, v. p. 168. 

9. Plastic: Pind. 01. II. 69 (63), kv x*pbs aKpa, 'in strength of 
hand'; cf. Aesch. Pers. 1060 (without prep.), aKfifi xtp&v, cf. also Pind. 
Is. VII. (VIII.). 37, aKp.fi iroboov (but Christ reads aK-pav -rroboov). 

Soph. Ai. 1038, 6to> be pi) rd5' kariv kv yvcopy (f)i\a (pleonastic and 
plastic). Aesch. Eum. 679, kv be Kapbia/iprjcfrov (pepovres bpKov aibelcrde, 
is a little more than plastic. 

X. Pronominal Expressions 

1. Personal pronouns, v. supra, p. 201 f. IX. 6 e*> = Lat. penes. 
Colloquial and familiar: Plat. Prot. 309 A, cos y' kv aureus f}p.Zv elpfiadai 
'between ourselves.' 

2. Demonstratives: 

216 Contrast Thuc. II. 64, vvv re ^ kv vyuv Ku>\vdfj. 

217 But Plat. Apol. 28 A is quite different, oiibkv 8k 8eiv6v, ^17 kv k/iol <rry, 'there is 
no danger lest it stop in my case.' 

218 This is one of the meanings of kv mentioned by Aristot. Phys. 210 a . 21 fL 
219 Cf. expressions in the Orr. cited by Lutz, p. 33. 



PART V kv 



203 



Soph. Ant. 39, et rd5' kv tovtols, 'in these circumstances'; 220 cf. 
Xen. Hell. 5. 1. 4; Cyr. 3. 1. 1; 3. 3. 43 et al. kv tovtco, 'meanwhile,' 
as an introductory tag constant in Thuc. (more than 25 cases have 
been noted) cf. 7. 30, and Xen. (thirty-five times and more), Mem. 
2. 1. 27, etc.; also Dem. 390. 156, etc. Ar. Plut. 399, ovk Uti wco ret 
irpayiiaT kv tovtco, 'at this pass.' Thuc. VII. 33. 6, kireih-q-Kep kv tovtco 
rvxns elcri, 'since they are at this point of fortune.' Dem. 127. 65, 

KCLLTOL /J.T) J6VOLTO /UL€V, CO CLv8p€S 'AdrjVCLLOL, TCL TTpayjiaT kv TOVTCO, 'and yet, 

heaven grant that your affairs may not be in this condition'; etc.; 
'at this point,' Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 36 (cf. Thuc. 2. 8); cf. Plat. Prot. 
310 D, et yap . . . kv tovtco etrj, 'would that it were at this point, 
or, 'that it depended on this thing'; 'at this time' Thuc. IV. 14. 2; 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1, 4; 5. 1. 7; 'hereupon,' Plat. Euthyd. 275 E, 276 E, 
Prot. 317 E, 350 D, et al. kv Tolube, 'under these circumstances,' 
Soph. O T 893; (cf., w. noun 1319, kv Toaolade irrnxaaiv). kv tco rotwSe, 
'under such circumstances,' Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 35, 38, etc. So, fre- 
quently, kv tolovtols, Soph. El. 307; Andoc. I. 15. 118, kv rots tolovtols] 
Lys. XX. 12; Plat. Rep. 524 A, B; Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 7 (no art.), etc., 
w. correl. kv oh following, Dem. 1483. 35 et al. kv tolovtco, kv tc} 
tolovtco, often vaguely, with the same meaning, 'under such circum- 
stances, 'in such a condition,' 'in such a strait or plight': Thuc. 
III. 81; VII. 69. 2; cf. Ant. V. 93; Lys. XII. 13; Xen. An. 1. 7. 5; 
Cyr. 1. 4. 22; 6. 41; 4. 2. 21; Plat. Theaet. 198 E, Phileb. 38 A; 42 E; 
Lysis 212 C (bis); Rep. 470 D, 492 C, 563 A, 571 C, 572 A, 590 A; 
Legg.676 B, etc. (cf. kv olco infra). Of place: Xen. Ages. 6. 7; Eq. 
4. 1, etc. 

3. Relatives: 

kv oaco, 'while,' Ar. Pax 943, cf. Thuc. III. 81. 2; VIII. 61. 1; 87. 2, 
4; Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 16; 7. 5. 4; Dem. 50. 37; 1212. 18; Antiphanes 
136 K.; Sosipat. 21 K.; etc., 'until,' Thuc. III. 28. 1; 52. 3, etc. 

kv co, 'while,' Hdt. 6. 97 et saepe. (Cf. ib. 7. 26. 1 w. correl. kv 
tovtco following, so Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 13; 5. 2. 29; et al.) Thuc. VII. 
51. 1; Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 1; An. 1. 10. 10; 2. 2. 15; 4. 2. 19; 5. 1. 17; 
7. 1. 15 (cf. An. 1. 2. 20 'during this time,' note lack of agreement 
w. logical antecedent ruiepas rpets); Cyr. 2. 2. 21; 4. 2. 18; Plat. Phaed. 
67 A, kv co av ^uifiev. 

220 Jebb: the phr. kv tovtois means either 'in these circumstances,' as here and 
in Plat. Phaed. 101 C, or 'meanwhile', 'inter haec, as Plat. Symp. 220 B. The 
singular kv tovtq usually = 'meanwhile,' more rarely, 'in this case' (Thuc. 1. 37), 
cf. 1. 81, or 'at this point' (id. 2. 8). 



204 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



kv g, instr. Xen. An. 2. 5. 17, 'by means of which.' 
kv oloo, Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 12, vvv hi opart 8r) otco hare, 'in what 
sort of plight you are,' etc. 

4. kv rots with superlatives, etc.: 

Hdt. 7. 137, rouro /jlol kv toIul Beibrarov 4>alveTaL yevkadcu, 'one of the 
most marvelous things'; Thuc. I. 6. 3, kv toIs irpcbToi 'among the first'; 
VII. 19. 4; VIII. 89. 2; cf. p. 160; cf. VII. 24. 3, fikyurrbv re Kal kv 
tols irp&Tov kKcucuae to trrpdreu/za, 'one of the greatest and severest 
blows'; cf. Dinarch. I. 91. 11, kv tols wpoTepov ; used w. feminine nouns 
with no change of gender, Thuc. III. 17, kv tols 7rXeZcrrcH 5r) vrjes, 
'about the greatest number of ships'; 82. 1, 8l6tl kv tols irpooTrj kykveTo 
(sc. rj CTaaLs). 

Also with adverbs: Thuc. VIII. 90, kv tols /xdXio-ra, Lat. ut qui 
maxime, so Plat. Crito 52 A (bis); Theaet. 186 A; Symp. 173 B. 
kv tols ixaKLara tcov tot€ ; Thuc. VII. 71. 3, kv rots x a ^7rcbrara ; cf. 
Plat. Crito 43 C; Meno 93 E; Epist. 358 C. 221 

XI. Local Designations 

1. Noun of place omitted: 

a. Sc. xup'<>V : Archil. 26, kv tclXlvo-kIco ; Thuc. II. 81. 4, ecos eorpa- 
T07re8evaavTo kv kirLTrjdeLu) ; so VI. 64. 1; cf. IV. 97. 3, kv /Se/S^Xco, 'in an 
unconsecrated place'; Xen. An. 4. 8. 26, kv aKXrjpu), 'in a rough or 
uneven place'; 222 Cyr. 3. 3. 28, ol fiev 'AaavpLOL . . . kvTpaTo- 
iredevovTO kv irepLT€Ta(f)pevfj,kvcp fxkv Karacfravel 8k, 6 8e Kvpos cbs 

kbvvaro kv a4>aveo~TaTu>, et al. b. Sc. x&P a '• Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 4, outV 
eauTcoz>; cf. Plat. Euthyd. 279 B; Xen. An. 7. 7. 33, cos kv iroXefiLa ; 
Cyr. 2. 1. \S,vp.els Kale<f>vre kv t-q avTfj rjfj.lv kcll kTpacfrrjTe ; et al. c. Sc. 
Kklvrj, of which the only suggestion is in the verb and the context and 
the gender of the art.: Plat. Symp. 185 D, kv Ty kcltco yap avTov t6v 
iarpbv 'Epv^lfxaxov KaTaxeladaL, 'for Eryximachus the physician was 
reclining on the couch below him. 5 

2. Half phrases or tags (slightly familiar) : 

kv 65co, Hdt. 1. 114, eiraL^e 8k fieT aWcov rjXUcov kv 65co ; a little dif- 
ferent is Thuc. II. 12, bpcbvTes a<f>as r\8rj kv 65co cWas, so 13. 1; Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 3. 13; 5. 3. 54 {bis), kv ry irap68co, Thuc. I. 126. II. 223 

221 In late pr. also with positives, kv tols p.a\a, irdvv, o-<j>68pa, etc. Dion. H. Ant. 
1. 19, kv tols iravv /xkya re kclI apxalov, cf. 1. 60. v. H. §652; Kiihn.-G. 349, b, 7, 
i. Matth. Gr. Gr. §289. 

222 Cf. Menand. Epitrep. 25 (Capps), kv t<Z> 5d<r«; here the adj. really = a noun. 
In many such cases it is unnecessary to supply the noun. 

223 Cf. Polyb. 5. 68. 8; /card tt)v irapobov id. 22. 27 12, and as an adv. phr. =Lat. 
obiter, 'by the way,' 'cursorily,' kn irapobov, kv irapa8pop.fj v. p. 182. 



PART V kv 



205 



kv TpiPcp, Hdt. 8. 140. 2, beiixaivw virkp vpikoov kv rpt/3co re /zdXtara 
oUrj/nkvoov tcov av/jL/jLax^v iravTOJv, 'since you, most of all the allies, live 
on the high road, the highway.' Cf. Dion. H. 6. 34, afyiui cv/jL/iaxelv 

kv rpt/3w TOV TToKe/JLOV Ktijikvois. 

kv iropoj, 'in the passage-way' (of ships): Hdt. 7. 183, kbv kv iropq 
yudXtcra; so Thuc. I. 120; VI. 48, kv irbpoo yap (jLaKtara /cat irpoafioXfi 
elvcu avrovs r^s 2t/ceXtas (L. and S. kv 7rpoa(3okfi elvcu, 'to be a general 
place for ships to touch at'); cf. Hdt. 8. 76 (where the battle was 
fought), kv yap 8r} iropo) [tt}s] vavixaxW- 

Cf. kv oti/3o), which might easily have become a phr. but did not: 
Eur. Ion 351, rjv 8k (rraXayp.ds kv crrt/3co rts alfiaros (purely lit.); cf. I. T. 
67, 6pa, (frvkacFve fxi] rts kv arl^co fiporoov, 'look, watch, that no one be in 
the path.' But /caret arlfiov w. slight id. touch, 'to be on the path 
of some one,' i. e., 'in pursuit,' Hdt. 5. 102; cf. 4. 122; 9. 59 et al 
(cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1253 al) 

kv oxXco, 'in a crowd,' Xen. Symp. 2. 18; An. 5. 4. 34, ev re yap 
oxXco ovres kTroLovv direp (dv) dvQponroi, kv kpr]p,La iroLrjaeLav ; Plat. Gorg. 
458 E, 459 A (bis), etc., cf. kv ttX^i 456 C. 

Ar. Eq. 771, KaraKvqaBeirjv kv ijlvttootco, (nearly lit.). 

3. Places in the Athenian market colloquially named from the 
articles sold: 224 kv rots ixdvauv, Ar. Vesp. 789; Antiphan. 125 K.; 
Alexis 56 K.; id. 78 K. Cf. Ran. 1068 irepl (or wapa) tovs ixOvs. kv 
rots \axdvoiGLv, Ar. Lys. 557, v. infra', Alexis 46 K. kv rots \vxvomti, 
Cratin. 196 K. kv rats fxvpplvaLs, Ar. Thesm. 448. kv rco p.vpcp, Ar. 
Eq. 1375; Pherecr. 2 K.; Polyzelus 11 K.; Alexis 60 K. kv tols 
<rre0di>ois, Antiphan. 83 K. kv tols are^avcopLaaLv, Ar. Eccl. 303. 
Pherecr. 2 K. kv ratct xurpats /cat rots \axdvoicnv, Ar. Lys. 557. 

Similiter of the theatre: Dem. de Cor. 234. 28, dXX' kv rolv bvotv 
6(3o\olv kdewpovv dv, 'in the two-obol seats.' 

4. Omission of article: (w. familiar and frequent nouns of place, 
mainly tags). 

kv dyopa: Ar. Ach. 21, ot 5' kv dyopa XaXoucn, cf. 533, (but w. art. 
728, 838, 848, 855); Eq. 293, kv dyopa /cd T cb retfp app at ; cf. 1009, 1245, 
(but 677, 1258, 1373 w. art.); Nub. 1055, etr' kv dyopa ttjv harpi^v 
Wyeis; Vesp. 492, 225 1372; Plut. 787, frg. Ill; Thuc. V. 47. 11 (cf. 

224 Cf. other preps., eis v. p. 131, he, v. p. 81, v. Blaydes ad Ar. Eq. 1375, Vesp. 
789. For the custom cf. "Shoe Lane" in modern Athens. 

225 v. Starkie for criticism of the statement of Meisterhans, Gram. Inschr. p. 187, 
'attische Lokalnamen, welche die Geltung von Eigennamen haben, stehen in der 
klassischen Zeit gewohnlich ohne Artikel, so ayopa, aKpowoXts, (5ov\evTripi.ov, vecopiov, 



206 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



w. art. in same paragr.); Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 29, kv Trj kv ayopa aroa ; 
Plat. Apol. 17 C; Gorg. 447 A; Hipp. Min. 368 B, kv ayopa kiri rats 
rpairk^ais; Rep. 371 C, Kadrj/mevos kv ayopa (with a slight suggestion in 
the Greek of sitting idle); cf. D, l8pvp.kvovs kv ayopa; Legg. 762 C, 
874 A, 881 C, 917 B, 935 B. Antiph. 190 K.; 253 K, Tmcn, rols k^lv 
kv ayopa cppaaai (rt) ; Hyper. V. IX. 19; Dem. 446. 330; 1068. 57; 
1258. 7; 1266. 31; Dinarch. I. 95. 43; Philemon 100 K., etc. 

kv aypu, Ar. Pax 1249; frg. 387. 2 K.; Lysias I. 20; XX. 11; XXXI. 
8; Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4, rj ri aAAo toov kv aypw yiyvofxkvuv xPV <Ji l J ' ccv Trpbs 
rdv (3iov; Plat. Rep. 372 C (pi.); Legg. 844 C; Dem. 1247. 4 iter); 
1276. 17; 1278. 23; 1319. 65; Anaxilas 16 K. Tpk<pu> yap kv aypu 
xuplov; Philemon 71. 6 K.; 103 K., etc. kv aryiaXw, Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 
25, also kv \ip.kvL. 

kv aicopo7r6\€L, Andoc. I. 6. 42; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 20; Plat. Meno 
89 B; Isae. V. 42; Dem. 741. 129; 771. 4 et al. (Frequent in inscrr. 
Dittenb. Syll. 2 88. 21 et saepe). 

kv aaret, Ar. Av. 494; Andoc. I. 7. 45; Isocr. VII. 68, tuv kv aorei 
fietvavTcov (tech. of the oligarchical party at the time of the expulsion 
of the Thirty, so often in Lysias, etc.); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 24; 3. 5. 9; 
Plat. Phaedr. 227 B; Legg. 844 C, 848 E, 849 A, 954 D; Epist. 324 C; 
Dem. 1238. 8; 1276. 17; Isae. V. 29; VI. 33; VIII. 35; XL 44; Aeschin. 
I. 43, (tech.) Aiovvo-La ra kv aorei, et al.; ib. 98; III. 41, 46; Dinarch. 
I. 99. 69, etc. 

kv (3ov\evT7]pLcp, Plat. Gorg. 452 E, etc. kv (3ov\ji, Ar. Eq. 722 et al. 
kv yata, Ar. Av. 1064; kv yy, Plat. Soph. 265 C; Pol. 271 B, 274 A; 
Rep. 529 C; Tim. 52 B, et saepe al. 

kv 8aTe8co, 'on the floor' (cf. Od. 11. 577, 'on the ground'), Xen. 
Oec. 8. 17. kv diKaarrjpLG), Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 2, 22; Plat. Phaed. 63 B; 
Gorg. 452 E; Legg. 935 B; Aeschin. I. 45, 65, etc. 

kv 86fxoLs, Aesch. Pers. 776; Ag. 606, 1397; Cho. 101, 348, 537, 654, 
805; Eum. 723, etc. kv bbjioiuiv, Ar. Ach. 543, etc. Cf. o'Uo), infra, 
kv d^aai, Pind. Py. IV. 113; Bacchyl. V. Col. 11. 173. 

kv kKKXrjo-ia, Xen Hell. 2. 2. 16; Plat. Gorg 452 E, 456 B et al. 



7r6Xis (in der Bedeutung Burg von Athen), irpvTavelov . Starkie notes that this is 
too broad a statement, for they invariably take the article except after local prepo- 
sitions, and even then, in Comedy motives of convenience dictated whether the 
article should be present or absent. He adds a complete account of the evidence in 
Aristophanes; but his citation of kv ayopa Eq. 1371 should be 1373 and the text is 
is doubtful, R has the article; to iroXis ( = Acropolis) should be added e/c iroXeus, 
Eq. 1093. He finds no instance in Ar. of the art. w. 7r6\ts in this sense after a local 
prep. v. also Gildersleeve, Syntax, Pt. II. §569. 



PART V kv 



207 



ev dakaTTr}, Ar. Ach. 534 (so ib. kv -qirelpco) ; Eq. 610; Xen. Cyr. 1. 
6. 21; Plat. Ion 540 B; Rep. 529 C; Legg. 707 A; Aeschin. Ep. 1. 4 
et saepe. 

kv fieaoyela, peaoyaia, Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 1; VII. 1. 8; Plat. Phaed. 
Ill A. ev [icLKaptov vrjaois, Ar. Vesp. 639; Plat. Menex. 235 C (which 
Starkie thinks a reminiscence of Vesp. 639); Rep. 519 C. (Cf. 
&Cj eis, Gorg. 523 B et al.) 

ev oULa, Ar. Ach. 975; Xen. Oec. 8. 18; Cyr. 7. 5. 34; 8. 5. 7; Plat. 
Legg. 808 A, 931 A, (bis); Anaxandr. 28 K., etc. 

ev olkco, o'lkols, sing.: Archil. 62. 5, pi-jTe vucqdeis ev olkco KaTaweacbv 
bbvpeo ; Hes. Op. 364, ov8e to y' eiv olkco Ka.To.Keip.evov av'epa K-qdet,. Aesch. 
Cho. 579, tolv olkco; iVntiphon II. A. 8. 8; Xen. Hell. 1. 5. 16, oi 8e ev 
olkco 'Ad-qvaloL; so 7. 1; Cyr. 1. 6. 12, oi ev olkco ot/cerat, etc., pi.: Aesch. 
Sept. 773: Eum. 417; Soph. O T 112, kv o'lkols fj V aypols, etc. 

ev opaTco, Plat. Phaed. 80 C, to pev bpaTov avrov, to (rco/xa, /cat ev bpaTco 
Kelpevov ; Rep. 529 C. 

ev Tcav-qyvpeL, Aesch. Ag. 845. 

ev UeLpael, Ar. Pax 145, 165, et al. kv IletpateZ, freq. in Orr., Lys. 
XIII. 82, etc.; Plat. Ep. 324 C; Din. I. 99. 69, etc. 

kv TrpvTavelco, Ar. Pax 1084; Plat. Apol. 36 D, 37 A; Dem. 446. 
330; Din. I. 95. 43; 103. 101, etc. 

tols h Tpcopa . . . tols ev irpvpLVT), Xen. An. 5. 8. 20. 

ev TlvdoZ, Plat. Gorg. 472 A, etc. 

kv wvkvL, Ar. Eccl. 243 (but eis w. art. 281, 283, 384). 

ev tvXclls, Aesch. Sept. 160, 213, 249, 376, cf. Tpos c. dat. 377, 456, 
462, 500, 570, cf. 56, wpds wv\as; kic 476; expansion, 33, 58, tv\cov 
€7r' e%68oLs. so Eur. Rhes. 514; ev c. dat. Eubul. 15 K. 

Xen. Symp. 2. 18, kcu x^M^os p.ev ev aTeyr] ('in my chamber') 
yvpvc.aop.aL, oTav 8e ayav Kavpa fj, ev aKLa ('in the shade'). 

ev a-paTLa, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 17 et al. 

tovs ev paKpco TeixtL, Andoc. I. 7. 45. 

ev QpeaTTol, tech. of a court in the Peiraeus for trial of homicides, 
in which the defendants were on board ship, the judges on shore, 
Dem. 645. 77, dLKaaTrjpLov aXXo . . . to ev ^pearroZ; cf. 646. 78; 
Arist. Pol. 1300. b 29. 

5. Fig. and semi-tech, of citation of an author or his work: 

ev Atcrxi'Xw, Ar. Lys. 188; kv 'OSvaaela, Plat. Phaed. 94 D et al. 
kv 'IXtASi, Plat. Ion 539B (cf. e£ in D). Cf. Diels, Vorsokr. 2 642. 12, 
ev 7rd\cu TavTa, of a quotation from an ancient author. 

6. Descriptive prep. phr. : 



208 



STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 



Plat. Gorg. 516 E, MiX-ridc^ be tov ev Mapadcovi, Miltiades, the 
hero at Marathon.' 

tclv 'Zafjico, Ar. Vesp. 283, koI/tolv ^afxco irpcoTos /caretxot 'he was the 
first to tell you what was going on at Samos,' a type of phr. of which 
a few examples will serve as illustrations. Cf. tclttl OpcU^s, which is 
more of a phr. historically, Vesp. 288 (v. Starkie, M Qp&Krjs, of the 
Thracian border), Av. 1369, cf. Pax 283, etc. Cf. tclv Qpany, Dem. 
391. 161, etc., 226 and similar expressions cited above XI. 4. rd ev 
7raXcuc7Tpa Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 

XII. Phrases of Comparison 
&cnrep ev is frequent to mark the field of metaphor, so sometimes 
cos ev, olov ev : 

a. From the field of games: Eur. Suppl. 409, ev p.h> r65' y\\xiv, 
coairep ev ireaaols, bibcos / Kpelaaov 'you have given our side a better 
piece, as at chess.' Cf. Arist. Pol. 1253. a 7, d£u£ cov coairep ev werTols 
(this passage is not yet satisfactorily explained, v. Newman ad loc). 
Cf. as a variant Ar. Eccl. 987, 988, rco fiovKou'evco ye, Kara tov ev wer- 
tols vbjiov. /dXX' ovbe betirvels /card tov ev ireTTols vbp.ov. 

coairep ev irTcoaei Kvficov, Plat. Rep. 604 C. 

b. From painting: Aesch. Ag. 241, irp'eirovaa 0' cbs ev ypa4>als; 
so Eur. Ion 271, bibcoat 8', coairep ev ypa<f)fi vop.l£eTcu; so Eur. Phoen. 
129, yiyavTL yqyeveTa irpoabp,OLos / daTepcoirbs ev ypacpalaiv. 

c. From various fields: 

Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 4, coairep ev avXico at] naadevT as. 

Plat. Rep. 421 B, coairep ev iravqyvpei dXX' ovk ev irokei ecrridropas 
evbai/jiovas, 'as at a festival,' etc. Cf. 641 E, olov ev iravr\yvpei /cara- 
tr /07 i>d (70 ca- 
piat. Phaedr. 255 D, coairep be ev kcxtotttpco ev rco epcbvTL eavTov 
bpcov \e\rj6e, etc. 

d. cbs ev introducing an expression with adv. force: 

Plat. Gorg. 512 C, cos ev bvelbet airoKaXeaais dv p.r\x^voiroibv , 'you 
would call him an engineer as a term of reproach,' 'sneeringly'; cf. 
Rep. 431 A, cbs ev bvelbet yp'eyeiv. Cf. ev bvelbei supra, p. 194. Cf. 
Rep. 389 B, cbs ev 4>app.aKov elbei 'by way of medicine' (quoted without 
cbs, 459 D); cf. Rep. 414 A, cbs ev tvitco, m cV d/cptjSetas, 'in outline,' 
'in general,' cf. Arist. Pol. 1323. a 10, Eth. N. 1129. a 11 et at. v. supra, 
p. 179, so cbs ev Ke^aXcucp v. p. 179, etc. 

226 v. Gildersleeve, Syntax, Pt. II, §554. 



PART V kv 



209 



XIII. Expansions and tags 
Phrases for 'in battle,' 'in the crisis' or 'the rout of battle': 
Aesch. Ag. 439, kv (xaxv dopos (cf. Soph. Ant. 674, avv fxaxo 8op6s, 227 
and Eur. Cycl. 5, d/x</>t yqyevrj iiaxyv dopos). Aesch. Ag. 1237, cbawep 
kv fjLaxys rpoirri (cf . other cases of cbairep kv to mark a metaphor, p. 208) ; 
Soph. Ai. 1275, kv Tpoirri dopos, i. e., 'in the rout caused by the spear,' 
so Eur. Rhes. 82; different is 116 of one army definitely in rout, 
7Tcos yap irepaaet, anoXoiras kv rpo-rrfi urparbs ; Soph. Ant. 670, 5op6$ kv 
xeiiiuvi 'in the storm of battle.' 

227 Text doubtful; some read av^axov. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Grammar and Etymology 
Brugmann, Karl, Griechische Grammatik, 3te Aim. pp. 429-57. Munchen, 1900 
(Miiller Handbuch). 

Brugmann, Karl, Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik, (v. Bibliography, 594.) 

Bd.II.TeillL 2te Aufl. pp. 758-930. Strassburg, 1911. 
Brugmann, Karl, Kurze vergleichende Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen. 

pp. 457-80. Strassburg, 1905. 
Gildersleeve, Basil L. (Coop. C. W. E. Miller), Syntax of Classical Greek from Homer 

to Demosthenes, Part II. American Book Company, 1911. 
Hadley-Allen, Greek Grammar. 
Goodwin, W. W., Greek Grammar. 

Kiihner-Gerth, Ausfilhrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache, Part II, Vol. I, 

p. 448 ff . Leipzig, 1898. 
Monro, D. B., A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. 

Prellwitz, Walther, Etymologisches Wbrterbuch der griechischen Sprache, Gottingen, 1905. 
Walde, Lateinisches Etymologisches Wbrterbuch, 2te Aufl. Heidelberg, 1910. 

Aeschylus 

Lalin, Esaias, De praepositionum nsu apud Aeschylum. Upsala, 1885. 57 pp. 

Part I, de praepositionibus cum dativo coniunctis. (No more published.) 
Menge, Hermann, De praepositionum usu apud Aeschylum. Part I. (No more 

published.) Gottingen, 1863. 86 pp. 

Aristophanes 

Montijn, J. F. L., De praepositionum usu apud Aristophanem, diss. Troj. ad Rhenum. 
1887. 

Sobolewski, Sergyei, De praepositionum usu aristophaneo. diss. Moscow, 1890. 
Vogelreuter, O. De praepositionibus quae cum ternis casibus construuntur apud Aristo- 
phanem. diss. Regimonti, 1884. 

Euripides 

Schumacher, J., De praepositionum cum tribus casibus coniunctarum usu euripideo. 
Part I. (No more published.) diss. Bonn, 1884. 

Herodotus 

Helbing, Robert, Die Prapositionen bei Herodot und andem Historikern. Wurzburg, 
1904. 

Homer 

Ansems, Bernard, Bedeutung und Gebrauch von bid bei Homer, diss. Munchen, 1883. 
79 pp. 

Haggett, A. S., On the uses of prepositions in Homer. In Studies in Honor of Basil L. 

Gildersleeve. pp. 181-87. 
Oswald, Michael M. F., The use of the prepositions in Apollonius Rhodius compared 

with their use in Homer, diss. Notre Dame, Ind., 1904. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 



211 



Orators 

Blackert, August, De praepositionum apud oratores atticos usu quaes Hones selectee. 

diss. Marpurgi Catt, 1894. 
Koch, Max, Der Gebrauch der Prdpositionen bei Isokrates. Part I. (No more published.) 

Berlin, 1889. (Die einfalligen Prap. mit Einschluss der Prapositions-Adverbia.) 
Lutz, Leonhard, Die Prdpositionen bei den attischen Rednern. Neustadt, 1887. 

Plato 

Lina, Theodor, De praepositionum usu Platonico quaestiones selectae. Marburg, 1889. 
73 pp. 

Thucydides 

Golisch, E. J., De praepositionum usu Thucydideo. Five parts. I. es, II. kv, III. d-zro, IV. 

tK, V. 6.VTL, irpo, avd, £vv, jxera, virb. Schweidnitz, progr. 1859-1877. 
Holmes, David Hull, Die mit Prdpositionen zusammengesetzten Verben bei Thucydides. 

Pp. 47. Johns Hopkins diss. Berlin, 1895. 

General 

Adams, F. A., Greek Prepositions, studied from their original meanings as designations 

of space. New York, 1885. 
Auden, H. W., Greek Prose Phrase-book based on Thucydides, Xenophon, Demosthenes, 

Plato. London, 1899. 
Brugmann, K., Der Kompositionstypus, ep-deos. IF XVtll. 1, 2, pp. 127-129. 
Delbceuf, Joseph, Des prepositions en grec. Rev. de l'instruction publ. en Belgique 

XXXVI, 5 pp. 301-15. Also separately. Gaud., 1893. 
Fuegner, F., De nominibus Graecis cum praep. copidatis capita selecta. Leipzig, 64 pp. 
Geyer, Mauritius, Observationes epigraphicae de praepositionum graecarum forma et 

usu. Altenburgi, 1880. 34 pp. 
Gunther, Richard, Die Praepositionen in den griechischen Dialekiinschriften. Strass- 

burg, 1906. 163 pp. 
Harrison, Gessner, A treatise on the Greek prepositions and on the cases of nouns with 

which they are used. Philadelphia, 1858. 
Kuhring, Gaulterus, De praepositionum Graecarum inchartis Aegyptiis usu quaestiones 

selectae. Bonn, 1906. Pp. 57. 
Mommsen, Tycho, Beitrage zu der Lehre von den griechischen Prdpositionen, Guerd, 
ovv, Eva). Berlin, 1886-1895. 

Rossberg, Conr., De praepositionum Graecarum in chartis Ptolemaeorum aetatis aegyptiis 
usu. Jena, 1909. 

Solmsen, Felix, Prapositionsgebrauch in griechischen Mundarten. Rh. Mus. 61, (1906) 
491-510. 

Vigeri, Francisci, De praecipuis Graecae dictionis idiotismis liber. Ed. Hermann. 
Leipzig, 1834. 

Wrede, Franz, De Praepositione eis. Part I (No more published.) Koln, 1887. 
pp. 1-15. 

v. Jahresbericht, 1912. 157 159, 10 and 11. S. 303-305. 



LBJL23 



i 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Pant Drive 
Cranberry Township. PA 16066 
(724) 779-2111 



